From 73180176bcb0cab6b276ce020ed22ce081b309d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joel16 Date: Sat, 3 Jul 2021 14:22:29 -0400 Subject: [PATCH] imGui: Update and use freetype --- libs/imgui/LICENSE.txt | 2 +- libs/imgui/imconfig.h | 48 +- libs/imgui/imgui.cpp | 3057 +++++++----- libs/imgui/imgui.h | 989 ++-- libs/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp | 767 ++- libs/imgui/imgui_impl_vitagl.cpp | 17 +- libs/imgui/imgui_internal.h | 960 +++- libs/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp | 3953 +++++++++++++++ libs/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp | 1749 ++++--- libs/imgui/imstb_textedit.h | 80 +- libs/imgui/imstb_truetype.h | 4903 ------------------- libs/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp | 769 +++ libs/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h | 50 + source/fs.cpp | 3 +- source/keyboard.cpp | 2 +- source/textures.cpp | 2 +- source/utils.cpp | 7 +- 17 files changed, 9574 insertions(+), 7784 deletions(-) create mode 100644 libs/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/imgui/imstb_truetype.h create mode 100644 libs/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp create mode 100644 libs/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h diff --git a/libs/imgui/LICENSE.txt b/libs/imgui/LICENSE.txt index d876399..780533d 100644 --- a/libs/imgui/LICENSE.txt +++ b/libs/imgui/LICENSE.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ The MIT License (MIT) -Copyright (c) 2014-2020 Omar Cornut +Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Omar Cornut Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal diff --git a/libs/imgui/imconfig.h b/libs/imgui/imconfig.h index c6817de..5c12016 100644 --- a/libs/imgui/imconfig.h +++ b/libs/imgui/imconfig.h @@ -3,10 +3,11 @@ // Runtime options (clipboard callbacks, enabling various features, etc.) can generally be set via the ImGuiIO structure. // You can use ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() before calling ImGui::CreateContext() to rewire memory allocation functions. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// A) You may edit imconfig.h (and not overwrite it when updating Dear ImGui, or maintain a patch/branch with your modifications to imconfig.h) -// B) or add configuration directives in your own file and compile with #define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" -// If you do so you need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ Dear ImGui is used, which include -// the imgui*.cpp files but also _any_ of your code that uses Dear ImGui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures. +// A) You may edit imconfig.h (and not overwrite it when updating Dear ImGui, or maintain a patch/rebased branch with your modifications to it) +// B) or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_imgui_config.h"' in your project and then add directives in your own file without touching this template. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// You need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ Dear ImGui is used, which include the imgui*.cpp +// files but also _any_ of your code that uses Dear ImGui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures. // Defining those options in imconfig.h will ensure every compilation unit gets to see the same data structure layouts. // Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp files to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -19,24 +20,26 @@ //#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) ((void)(_EXPR)) // Disable asserts //---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows -// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility. +// Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility. +// DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() +// for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details. //#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport ) //#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport ) //---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to avoid using soon-to-be obsolete function/names. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS //---- Disable all of Dear ImGui or don't implement standard windows. // It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows during development. Please read comments in imgui_demo.cpp. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE // Disable everything: all headers and source files will be empty. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS // Disable demo windows: ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor() will be empty. Not recommended. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW // Disable debug/metrics window: ShowMetricsWindow() will be empty. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW // Disable metrics/debugger window: ShowMetricsWindow() will be empty. //---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default IME handler. Won't use and link with ImmGetContext/ImmSetCompositionWindow. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, ime). -//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default). +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. (user32.lib/.a, kernel32.lib/.a) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default IME handler. Won't use and link with ImmGetContext/ImmSetCompositionWindow. (imm32.lib/.a) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, ime). +#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default). //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf) //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 so you can implement them yourself. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite so you can implement them yourself if you don't want to link with fopen/fclose/fread/fwrite. This will also disable the LogToTTY() function. @@ -48,20 +51,29 @@ //---- Pack colors to BGRA8 instead of RGBA8 (to avoid converting from one to another) //#define IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR -//---- Use 32-bit for ImWchar (default is 16-bit) to support full unicode code points. +//---- Use 32-bit for ImWchar (default is 16-bit) to support unicode planes 1-16. (e.g. point beyond 0xFFFF like emoticons, dingbats, symbols, shapes, ancient languages, etc...) //#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 //---- Avoid multiple STB libraries implementations, or redefine path/filenames to prioritize another version -// By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of imgui cpp files. +// By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of Dear ImGui sources files. //#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h" //#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h" -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION -//---- Unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined, use the much faster STB sprintf library implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from the default C library. -// Note that stb_sprintf.h is meant to be provided by the user and available in the include path at compile time. Also, the compatibility checks of the arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by STB sprintf. +//---- Use stb_printf's faster implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from libc (unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined) +// Requires 'stb_sprintf.h' to be available in the include path. Compatibility checks of arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by STB sprintf. // #define IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF +//---- Use FreeType to build and rasterize the font atlas (instead of stb_truetype which is embedded by default in Dear ImGui) +// Requires FreeType headers to be available in the include path. Requires program to be compiled with 'misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp' (in this repository) + the FreeType library (not provided). +// On Windows you may use vcpkg with 'vcpkg install freetype' + 'vcpkg integrate install'. +#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE + +//---- Use stb_truetype to build and rasterize the font atlas (default) +// The only purpose of this define is if you want force compilation of the stb_truetype backend ALONG with the FreeType backend. +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE + //---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth between your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4. // This will be inlined as part of ImVec2 and ImVec4 class declarations. /* @@ -75,12 +87,12 @@ */ //---- Use 32-bit vertex indices (default is 16-bit) is one way to allow large meshes with more than 64K vertices. -// Your renderer back-end will need to support it (most example renderer back-ends support both 16/32-bit indices). +// Your renderer backend will need to support it (most example renderer backends support both 16/32-bit indices). // Another way to allow large meshes while keeping 16-bit indices is to handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in your renderer. // Read about ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset for details. //#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int -//---- Override ImDrawCallback signature (will need to modify renderer back-ends accordingly) +//---- Override ImDrawCallback signature (will need to modify renderer backends accordingly) //struct ImDrawList; //struct ImDrawCmd; //typedef void (*MyImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd, void* my_renderer_user_data); diff --git a/libs/imgui/imgui.cpp b/libs/imgui/imgui.cpp index 3ed70e2..5e80044 100644 --- a/libs/imgui/imgui.cpp +++ b/libs/imgui/imgui.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.78 +// dear imgui, v1.82 // (main code and documentation) // Help: @@ -11,10 +11,11 @@ // - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq // - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui // - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3075 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3488 (please post your screenshots/video there!) // - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary // - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki // - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues +// - Discussions https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions // Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub. // See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License). @@ -75,8 +76,9 @@ CODE // [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP // [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING // [SECTION] SETTINGS +// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS // [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS -// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUG WINDOW +// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW */ @@ -92,14 +94,13 @@ CODE - Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools. - Easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools. - Easy to hack and improve. - - Minimize screen real-estate usage. - Minimize setup and maintenance. - Minimize state storage on user side. - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.). - - Efficient runtime and memory consumption (NB- we do allocate when "growing" content e.g. creating a window,. - opening a tree node for the first time, etc. but a typical frame should not allocate anything). + - Efficient runtime and memory consumption. + + Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the current weaknesses includes: - Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the weaknesses includes: - Doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate. - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code. @@ -125,7 +126,7 @@ CODE - You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values. Use +- to subtract (because - would set a negative value!) - Controls are automatically adjusted for OSX to match standard OSX text editing operations. - General Keyboard controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard. - - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. See suggested mappings in imgui.h ImGuiNavInput_ + download PNG/PSD at http://goo.gl/9LgVZW + - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. See suggested mappings in imgui.h ImGuiNavInput_ + download PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets PROGRAMMER GUIDE @@ -157,32 +158,34 @@ CODE HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI ---------------------------------------------- - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have made modification to your copy of imconfig.h) - - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified. + - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified as a top-most commit which you can regularly rebase over master. + - You can also use '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h" to redirect configuration to your own file. - Read the "API BREAKING CHANGES" section (below). This is where we list occasional API breaking changes. If a function/type has been renamed / or marked obsolete, try to fix the name in your code before it is permanently removed from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page! - - Try to keep your copy of dear imgui reasonably up to date. + - To find out usage of old API, you can add '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in your configuration file. + - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date. GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE --------------------------------------------------------------- - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library. - - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified back-ends files available in the examples/ folder. - - Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected back-end source files to your projects or using your preferred build system. + - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified backends files available in the backends/ folder. + - Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected backend source files to your projects or using your preferred build system. It is recommended you build and statically link the .cpp files as part of your project and NOT as shared library (DLL). - You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compile-time behavior, such as integrating Dear ImGui types with your own maths types. - When using Dear ImGui, your programming IDE is your friend: follow the declaration of variables, functions and types to find comments about them. - Dear ImGui never touches or knows about your GPU state. The only function that knows about GPU is the draw function that you provide. Effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render" phases of your own application. All rendering information are stored into command-lists that you will retrieve after calling ImGui::Render(). - - Refer to the bindings and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code. + - Refer to the backends and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code. - If you are running over a standard OS with a common graphics API, you should be able to use unmodified imgui_impl_*** files from the examples/ folder. HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE -------------------------------------- - EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BINDINGS (= imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the examples/ folder). + EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BACKENDS (= imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the backends/ folder). The sub-folders in examples/ contains examples applications following this structure. // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts @@ -192,7 +195,7 @@ CODE // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later. // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font. - // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer bindings (here we are using imgui_impl_win32.cpp and imgui_impl_dx11.cpp) + // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer backends (here we are using imgui_impl_win32.cpp and imgui_impl_dx11.cpp) ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(hwnd); ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(g_pd3dDevice, g_pd3dDeviceContext); @@ -218,7 +221,7 @@ CODE ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown(); ImGui::DestroyContext(); - EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BINDING / CUSTOM ENGINE + EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BACKEND / CUSTOM ENGINE // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts ImGui::CreateContext(); @@ -237,13 +240,13 @@ CODE // After we have created the texture, store its pointer/identifier (_in whichever format your engine uses_) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'. // This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Basically ImTextureID == void*. Read FAQ for details about ImTextureID. MyTexture* texture = MyEngine::CreateTextureFromMemoryPixels(pixels, width, height, TEXTURE_TYPE_RGBA32) - io.Fonts->TexID = (void*)texture; + io.Fonts->SetTexID((void*)texture); // Application main loop while (true) { // Setup low-level inputs, e.g. on Win32: calling GetKeyboardState(), or write to those fields from your Windows message handlers, etc. - // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame() function from one of the demo Platform bindings) + // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame() function from one of the demo Platform Backends) io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f; // set the time elapsed since the previous frame (in seconds) io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f; // set the current display width io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f; // set the current display height here @@ -279,7 +282,7 @@ CODE HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE --------------------------------------------- - The bindings in impl_impl_XXX.cpp files contains many working implementations of a rendering function. + The backends in impl_impl_XXX.cpp files contains many working implementations of a rendering function. void void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data) { @@ -308,10 +311,11 @@ CODE // We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API should supports it. // - If your engine doesn't support scissoring yet, you may ignore this at first. You will get some small glitches // (some elements visible outside their bounds) but you can fix that once everything else works! - // - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space (from draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize) - // In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos will always be (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize will always be == io.DisplaySize. - // However, in the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications in the future (see 'viewport' branch on github), - // always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space. + // - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space: + // - For a given viewport, draw_data->DisplayPos == viewport->Pos and draw_data->DisplaySize == viewport->Size + // - In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos == (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize == io.DisplaySize, but always use GetMainViewport()->Pos/Size instead of hardcoding those values. + // - In the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications (see 'docking' branch on github), + // always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space. // - Note that pcmd->ClipRect contains Min+Max bounds. Some graphics API may use Min+Max, other may use Min+Size (size being Max-Min) ImVec2 pos = draw_data->DisplayPos; MyEngineScissor((int)(pcmd->ClipRect.x - pos.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.y - pos.y), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.z - pos.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.w - pos.y)); @@ -349,7 +353,7 @@ CODE 0.0f= not held. 1.0f= fully held. Pass intermediate 0.0f..1.0f values for analog triggers/sticks. - We uses a simple >0.0f test for activation testing, and won't attempt to test for a dead-zone. Your code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.). - - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://goo.gl/9LgVZW. + - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets - If you need to share inputs between your game and the imgui parts, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. - Mouse: @@ -358,7 +362,7 @@ CODE - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag. Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs dear imgui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements. When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved. - When that happens your back-end NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the binding in examples/ do that. + When that happens your backend NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the backends in examples/ do that. (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, imgui will misbehave as it will see your mouse as moving back and forth!) (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.) @@ -372,6 +376,56 @@ CODE When you are not sure about a old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files. You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details. + - 2021/03/12 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() to use ImDrawFlags instead of ImDrawCornersFlags. + - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft + - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight + - ImDrawCornerFlags_None -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone etc. + flags now sanely defaults to 0 instead of 0x0F, consistent with all other flags in the API. + breaking: the default with rounding > 0.0f is now "round all corners" vs old implicit "round no corners": + - rounding == 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding --> unchanged (common use) + - rounding > 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant rounding --> unchanged (common use) + - rounding == 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant no rounding --> unchanged (unlikely use) + - rounding > 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding --> BREAKING (unlikely use): will now round all corners --> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or rounding == 0.0f. + this ONLY matters for hard coded use of 0 + rounding > 0.0f. Use of named ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone (new) or ImDrawCornerFlags_None (old) are ok. + the old ImDrawCornersFlags used awkward default values of ~0 or 0xF (4 lower bits set) to signify "round all corners" and we sometimes encouraged using them as shortcuts. + legacy path still support use of hard coded ~0 or any value from 0x1 or 0xF. They will behave the same with legacy paths enabled (will assert otherwise). + - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.66 (September 2018): + - ImGui::SetScrollHere() -> use ImGui::SetScrollHereY() + - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - clarified that ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), ImDrawList::PathArcToFast() won't render with radius < 0.0f. Previously it sorts of accidentally worked but would generally lead to counter-clockwise paths and have an effect on anti-aliasing. + - 2021/03/10 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and PathStroke() "bool closed" parameter to "ImDrawFlags flags". The matching ImDrawFlags_Closed value is guaranteed to always stay == 1 in the future. + - 2021/02/22 (1.82) - win32+mingw: Re-enabled IME functions by default even under MinGW. In July 2016, issue #738 had me incorrectly disable those default functions for MinGW. MinGW users should: either link with -limm32, either set their imconfig file with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS'. + - 2021/02/17 (1.82) - renamed rarely used style.CircleSegmentMaxError (old default = 1.60f) to style.CircleTessellationMaxError (new default = 0.30f) as the meaning of the value changed. + - 2021/02/03 (1.81) - renamed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, ImVec2 size) to BeginListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - removed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) in favor of specifying size. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - renamed ListBoxFooter() to EndListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2021/01/26 (1.81) - removed ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas(). Kept inline redirection function. Prefer using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE', but there's a runtime selection path available too. The shared extra flags parameters (very rarely used) are now stored in ImFontAtlas::FontBuilderFlags. + - renamed ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags (used by FreeType) to ImFontConfig::FontBuilderFlags. + - renamed ImGuiFreeType::XXX flags to ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_XXX for consistency with other API. + - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.63 (August 2018): + - ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() -> use ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(). + - ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening -> use ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg + - ImGuiInputTextCallback -> use ImGuiTextEditCallback + - ImGuiInputTextCallbackData -> use ImGuiTextEditCallbackData + - 2020/12/21 (1.80) - renamed ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve() to AddBezierCubic(), and PathBezierCurveTo() to PathBezierCubicCurveTo(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2020/12/04 (1.80) - added imgui_tables.cpp file! Manually constructed project files will need the new file added! + - 2020/11/18 (1.80) - renamed undocumented/internals ImGuiColumnsFlags_* to ImGuiOldColumnFlags_* in prevision of incoming Tables API. + - 2020/11/03 (1.80) - renamed io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer to io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer as the feature will apply to other data structures + - 2020/10/14 (1.80) - backends: moved all backends files (imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp, imgui_impl_XXXX.h) from examples/ to backends/. + - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.60 (April 2018): + - io.RenderDrawListsFn pointer -> use ImGui::GetDrawData() value and call the render function of your backend + - ImGui::IsAnyWindowFocused() -> use ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow) + - ImGui::IsAnyWindowHovered() -> use ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) + - ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ -> use ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT + - ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ -> use ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT + - removed redirecting functions names that were marked obsolete in 1.61 (May 2018): + - InputFloat (... int decimal_precision ...) -> use InputFloat (... const char* format ...) with format = "%.Xf" where X is your value for decimal_precision. + - same for InputFloat2()/InputFloat3()/InputFloat4() variants taking a `int decimal_precision` parameter. + - 2020/10/05 (1.79) - removed ImGuiListClipper: Renamed constructor parameters which created an ambiguous alternative to using the ImGuiListClipper::Begin() function, with misleading edge cases (note: imgui_memory_editor <0.40 from imgui_club/ used this old clipper API. Update your copy if needed). + - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput to ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete sooner because previous name was added recently). + - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed style.TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton to style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton. + - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - renamed OpenPopupContextItem() back to OpenPopupOnItemClick(), reverting the change from 1.77. For varieties of reason this is more self-explanatory. + - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - removed return value from OpenPopupOnItemClick() - returned true on mouse release on item - because it is inconsistent with other popup APIs and makes others misleading. It's also and unnecessary: you can use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() for a similar result. + - 2020/09/17 (1.79) - removed ImFont::DisplayOffset in favor of ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset. DisplayOffset was applied after scaling and not very meaningful/useful outside of being needed by the default ProggyClean font. If you scaled this value after calling AddFontDefault(), this is now done automatically. It was also getting in the way of better font scaling, so let's get rid of it now! - 2020/08/17 (1.78) - obsoleted use of the trailing 'float power=1.0f' parameter for DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(), DragFloatRange2(), DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(), SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), VSliderFloat() and VSliderScalar(). replaced the 'float power=1.0f' argument with integer-based flags defaulting to 0 (as with all our flags). worked out a backward-compatibility scheme so hopefully most C++ codebase should not be affected. in short, when calling those functions: @@ -380,9 +434,10 @@ CODE - if you set the 'power' parameter to >1.0f (to enable non-linear editing): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ code will assert at runtime, 3/ in case asserts are disabled, the code will not crash and enable the _Logarithmic flag. 4/ you can replace the >1.0f value with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic to fix the warning/assert and get a _similar_ effect as previous uses of power >1.0f. see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for all details. kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete) apart for: DragFloatRange2(), VSliderFloat(), VSliderScalar(). For those three the 'float power=1.0f' version were removed directly as they were most unlikely ever used. + for shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`. - obsoleted use of v_min > v_max in DragInt, DragFloat, DragScalar to lock edits (introduced in 1.73, was not demoed nor documented very), will be replaced by a more generic ReadOnly feature. You may use the ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly internal flag in the meantime. - 2020/06/23 (1.77) - removed BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items) in favor of BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags flags) with ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOverItems. - - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - renamed OpenPopupOnItemClick() to OpenPopupContextItem(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - renamed OpenPopupOnItemClick() to OpenPopupContextItem(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). [NOTE: THIS WAS REVERTED IN 1.79] - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() entry point which was made obsolete and asserting in December 2017. - 2020/04/23 (1.77) - removed unnecessary ID (first arg) of ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(). - 2020/01/22 (1.75) - ImDrawList::AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() functions don't accept negative radius any more. @@ -447,10 +502,10 @@ CODE - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink to io.ConfigCursorBlink [-> io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink in 1.65], io.OptMacOSXBehaviors to ConfigMacOSXBehaviors for consistency. - 2018/07/22 (1.63) - changed ImGui::GetTime() return value from float to double to avoid accumulating floating point imprecisions over time. - 2018/07/08 (1.63) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening to ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg for consistency with other features. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete). - - 2018/06/08 (1.62) - examples: the imgui_impl_xxx files have been split to separate platform (Win32, Glfw, SDL2, etc.) from renderer (DX11, OpenGL, Vulkan, etc.). - old bindings will still work as is, however prefer using the separated bindings as they will be updated to support multi-viewports. - when adopting new bindings follow the main.cpp code of your preferred examples/ folder to know which functions to call. - in particular, note that old bindings called ImGui::NewFrame() at the end of their ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function. + - 2018/06/08 (1.62) - examples: the imgui_impl_XXX files have been split to separate platform (Win32, GLFW, SDL2, etc.) from renderer (DX11, OpenGL, Vulkan, etc.). + old backends will still work as is, however prefer using the separated backends as they will be updated to support multi-viewports. + when adopting new backends follow the main.cpp code of your preferred examples/ folder to know which functions to call. + in particular, note that old backends called ImGui::NewFrame() at the end of their ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function. - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - renamed GetGlyphRangesChinese() to GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() to distinguish other variants and discourage using the full set. - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details. - 2018/05/03 (1.61) - DragInt(): the default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more. @@ -460,7 +515,7 @@ CODE - 2018/04/28 (1.61) - obsoleted InputFloat() functions taking an optional "int decimal_precision" in favor of an equivalent and more flexible "const char* format", consistent with other functions. Kept redirection functions (will obsolete). - 2018/04/09 (1.61) - IM_DELETE() helper function added in 1.60 doesn't clear the input _pointer_ reference, more consistent with expectation and allows passing r-value. - - 2018/03/20 (1.60) - renamed io.WantMoveMouse to io.WantSetMousePos for consistency and ease of understanding (was added in 1.52, _not_ used by core and only honored by some binding ahead of merging the Nav branch). + - 2018/03/20 (1.60) - renamed io.WantMoveMouse to io.WantSetMousePos for consistency and ease of understanding (was added in 1.52, _not_ used by core and only honored by some backend ahead of merging the Nav branch). - 2018/03/12 (1.60) - removed ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered as the closing cross uses regular button colors now. - 2018/03/08 (1.60) - changed ImFont::DisplayOffset.y to default to 0 instead of +1. Fixed rounding of Ascent/Descent to match TrueType renderer. If you were adding or subtracting to ImFont::DisplayOffset check if your fonts are correctly aligned vertically. - 2018/03/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ to ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT and ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ to ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT for consistency with other public enums. @@ -504,7 +559,7 @@ CODE - 2017/10/11 (1.52) - renamed AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() to AlignTextToFramePadding(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - 2017/09/26 (1.52) - renamed ImFont::Glyph to ImFontGlyph. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete). - 2017/09/25 (1.52) - removed SetNextWindowPosCenter() because SetNextWindowPos() now has the optional pivot information to do the same and more. Kept redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your binding if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)". + - 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your backend if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)". - 2017/08/22 (1.51) - renamed IsItemHoveredRect() to IsItemRectHovered(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). -> (1.52) use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)! - renamed IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() to IsAnyWindowHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - renamed IsMouseHoveringWindow() to IsWindowRectHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). @@ -551,7 +606,7 @@ CODE you need to render your textured triangles with bilinear filtering to benefit from sub-pixel positioning of text. - 2015/07/08 (1.43) - switched rendering data to use indexed rendering. this is saving a fair amount of CPU/GPU and enables us to get anti-aliasing for a marginal cost. this necessary change will break your rendering function! the fix should be very easy. sorry for that :( - - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest. + - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest. - the signature of the io.RenderDrawListsFn handler has changed! old: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count) new: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data). @@ -589,9 +644,9 @@ CODE - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - big font/image API change! now loads TTF file. allow for multiple fonts. no need for a PNG loader. - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels. - old: const void* png_data; unsigned int png_size; ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; - - new: unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; io.Fonts->TexId = YourTexIdentifier; + - new: unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; io.Fonts->SetTexID(YourTexIdentifier); you now have more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs. It is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation. - - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to set io.Fonts->TexID. + - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to call io.Fonts->SetTexID() - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix) - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets - 2014/12/10 (1.18) - removed SetNewWindowDefaultPos() in favor of new generic API SetNextWindowPos(pos, ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver) @@ -657,9 +712,9 @@ CODE Q&A: Usage ---------- + Q: Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it? Q: How can I have widgets with an empty label? Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? - Q: Why are multiple widgets reacting when I interact with one? Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works? Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)? @@ -696,7 +751,7 @@ CODE - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the github issues, look at the Wiki, read docs/TODO.txt and see how you want to help and can help! - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc. - You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads (github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3075). Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers. + You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads (github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3488). Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers. But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui help the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions. - If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues (on github or privately). @@ -802,7 +857,7 @@ CODE static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY = 0.20f; // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY = 0.15f; // Time before the window list starts to appear -// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by back-end) +// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by backend) static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f; // Extend outside and inside windows. Affect FindHoveredWindow(). static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f; // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time. static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER = 2.00f; // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved. @@ -819,8 +874,6 @@ static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* wind static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list); static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window); -static ImRect GetViewportRect(); - // Settings static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*); static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name); @@ -840,20 +893,22 @@ static void NavUpdate(); static void NavUpdateWindowing(); static void NavUpdateWindowingOverlay(); static void NavUpdateMoveResult(); +static void NavUpdateInitResult(); static float NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(); static inline void NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); static void NavEndFrame(); static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand); +static void NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const ImRect& nav_bb_rel); static void NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, ImGuiID id); static ImVec2 NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); static void NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window); static ImGuiWindow* NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); +static void NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer); static int FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window); // Error Checking static void ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks(); static void ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); -static void ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write); // Misc static void UpdateSettings(); @@ -866,33 +921,42 @@ static void RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window); static void RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size); static void RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open); +// Viewports +static void UpdateViewportsNewFrame(); + } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// DLL users: +// - Heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! +// - You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. +// - Same apply for hot-reloading mechanisms that are reliant on reloading DLL (note that many hot-reloading mechanism works without DLL). +// - Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility. +// - Confused? In a debugger: add GImGui to your watch window and notice how its value changes depending on your current location (which DLL boundary you are in). + // Current context pointer. Implicitly used by all Dear ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL. -// ImGui::CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL. Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext(). -// 1) Important: globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! If you use DLLs or any form of hot-reloading: you will need to call -// SetCurrentContext() (with the pointer you got from CreateContext) from each unique static/DLL boundary, and after each hot-reloading. -// In your debugger, add GImGui to your watch window and notice how its value changes depending on which location you are currently stepping into. -// 2) Important: Dear ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer. -// If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts, you can: -// - Change this variable to use thread local storage so each thread can refer to a different context, in imconfig.h: -// struct ImGuiContext; -// extern thread_local ImGuiContext* MyImGuiTLS; -// #define GImGui MyImGuiTLS -// And then define MyImGuiTLS in one of your cpp file. Note that thread_local is a C++11 keyword, earlier C++ uses compiler-specific keyword. -// - Future development aim to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586 -// - If you need a finite number of contexts, you may compile and use multiple instances of the ImGui code from different namespace. +// - ImGui::CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL. +// Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext(). +// - Important: Dear ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer. +// If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts: +// - Change this variable to use thread local storage so each thread can refer to a different context, in your imconfig.h: +// struct ImGuiContext; +// extern thread_local ImGuiContext* MyImGuiTLS; +// #define GImGui MyImGuiTLS +// And then define MyImGuiTLS in one of your cpp file. Note that thread_local is a C++11 keyword, earlier C++ uses compiler-specific keyword. +// - Future development aim to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586 +// - If you need a finite number of contexts, you may compile and use multiple instances of the ImGui code from different namespace. +// - DLL users: read comments above. #ifndef GImGui ImGuiContext* GImGui = NULL; #endif // Memory Allocator functions. Use SetAllocatorFunctions() to change them. -// If you use DLL hotreloading you might need to call SetAllocatorFunctions() after reloading code from this file. -// Otherwise, you probably don't want to modify them mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction. +// - You probably don't want to modify those mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction. +// - DLL users: read comments above. #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); return malloc(size); } static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); free(ptr); } @@ -900,10 +964,9 @@ static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_d static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(size); IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; } static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(ptr); IM_ASSERT(0); } #endif - -static void* (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size_t size, void* user_data) = MallocWrapper; -static void (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data) = FreeWrapper; -static void* GImAllocatorUserData = NULL; +static ImGuiMemAllocFunc GImAllocatorAllocFunc = MallocWrapper; +static ImGuiMemFreeFunc GImAllocatorFreeFunc = FreeWrapper; +static void* GImAllocatorUserData = NULL; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO) @@ -913,7 +976,7 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() { Alpha = 1.0f; // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui WindowPadding = ImVec2(8,8); // Padding within a window - WindowRounding = 7.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. + WindowRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. WindowBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. WindowMinSize = ImVec2(32,32); // Minimum window size WindowTitleAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text @@ -927,6 +990,7 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() FrameBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. ItemSpacing = ImVec2(8,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines ItemInnerSpacing = ImVec2(4,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label) + CellPadding = ImVec2(4,2); // Padding within a table cell TouchExtraPadding = ImVec2(0,0); // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! IndentSpacing = 21.0f; // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). @@ -937,7 +1001,7 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() LogSliderDeadzone = 4.0f; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. TabRounding = 4.0f; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. TabBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs. - TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appears on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appears on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. ColorButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Right; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. SelectableTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. @@ -945,10 +1009,10 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows. MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. - AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require back-end to render with bilinear filtering. + AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering. AntiAliasedFill = true; // Enable anti-aliased filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). CurveTessellationTol = 1.25f; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. - CircleSegmentMaxError = 1.60f; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. + CircleTessellationMaxError = 0.30f; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. // Default theme ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this); @@ -967,6 +1031,7 @@ void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor) FrameRounding = ImFloor(FrameRounding * scale_factor); ItemSpacing = ImFloor(ItemSpacing * scale_factor); ItemInnerSpacing = ImFloor(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor); + CellPadding = ImFloor(CellPadding * scale_factor); TouchExtraPadding = ImFloor(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor); IndentSpacing = ImFloor(IndentSpacing * scale_factor); ColumnsMinSpacing = ImFloor(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor); @@ -976,8 +1041,7 @@ void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor) GrabRounding = ImFloor(GrabRounding * scale_factor); LogSliderDeadzone = ImFloor(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor); TabRounding = ImFloor(TabRounding * scale_factor); - if (TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton != FLT_MAX) - TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton = ImFloor(TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton * scale_factor); + TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX; DisplayWindowPadding = ImFloor(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor); DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImFloor(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor); MouseCursorScale = ImFloor(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor); @@ -1021,7 +1085,7 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true; ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true; ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false; - ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f; + ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f; // Platform Functions BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL; @@ -1032,10 +1096,6 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() ImeSetInputScreenPosFn = ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl; ImeWindowHandle = NULL; -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - RenderDrawListsFn = NULL; -#endif - // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!) MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); @@ -1103,16 +1163,16 @@ void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters() // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments) +ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments) { - IM_ASSERT(num_segments > 0); // Use ImBezierClosestPointCasteljau() + IM_ASSERT(num_segments > 0); // Use ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau() ImVec2 p_last = p1; ImVec2 p_closest; float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX; float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments; for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++) { - ImVec2 p_current = ImBezierCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step); + ImVec2 p_current = ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step); ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p); float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line); if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2) @@ -1126,7 +1186,7 @@ ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3 } // Closely mimics PathBezierToCasteljau() in imgui_draw.cpp -static void BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, ImVec2& p_last, float& p_closest_dist2, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level) +static void ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, ImVec2& p_last, float& p_closest_dist2, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level) { float dx = x4 - x1; float dy = y4 - y1; @@ -1154,20 +1214,20 @@ static void BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, float x123 = (x12 + x23)*0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23)*0.5f; float x234 = (x23 + x34)*0.5f, y234 = (y23 + y34)*0.5f; float x1234 = (x123 + x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234)*0.5f; - BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1); - BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1); + ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1); + ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1); } } // tess_tol is generally the same value you would find in ImGui::GetStyle().CurveTessellationTol // Because those ImXXX functions are lower-level than ImGui:: we cannot access this value automatically. -ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol) +ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol) { IM_ASSERT(tess_tol > 0.0f); ImVec2 p_last = p1; ImVec2 p_closest; float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX; - BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, tess_tol, 0); + ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, tess_tol, 0); return p_closest; } @@ -1419,7 +1479,7 @@ static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] = // Known size hash // It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported. // FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. -ImU32 ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) +ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) { ImU32 crc = ~seed; const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p; @@ -1435,7 +1495,7 @@ ImU32 ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) // - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed. // - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build) // FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. -ImU32 ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) +ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) { seed = ~seed; ImU32 crc = seed; @@ -1541,66 +1601,58 @@ void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_f //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Convert UTF-8 to 32-bit character, process single character input. -// Based on stb_from_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/ +// A nearly-branchless UTF-8 decoder, based on work of Christopher Wellons (https://github.com/skeeto/branchless-utf8). // We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward. int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) { - unsigned int c = (unsigned int)-1; - const unsigned char* str = (const unsigned char*)in_text; - if (!(*str & 0x80)) + static const char lengths[32] = { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 0 }; + static const int masks[] = { 0x00, 0x7f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x07 }; + static const uint32_t mins[] = { 0x400000, 0, 0x80, 0x800, 0x10000 }; + static const int shiftc[] = { 0, 18, 12, 6, 0 }; + static const int shifte[] = { 0, 6, 4, 2, 0 }; + int len = lengths[*(const unsigned char*)in_text >> 3]; + int wanted = len + !len; + + if (in_text_end == NULL) + in_text_end = in_text + wanted; // Max length, nulls will be taken into account. + + // Copy at most 'len' bytes, stop copying at 0 or past in_text_end. Branch predictor does a good job here, + // so it is fast even with excessive branching. + unsigned char s[4]; + s[0] = in_text + 0 < in_text_end ? in_text[0] : 0; + s[1] = in_text + 1 < in_text_end ? in_text[1] : 0; + s[2] = in_text + 2 < in_text_end ? in_text[2] : 0; + s[3] = in_text + 3 < in_text_end ? in_text[3] : 0; + + // Assume a four-byte character and load four bytes. Unused bits are shifted out. + *out_char = (uint32_t)(s[0] & masks[len]) << 18; + *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[1] & 0x3f) << 12; + *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[2] & 0x3f) << 6; + *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[3] & 0x3f) << 0; + *out_char >>= shiftc[len]; + + // Accumulate the various error conditions. + int e = 0; + e = (*out_char < mins[len]) << 6; // non-canonical encoding + e |= ((*out_char >> 11) == 0x1b) << 7; // surrogate half? + e |= (*out_char > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) << 8; // out of range? + e |= (s[1] & 0xc0) >> 2; + e |= (s[2] & 0xc0) >> 4; + e |= (s[3] ) >> 6; + e ^= 0x2a; // top two bits of each tail byte correct? + e >>= shifte[len]; + + if (e) { - c = (unsigned int)(*str++); - *out_char = c; - return 1; + // No bytes are consumed when *in_text == 0 || in_text == in_text_end. + // One byte is consumed in case of invalid first byte of in_text. + // All available bytes (at most `len` bytes) are consumed on incomplete/invalid second to last bytes. + // Invalid or incomplete input may consume less bytes than wanted, therefore every byte has to be inspected in s. + wanted = ImMin(wanted, !!s[0] + !!s[1] + !!s[2] + !!s[3]); + *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; } - if ((*str & 0xe0) == 0xc0) - { - *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // will be invalid but not end of string - if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 2) return 1; - if (*str < 0xc2) return 2; - c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x1f) << 6); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 2; - c += (*str++ & 0x3f); - *out_char = c; - return 2; - } - if ((*str & 0xf0) == 0xe0) - { - *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // will be invalid but not end of string - if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 3) return 1; - if (*str == 0xe0 && (str[1] < 0xa0 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 3; - if (*str == 0xed && str[1] > 0x9f) return 3; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below - c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x0f) << 12); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3; - c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3; - c += (*str++ & 0x3f); - *out_char = c; - return 3; - } - if ((*str & 0xf8) == 0xf0) - { - *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // will be invalid but not end of string - if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 4) return 1; - if (*str > 0xf4) return 4; - if (*str == 0xf0 && (str[1] < 0x90 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 4; - if (*str == 0xf4 && str[1] > 0x8f) return 4; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below - c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x07) << 18); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4; - c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 12); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4; - c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4; - c += (*str++ & 0x3f); - // utf-8 encodings of values used in surrogate pairs are invalid - if ((c & 0xFFFFF800) == 0xD800) return 4; - // If codepoint does not fit in ImWchar, use replacement character U+FFFD instead - if (c > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) c = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; - *out_char = c; - return 4; - } - *out_char = 0; - return 0; + + return wanted; } int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_text_remaining) @@ -2128,6 +2180,14 @@ void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) // the API mid-way through development and support two ways to using the clipper, needs some rework (see TODO) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// FIXME-TABLE: This prevents us from using ImGuiListClipper _inside_ a table cell. +// The problem we have is that without a Begin/End scheme for rows using the clipper is ambiguous. +static bool GetSkipItemForListClipping() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (g.CurrentTable ? g.CurrentTable->HostSkipItems : g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems); +} + // Helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items. // NB: Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can! Read comments and instructions there on how those use this sort of pattern. // NB: 'items_count' is only used to clamp the result, if you don't know your count you can use INT_MAX @@ -2142,7 +2202,7 @@ void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items *out_items_display_end = items_count; return; } - if (window->SkipItems) + if (GetSkipItemForListClipping()) { *out_items_display_start = *out_items_display_end = 0; return; @@ -2178,43 +2238,64 @@ static void SetCursorPosYAndSetupForPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height) // The clipper should probably have a 4th step to display the last item in a regular manner. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + float off_y = pos_y - window->DC.CursorPos.y; window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y; window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, pos_y); window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height; // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHereY() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage. window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list. - if (ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns) + if (ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns) columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly + if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable) + { + if (table->IsInsideRow) + ImGui::TableEndRow(table); + table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + const int row_increase = (int)((off_y / line_height) + 0.5f); + //table->CurrentRow += row_increase; // Can't do without fixing TableEndRow() + table->RowBgColorCounter += row_increase; + } } -// Use case A: Begin() called from constructor with items_height<0, then called again from Sync() in StepNo 1 +ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper() +{ + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + ItemsCount = -1; +} + +ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper() +{ + IM_ASSERT(ItemsCount == -1 && "Forgot to call End(), or to Step() until false?"); +} + +// Use case A: Begin() called from constructor with items_height<0, then called again from Step() in StepNo 1 // Use case B: Begin() called from constructor with items_height>0 // FIXME-LEGACY: Ideally we should remove the Begin/End functions but they are part of the legacy API we still support. This is why some of the code in Step() calling Begin() and reassign some fields, spaghetti style. -void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int count, float items_height) +void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable) + if (table->IsInsideRow) + ImGui::TableEndRow(table); + StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; ItemsHeight = items_height; - ItemsCount = count; + ItemsCount = items_count; + ItemsFrozen = 0; StepNo = 0; - DisplayEnd = DisplayStart = -1; - if (ItemsHeight > 0.0f) - { - ImGui::CalcListClipping(ItemsCount, ItemsHeight, &DisplayStart, &DisplayEnd); // calculate how many to clip/display - if (DisplayStart > 0) - SetCursorPosYAndSetupForPrevLine(StartPosY + DisplayStart * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor - StepNo = 2; - } + DisplayStart = -1; + DisplayEnd = 0; } void ImGuiListClipper::End() { - if (ItemsCount < 0) + if (ItemsCount < 0) // Already ended return; + // In theory here we should assert that ImGui::GetCursorPosY() == StartPosY + DisplayEnd * ItemsHeight, but it feels saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user. - if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX) - SetCursorPosYAndSetupForPrevLine(StartPosY + ItemsCount * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor + if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0) + SetCursorPosYAndSetupForPrevLine(StartPosY + (ItemsCount - ItemsFrozen) * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); ItemsCount = -1; StepNo = 3; } @@ -2224,38 +2305,101 @@ bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (ItemsCount == 0 || window->SkipItems) + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (table && table->IsInsideRow) + ImGui::TableEndRow(table); + + // No items + if (ItemsCount == 0 || GetSkipItemForListClipping()) { + End(); + return false; + } + + // Step 0: Let you process the first element (regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height) + if (StepNo == 0) + { + // While we are in frozen row state, keep displaying items one by one, unclipped + // FIXME: Could be stored as a table-agnostic state. + if (table != NULL && !table->IsUnfrozenRows) + { + DisplayStart = ItemsFrozen; + DisplayEnd = ItemsFrozen + 1; + ItemsFrozen++; + return true; + } + + StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + if (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f) + { + // Submit the first item so we can measure its height (generally it is 0..1) + DisplayStart = ItemsFrozen; + DisplayEnd = ItemsFrozen + 1; + StepNo = 1; + return true; + } + + // Already has item height (given by user in Begin): skip to calculating step + DisplayStart = DisplayEnd; + StepNo = 2; + } + + // Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element + if (StepNo == 1) + { + IM_ASSERT(ItemsHeight <= 0.0f); + if (table) + { + const float pos_y1 = table->RowPosY1; // Using this instead of StartPosY to handle clipper straddling the frozen row + const float pos_y2 = table->RowPosY2; // Using this instead of CursorPos.y to take account of tallest cell. + ItemsHeight = pos_y2 - pos_y1; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y2; + } + else + { + ItemsHeight = window->DC.CursorPos.y - StartPosY; + } + IM_ASSERT(ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!"); + StepNo = 2; + } + + // Reached end of list + if (DisplayEnd >= ItemsCount) + { + End(); + return false; + } + + // Step 2: calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element + if (StepNo == 2) + { + IM_ASSERT(ItemsHeight > 0.0f); + + int already_submitted = DisplayEnd; + ImGui::CalcListClipping(ItemsCount - already_submitted, ItemsHeight, &DisplayStart, &DisplayEnd); + DisplayStart += already_submitted; + DisplayEnd += already_submitted; + + // Seek cursor + if (DisplayStart > already_submitted) + SetCursorPosYAndSetupForPrevLine(StartPosY + (DisplayStart - ItemsFrozen) * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); + + StepNo = 3; + return true; + } + + // Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), + // Advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. + if (StepNo == 3) + { + // Seek cursor + if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX) + SetCursorPosYAndSetupForPrevLine(StartPosY + (ItemsCount - ItemsFrozen) * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor ItemsCount = -1; return false; } - if (StepNo == 0) // Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height. - { - DisplayStart = 0; - DisplayEnd = 1; - StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - StepNo = 1; - return true; - } - if (StepNo == 1) // Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element. - { - if (ItemsCount == 1) { ItemsCount = -1; return false; } - float items_height = window->DC.CursorPos.y - StartPosY; - IM_ASSERT(items_height > 0.0f); // If this triggers, it means Item 0 hasn't moved the cursor vertically - Begin(ItemsCount - 1, items_height); - DisplayStart++; - DisplayEnd++; - StepNo = 3; - return true; - } - if (StepNo == 2) // Step 2: empty step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user still call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3. - { - IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart >= 0 && DisplayEnd >= 0); - StepNo = 3; - return true; - } - if (StepNo == 3) // Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. - End(); + + IM_ASSERT(0); return false; } @@ -2308,7 +2452,7 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) ImGuiColorMod backup; backup.Col = idx; backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; - g.ColorModifiers.push_back(backup); + g.ColorStack.push_back(backup); g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col); } @@ -2318,7 +2462,7 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) ImGuiColorMod backup; backup.Col = idx; backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; - g.ColorModifiers.push_back(backup); + g.ColorStack.push_back(backup); g.Style.Colors[idx] = col; } @@ -2327,9 +2471,9 @@ void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; while (count > 0) { - ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorModifiers.back(); + ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorStack.back(); g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.BackupValue; - g.ColorModifiers.pop_back(); + g.ColorStack.pop_back(); count--; } } @@ -2360,6 +2504,7 @@ static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize @@ -2383,7 +2528,7 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); - g.StyleModifiers.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); *pvar = val; return; } @@ -2397,7 +2542,7 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); - g.StyleModifiers.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); *pvar = val; return; } @@ -2410,12 +2555,12 @@ void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count) while (count > 0) { // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it. - ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleModifiers.back(); + ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleVarStack.back(); const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx); void* data = info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; } else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; } - g.StyleModifiers.pop_back(); + g.StyleVarStack.pop_back(); count--; } } @@ -2467,6 +2612,11 @@ const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx) case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered"; case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram"; case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg: return "TableHeaderBg"; + case ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong: return "TableBorderStrong"; + case ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight: return "TableBorderLight"; + case ImGuiCol_TableRowBg: return "TableRowBg"; + case ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt: return "TableRowBgAlt"; case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg"; case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget"; case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight"; @@ -2676,8 +2826,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize; if (border && border_size > 0.0f) { - window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); - window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size); } } @@ -2688,8 +2838,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding) const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize; if (border_size > 0.0f) { - window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); - window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size); } } @@ -2715,13 +2865,13 @@ void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFl bool fully_visible = window->ClipRect.Contains(display_rect); if (!fully_visible) window->DrawList->PushClipRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max); - window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min + ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), display_rect.Max - ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, THICKNESS); + window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min + ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), display_rect.Max - ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, THICKNESS); if (!fully_visible) window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); } if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin) { - window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, ~0, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, 1.0f); } } @@ -2730,70 +2880,27 @@ void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFl //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods -ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) - : DrawListInst(&context->DrawListSharedData) +ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NULL) { + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); Name = ImStrdup(name); + NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1; ID = ImHashStr(name); IDStack.push_back(ID); - Flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_None; - Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - Size = SizeFull = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - ContentSize = ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - WindowRounding = 0.0f; - WindowBorderSize = 0.0f; - NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1; MoveId = GetID("#MOVE"); - ChildId = 0; - Scroll = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); - ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - ScrollbarX = ScrollbarY = false; - Active = WasActive = false; - WriteAccessed = false; - Collapsed = false; - WantCollapseToggle = false; - SkipItems = false; - Appearing = false; - Hidden = false; - IsFallbackWindow = false; - HasCloseButton = false; - ResizeBorderHeld = -1; - BeginCount = 0; - BeginOrderWithinParent = -1; - BeginOrderWithinContext = -1; - PopupId = 0; AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1; - AutoFitChildAxises = 0x00; - AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; - HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 0; SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing; SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - - InnerRect = ImRect(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f); // Clear so the InnerRect.GetSize() code in Begin() doesn't lead to overflow even if the result isn't used. - LastFrameActive = -1; LastTimeActive = -1.0f; - ItemWidthDefault = 0.0f; FontWindowScale = 1.0f; SettingsOffset = -1; - DrawList = &DrawListInst; + DrawList->_Data = &context->DrawListSharedData; DrawList->_OwnerName = Name; - ParentWindow = NULL; - RootWindow = NULL; - RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = NULL; - RootWindowForNav = NULL; - - NavLastIds[0] = NavLastIds[1] = 0; - NavRectRel[0] = NavRectRel[1] = ImRect(); - NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL; - - MemoryCompacted = false; - MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0; } ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow() @@ -2801,7 +2908,7 @@ ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow() IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst); IM_DELETE(Name); for (int i = 0; i != ColumnsStorage.Size; i++) - ColumnsStorage[i].~ImGuiColumns(); + ColumnsStorage[i].~ImGuiOldColumns(); } ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end) @@ -2887,15 +2994,22 @@ static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow = window; + g.CurrentTable = window && window->DC.CurrentTableIdx != -1 ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(window->DC.CurrentTableIdx) : NULL; if (window) g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); } +void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.ItemFlagsStack.clear(); + g.GroupStack.clear(); + TableGcCompactSettings(); +} + // Free up/compact internal window buffers, we can use this when a window becomes unused. -// This is currently unused by the library, but you may call this yourself for easy GC. // Not freed: -// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name -// - StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data) +// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name, StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data) // This should have no noticeable visual effect. When the window reappear however, expect new allocation/buffer growth/copy cost. void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) { @@ -2905,10 +3019,8 @@ void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) window->IDStack.clear(); window->DrawList->_ClearFreeMemory(); window->DC.ChildWindows.clear(); - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.clear(); window->DC.ItemWidthStack.clear(); window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.clear(); - window->DC.GroupStack.clear(); } void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -2930,6 +3042,7 @@ void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; + g.ActiveIdMouseButton = -1; if (id != 0) { g.LastActiveId = id; @@ -2949,6 +3062,7 @@ void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet) + g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = false; g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00; @@ -2964,6 +3078,7 @@ void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.HoveredId = id; g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; + g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = false; if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id) g.HoveredIdTimer = g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; } @@ -3026,20 +3141,22 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) return IsItemFocused(); // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd() - if (!(window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) + ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; + if (!(status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) return false; IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window) - // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. - // Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was the test that has been running for a long while. - //if (g.HoveredWindow != window) - // return false; - if (g.HoveredRootWindow != window->RootWindow && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped)) - return false; + // [2021/03/02] Reworked / reverted the revert, finally. Note we want e.g. BeginGroup/ItemAdd/EndGroup to work as well. (#3851) + // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable + // to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was + // the test that has been running for a long while. + if (g.HoveredWindow != window && (status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow) == 0) + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0) + return false; // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged) - if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) == 0) if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId) return false; @@ -3134,18 +3251,18 @@ bool ImGui::FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) // Process TAB/Shift-TAB to tab *OUT* of the currently focused item. // (Note that we can always TAB out of a widget that doesn't allow tabbing in) - if (g.ActiveId == id && g.FocusTabPressed && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Tab) && g.FocusRequestNextWindow == NULL) + if (g.ActiveId == id && g.TabFocusPressed && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Tab) && g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow == NULL) { - g.FocusRequestNextWindow = window; - g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop + (g.IO.KeyShift ? (is_tab_stop ? -1 : 0) : +1); // Modulo on index will be applied at the end of frame once we've got the total counter of items. + g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow = window; + g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop + (g.IO.KeyShift ? (is_tab_stop ? -1 : 0) : +1); // Modulo on index will be applied at the end of frame once we've got the total counter of items. } // Handle focus requests - if (g.FocusRequestCurrWindow == window) + if (g.TabFocusRequestCurrWindow == window) { - if (window->DC.FocusCounterRegular == g.FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular) + if (window->DC.FocusCounterRegular == g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular) return true; - if (is_tab_stop && window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop == g.FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop) + if (is_tab_stop && window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop == g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop) { g.NavJustTabbedId = id; return true; @@ -3194,7 +3311,7 @@ void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size) { if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations++; - return GImAllocatorAllocFunc(size, GImAllocatorUserData); + return (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData); } // IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree() @@ -3203,7 +3320,7 @@ void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr) if (ptr) if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations--; - return GImAllocatorFreeFunc(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData); + return (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData); } const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText() @@ -3240,13 +3357,21 @@ void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) #endif } -void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data) +void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data) { GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func; GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func; GImAllocatorUserData = user_data; } +// This is provided to facilitate copying allocators from one static/DLL boundary to another (e.g. retrieve default allocator of your executable address space) +void ImGui::GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data) +{ + *p_alloc_func = GImAllocatorAllocFunc; + *p_free_func = GImAllocatorFreeFunc; + *p_user_data = GImAllocatorUserData; +} + ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) { ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas); @@ -3266,17 +3391,48 @@ void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) IM_DELETE(ctx); } +// No specific ordering/dependency support, will see as needed +ImGuiID ImGui::AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImGuiContextHook* hook) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + IM_ASSERT(hook->Callback != NULL && hook->HookId == 0 && hook->Type != ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_); + g.Hooks.push_back(*hook); + g.Hooks.back().HookId = ++g.HookIdNext; + return g.HookIdNext; +} + +// Deferred removal, avoiding issue with changing vector while iterating it +void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + IM_ASSERT(hook_id != 0); + for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) + if (g.Hooks[n].HookId == hook_id) + g.Hooks[n].Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_; +} + +// Call context hooks (used by e.g. test engine) +// We assume a small number of hooks so all stored in same array +void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) + if (g.Hooks[n].Type == hook_type) + g.Hooks[n].Callback(&g, &g.Hooks[n]); +} + ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO() { IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); return GImGui->IO; } -// Same value as passed to the old io.RenderDrawListsFn function. Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame() +// Pass this to your backend rendering function! Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame() ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.DrawData.Valid ? &g.DrawData : NULL; + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0]; + return viewport->DrawDataP.Valid ? &viewport->DrawDataP : NULL; } double ImGui::GetTime() @@ -3289,14 +3445,50 @@ int ImGui::GetFrameCount() return GImGui->FrameCount; } +static ImDrawList* GetViewportDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name) +{ + // Create the draw list on demand, because they are not frequently used for all viewports + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawLists)); + ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no]; + if (draw_list == NULL) + { + draw_list = IM_NEW(ImDrawList)(&g.DrawListSharedData); + draw_list->_OwnerName = drawlist_name; + viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list; + } + + // Our ImDrawList system requires that there is always a command + if (viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount) + { + draw_list->_ResetForNewFrame(); + draw_list->PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID); + draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, false); + viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount; + } + return draw_list; +} + +ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport) +{ + return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 0, "##Background"); +} + ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList() { - return &GImGui->BackgroundDrawList; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return GetBackgroundDrawList(g.Viewports[0]); +} + +ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport) +{ + return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 1, "##Foreground"); } ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList() { - return &GImGui->ForegroundDrawList; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return GetForegroundDrawList(g.Viewports[0]); } ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() @@ -3378,17 +3570,18 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame() if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Appearing) return; - // Click on empty space to focus window and start moving (after we're done with all our widgets) + // Click on empty space to focus window and start moving + // (after we're done with all our widgets) if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) { // Handle the edge case of a popup being closed while clicking in its empty space. // If we try to focus it, FocusWindow() > ClosePopupsOverWindow() will accidentally close any parent popups because they are not linked together any more. - ImGuiWindow* root_window = g.HoveredRootWindow; + ImGuiWindow* root_window = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL; const bool is_closed_popup = root_window && (root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !IsPopupOpen(root_window->PopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel); if (root_window != NULL && !is_closed_popup) { - StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow); + StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow); //-V595 // Cancel moving if clicked outside of title bar if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) @@ -3414,17 +3607,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame() // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the top-most Modal Window. // This is where we can trim the popup stack. ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - bool hovered_window_above_modal = false; - if (modal == NULL) - hovered_window_above_modal = true; - for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0 && hovered_window_above_modal == false; i--) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - if (window == modal) - break; - if (window == g.HoveredWindow) - hovered_window_above_modal = true; - } + bool hovered_window_above_modal = g.HoveredWindow && IsWindowAbove(g.HoveredWindow, modal); ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal, true); } } @@ -3521,6 +3704,9 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() if (g.IO.MouseWheel == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseWheelH == 0.0f) return; + if ((g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel) || (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel)) + return; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow; if (!window || window->Collapsed) return; @@ -3533,7 +3719,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f); const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale; window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + if (window == window->RootWindow) { const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size; SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0); @@ -3582,32 +3768,32 @@ void ImGui::UpdateTabFocus() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; // Pressing TAB activate widget focus - g.FocusTabPressed = (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Active && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)); - if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.FocusTabPressed) + g.TabFocusPressed = (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Active && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)); + if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.TabFocusPressed) { // Note that SetKeyboardFocusHere() sets the Next fields mid-frame. To be consistent we also // manipulate the Next fields even, even though they will be turned into Curr fields by the code below. - g.FocusRequestNextWindow = g.NavWindow; - g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular = INT_MAX; + g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow = g.NavWindow; + g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular = INT_MAX; if (g.NavId != 0 && g.NavIdTabCounter != INT_MAX) - g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = g.NavIdTabCounter + 1 + (g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 1); + g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = g.NavIdTabCounter + 1 + (g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 1); else - g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 0; + g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 0; } // Turn queued focus request into current one - g.FocusRequestCurrWindow = NULL; - g.FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = g.FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; - if (g.FocusRequestNextWindow != NULL) + g.TabFocusRequestCurrWindow = NULL; + g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; + if (g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow != NULL) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.FocusRequestNextWindow; - g.FocusRequestCurrWindow = window; - if (g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular != INT_MAX && window->DC.FocusCounterRegular != -1) - g.FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = ImModPositive(g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular, window->DC.FocusCounterRegular + 1); - if (g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop != INT_MAX && window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop != -1) - g.FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = ImModPositive(g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop, window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop + 1); - g.FocusRequestNextWindow = NULL; - g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular = g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow; + g.TabFocusRequestCurrWindow = window; + if (g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular != INT_MAX && window->DC.FocusCounterRegular != -1) + g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = ImModPositive(g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular, window->DC.FocusCounterRegular + 1); + if (g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop != INT_MAX && window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop != -1) + g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = ImModPositive(g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop, window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop + 1); + g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow = NULL; + g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular = g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; } g.NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX; @@ -3622,16 +3808,17 @@ void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() // - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow. // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame. // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms. + bool clear_hovered_windows = false; FindHoveredWindow(); // Modal windows prevents mouse from hovering behind them. ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - if (modal_window && g.HoveredRootWindow && !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredRootWindow, modal_window)) - g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + if (modal_window && g.HoveredWindow && !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow, modal_window)) + clear_hovered_windows = true; // Disabled mouse? if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) - g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + clear_hovered_windows = true; // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward. int mouse_earliest_button_down = -1; @@ -3651,7 +3838,10 @@ void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() // FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02) const bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0; if (!mouse_avail_to_imgui && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload) - g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + clear_hovered_windows = true; + + if (clear_hovered_windows) + g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to imgui, false = dispatch mouse info to Dear ImGui + app) if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1) @@ -3687,9 +3877,13 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - ImGuiTestEngineHook_PreNewFrame(&g); -#endif + // Remove pending delete hooks before frame start. + // This deferred removal avoid issues of removal while iterating the hook vector + for (int n = g.Hooks.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + if (g.Hooks[n].Type == ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_) + g.Hooks.erase(&g.Hooks[n]); + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre); // Check and assert for various common IO and Configuration mistakes ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks(); @@ -3710,13 +3904,18 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame); g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame))) : FLT_MAX; + UpdateViewportsNewFrame(); + // Setup current font and draw list shared data g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true; SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont()); IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded()); - g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y); + ImRect virtual_space(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + virtual_space.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect()); + g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = virtual_space.ToVec4(); g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol; - g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleSegmentMaxError(g.Style.CircleSegmentMaxError); + g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleTessellationMaxError(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError); g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None; if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines) g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; @@ -3727,16 +3926,12 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset) g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset; - g.BackgroundDrawList._ResetForNewFrame(); - g.BackgroundDrawList.PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID); - g.BackgroundDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen(); - - g.ForegroundDrawList._ResetForNewFrame(); - g.ForegroundDrawList.PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID); - g.ForegroundDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen(); - // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it. - g.DrawData.Clear(); + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + viewport->DrawDataP.Clear(); + } // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == g.ActiveId) @@ -3752,8 +3947,10 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() if (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredId) g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId; + g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel = g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel; g.HoveredId = 0; g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; + g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = false; g.HoveredIdDisabled = false; // Update ActiveId data (clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore) @@ -3824,7 +4021,7 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory. IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size == g.Windows.Size); - const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer >= 0.0f) ? (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer : FLT_MAX; + const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) { ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; @@ -3838,6 +4035,14 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window); } + // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused tables + for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size; i++) + if (g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] >= 0.0f && g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] < memory_compact_start_time) + TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(g.Tables.GetByIndex(i)); + if (g.GcCompactAll) + GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers(); + g.GcCompactAll = false; + // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive) FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL); @@ -3846,6 +4051,9 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear. g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0); g.BeginPopupStack.resize(0); + g.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0); + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_Default_); + g.GroupStack.resize(0); ClosePopupsOverWindow(g.NavWindow, false); // [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. @@ -3859,9 +4067,7 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() Begin("Debug##Default"); IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow == true); -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - ImGuiTestEngineHook_PostNewFrame(&g); -#endif + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost); } // [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. @@ -3909,17 +4115,13 @@ void ImGui::Initialize(ImGuiContext* context) #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE // Add .ini handle for ImGuiTable type - { - ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; - ini_handler.TypeName = "Table"; - ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Table"); - ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen; - ini_handler.ReadLineFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine; - ini_handler.WriteAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll; - g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler); - } + TableSettingsInstallHandler(context); #endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE + // Create default viewport + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)(); + g.Viewports.push_back(viewport); + #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK #endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK @@ -3946,15 +4148,12 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context) if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) { ImGuiContext* backup_context = GImGui; - SetCurrentContext(context); + SetCurrentContext(&g); SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); SetCurrentContext(backup_context); } - // Notify hooked test engine, if any -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - ImGuiTestEngineHook_Shutdown(context); -#endif + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown); // Clear everything else for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) @@ -3966,22 +4165,27 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context) g.CurrentWindowStack.clear(); g.WindowsById.Clear(); g.NavWindow = NULL; - g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; g.MovingWindow = NULL; - g.ColorModifiers.clear(); - g.StyleModifiers.clear(); + g.ColorStack.clear(); + g.StyleVarStack.clear(); g.FontStack.clear(); g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); g.BeginPopupStack.clear(); - g.DrawDataBuilder.ClearFreeMemory(); - g.BackgroundDrawList._ClearFreeMemory(); - g.ForegroundDrawList._ClearFreeMemory(); + + for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++) + IM_DELETE(g.Viewports[i]); + g.Viewports.clear(); g.TabBars.Clear(); g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear(); g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear(); + g.Tables.Clear(); + g.CurrentTableStack.clear(); + g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear(); + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear(); g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory(); @@ -4034,7 +4238,7 @@ static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, Im static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) { // Remove trailing command if unused. - // Technically we could return directly instead of popping, but this make things looks neat in Metrics window as well. + // Technically we could return directly instead of popping, but this make things looks neat in Metrics/Debugger window as well. draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) return; @@ -4049,13 +4253,13 @@ static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* d // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window) // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually: // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds. - // Be mindful that the ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics window to inspect draw list contents. + // Be mindful that the ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics/Debugger window to inspect draw list contents. // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either: - // (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer back-end, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'. - // Most example back-ends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 back-ends won't. + // (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer backend, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'. + // Most example backends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 backends won't. // Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them. - // (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer back-end, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h. - // Most example back-ends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time: + // (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer backend, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h. + // Most example backends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time: // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset); // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. // 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API. @@ -4067,25 +4271,25 @@ static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* d out_list->push_back(draw_list); } -static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImVector* out_render_list, ImGuiWindow* window) +static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window, int layer) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0]; g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++; - AddDrawListToDrawData(out_render_list, window->DrawList); + AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList); for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++) { ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; - if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // clipped children may have been marked not active - AddWindowToDrawData(out_render_list, child); + if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // Clipped children may have been marked not active + AddWindowToDrawData(child, layer); } } // Layer is locked for the root window, however child windows may use a different viewport (e.g. extruding menu) static void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; int layer = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? 1 : 0; - AddWindowToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window); + AddWindowToDrawData(window, layer); } void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer() @@ -4106,15 +4310,16 @@ void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer() } } -static void SetupDrawData(ImVector* draw_lists, ImDrawData* draw_data) +static void SetupViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, ImVector* draw_lists) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; draw_data->Valid = true; draw_data->CmdLists = (draw_lists->Size > 0) ? draw_lists->Data : NULL; draw_data->CmdListsCount = draw_lists->Size; draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0; - draw_data->DisplayPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - draw_data->DisplaySize = io.DisplaySize; + draw_data->DisplayPos = viewport->Pos; + draw_data->DisplaySize = viewport->Size; draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale; for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++) { @@ -4154,6 +4359,8 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() return; IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope && "Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()?"); + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre); + ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); // Notify OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME) @@ -4220,6 +4427,8 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f; g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); memset(g.IO.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputs)); + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost); } void ImGui::Render() @@ -4231,11 +4440,17 @@ void ImGui::Render() EndFrame(); g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount; g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0; - g.DrawDataBuilder.Clear(); - // Add background ImDrawList - if (!g.BackgroundDrawList.VtxBuffer.empty()) - AddDrawListToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.BackgroundDrawList); + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre); + + // Add background ImDrawList (for each active viewport) + for (int n = 0; n != g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Clear(); + if (viewport->DrawLists[0] != NULL) + AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport)); + } // Add ImDrawList to render ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2]; @@ -4250,26 +4465,29 @@ void ImGui::Render() for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(windows_to_render_top_most); n++) if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]); - g.DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); - // Draw software mouse cursor if requested - if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor) - RenderMouseCursor(&g.ForegroundDrawList, g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48)); + // Setup ImDrawData structures for end-user + g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = 0; + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); - // Add foreground ImDrawList - if (!g.ForegroundDrawList.VtxBuffer.empty()) - AddDrawListToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.ForegroundDrawList); + // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag + if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor) + RenderMouseCursor(GetForegroundDrawList(viewport), g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48)); - // Setup ImDrawData structure for end-user - SetupDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.DrawData); - g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.DrawData.TotalVtxCount; - g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = g.DrawData.TotalIdxCount; + // Add foreground ImDrawList (for each active viewport) + if (viewport->DrawLists[1] != NULL) + AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport)); - // (Legacy) Call the Render callback function. The current prefer way is to let the user retrieve GetDrawData() and call the render function themselves. -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - if (g.DrawData.CmdListsCount > 0 && g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn != NULL) - g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn(&g.DrawData); -#endif + SetupViewportDrawData(viewport, &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]); + ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; + g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_data->TotalVtxCount; + g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_data->TotalIdxCount; + } + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost); } // Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker. @@ -4291,7 +4509,11 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_tex ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL); // Round - text_size.x = IM_FLOOR(text_size.x + 0.95f); + // FIXME: This has been here since Dec 2015 (7b0bf230) but down the line we want this out. + // FIXME: Investigate using ceilf or e.g. + // - https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/src/math/ceilf.c + // - https://embarkstudios.github.io/rust-gpu/api/src/libm/math/ceilf.rs.html + text_size.x = IM_FLOOR(text_size.x + 0.99999f); return text_size; } @@ -4347,7 +4569,6 @@ static void FindHoveredWindow() } g.HoveredWindow = hovered_window; - g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL; g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window; } @@ -4378,7 +4599,7 @@ int ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key) } // Note that dear imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry of io.KeysDown[]! -// Use your own indices/enums according to how your back-end/engine stored them into io.KeysDown[]! +// Use your own indices/enums according to how your backend/engine stored them into io.KeysDown[]! bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(int user_key_index) { if (user_key_index < 0) @@ -4534,7 +4755,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() // Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released. // This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once. -// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). Back-ends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window. +// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). backends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window. ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -4614,16 +4835,19 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore)); } +// == GetItemID() == GetFocusID() bool ImGui::IsItemFocused() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.NavId == 0 || g.NavDisableHighlight || g.NavId != window->DC.LastItemId) + if (g.NavId != window->DC.LastItemId || g.NavId == 0) return false; return true; } +// Important: this can be useful but it is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g.Button()! +// Most widgets have specific reactions based on mouse-up/down state, mouse position etc. bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button) { return IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_None); @@ -4672,15 +4896,27 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemEdited() } // Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority. +// FIXME: Although this is exposed, its interaction and ideal idiom with using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap flag are extremely confusing, need rework. void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.HoveredId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId) + ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId; + if (g.HoveredId == id) g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true; - if (g.ActiveId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId) + if (g.ActiveId == id) g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true; } +void ImGui::SetItemUsingMouseWheel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId; + if (g.HoveredId == id) + g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = true; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = true; +} + ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin() { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); @@ -4699,12 +4935,6 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize() return window->DC.LastItemRect.GetSize(); } -static ImRect GetViewportRect() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return ImRect(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y); -} - bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -4724,16 +4954,15 @@ bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, b SetNextWindowSize(size); // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value. - char title[256]; if (name) - ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id); + ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id); else - ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); + ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize; if (!border) g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f; - bool ret = Begin(title, NULL, flags); + bool ret = Begin(g.TempBuffer, NULL, flags); g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size; ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow; @@ -4807,8 +5036,11 @@ void ImGui::EndChild() // Not navigable into ItemAdd(bb, 0); } + if (g.HoveredWindow == window) + parent_window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; } g.WithinEndChild = false; + g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return } // Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame. @@ -4869,7 +5101,8 @@ static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window); // Default/arbitrary window position. Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window. - window->Pos = ImVec2(60, 60); + const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + window->Pos = main_viewport->Pos + ImVec2(60, 60); // User can disable loading and saving of settings. Tooltip and child windows also don't store settings. if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) @@ -4904,9 +5137,10 @@ static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) return window; } -static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2 new_size) +static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_desired) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 new_size = size_desired; if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) { // Using -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. @@ -4937,18 +5171,24 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2 new_size return new_size; } -static ImVec2 CalcWindowContentSize(ImGuiWindow* window) +static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_current, ImVec2* content_size_ideal) { - if (window->Collapsed) - if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) - return window->ContentSize; - if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) - return window->ContentSize; + bool preserve_old_content_sizes = false; + if (window->Collapsed && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) + preserve_old_content_sizes = true; + else if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) + preserve_old_content_sizes = true; + if (preserve_old_content_sizes) + { + *content_size_current = window->ContentSize; + *content_size_ideal = window->ContentSizeIdeal; + return; + } - ImVec2 sz; - sz.x = IM_FLOOR((window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); - sz.y = IM_FLOOR((window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); - return sz; + content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); + content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); + content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); + content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); } static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents) @@ -4971,7 +5211,10 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_cont ImVec2 size_min = style.WindowMinSize; if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups) size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f)); - ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, ImMax(size_min, g.IO.DisplaySize - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f)); + + // FIXME-VIEWPORT-WORKAREA: May want to use GetWorkSize() instead of Size depending on the type of windows? + ImVec2 avail_size = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->Size; + ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, ImMax(size_min, avail_size - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f)); // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small), // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding. @@ -4986,10 +5229,12 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_cont } } -ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowExpectedSize(ImGuiWindow* window) +ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window) { - ImVec2 size_contents = CalcWindowContentSize(window); - ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents); + ImVec2 size_contents_current; + ImVec2 size_contents_ideal; + CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &size_contents_current, &size_contents_ideal); + ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents_ideal); ImVec2 size_final = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); return size_final; } @@ -5093,7 +5338,6 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s // Resize grips and borders are on layer 1 window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); // Manual resize grips PushID("#RESIZE"); @@ -5162,15 +5406,14 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s // Restore nav layer window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); // Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad) if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow == window) { ImVec2 nav_resize_delta; - if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard && g.IO.KeyShift) + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && g.IO.KeyShift) nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); - if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad) + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); if (nav_resize_delta.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_delta.y != 0.0f) { @@ -5216,7 +5459,7 @@ static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window) float rounding = window->WindowRounding; float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; if (border_size > 0.0f && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground)) - window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size); int border_held = window->ResizeBorderHeld; if (border_held != -1) @@ -5225,7 +5468,7 @@ static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window) ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_held, rounding, 0.0f); window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.CornerPosN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, def.OuterAngle); window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.CornerPosN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f); - window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), false, ImMax(2.0f, border_size)); // Thicker than usual + window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), 0, ImMax(2.0f, border_size)); // Thicker than usual } if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) { @@ -5243,6 +5486,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; // Ensure that ScrollBar doesn't read last frame's SkipItems + IM_ASSERT(window->BeginCount == 0); window->SkipItems = false; // Draw window + handle manual resize @@ -5273,14 +5517,14 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar } if (override_alpha) bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom); } // Title bar if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) { ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop); } // Menu bar @@ -5288,7 +5532,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar { ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect(); menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect()); // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them. - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min + ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), menu_bar_rect.Max - ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min + ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), menu_bar_rect.Max - ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop); if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y) window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize); } @@ -5332,7 +5576,6 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& titl const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = window->DC.ItemFlags; window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); // Layout buttons // FIXME: Would be nice to generalize the subtleties expressed here into reusable code. @@ -5368,7 +5611,6 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& titl *p_open = false; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); window->DC.ItemFlags = item_flags_backup; // Title bar text (with: horizontal alignment, avoiding collapse/close button, optional "unsaved document" marker) @@ -5378,7 +5620,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& titl const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true) + ImVec2(marker_size_x, 0.0f); // As a nice touch we try to ensure that centered title text doesn't get affected by visibility of Close/Collapse button, - // while uncentered title text will still reach edges correct. + // while uncentered title text will still reach edges correctly. if (pad_l > style.FramePadding.x) pad_l += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; if (pad_r > style.FramePadding.x) @@ -5392,8 +5634,9 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& titl } ImRect layout_r(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r, title_bar_rect.Max.y); - ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, layout_r.Max.y); - //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, ImMin(layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, title_bar_rect.Max.x), layout_r.Max.y); + //if (g.IO.KeyShift) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r); if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) { @@ -5489,8 +5732,10 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Add to stack // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow() g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window); + g.CurrentWindow = window; + window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToCurrentState(); g.CurrentWindow = NULL; - ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(window, true); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) { ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; @@ -5499,9 +5744,6 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId; } - if (window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) - window->NavLastIds[0] = 0; - // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow) if (first_begin_of_the_frame) UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window); @@ -5566,6 +5808,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX); window->IDStack.resize(1); window->DrawList->_ResetForNewFrame(); + window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = -1; // Restore buffer capacity when woken from a compacted state, to avoid if (window->MemoryCompacted) @@ -5586,11 +5829,13 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // UPDATE CONTENTS SIZE, UPDATE HIDDEN STATUS // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size) - window->ContentSize = CalcWindowContentSize(window); + CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &window->ContentSize, &window->ContentSizeIdeal); if (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems--; if (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0) window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems--; + if (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0) + window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly--; // Hide new windows for one frame until they calculate their size if (window_just_created && (!window_size_x_set_by_api || !window_size_y_set_by_api)) @@ -5607,7 +5852,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = 0.f; if (!window_size_y_set_by_api) window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = 0.f; - window->ContentSize = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); + window->ContentSize = window->ContentSizeIdeal = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); } } @@ -5641,7 +5886,6 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed; MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - FocusWindow(window); } } else @@ -5653,7 +5897,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // SIZE // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize - const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSize); + const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSizeIdeal); bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created; bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created; if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed) @@ -5717,7 +5961,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0); if (window_pos_with_pivot) - SetWindowPos(window, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->SizeFull * window->SetWindowPosPivot, 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering) + SetWindowPos(window, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->Size * window->SetWindowPosPivot, 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering) else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0) window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window); else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize) @@ -5727,9 +5971,11 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Calculate the range of allowed position for that window (to be movable and visible past safe area padding) // When clamping to stay visible, we will enforce that window->Pos stays inside of visibility_rect. - ImRect viewport_rect(GetViewportRect()); + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport(); + ImRect viewport_rect(viewport->GetMainRect()); + ImRect viewport_work_rect(viewport->GetWorkRect()); ImVec2 visibility_padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding); - ImRect visibility_rect(viewport_rect.Min + visibility_padding, viewport_rect.Max - visibility_padding); + ImRect visibility_rect(viewport_work_rect.Min + visibility_padding, viewport_work_rect.Max - visibility_padding); // Clamp position/size so window stays visible within its viewport or monitor // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing. @@ -5760,7 +6006,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) int border_held = -1; ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {}; const int resize_grip_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it. - const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); + const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); if (!window->Collapsed) if (UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect)) use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; @@ -5902,7 +6148,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) bb.Expand(-g.FontSize - 1.0f); rounding = window->WindowRounding; } - window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), rounding, ~0, 3.0f); + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), rounding, 0, 3.0f); } // UPDATE RECTANGLES (2- THOSE AFFECTED BY SCROLLING) @@ -5940,14 +6186,13 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos; window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; + window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext; window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext = 0x00; - window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? parent_window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent : 0; // -V595 window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false; window->DC.NavHasScroll = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); @@ -5964,13 +6209,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault; window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0); window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0); window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0); - window->DC.GroupStack.resize(0); - window->DC.ItemFlags = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.ItemFlags : ImGuiItemFlags_Default_; - if (parent_window) - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemFlags); if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) window->AutoFitFramesX--; @@ -5981,12 +6221,12 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) if (want_focus) { FocusWindow(window); - NavInitWindow(window, false); + NavInitWindow(window, false); // <-- this is in the way for us to be able to defer and sort reappearing FocusWindow() calls } // Title bar if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) - RenderWindowTitleBarContents(window, title_bar_rect, name, p_open); + RenderWindowTitleBarContents(window, ImRect(title_bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Max.y), name, p_open); // Clear hit test shape every frame window->HitTestHoleSize.x = window->HitTestHoleSize.y = 0; @@ -5995,7 +6235,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope. // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element? /* - if (g.ActiveId == move_id) + //if (g.NavWindow == window && g.ActiveId == 0) + if (g.ActiveId == window->MoveId) if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) LogToClipboard(); */ @@ -6015,46 +6256,53 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) SetCurrentWindow(window); } + // Pull/inherit current state + window->DC.ItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); // Inherit from shared stack + window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? parent_window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent : 0; // Inherit from parent only // -V595 + PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true); // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused) - if (first_begin_of_the_frame) - window->WriteAccessed = false; - + window->WriteAccessed = false; window->BeginCount++; g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + // Update visibility + if (first_begin_of_the_frame) { - // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows. - // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar). - IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0); - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) - if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y) - window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + { + // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows. + // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar). + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0); + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) // FIXME: Doesn't make sense for ChildWindow?? + if (!g.LogEnabled) + if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y) + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed - if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)) + // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed + if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)) + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)) + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; + } + + // Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point) + if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f) window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)) - window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; + + // Update the Hidden flag + window->Hidden = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0); + + // Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required) + bool skip_items = false; + if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || window->Hidden) + if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0) + skip_items = true; + window->SkipItems = skip_items; } - // Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point) - if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f) - window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - - // Update the Hidden flag - window->Hidden = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0); - - // Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required) - bool skip_items = false; - if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || window->Hidden) - if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0) - skip_items = true; - window->SkipItems = skip_items; - - return !skip_items; + return !window->SkipItems; } void ImGui::End() @@ -6087,7 +6335,7 @@ void ImGui::End() g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back(); if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back(); - ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(window, false); + window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithCurrentState(); SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back()); } @@ -6144,11 +6392,12 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) g.NavWindow = window; if (window && g.NavDisableMouseHover) g.NavMousePosDirty = true; - g.NavInitRequest = false; g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; g.NavIdIsAlive = false; g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveRequest = false; + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("FocusWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : NULL); } @@ -6203,6 +6452,7 @@ void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWind FocusWindow(NULL); } +// Important: this alone doesn't alter current ImDrawList state. This is called by PushFont/PopFont only. void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -6239,19 +6489,25 @@ void ImGui::PopFont() void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = window->DC.ItemFlags; + IM_ASSERT(item_flags == g.ItemFlagsStack.back()); if (enabled) - window->DC.ItemFlags |= option; + item_flags |= option; else - window->DC.ItemFlags &= ~option; - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemFlags); + item_flags &= ~option; + window->DC.ItemFlags = item_flags; + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(item_flags); } void ImGui::PopItemFlag() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back(); - window->DC.ItemFlags = window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.empty() ? ImGuiItemFlags_Default_ : window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.back(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > 1); // Too many calls to PopItemFlag() - we always leave a 0 at the bottom of the stack. + g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back(); + window->DC.ItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); } // FIXME: Look into renaming this once we have settled the new Focus/Activation/TabStop system. @@ -6278,15 +6534,15 @@ void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat() void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(window->DC.TextWrapPos); window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x; - window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(wrap_pos_x); } void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos() { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back(); window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back(); - window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.empty() ? -1.0f : window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back(); } bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent) @@ -6302,34 +6558,46 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent) return false; } +bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) + { + ImGuiWindow* candidate_window = g.Windows[i]; + if (candidate_window == potential_above) + return true; + if (candidate_window == potential_below) + return false; + } + return false; +} + bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) { IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL) + return false; - if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) - { - if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL) - return false; - } - else + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) == 0) { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; switch (flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) { case ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows: - if (g.HoveredRootWindow != g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow) + if (g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow != window->RootWindow) return false; break; case ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow: - if (g.HoveredWindow != g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow) + if (g.HoveredWindow != window->RootWindow) return false; break; case ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows: - if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL || !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredWindow, g.CurrentWindow)) + if (!IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredWindow, window)) return false; break; default: - if (g.HoveredWindow != g.CurrentWindow) + if (g.HoveredWindow != window) return false; break; } @@ -6369,7 +6637,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags) // If you want a window to never be focused, you may use the e.g. NoInputs flag. bool ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window) { - return window->Active && window == window->RootWindow && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus); + return window->WasActive && window == window->RootWindow && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus); } float ImGui::GetWindowWidth() @@ -6407,6 +6675,7 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos; window->DC.CursorPos += offset; // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor window->DC.CursorMaxPos += offset; // And more importantly we need to offset CursorMaxPos/CursorStartPos this so ContentSize calculation doesn't get affected. + window->DC.IdealMaxPos += offset; window->DC.CursorStartPos += offset; } @@ -6564,7 +6833,7 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize; - g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = size; + g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImFloor(size); } void ImGui::SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll) @@ -6632,12 +6901,11 @@ void ImGui::ActivateItem(ImGuiID id) g.NavNextActivateId = id; } -// Note: this is storing in same stack as IDStack, so Push/Pop mismatch will be reported there. void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - window->IDStack.push_back(window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent); + g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent); window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = id; } @@ -6645,8 +6913,9 @@ void ImGui::PopFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = window->IDStack.back(); - window->IDStack.pop_back(); + IM_ASSERT(g.FocusScopeStack.Size > 0); // Too many PopFocusScope() ? + window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = g.FocusScopeStack.back(); + g.FocusScopeStack.pop_back(); } void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) @@ -6654,9 +6923,9 @@ void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - g.FocusRequestNextWindow = window; - g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular = window->DC.FocusCounterRegular + 1 + offset; - g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; + g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow = window; + g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular = window->DC.FocusCounterRegular + 1 + offset; + g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; } void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus() @@ -6728,9 +6997,24 @@ void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) window->IDStack.push_back(id); } +// Helper to avoid a common series of PushOverrideID -> GetID() -> PopID() call +// (note that when using this pattern, TestEngine's "Stack Tool" will tend to not display the intermediate stack level. +// for that to work we would need to do PushOverrideID() -> ItemAdd() -> PopID() which would alter widget code a little more) +ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed) +{ + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); + ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); +#endif + return id; +} + void ImGui::PopID() { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // Too many PopID(), or could be popping in a wrong/different window? window->IDStack.pop_back(); } @@ -6795,8 +7079,8 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() // (IF YOU GET A WARNING OR COMPILE ERROR HERE: it means you assert macro is incorrectly defined! // If your macro uses multiple statements, it NEEDS to be surrounded by a 'do { ... } while (0)' block. // This is a common C/C++ idiom to allow multiple statements macros to be used in control flow blocks.) - // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) SomeCode(EXPR); SomeMoreCode(); // Wrong! - // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) do { SomeCode(EXPR); SomeMoreCode(); } while (0) // Correct! + // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); // Wrong! + // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) do { if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); } while (0) // Correct! if (true) IM_ASSERT(1); else IM_ASSERT(0); // Check user data @@ -6805,21 +7089,21 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0) && "Need a positive DeltaTime!"); IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?"); IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f && "Invalid DisplaySize value!"); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0 && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?"); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded() && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?"); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0 && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()?"); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded() && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()?"); IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); - IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleSegmentMaxError > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); - IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting. Alpha cannot be negative (allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations)!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); // Allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting."); IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right); for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++) IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown) && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..512, or -1 for unmapped key)"); - // Perform simple check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only recently added in 1.60 WIP) + // Check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only added in 1.60 WIP) if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation."); - // Perform simple check: the beta io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires back-end to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly. + // Check: the io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires backend to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly. if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors)) g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = false; } @@ -6829,10 +7113,17 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; // Verify that io.KeyXXX fields haven't been tampered with. Key mods should not be modified between NewFrame() and EndFrame() - // One possible reason leading to this assert is that your back-ends update inputs _AFTER_ NewFrame(). - const ImGuiKeyModFlags expected_key_mod_flags = GetMergedKeyModFlags(); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMods == expected_key_mod_flags && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); - IM_UNUSED(expected_key_mod_flags); + // One possible reason leading to this assert is that your backends update inputs _AFTER_ NewFrame(). + // It is known that when some modal native windows called mid-frame takes focus away, some backends such as GLFW will + // send key release events mid-frame. This would normally trigger this assertion and lead to sheared inputs. + // We silently accommodate for this case by ignoring/ the case where all io.KeyXXX modifiers were released (aka key_mod_flags == 0), + // while still correctly asserting on mid-frame key press events. + const ImGuiKeyModFlags key_mod_flags = GetMergedKeyModFlags(); + IM_ASSERT((key_mod_flags == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mod_flags) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); + IM_UNUSED(key_mod_flags); + + // Recover from errors + //ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(); // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you // to always call End/EndChild even if Begin/BeginChild returns false! (this is unfortunately inconsistent with most other Begin* API). @@ -6849,28 +7140,117 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks() IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you call End/EndChild too much?"); } } + + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.GroupStack.Size == 0, "Missing EndGroup call!"); } -// Save and compare stack sizes on Begin()/End() to detect usage errors -// Begin() calls this with write=true -// End() calls this with write=false -static void ImGui::ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write) +// Experimental recovery from incorrect usage of BeginXXX/EndXXX/PushXXX/PopXXX calls. +// Must be called during or before EndFrame(). +// This is generally flawed as we are not necessarily End/Popping things in the right order. +// FIXME: Can't recover from inside BeginTabItem/EndTabItem yet. +// FIXME: Can't recover from interleaved BeginTabBar/Begin +void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data) +{ + // PVS-Studio V1044 is "Loop break conditions do not depend on the number of iterations" + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0) + { +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE + while (g.CurrentTable && (g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow == g.CurrentWindow || g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow)) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTable() in '%s'", g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow->Name); + EndTable(); + } +#endif + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); + while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTabBar() in '%s'", window->Name); + EndTabBar(); + } + while (window->DC.TreeDepth > 0) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing TreePop() in '%s'", window->Name); + TreePop(); + } + while (g.GroupStack.Size > window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SizeOfGroupStack) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndGroup() in '%s'", window->Name); + EndGroup(); + } + while (window->IDStack.Size > 1) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopID() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopID(); + } + while (g.ColorStack.Size > window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SizeOfColorStack) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleColor() in '%s' for ImGuiCol_%s", window->Name, GetStyleColorName(g.ColorStack.back().Col)); + PopStyleColor(); + } + while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SizeOfStyleVarStack) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopStyleVar(); + } + while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SizeOfFocusScopeStack) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopFocusScope(); + } + if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow); + break; + } + IM_ASSERT(window == g.CurrentWindow); + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndChild() for '%s'", window->Name); + EndChild(); + } + else + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing End() for '%s'", window->Name); + End(); + } + } +} + +// Save current stack sizes for later compare +void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToCurrentState() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - short* p = &window->DC.StackSizesBackup[0]; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + SizeOfIDStack = (short)window->IDStack.Size; + SizeOfColorStack = (short)g.ColorStack.Size; + SizeOfStyleVarStack = (short)g.StyleVarStack.Size; + SizeOfFontStack = (short)g.FontStack.Size; + SizeOfFocusScopeStack = (short)g.FocusScopeStack.Size; + SizeOfGroupStack = (short)g.GroupStack.Size; + SizeOfBeginPopupStack = (short)g.BeginPopupStack.Size; +} + +// Compare to detect usage errors +void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithCurrentState() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_UNUSED(window); // Window stacks - // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.AllowKeyboardFocus, DC.ButtonRepeat, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin) - { int n = window->IDStack.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p == n && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many PopID()/TreePop() - { int n = window->DC.GroupStack.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p == n && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many EndGroup() + // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin) + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfIDStack == window->IDStack.Size && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!"); // Global stacks // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them. - { int n = g.BeginPopupStack.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p == n && "BeginMenu/EndMenu or BeginPopup/EndPopup Mismatch!"); p++; }// Too few or too many EndMenu()/EndPopup() - { int n = g.ColorModifiers.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p >= n && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many PopStyleColor() - { int n = g.StyleModifiers.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p >= n && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many PopStyleVar() - { int n = g.FontStack.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p >= n && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many PopFont() - IM_ASSERT(p == window->DC.StackSizesBackup + IM_ARRAYSIZE(window->DC.StackSizesBackup)); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfGroupStack == g.GroupStack.Size && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfBeginPopupStack == g.BeginPopupStack.Size && "BeginPopup/EndPopup or BeginMenu/EndMenu Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfColorStack >= g.ColorStack.Size && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfStyleVarStack >= g.StyleVarStack.Size && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFontStack >= g.FontStack.Size && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFocusScopeStack == g.FocusScopeStack.Size && "PushFocusScope/PopFocusScope Mismatch!"); } @@ -6967,7 +7347,7 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg) // to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick). // We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null. // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere. - window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask; + window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest) if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav) if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) @@ -7118,12 +7498,13 @@ void ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(float item_width) g.NextItemData.Width = item_width; } +// FIXME: Remove the == 0.0f behavior? void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width); - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; } @@ -7134,18 +7515,19 @@ void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full) const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)) / (float)components)); const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1))); + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last); - for (int i = 0; i < components - 1; i++) + for (int i = 0; i < components - 2; i++) window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one); - window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back(); + window->DC.ItemWidth = (components == 1) ? w_item_last : w_item_one; g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; } void ImGui::PopItemWidth() { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back(); window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back(); - window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.empty() ? window->ItemWidthDefault : window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back(); } // Calculate default item width given value passed to PushItemWidth() or SetNextItemWidth(). @@ -7225,7 +7607,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; - if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x - window->Pos.x; return mx; } @@ -7236,7 +7618,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max; - if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; return mx; } @@ -7267,13 +7649,15 @@ float ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth() } // Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) +// Groups are currently a mishmash of functionalities which should perhaps be clarified and separated. void ImGui::BeginGroup() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - window->DC.GroupStack.resize(window->DC.GroupStack.Size + 1); - ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back(); + g.GroupStack.resize(g.GroupStack.Size + 1); + ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back(); + group_data.WindowID = window->ID; group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent; @@ -7281,6 +7665,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginGroup() group_data.BackupCurrLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize; group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset; group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive; + group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive = g.HoveredId != 0; group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; group_data.EmitItem = true; @@ -7289,16 +7674,17 @@ void ImGui::BeginGroup() window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos; window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); if (g.LogEnabled) - g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce Log carriage return + g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return } void ImGui::EndGroup() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.GroupStack.empty()); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(g.GroupStack.Size > 0); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls - ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back(); + ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back(); + IM_ASSERT(group_data.WindowID == window->ID); // EndGroup() in wrong window? ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos)); @@ -7309,11 +7695,11 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize; window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset; if (g.LogEnabled) - g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce Log carriage return + g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return if (!group_data.EmitItem) { - window->DC.GroupStack.pop_back(); + g.GroupStack.pop_back(); return; } @@ -7324,15 +7710,20 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group. // It would be be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets. // Also if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context. - // (The tests not symmetrical because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.) + // (The two tests not the same because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.) const bool group_contains_curr_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId; - const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = !group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; + const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == false) && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == true); if (group_contains_curr_active_id) window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId; else if (group_contains_prev_active_id) window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame; window->DC.LastItemRect = group_bb; + // Forward Hovered flag + const bool group_contains_curr_hovered_id = (group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive == false) && g.HoveredId != 0; + if (group_contains_curr_hovered_id) + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; + // Forward Edited flag if (group_contains_curr_active_id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame) window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; @@ -7342,7 +7733,7 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() if (group_contains_prev_active_id && g.ActiveId != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame) window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated; - window->DC.GroupStack.pop_back(); + g.GroupStack.pop_back(); //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // [Debug] } @@ -7351,21 +7742,42 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() // [SECTION] SCROLLING //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Helper to snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge, +// So the difference between WindowPadding and ItemSpacing will be in the visible area after scrolling. +// When we refactor the scrolling API this may be configurable with a flag? +// Note that the effect for this won't be visible on X axis with default Style settings as WindowPadding.x == ItemSpacing.x by default. +static float CalcScrollEdgeSnap(float target, float snap_min, float snap_max, float snap_threshold, float center_ratio) +{ + if (target <= snap_min + snap_threshold) + return ImLerp(snap_min, target, center_ratio); + if (target >= snap_max - snap_threshold) + return ImLerp(target, snap_max, center_ratio); + return target; +} + static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll; if (window->ScrollTarget.x < FLT_MAX) { - float cr_x = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x; - float target_x = window->ScrollTarget.x; - scroll.x = target_x - cr_x * (window->SizeFull.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x); + float center_x_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x; + float scroll_target_x = window->ScrollTarget.x; + float snap_x_min = 0.0f; + float snap_x_max = window->ScrollMax.x + window->Size.x; + if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x > 0.0f) + scroll_target_x = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target_x, snap_x_min, snap_x_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x, center_x_ratio); + scroll.x = scroll_target_x - center_x_ratio * (window->SizeFull.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x); } if (window->ScrollTarget.y < FLT_MAX) { float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); - float cr_y = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y; - float target_y = window->ScrollTarget.y; - scroll.y = target_y - cr_y * (window->SizeFull.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y - decoration_up_height); + float center_y_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y; + float scroll_target_y = window->ScrollTarget.y; + float snap_y_min = 0.0f; + float snap_y_max = window->ScrollMax.y + window->Size.y - decoration_up_height; + if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y > 0.0f) + scroll_target_y = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target_y, snap_y_min, snap_y_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y, center_y_ratio); + scroll.y = scroll_target_y - center_y_ratio * (window->SizeFull.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y - decoration_up_height); } scroll.x = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll.x, 0.0f)); scroll.y = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll.y, 0.0f)); @@ -7388,7 +7800,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_ if (!window_rect.Contains(item_rect)) { if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Min.x < window_rect.Min.x) - SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, 0.0f); + SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, 0.0f); else if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Max.x >= window_rect.Max.x) SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Max.x - window->Pos.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, 1.0f); if (item_rect.Min.y < window_rect.Min.y) @@ -7431,47 +7843,57 @@ float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY() return window->ScrollMax.y; } -void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x) +void ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x; window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f; + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y) +{ + window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetScrollX(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_x); } void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y; - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetScrollY(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_y); } -void ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x) -{ - window->ScrollTarget.x = new_scroll_x; - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f; -} - -void ImGui::SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y) -{ - window->ScrollTarget.y = new_scroll_y; - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; -} - -// Note that a local position will vary depending on initial scroll value -// We store a target position so centering can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size +// Note that a local position will vary depending on initial scroll value, +// This is a little bit confusing so bear with us: +// - local_pos = (absolution_pos - window->Pos) +// - So local_x/local_y are 0.0f for a position at the upper-left corner of a window, +// and generally local_x/local_y are >(padding+decoration) && <(size-padding-decoration) when in the visible area. +// - They mostly exists because of legacy API. +// Following the rules above, when trying to work with scrolling code, consider that: +// - SetScrollFromPosY(0.0f) == SetScrollY(0.0f + scroll.y) == has no effect! +// - SetScrollFromPosY(-scroll.y) == SetScrollY(-scroll.y + scroll.y) == SetScrollY(0.0f) == reset scroll. Of course writing SetScrollY(0.0f) directly then makes more sense +// We store a target position so centering and clamping can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio) { IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f); - window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_FLOOR(local_x + window->Scroll.x); + window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_FLOOR(local_x + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio; + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f; } void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio) { IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f); local_y -= window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); // FIXME: Would be nice to have a more standardized access to our scrollable/client rect - window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_FLOOR(local_y + window->Scroll.y); + window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_FLOOR(local_y + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio; + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f; } void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio) @@ -7486,34 +7908,17 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio) SetScrollFromPosY(g.CurrentWindow, local_y, center_y_ratio); } -// Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge, -// So the difference between WindowPadding and ItemSpacing will be in the visible area after scrolling. -// When we refactor the scrolling API this may be configurable with a flag? -// Note that the effect for this won't be visible on X axis with default Style settings as WindowPadding.x == ItemSpacing.x by default. -static float CalcScrollSnap(float target, float snap_min, float snap_max, float snap_threshold, float center_ratio) -{ - if (target <= snap_min + snap_threshold) - return ImLerp(snap_min, target, center_ratio); - if (target >= snap_max - snap_threshold) - return ImLerp(target, snap_max, center_ratio); - return target; -} - // center_x_ratio: 0.0f left of last item, 0.5f horizontal center of last item, 1.0f right of last item. void ImGui::SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; float spacing_x = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; - float target_x = ImLerp(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.x - spacing_x, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x + spacing_x, center_x_ratio); + float target_pos_x = ImLerp(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.x - spacing_x, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x + spacing_x, center_x_ratio); + SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_pos_x - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge - const float snap_x_threshold = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.x - spacing_x); - const float snap_x_min = window->DC.CursorStartPos.x - window->WindowPadding.x; - const float snap_x_max = window->DC.CursorStartPos.x + window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x; - target_x = CalcScrollSnap(target_x, snap_x_min, snap_x_max, snap_x_threshold, center_x_ratio); - - SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_x - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio); + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.x - spacing_x); } // center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item. @@ -7522,15 +7927,11 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; float spacing_y = g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; - float target_y = ImLerp(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - spacing_y, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + spacing_y, center_y_ratio); + float target_pos_y = ImLerp(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - spacing_y, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + spacing_y, center_y_ratio); + SetScrollFromPosY(window, target_pos_y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge - const float snap_y_threshold = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.y - spacing_y); - const float snap_y_min = window->DC.CursorStartPos.y - window->WindowPadding.y; - const float snap_y_max = window->DC.CursorStartPos.y + window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y; - target_y = CalcScrollSnap(target_y, snap_y_min, snap_y_max, snap_y_threshold, center_y_ratio); - - SetScrollFromPosY(window, target_y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio); + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.y - spacing_y); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -7567,7 +7968,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, ImGuiTooltipFlags toolt { // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one. window->Hidden = true; - window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; // FIXME: This may not be necessary? ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount); } ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize; @@ -7864,7 +8265,10 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags fla // (this won't really last as settings will kick in, and is mostly for backward compatibility. user may do the same themselves) // FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window. if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0) - SetNextWindowPos(g.IO.DisplaySize * 0.5f, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + { + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport(); + SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + } flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse; const bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags); @@ -7897,8 +8301,9 @@ void ImGui::EndPopup() g.WithinEndChild = false; } -// Open a popup if mouse button is released over the item -bool ImGui::OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +// Helper to open a popup if mouse button is released over the item +// - This is essentially the same as BeginPopupContextItem() but without the trailing BeginPopup() +void ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); @@ -7907,16 +8312,14 @@ bool ImGui::OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); - return true; } - return false; } // This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget. // - You can pass a NULL str_id to use the identifier of the last item. // - You may want to handle this on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters). -// - This is essentially the same as calling OpenPopupContextItem() + BeginPopup() but written to avoid -// computing the ID twice because BeginPopupContextXXX functions are called very frequently. +// - This is essentially the same as calling OpenPopupOnItemClick() + BeginPopup() but written to avoid +// computing the ID twice because BeginPopupContextXXX functions may be called very frequently. bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; @@ -7958,6 +8361,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flag // r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.) // r_outer = the visible area rectangle, minus safe area padding. If our popup size won't fit because of safe area padding we ignore it. +// (r_outer is usually equivalent to the viewport rectangle minus padding, but when multi-viewports are enabled and monitor +// information are available, it may represent the entire platform monitor from the frame of reference of the current viewport. +// this allows us to have tooltips/popups displayed out of the parent viewport.) ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy) { ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(ref_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size); @@ -7985,37 +8391,60 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& s } } - // Default popup policy - const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left }; - for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++) + // Tooltip and Default popup policy + // (Always first try the direction we used on the last frame, if any) + if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip || policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default) { - const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; - if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? - continue; - float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x); - float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y); - if (avail_w < size.x || avail_h < size.y) - continue; - ImVec2 pos; - pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x; - pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y; - *last_dir = dir; - return pos; + const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left }; + for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++) + { + const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; + if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? + continue; + + const float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x); + const float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y); + + // If there not enough room on one axis, there's no point in positioning on a side on this axis (e.g. when not enough width, use a top/bottom position to maximize available width) + if (avail_w < size.x && (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Right)) + continue; + if (avail_h < size.y && (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down)) + continue; + + ImVec2 pos; + pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x; + pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y; + + // Clamp top-left corner of popup + pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, r_outer.Min.x); + pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, r_outer.Min.y); + + *last_dir = dir; + return pos; + } } - // Fallback, try to keep within display + // Fallback when not enough room: *last_dir = ImGuiDir_None; + + // For tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible. + if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip) + return ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2); + + // Otherwise try to keep within display ImVec2 pos = ref_pos; pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x); pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y); return pos; } +// Note that this is used for popups, which can overlap the non work-area of individual viewports. ImRect ImGui::GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_UNUSED(window); - ImVec2 padding = GImGui->Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding; - ImRect r_screen = GetViewportRect(); + ImRect r_screen = ((ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport())->GetMainRect(); + ImVec2 padding = g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding; r_screen.Expand(ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f)); return r_screen; } @@ -8037,12 +8466,12 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window) r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Min.y, FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Max.y); // Avoid parent menu-bar. If we wanted multi-line menu-bar, we may instead want to have the calling window setup e.g. a NextWindowData.PosConstraintAvoidRect field else r_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + horizontal_overlap, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - horizontal_overlap - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX); - return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); } if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) { ImRect r_avoid = ImRect(window->Pos.x - 1, window->Pos.y - 1, window->Pos.x + 1, window->Pos.y + 1); - return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); } if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) { @@ -8054,10 +8483,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window) r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8); else r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * sc, ref_pos.y + 24 * sc); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important. - ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); - if (window->AutoPosLastDirection == ImGuiDir_None) - pos = ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2); // If there's not enough room, for tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible. - return pos; + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip); } IM_ASSERT(0); return window->Pos; @@ -8067,26 +8493,19 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window) // [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetNavIDWithRectRel vs SetFocusID is incredibly messy and confusing, -// and needs some explanation or serious refactoring. -void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id) +// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetFocusID properly needs to be clarified/reworked. +void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow); - IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == 0 || nav_layer == 1); + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); + IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); g.NavId = id; + g.NavLayer = (ImGuiNavLayer)nav_layer; g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id; g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; -} - -void ImGui::SetNavIDWithRectRel(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - SetNavID(id, nav_layer, focus_scope_id); g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel; - g.NavMousePosDirty = true; - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + //g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + //g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; } void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -8275,6 +8694,14 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand) return new_best; } +static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const ImRect& nav_bb_rel) +{ + result->Window = window; + result->ID = id; + result->FocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel; +} + // We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above) static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, const ImGuiID id) { @@ -8315,25 +8742,14 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, con bool new_best = g.NavMoveRequest && NavScoreItem(result, nav_bb); #endif if (new_best) - { - result->Window = window; - result->ID = id; - result->FocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; - result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel; - } + NavApplyItemToResult(result, window, id, nav_bb_rel); // Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items. const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f; if ((g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb)) if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO) if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet, nav_bb)) - { - result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; - result->Window = window; - result->ID = id; - result->FocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; - result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel; - } + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet, window, id, nav_bb_rel); } // Update window-relative bounding box of navigated item @@ -8388,7 +8804,7 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags mov static void ImGui::NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window) { ImGuiWindow* parent = nav_window; - while (parent && (parent->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && (parent->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0) + while (parent && parent->RootWindow != parent && (parent->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0) parent = parent->ParentWindow; if (parent && parent != nav_window) parent->NavLastChildNavWindow = nav_window; @@ -8403,17 +8819,23 @@ static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) return window; } -static void NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer) +void ImGui::NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NavLayer = layer; - if (layer == 0) - g.NavWindow = ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); + if (layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; - if (layer == 0 && window->NavLastIds[0] != 0) - ImGui::SetNavIDWithRectRel(window->NavLastIds[0], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[0]); + if (window->NavLastIds[layer] != 0) + { + SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]); + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; + } else - ImGui::NavInitWindow(window, true); + { + g.NavLayer = layer; + NavInitWindow(window, true); + } } static inline void ImGui::NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag() @@ -8431,12 +8853,12 @@ void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) IM_ASSERT(window == g.NavWindow); bool init_for_nav = false; if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit) + if (window == window->RootWindow || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit) init_for_nav = true; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Nav] NavInitWindow() init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from NavInitWindow(), init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer); if (init_for_nav) { - SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, 0); + SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, 0, ImRect()); g.NavInitRequest = true; g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; g.NavInitResultId = 0; @@ -8465,8 +8887,8 @@ static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos() // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, decide on an arbitrary position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item. const ImRect& rect_rel = g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; ImVec2 pos = g.NavWindow->Pos + ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight())); - ImRect visible_rect = GetViewportRect(); - return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, visible_rect.Min, visible_rect.Max)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in back-end might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta. + ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport(); + return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta. } } @@ -8511,7 +8933,9 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInput static void ImGui::NavUpdate() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.IO.WantSetMousePos = false; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + io.WantSetMousePos = false; g.NavWrapRequestWindow = NULL; g.NavWrapRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; #if 0 @@ -8520,16 +8944,19 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() // Set input source as Gamepad when buttons are pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard) // (do it before we map Keyboard input!) - bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; - bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; - if (nav_gamepad_active) - if (g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Activate] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Input] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Cancel] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Menu] > 0.0f) - g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad; + bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + if (nav_gamepad_active && g.NavInputSource != ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) + { + if (io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Activate] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Input] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Cancel] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Menu] > 0.0f + || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown] > 0.0f) + g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad; + } // Update Keyboard->Nav inputs mapping if (nav_keyboard_active) { - #define NAV_MAP_KEY(_KEY, _NAV_INPUT) do { if (IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[_KEY])) { g.IO.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] = 1.0f; g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard; } } while (0) + #define NAV_MAP_KEY(_KEY, _NAV_INPUT) do { if (IsKeyDown(io.KeyMap[_KEY])) { io.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] = 1.0f; g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; } } while (0) NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiNavInput_Activate ); NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiNavInput_Input ); NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel ); @@ -8537,30 +8964,21 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_RightArrow,ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_); NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_ ); NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_ ); - if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) - g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow] = 1.0f; - if (g.IO.KeyShift) - g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast] = 1.0f; - if (g.IO.KeyAlt && !g.IO.KeyCtrl) // AltGR is Alt+Ctrl, also even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu. - g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_] = 1.0f; + if (io.KeyCtrl) + io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow] = 1.0f; + if (io.KeyShift) + io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast] = 1.0f; + if (io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl) // AltGR is Alt+Ctrl, also even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu. + io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_] = 1.0f; #undef NAV_MAP_KEY } - memcpy(g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev, g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration)); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.NavInputs); i++) - g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] = (g.IO.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) ? (g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + memcpy(io.NavInputsDownDurationPrev, io.NavInputsDownDuration, sizeof(io.NavInputsDownDuration)); + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) + io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] = (io.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) ? (io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus) - // In very rare cases g.NavWindow may be null (e.g. clearing focus after requesting an init request, which does happen when releasing Alt while clicking on void) - if (g.NavInitResultId != 0 && (!g.NavDisableHighlight || g.NavInitRequestFromMove) && g.NavWindow) - { - // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called) - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Nav] Apply NavInitRequest result: 0x%08X Layer %d in \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); - if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove) - SetNavIDWithRectRel(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0, g.NavInitResultRectRel); - else - SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0); - g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = g.NavInitResultRectRel; - } + if (g.NavInitResultId != 0) + NavUpdateInitResult(); g.NavInitRequest = false; g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; g.NavInitResultId = 0; @@ -8583,14 +9001,12 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() if (g.NavMousePosDirty && g.NavIdIsAlive) { // Set mouse position given our knowledge of the navigated item position from last frame - if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos)) - { + if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos)) if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow) { - g.IO.MousePos = g.IO.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); - g.IO.WantSetMousePos = true; + io.MousePos = io.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + io.WantSetMousePos = true; } - } g.NavMousePosDirty = false; } g.NavIdIsAlive = false; @@ -8607,29 +9023,27 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() NavUpdateWindowing(); // Set output flags for user application - g.IO.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs); - g.IO.NavVisible = (g.IO.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL); + io.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs); + io.NavVisible = (io.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL); // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus) if (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] ImGuiNavInput_Cancel\n"); if (g.ActiveId != 0) { if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) ClearActiveID(); } - else if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow) + else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow) { // Exit child window ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow; ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow; IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0); + ImRect child_rect = child_window->Rect(); FocusWindow(parent_window); - SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, 0, 0); - // Reassigning with same value, we're being explicit here. - g.NavIdIsAlive = false; // -V1048 - if (g.NavDisableMouseHover) - g.NavMousePosDirty = true; + SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, ImRect(child_rect.Min - parent_window->Pos, child_rect.Max - parent_window->Pos)); } else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0) { @@ -8698,6 +9112,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() // (Preserve g.NavMoveRequestFlags, g.NavMoveClipDir which were set by the NavMoveRequestForward() function) IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None && g.NavMoveClipDir != ImGuiDir_None); IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequestForward %d\n", g.NavMoveDir); g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive; } @@ -8711,12 +9126,12 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None) { g.NavMoveRequest = true; - g.NavMoveRequestKeyMods = g.IO.KeyMods; + g.NavMoveRequestKeyMods = io.KeyMods; g.NavMoveDirLast = g.NavMoveDir; } if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavId == 0) { - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Nav] NavInitRequest from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", g.NavWindow->Name, g.NavLayer); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", g.NavWindow->Name, g.NavLayer); g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true; // Reassigning with same value, we're being explicit here. g.NavInitResultId = 0; // -V1048 @@ -8729,7 +9144,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() { // *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; - const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * g.IO.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported. + const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * io.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported. if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && g.NavMoveRequest) { if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) @@ -8742,15 +9157,9 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds. ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f); if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f) - { SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed)); - g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = true; - } if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f) - { SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed)); - g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = true; - } } // Reset search results @@ -8758,24 +9167,26 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.Clear(); g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear(); - // When we have manually scrolled (without using navigation) and NavId becomes out of bounds, we project its bounding box to the visible area to restart navigation within visible items - if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + // When using gamepad, we project the reference nav bounding box into window visible area. + // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling, since with gamepad every movements are relative + // (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse). + if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) { ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; ImRect window_rect_rel(window->InnerRect.Min - window->Pos - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max - window->Pos + ImVec2(1, 1)); if (!window_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer])) { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel\n"); float pad = window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f; window_rect_rel.Expand(ImVec2(-ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetWidth(), pad), -ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetHeight(), pad))); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item - window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWith(window_rect_rel); + window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWithFull(window_rect_rel); g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; } - g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false; } // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items) - ImRect nav_rect_rel = (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted()) ? g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0); - g.NavScoringRect = g.NavWindow ? ImRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Max) : GetViewportRect(); + ImRect nav_rect_rel = g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted() ? g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0); + g.NavScoringRect = g.NavWindow ? ImRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Max) : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0); g.NavScoringRect.TranslateY(nav_scoring_rect_offset_y); g.NavScoringRect.Min.x = ImMin(g.NavScoringRect.Min.x + 1.0f, g.NavScoringRect.Max.x); g.NavScoringRect.Max.x = g.NavScoringRect.Min.x; @@ -8792,6 +9203,23 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() #endif } +static void ImGui::NavUpdateInitResult() +{ + // In very rare cases g.NavWindow may be null (e.g. clearing focus after requesting an init request, which does happen when releasing Alt while clicking on void) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.NavWindow) + return; + + // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); + SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0, g.NavInitResultRectRel); + if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove) + { + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; + } +} + // Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request static void ImGui::NavUpdateMoveResult() { @@ -8851,32 +9279,36 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateMoveResult() g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId; g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveRequestKeyMods; } - SetNavIDWithRectRel(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel); - g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); + SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel); + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; } // Handle PageUp/PageDown/Home/End keys static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None || g.NavWindow == NULL) return 0.0f; if ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) return 0.0f; ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; - const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageUp); - const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageDown); - const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Home]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Home); - const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_End]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_End); + const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageUp); + const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageDown); + const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Home]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Home); + const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_End]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_End); if (page_up_held != page_down_held || home_pressed != end_pressed) // If either (not both) are pressed { if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll) { // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item - if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) + if (IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); - else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) + else if (IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); else if (home_pressed) SetScrollY(window, 0.0f); @@ -8888,14 +9320,14 @@ static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight()); float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; - if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) + if (IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) { nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y; g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item) g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up; g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; } - else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) + else if (IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) { nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y; g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item) @@ -9033,11 +9465,9 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() bool apply_toggle_layer = false; ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - if (modal_window != NULL) - { + bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL); + if (!allow_windowing) g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; - return; - } // Fade out if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && g.NavWindowingTarget == NULL) @@ -9048,20 +9478,20 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() } // Start CTRL-TAB or Square+L/R window selection - bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); - bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); + bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard) if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1)) { g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindow; // FIXME-DOCK: Will need to use RootWindowDockStop g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? false : true; - g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard : ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad; + g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard : ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad; } // Gamepad update g.NavWindowingTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; - if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad) + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) { // Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); @@ -9087,7 +9517,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() } // Keyboard: Focus - if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard) + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard) { // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f @@ -9098,7 +9528,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() } // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer - // FIXME: We lack an explicit IO variable for "is the imgui window focused", so compare mouse validity to detect the common case of back-end clearing releases all keys on ALT-TAB + // FIXME: We lack an explicit IO variable for "is the imgui window focused", so compare mouse validity to detect the common case of backend clearing releases all keys on ALT-TAB if (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true; if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Released)) @@ -9109,17 +9539,18 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) { ImVec2 move_delta; - if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard && !g.IO.KeyShift) + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && !g.IO.KeyShift) move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); - if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad) + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); if (move_delta.x != 0.0f || move_delta.y != 0.0f) { const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f; - const float move_speed = ImFloor(NAV_MOVE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); // FIXME: Doesn't code variable framerate very well - SetWindowPos(g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow, g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow->Pos + move_delta * move_speed, ImGuiCond_Always); + const float move_speed = ImFloor(NAV_MOVE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); // FIXME: Doesn't handle variable framerate very well + ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow; + SetWindowPos(moving_window, moving_window->Pos + move_delta * move_speed, ImGuiCond_Always); + MarkIniSettingsDirty(moving_window); g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - MarkIniSettingsDirty(g.NavWindowingTarget); } } @@ -9161,8 +9592,10 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() g.NavDisableHighlight = false; g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - // When entering a regular menu bar with the Alt key, we always reinitialize the navigation ID. + // Reinitialize navigation when entering menu bar with the Alt key. const ImGuiNavLayer new_nav_layer = (g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) ? (ImGuiNavLayer)((int)g.NavLayer ^ 1) : ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + if (new_nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu) + g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[new_nav_layer] = 0; NavRestoreLayer(new_nav_layer); } } @@ -9188,8 +9621,9 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay() if (g.NavWindowingListWindow == NULL) g.NavWindowingListWindow = FindWindowByName("###NavWindowingList"); - SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(g.IO.DisplaySize.x * 0.20f, g.IO.DisplaySize.y * 0.20f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); - SetNextWindowPos(g.IO.DisplaySize * 0.5f, ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport(); + SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(viewport->Size.x * 0.20f, viewport->Size.y * 0.20f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); + SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.WindowPadding * 2.0f); Begin("###NavWindowingList", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); for (int n = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) @@ -9225,27 +9659,45 @@ void ImGui::ClearDragDrop() memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); } -// Call when current ID is active. // When this returns true you need to: a) call SetDragDropPayload() exactly once, b) you may render the payload visual/description, c) call EndDragDropSource() +// If the item has an identifier: +// - This assume/require the item to be activated (typically via ButtonBehavior). +// - Therefore if you want to use this with a mouse button other than left mouse button, it is up to the item itself to activate with another button. +// - We then pull and use the mouse button that was used to activate the item and use it to carry on the drag. +// If the item has no identifier: +// - Currently always assume left mouse button. bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + // FIXME-DRAGDROP: While in the common-most "drag from non-zero active id" case we can tell the mouse button, + // in both SourceExtern and id==0 cases we may requires something else (explicit flags or some heuristic). + ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = ImGuiMouseButton_Left; + bool source_drag_active = false; ImGuiID source_id = 0; ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0; - ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = ImGuiMouseButton_Left; if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) { source_id = window->DC.LastItemId; - if (source_id != 0 && g.ActiveId != source_id) // Early out for most common case - return false; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false) - return false; - - if (source_id == 0) + if (source_id != 0) { + // Common path: items with ID + if (g.ActiveId != source_id) + return false; + if (g.ActiveIdMouseButton != -1) + mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false) + return false; + g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; + } + else + { + // Uncommon path: items without ID + if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false) + return false; + // If you want to use BeginDragDropSource() on an item with no unique identifier for interaction, such as Text() or Image(), you need to: // A) Read the explanation below, B) Use the ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID flag, C) Swallow your programmer pride. if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID)) @@ -9272,10 +9724,6 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) if (g.ActiveId == source_id) // Allow the underlying widget to display/return hovered during the mouse release frame, else we would get a flicker. g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = is_hovered; } - else - { - g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; - } if (g.ActiveId != source_id) return false; source_parent_id = window->IDStack.back(); @@ -9305,6 +9753,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) g.DragDropActive = true; g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags; g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button; + if (payload.SourceId == g.ActiveId) + g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true; } g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount; g.DragDropWithinSource = true; @@ -9464,7 +9914,7 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop const bool was_accepted_previously = (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev == g.DragDropTargetId); ImRect r = g.DragDropTargetRect; float r_surface = r.GetWidth() * r.GetHeight(); - if (r_surface < g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface) + if (r_surface <= g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface) { g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags; g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId; @@ -9476,11 +9926,11 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that lives for 1 frame) if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview) { - // FIXME-DRAG: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. + // FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. r.Expand(3.5f); bool push_clip_rect = !window->ClipRect.Contains(r); if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PushClipRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)); - window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, ~0, 2.0f); + window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); } @@ -9515,14 +9965,8 @@ void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed) -void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...) +static inline void LogTextV(ImGuiContext& g, const char* fmt, va_list args) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!g.LogEnabled) - return; - - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); if (g.LogFile) { g.LogBuffer.Buf.resize(0); @@ -9533,59 +9977,88 @@ void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...) { g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args); } +} + +void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return; + + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + LogTextV(g, fmt, args); va_end(args); } +void ImGui::LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return; + + LogTextV(g, fmt, args); +} + // Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth. // We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding +// FIXME: This code is a little complicated perhaps, considering simplifying the whole system. void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + const char* prefix = g.LogNextPrefix; + const char* suffix = g.LogNextSuffix; + g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL; + if (!text_end) text_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); - const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > g.LogLinePosY + 1); + const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > g.LogLinePosY + g.Style.FramePadding.y + 1); if (ref_pos) g.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y; if (log_new_line) + { + LogText(IM_NEWLINE); g.LogLineFirstItem = true; + } - const char* text_remaining = text; - if (g.LogDepthRef > window->DC.TreeDepth) // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth + if (prefix) + LogRenderedText(ref_pos, prefix, prefix + strlen(prefix)); // Calculate end ourself to ensure "##" are included here. + + // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth + if (g.LogDepthRef > window->DC.TreeDepth) g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth; const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef); + + const char* text_remaining = text; for (;;) { - // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by spacing corresponding to the current depth of our log entry. - // We don't add a trailing \n to allow a subsequent item on the same line to be captured. + // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by indentation corresponding to the current depth of our log entry. + // We don't add a trailing \n yet to allow a subsequent item on the same line to be captured. const char* line_start = text_remaining; const char* line_end = ImStreolRange(line_start, text_end); - const bool is_first_line = (line_start == text); const bool is_last_line = (line_end == text_end); - if (!is_last_line || (line_start != line_end)) + if (line_start != line_end || !is_last_line) { - const int char_count = (int)(line_end - line_start); - if (log_new_line || !is_first_line) - LogText(IM_NEWLINE "%*s%.*s", tree_depth * 4, "", char_count, line_start); - else if (g.LogLineFirstItem) - LogText("%*s%.*s", tree_depth * 4, "", char_count, line_start); - else - LogText(" %.*s", char_count, line_start); + const int line_length = (int)(line_end - line_start); + const int indentation = g.LogLineFirstItem ? tree_depth * 4 : 1; + LogText("%*s%.*s", indentation, "", line_length, line_start); g.LogLineFirstItem = false; + if (*line_end == '\n') + { + LogText(IM_NEWLINE); + g.LogLineFirstItem = true; + } } - else if (log_new_line) - { - // An empty "" string at a different Y position should output a carriage return. - LogText(IM_NEWLINE); - break; - } - if (is_last_line) break; text_remaining = line_end + 1; } + + if (suffix) + LogRenderedText(ref_pos, suffix, suffix + strlen(suffix)); } // Start logging/capturing text output @@ -9598,12 +10071,21 @@ void ImGui::LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth) IM_ASSERT(g.LogBuffer.empty()); g.LogEnabled = true; g.LogType = type; + g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL; g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth; g.LogDepthToExpand = ((auto_open_depth >= 0) ? auto_open_depth : g.LogDepthToExpandDefault); g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; g.LogLineFirstItem = true; } +// Important: doesn't copy underlying data, use carefully (prefix/suffix must be in scope at the time of the next LogRenderedText) +void ImGui::LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.LogNextPrefix = prefix; + g.LogNextSuffix = suffix; +} + void ImGui::LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -10034,9 +10516,41 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - GetMainViewport() +// - UpdateViewportsNewFrame() [Internal] +// (this section is more complete in the 'docking' branch) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// (this section is filled in the 'docking' branch) +ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetMainViewport() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.Viewports[0]; +} +// Update viewports and monitor infos +static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.Viewports.Size == 1); + + // Update main viewport with current platform position. + // FIXME-VIEWPORT: Size is driven by backend/user code for backward-compatibility but we should aim to make this more consistent. + ImGuiViewportP* main_viewport = g.Viewports[0]; + main_viewport->Flags = ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow | ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp; + main_viewport->Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + main_viewport->Size = g.IO.DisplaySize; + + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + + // Lock down space taken by menu bars and status bars, reset the offset for fucntions like BeginMainMenuBar() to alter them again. + viewport->WorkOffsetMin = viewport->CurrWorkOffsetMin; + viewport->WorkOffsetMax = viewport->CurrWorkOffsetMax; + viewport->CurrWorkOffsetMin = viewport->CurrWorkOffsetMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + viewport->UpdateWorkRect(); + } +} //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] DOCKING @@ -10176,7 +10690,7 @@ static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) #endif // Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.) -#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) #include #ifdef _MSC_VER @@ -10206,10 +10720,76 @@ static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int, int) {} #endif //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUG WINDOW +// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - RenderViewportThumbnail() [Internal] +// - RenderViewportsThumbnails() [Internal] +// - MetricsHelpMarker() [Internal] +// - ShowMetricsWindow() +// - DebugNodeColumns() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeDrawList() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeStorage() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeTabBar() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeViewport() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeWindow() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeWindowsList() [Internal] //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW + +void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + ImVec2 scale = bb.GetSize() / viewport->Size; + ImVec2 off = bb.Min - viewport->Pos * scale; + float alpha_mul = 1.0f; + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul * 0.40f)); + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* thumb_window = g.Windows[i]; + if (!thumb_window->WasActive || (thumb_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + continue; + + ImRect thumb_r = thumb_window->Rect(); + ImRect title_r = thumb_window->TitleBarRect(); + thumb_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Max * scale)); + title_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + title_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off + ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y) * scale) + ImVec2(0,5)); // Exaggerate title bar height + thumb_r.ClipWithFull(bb); + title_r.ClipWithFull(bb); + const bool window_is_focused = (g.NavWindow && thumb_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg, alpha_mul)); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_r.Min, title_r.Max, GetColorU32(window_is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg, alpha_mul)); + window->DrawList->AddRect(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul)); + window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize * 1.0f, title_r.Min, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, alpha_mul), thumb_window->Name, FindRenderedTextEnd(thumb_window->Name)); + } + draw_list->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul)); +} + +static void RenderViewportsThumbnails() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // We don't display full monitor bounds (we could, but it often looks awkward), instead we display just enough to cover all of our viewports. + float SCALE = 1.0f / 8.0f; + ImRect bb_full(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + bb_full.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect()); + ImVec2 p = window->DC.CursorPos; + ImVec2 off = p - bb_full.Min * SCALE; + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + ImRect viewport_draw_bb(off + (viewport->Pos) * SCALE, off + (viewport->Pos + viewport->Size) * SCALE); + ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(window->DrawList, viewport, viewport_draw_bb); + } + ImGui::Dummy(bb_full.GetSize() * SCALE); +} + // Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds. static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) { @@ -10226,46 +10806,57 @@ static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) { - if (!ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics", p_open)) + if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics/Debugger", p_open)) { - ImGui::End(); + End(); return; } - // Debugging enums - enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type - const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentRegionRect" }; - enum { TRT_OuterRect, TRT_WorkRect, TRT_HostClipRect, TRT_InnerClipRect, TRT_BackgroundClipRect, TRT_ColumnsRect, TRT_ColumnsClipRect, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal, TRT_ColumnsContentRowsFrozen, TRT_ColumnsContentRowsUnfrozen, TRT_Count }; // Tables Rect Type - const char* trt_rects_names[TRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "WorkRect", "HostClipRect", "InnerClipRect", "BackgroundClipRect", "ColumnsRect", "ColumnsClipRect", "ColumnsContentHeadersUsed", "ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal", "ColumnsContentRowsFrozen", "ColumnsContentRowsUnfrozen" }; - - // State - static bool show_windows_rects = false; - static int show_windows_rect_type = WRT_WorkRect; - static bool show_windows_begin_order = false; - static bool show_tables_rects = false; - static int show_tables_rect_type = TRT_WorkRect; - static bool show_drawcmd_mesh = true; - static bool show_drawcmd_aabb = true; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; // Basic info - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion()); - ImGui::Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate); - ImGui::Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3); - ImGui::Text("%d active windows (%d visible)", io.MetricsActiveWindows, io.MetricsRenderWindows); - ImGui::Text("%d active allocations", io.MetricsActiveAllocations); - ImGui::Separator(); + Text("Dear ImGui %s", GetVersion()); + Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate); + Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3); + Text("%d active windows (%d visible)", io.MetricsActiveWindows, io.MetricsRenderWindows); + Text("%d active allocations", io.MetricsActiveAllocations); + //SameLine(); if (SmallButton("GC")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; } + + Separator(); + + // Debugging enums + enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentIdeal, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type + const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentIdeal", "ContentRegionRect" }; + enum { TRT_OuterRect, TRT_InnerRect, TRT_WorkRect, TRT_HostClipRect, TRT_InnerClipRect, TRT_BackgroundClipRect, TRT_ColumnsRect, TRT_ColumnsWorkRect, TRT_ColumnsClipRect, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal, TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen, TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen, TRT_Count }; // Tables Rect Type + const char* trt_rects_names[TRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "InnerRect", "WorkRect", "HostClipRect", "InnerClipRect", "BackgroundClipRect", "ColumnsRect", "ColumnsWorkRect", "ColumnsClipRect", "ColumnsContentHeadersUsed", "ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal", "ColumnsContentFrozen", "ColumnsContentUnfrozen" }; + if (cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType < 0) + cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType = WRT_WorkRect; + if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType < 0) + cfg->ShowTablesRectsType = TRT_WorkRect; - // Helper functions to display common structures: - // - NodeDrawList() - // - NodeColumns() - // - NodeWindow() - // - NodeWindows() - // - NodeTabBar() - // - NodeStorage() struct Funcs { + static ImRect GetTableRect(ImGuiTable* table, int rect_type, int n) + { + if (rect_type == TRT_OuterRect) { return table->OuterRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerRect) { return table->InnerRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_WorkRect) { return table->WorkRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_HostClipRect) { return table->HostClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerClipRect) { return table->InnerClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_BackgroundClipRect) { return table->BgClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastOuterHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsWorkRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, c->WorkMaxX, table->WorkRect.Max.y); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return ImRect(); + } + static ImRect GetWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int rect_type) { if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRect) { return window->Rect(); } @@ -10273,399 +10864,246 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect) { return window->InnerRect; } else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect) { return window->InnerClipRect; } else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect) { return window->WorkRect; } - else if (rect_type == WRT_Content) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); } + else if (rect_type == WRT_Content) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); } + else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentIdeal) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSizeIdeal); } else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect) { return window->ContentRegionRect; } IM_ASSERT(0); return ImRect(); } - - static void NodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, int elem_offset, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb) - { - IM_ASSERT(show_mesh || show_aabb); - ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list - ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; - - // Draw wire-frame version of all triangles - ImRect clip_rect = draw_cmd->ClipRect; - ImRect vtxs_rect(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags; - fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles. - for (unsigned int base_idx = elem_offset; base_idx < (elem_offset + draw_cmd->ElemCount); base_idx += 3) - { - ImVec2 triangle[3]; - for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) - { - ImVec2 p = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[base_idx + n] : (base_idx + n)].pos; - triangle[n] = p; - vtxs_rect.Add(p); - } - if (show_mesh) - fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), true, 1.0f); // In yellow: mesh triangles - } - // Draw bounding boxes - if (show_aabb) - { - fg_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(clip_rect.Min), ImFloor(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU - fg_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Min), ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles - } - fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; - } - - static void NodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label) - { - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size); - if (draw_list == ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()) - { - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered) - if (node_open) ImGui::TreePop(); - return; - } - - ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list - if (window && IsItemHovered()) - fg_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); - if (!node_open) - return; - - if (window && !window->WasActive) - ImGui::TextDisabled("Warning: owning Window is inactive. This DrawList is not being rendered!"); - - unsigned int elem_offset = 0; - for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin(); pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.end(); elem_offset += pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd++) - { - if (pcmd->UserCallback == NULL && pcmd->ElemCount == 0) - continue; - if (pcmd->UserCallback) - { - ImGui::BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData); - continue; - } - - ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; - char buf[300]; - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d triangles, Tex 0x%p, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", - pcmd->ElemCount / 3, (void*)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId, - pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w); - bool pcmd_node_open = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && (show_drawcmd_mesh || show_drawcmd_aabb) && fg_draw_list) - NodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(window, draw_list, pcmd, elem_offset, show_drawcmd_mesh, show_drawcmd_aabb); - if (!pcmd_node_open) - continue; - - // Calculate approximate coverage area (touched pixel count) - // This will be in pixels squared as long there's no post-scaling happening to the renderer output. - float total_area = 0.0f; - for (unsigned int base_idx = elem_offset; base_idx < (elem_offset + pcmd->ElemCount); base_idx += 3) - { - ImVec2 triangle[3]; - for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) - triangle[n] = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[base_idx + n] : (base_idx + n)].pos; - total_area += ImTriangleArea(triangle[0], triangle[1], triangle[2]); - } - - // Display vertex information summary. Hover to get all triangles drawn in wire-frame - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Mesh: ElemCount: %d, VtxOffset: +%d, IdxOffset: +%d, Area: ~%0.f px", pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd->VtxOffset, pcmd->IdxOffset, total_area); - ImGui::Selectable(buf); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list) - NodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(window, draw_list, pcmd, elem_offset, true, false); - - // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted. - ImGuiListClipper clipper(pcmd->ElemCount / 3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible. - while (clipper.Step()) - for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, idx_i = elem_offset + clipper.DisplayStart * 3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++) - { - char* buf_p = buf, *buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); - ImVec2 triangle[3]; - for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_i++) - { - ImDrawVert& v = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_i] : idx_i]; - triangle[n] = v.pos; - buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, buf_end - buf_p, "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n", - (n == 0) ? "Vert:" : " ", idx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col); - } - - ImGui::Selectable(buf, false); - if (fg_draw_list && ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags; - fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles. - fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), true, 1.0f); - fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; - } - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - static void NodeColumns(const ImGuiColumns* columns) - { - if (!ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags)) - return; - ImGui::BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX); - for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++) - ImGui::BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm)); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - static void NodeWindows(ImVector& windows, const char* label) - { - if (!ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows.Size)) - return; - for (int i = 0; i < windows.Size; i++) - { - ImGui::PushID(windows[i]); - Funcs::NodeWindow(windows[i], "Window"); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - static void NodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) - { - if (window == NULL) - { - ImGui::BulletText("%s: NULL", label); - return; - } - bool open = ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s '%s', %d @ 0x%p", label, window->Name, (window->Active || window->WasActive), window); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && window->WasActive) - ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); - if (!open) - return; - - if (!window->WasActive) - ImGui::TextDisabled("Note: window is not currently visible."); - if (window->MemoryCompacted) - ImGui::TextDisabled("Note: some memory buffers have been compacted/freed."); - - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; - NodeDrawList(window, window->DrawList, "DrawList"); - ImGui::BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y); - ImGui::BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags, - (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? "Tooltip " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "", - (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) ? "Modal " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "ChildMenu " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "", - (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : ""); - ImGui::BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : ""); - ImGui::BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1); - ImGui::BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (CanSkip %d Cannot %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems, window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems, window->SkipItems); - ImGui::BulletText("NavLastIds: 0x%08X,0x%08X, NavLayerActiveMask: %X", window->NavLastIds[0], window->NavLastIds[1], window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask); - ImGui::BulletText("NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL"); - if (!window->NavRectRel[0].IsInverted()) - ImGui::BulletText("NavRectRel[0]: (%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", window->NavRectRel[0].Min.x, window->NavRectRel[0].Min.y, window->NavRectRel[0].Max.x, window->NavRectRel[0].Max.y); - else - ImGui::BulletText("NavRectRel[0]: "); - if (window->RootWindow != window) NodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); - if (window->ParentWindow != NULL) NodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); - if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) NodeWindows(window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); - if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && ImGui::TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size)) - { - for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) - NodeColumns(&window->ColumnsStorage[n]); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - NodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - static void NodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) - { - ImGui::Text("0x%08X \"%s\" Pos (%d,%d) Size (%d,%d) Collapsed=%d", - settings->ID, settings->GetName(), settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y, settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y, settings->Collapsed); - } - - static void NodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) - { - // Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernible strings. - char buf[256]; - char* p = buf; - const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); - p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "TabBar (%d tabs)%s", tab_bar->Tabs.Size, (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible < ImGui::GetFrameCount() - 2) ? " *Inactive*" : ""); - IM_UNUSED(p); - if (ImGui::TreeNode(tab_bar, "%s", buf)) - { - for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) - { - const ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; - ImGui::PushID(tab); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } ImGui::SameLine(0, 2); - if (ImGui::SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s'", tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, (tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : ""); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - } - - static void NodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label) - { - if (!ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes())) - return; - for (int n = 0; n < storage->Data.Size; n++) - { - const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p = storage->Data[n]; - ImGui::BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer. - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } }; // Tools - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tools")) + if (TreeNode("Tools")) { // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted. - if (ImGui::Button("Item Picker..")) - ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker(); - ImGui::SameLine(); + if (Button("Item Picker..")) + DebugStartItemPicker(); + SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash."); - ImGui::Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &show_windows_begin_order); - ImGui::Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &show_windows_rects); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 12); - show_windows_rects |= ImGui::Combo("##show_windows_rect_type", &show_windows_rect_type, wrt_rects_names, WRT_Count, WRT_Count); - if (show_windows_rects && g.NavWindow) + Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder); + Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &cfg->ShowWindowsRects); + SameLine(); + SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12); + cfg->ShowWindowsRects |= Combo("##show_windows_rect_type", &cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType, wrt_rects_names, WRT_Count, WRT_Count); + if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects && g.NavWindow != NULL) { - ImGui::BulletText("'%s':", g.NavWindow->Name); - ImGui::Indent(); + BulletText("'%s':", g.NavWindow->Name); + Indent(); for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < WRT_Count; rect_n++) { ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(g.NavWindow, rect_n); - ImGui::Text("(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), wrt_rects_names[rect_n]); + Text("(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), wrt_rects_names[rect_n]); } - ImGui::Unindent(); + Unindent(); } - ImGui::Checkbox("Show mesh when hovering ImDrawCmd", &show_drawcmd_mesh); - ImGui::Checkbox("Show bounding boxes when hovering ImDrawCmd", &show_drawcmd_aabb); - ImGui::TreePop(); + Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd mesh when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh); + Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd bounding boxes when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes); + + Checkbox("Show tables rectangles", &cfg->ShowTablesRects); + SameLine(); + SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12); + cfg->ShowTablesRects |= Combo("##show_table_rects_type", &cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, trt_rects_names, TRT_Count, TRT_Count); + if (cfg->ShowTablesRects && g.NavWindow != NULL) + { + for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetSize(); table_n++) + { + ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetByIndex(table_n); + if (table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1 || (table->OuterWindow != g.NavWindow && table->InnerWindow != g.NavWindow)) + continue; + + BulletText("Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name); + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), table->OuterRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + Indent(); + char buf[128]; + for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < TRT_Count; rect_n++) + { + if (rect_n >= TRT_ColumnsRect) + { + if (rect_n != TRT_ColumnsRect && rect_n != TRT_ColumnsClipRect) + continue; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, column_n); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) Col %d %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), column_n, trt_rects_names[rect_n]); + Selectable(buf); + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + } + } + else + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, -1); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), trt_rects_names[rect_n]); + Selectable(buf); + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + } + } + Unindent(); + } + } + + TreePop(); } - // Contents - Funcs::NodeWindows(g.Windows, "Windows"); - //Funcs::NodeWindows(g.WindowsFocusOrder, "WindowsFocusOrder"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("DrawLists", "Active DrawLists (%d)", g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0].Size)) + // Windows + DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.Windows, "Windows"); + //DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.WindowsFocusOrder, "WindowsFocusOrder"); + + // DrawLists + int drawlist_count = 0; + for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++) + drawlist_count += g.Viewports[viewport_i]->DrawDataBuilder.GetDrawListCount(); + if (TreeNode("DrawLists", "DrawLists (%d)", drawlist_count)) { - for (int i = 0; i < g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0].Size; i++) - Funcs::NodeDrawList(NULL, g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0][i], "DrawList"); - ImGui::TreePop(); + for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[viewport_i]; + for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) + for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) + DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList"); + } + TreePop(); + } + + // Viewports + if (TreeNode("Viewports", "Viewports (%d)", g.Viewports.Size)) + { + Indent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + RenderViewportsThumbnails(); + Unindent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++) + DebugNodeViewport(g.Viewports[i]); + TreePop(); } // Details for Popups - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size)) + if (TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size)) { for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++) { ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window; - ImGui::BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s'%s%s", g.OpenPopupStack[i].PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? " ChildWindow" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? " ChildMenu" : ""); + BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s'%s%s", g.OpenPopupStack[i].PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? " ChildWindow" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? " ChildMenu" : ""); } - ImGui::TreePop(); + TreePop(); } // Details for TabBars - if (ImGui::TreeNode("TabBars", "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetSize())) + if (TreeNode("TabBars", "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetSize())) { for (int n = 0; n < g.TabBars.GetSize(); n++) - Funcs::NodeTabBar(g.TabBars.GetByIndex(n)); - ImGui::TreePop(); + DebugNodeTabBar(g.TabBars.GetByIndex(n), "TabBar"); + TreePop(); } // Details for Tables - IM_UNUSED(trt_rects_names); - IM_UNUSED(show_tables_rects); - IM_UNUSED(show_tables_rect_type); #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tables", "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetSize())) + if (TreeNode("Tables", "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetSize())) { for (int n = 0; n < g.Tables.GetSize(); n++) - Funcs::NodeTable(g.Tables.GetByIndex(n)); - ImGui::TreePop(); + DebugNodeTable(g.Tables.GetByIndex(n)); + TreePop(); } #endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE // Details for Docking #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Dock nodes")) + if (TreeNode("Docking")) { - ImGui::TreePop(); + TreePop(); } #endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK // Settings - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Settings")) + if (TreeNode("Settings")) { - if (ImGui::SmallButton("Clear")) - ImGui::ClearIniSettings(); - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("Save to memory")) - ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(); - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("Save to disk")) - ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); - ImGui::SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Clear")) + ClearIniSettings(); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Save to memory")) + SaveIniSettingsToMemory(); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Save to disk")) + SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + SameLine(); if (g.IO.IniFilename) - ImGui::Text("\"%s\"", g.IO.IniFilename); + Text("\"%s\"", g.IO.IniFilename); else - ImGui::TextUnformatted(""); - ImGui::Text("SettingsDirtyTimer %.2f", g.SettingsDirtyTimer); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("SettingsHandlers", "Settings handlers: (%d)", g.SettingsHandlers.Size)) + TextUnformatted(""); + Text("SettingsDirtyTimer %.2f", g.SettingsDirtyTimer); + if (TreeNode("SettingsHandlers", "Settings handlers: (%d)", g.SettingsHandlers.Size)) { for (int n = 0; n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; n++) - ImGui::BulletText("%s", g.SettingsHandlers[n].TypeName); - ImGui::TreePop(); + BulletText("%s", g.SettingsHandlers[n].TypeName); + TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("SettingsWindows", "Settings packed data: Windows: %d bytes", g.SettingsWindows.size())) + if (TreeNode("SettingsWindows", "Settings packed data: Windows: %d bytes", g.SettingsWindows.size())) { for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) - Funcs::NodeWindowSettings(settings); - ImGui::TreePop(); + DebugNodeWindowSettings(settings); + TreePop(); } #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE - if (ImGui::TreeNode("SettingsTables", "Settings packed data: Tables: %d bytes", g.SettingsTables.size())) + if (TreeNode("SettingsTables", "Settings packed data: Tables: %d bytes", g.SettingsTables.size())) { for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) - Funcs::NodeTableSettings(settings); - ImGui::TreePop(); + DebugNodeTableSettings(settings); + TreePop(); } #endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK #endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK - if (ImGui::TreeNode("SettingsIniData", "Settings unpacked data (.ini): %d bytes", g.SettingsIniData.size())) + if (TreeNode("SettingsIniData", "Settings unpacked data (.ini): %d bytes", g.SettingsIniData.size())) { - char* buf = (char*)(void*)(g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Data ? g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Data : ""); - ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##Ini", buf, g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Size, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); - ImGui::TreePop(); + InputTextMultiline("##Ini", (char*)(void*)g.SettingsIniData.c_str(), g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Size, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeight() * 20), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + TreePop(); } - ImGui::TreePop(); + TreePop(); } // Misc Details - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Internal state")) + if (TreeNode("Internal state")) { const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Nav", "NavKeyboard", "NavGamepad" }; IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT); - ImGui::Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("HoveredRootWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredRootWindow ? g.HoveredRootWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow ? g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredId, g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Data is "in-flight" so depending on when the Metrics window is called we may see current frame information or not - ImGui::Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, input_source_names[g.ActiveIdSource]); - ImGui::Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer); - ImGui::Text("NavInputSource: %s", input_source_names[g.NavInputSource]); - ImGui::Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible); - ImGui::Text("NavActivateId: 0x%08X, NavInputId: 0x%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavInputId); - ImGui::Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover); - ImGui::Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize); - ImGui::TreePop(); + + Text("WINDOWING"); + Indent(); + Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("HoveredWindow->Root: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow ? g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Unindent(); + + Text("ITEMS"); + Indent(); + Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, input_source_names[g.ActiveIdSource]); + Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredId, g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Data is "in-flight" so depending on when the Metrics window is called we may see current frame information or not + Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize); + Unindent(); + + Text("NAV,FOCUS"); + Indent(); + Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer); + Text("NavInputSource: %s", input_source_names[g.NavInputSource]); + Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible); + Text("NavActivateId: 0x%08X, NavInputId: 0x%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavInputId); + Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover); + Text("NavFocusScopeId = 0x%08X", g.NavFocusScopeId); + Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL"); + Unindent(); + + TreePop(); } // Overlay: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order - if (show_windows_rects || show_windows_begin_order) + if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects || cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder) { for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++) { @@ -10673,16 +11111,16 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) if (!window->WasActive) continue; ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); - if (show_windows_rects) + if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects) { - ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(window, show_windows_rect_type); + ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(window, cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255)); } - if (show_windows_begin_order && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + if (cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) { char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%d", window->BeginOrderWithinContext); - float font_size = ImGui::GetFontSize(); + float font_size = GetFontSize(); draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(font_size, font_size), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255)); draw_list->AddText(window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); } @@ -10691,11 +11129,29 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE // Overlay: Display Tables Rectangles - if (show_tables_rects) + if (cfg->ShowTablesRects) { for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetSize(); table_n++) { ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetByIndex(table_n); + if (table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1) + continue; + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow); + if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType >= TRT_ColumnsRect) + { + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, column_n); + ImU32 col = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 128, 255) : IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255); + float thickness = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? 3.0f : 1.0f; + draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, col, 0.0f, 0, thickness); + } + } + else + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, -1); + draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255)); + } } } #endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE @@ -10707,12 +11163,295 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) } #endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK - ImGui::End(); + End(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns +void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns) +{ + if (!TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags)) + return; + BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++) + BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm)); + TreePop(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDrawList +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; + int cmd_count = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size; + if (cmd_count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) + cmd_count--; + bool node_open = TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, cmd_count); + if (draw_list == GetWindowDrawList()) + { + SameLine(); + TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered) + if (node_open) + TreePop(); + return; + } + + ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list + if (window && IsItemHovered()) + fg_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!node_open) + return; + + if (window && !window->WasActive) + TextDisabled("Warning: owning Window is inactive. This DrawList is not being rendered!"); + + for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data; pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + cmd_count; pcmd++) + { + if (pcmd->UserCallback) + { + BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData); + continue; + } + + char buf[300]; + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d tris, Tex 0x%p, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", + pcmd->ElemCount / 3, (void*)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId, + pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w); + bool pcmd_node_open = TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf); + if (IsItemHovered() && (cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh || cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes) && fg_draw_list) + DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh, cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes); + if (!pcmd_node_open) + continue; + + // Calculate approximate coverage area (touched pixel count) + // This will be in pixels squared as long there's no post-scaling happening to the renderer output. + const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; + const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + pcmd->VtxOffset; + float total_area = 0.0f; + for (unsigned int idx_n = pcmd->IdxOffset; idx_n < pcmd->IdxOffset + pcmd->ElemCount; ) + { + ImVec2 triangle[3]; + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++) + triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos; + total_area += ImTriangleArea(triangle[0], triangle[1], triangle[2]); + } + + // Display vertex information summary. Hover to get all triangles drawn in wire-frame + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Mesh: ElemCount: %d, VtxOffset: +%d, IdxOffset: +%d, Area: ~%0.f px", pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd->VtxOffset, pcmd->IdxOffset, total_area); + Selectable(buf); + if (IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list) + DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, true, false); + + // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted. + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(pcmd->ElemCount / 3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible. + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, idx_i = pcmd->IdxOffset + clipper.DisplayStart * 3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++) + { + char* buf_p = buf, * buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); + ImVec2 triangle[3]; + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_i++) + { + const ImDrawVert& v = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_i] : idx_i]; + triangle[n] = v.pos; + buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, buf_end - buf_p, "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n", + (n == 0) ? "Vert:" : " ", idx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col); + } + + Selectable(buf, false); + if (fg_draw_list && IsItemHovered()) + { + ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags; + fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles. + fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f); + fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; + } + } + TreePop(); + } + TreePop(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Display mesh/aabb of a ImDrawCmd +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb) +{ + IM_ASSERT(show_mesh || show_aabb); + ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; + ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_cmd->VtxOffset; + + // Draw wire-frame version of all triangles + ImRect clip_rect = draw_cmd->ClipRect; + ImRect vtxs_rect(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = out_draw_list->Flags; + out_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles. + for (unsigned int idx_n = draw_cmd->IdxOffset; idx_n < draw_cmd->IdxOffset + draw_cmd->ElemCount; ) + { + ImVec2 triangle[3]; + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++) + vtxs_rect.Add((triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos)); + if (show_mesh) + out_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f); // In yellow: mesh triangles + } + // Draw bounding boxes + if (show_aabb) + { + out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(clip_rect.Min), ImFloor(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU + out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Min), ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles + } + out_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; +} + +// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiStorage +void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label) +{ + if (!TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes())) + return; + for (int n = 0; n < storage->Data.Size; n++) + { + const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p = storage->Data[n]; + BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer. + } + TreePop(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiTabBar +void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) +{ + // Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernible strings. + char buf[256]; + char* p = buf; + const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); + const bool is_active = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible >= GetFrameCount() - 2); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + IM_UNUSED(p); + if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } + bool open = TreeNode(tab_bar, "%s", buf); + if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } + if (is_active && IsItemHovered()) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(); + draw_list->AddRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + } + if (open) + { + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + { + const ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + PushID(tab); + if (SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } SameLine(0, 2); + if (SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } SameLine(); + Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s' Offset: %.1f, Width: %.1f/%.1f", + tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, (tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "", tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth); + PopID(); + } + TreePop(); + } +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) +{ + SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (TreeNode("viewport0", "Viewport #%d", 0)) + { + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = viewport->Flags; + BulletText("Main Pos: (%.0f,%.0f), Size: (%.0f,%.0f)\nWorkArea Offset Left: %.0f Top: %.0f, Right: %.0f, Bottom: %.0f", + viewport->Pos.x, viewport->Pos.y, viewport->Size.x, viewport->Size.y, + viewport->WorkOffsetMin.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMin.y, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.y); + BulletText("Flags: 0x%04X =%s%s%s", viewport->Flags, + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow) ? " IsPlatformWindow" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor) ? " IsPlatformMonitor" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp) ? " OwnedByApp" : ""); + for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) + for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) + DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList"); + TreePop(); + } +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) +{ + if (window == NULL) + { + BulletText("%s: NULL", label); + return; + } + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const bool is_active = window->WasActive; + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = (window == g.NavWindow) ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected : ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None; + if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } + const bool open = TreeNodeEx(label, tree_node_flags, "%s '%s'%s", label, window->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } + if (IsItemHovered() && is_active) + GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!open) + return; + + if (window->MemoryCompacted) + TextDisabled("Note: some memory buffers have been compacted/freed."); + + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; + DebugNodeDrawList(window, window->DrawList, "DrawList"); + BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f) Ideal (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y, window->ContentSizeIdeal.x, window->ContentSizeIdeal.y); + BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags, + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? "Tooltip " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "", + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) ? "Modal " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "ChildMenu " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "", + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : ""); + BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : ""); + BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1); + BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (CanSkip %d Cannot %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems, window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems, window->SkipItems); + BulletText("NavLastIds: 0x%08X,0x%08X, NavLayerActiveMask: %X", window->NavLastIds[0], window->NavLastIds[1], window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask); + BulletText("NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL"); + if (!window->NavRectRel[0].IsInverted()) + BulletText("NavRectRel[0]: (%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", window->NavRectRel[0].Min.x, window->NavRectRel[0].Min.y, window->NavRectRel[0].Max.x, window->NavRectRel[0].Max.y); + else + BulletText("NavRectRel[0]: "); + if (window->RootWindow != window) { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); } + if (window->ParentWindow != NULL) { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); } + if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) { DebugNodeWindowsList(&window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); } + if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) + DebugNodeColumns(&window->ColumnsStorage[n]); + TreePop(); + } + DebugNodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage"); + TreePop(); +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) +{ + Text("0x%08X \"%s\" Pos (%d,%d) Size (%d,%d) Collapsed=%d", + settings->ID, settings->GetName(), settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y, settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y, settings->Collapsed); +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label) +{ + if (!TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows->Size)) + return; + Text("(In front-to-back order:)"); + for (int i = windows->Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) // Iterate front to back + { + PushID((*windows)[i]); + DebugNodeWindow((*windows)[i], "Window"); + PopID(); + } + TreePop(); } #else -void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) { } +void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow*, const ImDrawList*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList*, const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*, bool, bool) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP*) {} #endif diff --git a/libs/imgui/imgui.h b/libs/imgui/imgui.h index 8357602..874ed8f 100644 --- a/libs/imgui/imgui.h +++ b/libs/imgui/imgui.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.78 +// dear imgui, v1.82 // (headers) // Help: @@ -11,33 +11,34 @@ // - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq // - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui // - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3075 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3488 (please post your screenshots/video there!) // - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary // - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki // - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues +// - Discussions https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions /* Index of this file: -// Header mess -// Forward declarations and basic types -// ImGui API (Dear ImGui end-user API) -// Flags & Enumerations -// Memory allocations macros -// ImVector<> -// ImGuiStyle -// ImGuiIO -// Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload) -// Obsolete functions -// Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) -// Draw List API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) -// Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont) +// [SECTION] Header mess +// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types +// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions +// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations +// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> +// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle +// [SECTION] ImGuiIO +// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs) +// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) +// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawFlags, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) +// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont) +// [SECTION] Viewports (ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport) +// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types */ #pragma once -// Configuration file with compile-time options (edit imconfig.h or #define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG to your own filename) +// Configuration file with compile-time options (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system') #ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG #include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG #endif @@ -48,7 +49,7 @@ Index of this file: #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Header mess +// [SECTION] Header mess //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Includes @@ -59,12 +60,13 @@ Index of this file: // Version // (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals. Work in progress versions typically starts at XYY99 then bounce up to XYY00, XYY01 etc. when release tagging happens) -#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.78" -#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 17800 +#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.82" +#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 18200 #define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) +#define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE // Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows) -// IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default bindings files (imgui_impl_xxx.h) +// IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default backends files (imgui_impl_xxx.h) // Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility (also function call overhead, as dear imgui is a call-heavy API) #ifndef IMGUI_API #define IMGUI_API @@ -78,21 +80,26 @@ Index of this file: #include #define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) assert(_EXPR) // You can override the default assert handler by editing imconfig.h #endif -#if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) -#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1))) // To apply printf-style warnings to our functions. -#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, 0))) -#else -#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) -#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) -#endif #define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*(_ARR)))) // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers! #define IM_UNUSED(_VAR) ((void)(_VAR)) // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds. -#if (__cplusplus >= 201100) +#if (__cplusplus >= 201100) || (defined(_MSVC_LANG) && _MSVC_LANG >= 201100) #define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in C++11 #else #define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) ((size_t)&(((_TYPE*)0)->_MEMBER)) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Old style macro. #endif +// Helper Macros - IM_FMTARGS, IM_FMTLIST: Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions. +#if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__clang__) +#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1))) +#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, 0))) +#elif !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__MINGW32__) +#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, FMT+1))) +#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, 0))) +#else +#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) +#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) +#endif + // Warnings #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic push @@ -102,12 +109,12 @@ Index of this file: #endif #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic push -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead #endif //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Forward declarations and basic types +// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Forward declarations @@ -120,6 +127,7 @@ struct ImDrawListSplitter; // Helper to split a draw list into differen struct ImDrawVert; // A single vertex (pos + uv + col = 20 bytes by default. Override layout with IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT) struct ImFont; // Runtime data for a single font within a parent ImFontAtlas struct ImFontAtlas; // Runtime data for multiple fonts, bake multiple fonts into a single texture, TTF/OTF font loader +struct ImFontBuilderIO; // Opaque interface to a font builder (stb_truetype or FreeType). struct ImFontConfig; // Configuration data when adding a font or merging fonts struct ImFontGlyph; // A single font glyph (code point + coordinates within in ImFontAtlas + offset) struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder; // Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data @@ -133,8 +141,11 @@ struct ImGuiPayload; // User data payload for drag and drop opera struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData; // Callback data when using SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() (rare/advanced use) struct ImGuiStorage; // Helper for key->value storage struct ImGuiStyle; // Runtime data for styling/colors +struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs; // Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more) +struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs; // Sorting specification for one column of a table struct ImGuiTextBuffer; // Helper to hold and append into a text buffer (~string builder) struct ImGuiTextFilter; // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e.g. "aaaaa[,bbbbb][,ccccc]") +struct ImGuiViewport; // A Platform Window (always only one in 'master' branch), in the future may represent Platform Monitor // Enums/Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags and to not pollute the top of this file) // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists! @@ -148,9 +159,11 @@ typedef int ImGuiKey; // -> enum ImGuiKey_ // Enum: A typedef int ImGuiNavInput; // -> enum ImGuiNavInput_ // Enum: An input identifier for navigation typedef int ImGuiMouseButton; // -> enum ImGuiMouseButton_ // Enum: A mouse button identifier (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle) typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Enum: A mouse cursor identifier +typedef int ImGuiSortDirection; // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection_ // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending) typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_ // Enum: A variable identifier for styling -typedef int ImDrawCornerFlags; // -> enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled() etc. -typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList +typedef int ImGuiTableBgTarget; // -> enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ // Enum: A color target for TableSetBgColor() +typedef int ImDrawFlags; // -> enum ImDrawFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList functions +typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList instance typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // Flags: for ImFontAtlas build typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags; // -> enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ // Flags: for io.BackendFlags typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags; // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ // Flags: for InvisibleButton() @@ -167,18 +180,24 @@ typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: f typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ // Flags: for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. typedef int ImGuiTabBarFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTabBar() typedef int ImGuiTabItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTabItem() +typedef int ImGuiTableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableFlags_ // Flags: For BeginTable() +typedef int ImGuiTableColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_// Flags: For TableSetupColumn() +typedef int ImGuiTableRowFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ // Flags: For TableNextRow() typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ // Flags: for TreeNode(), TreeNodeEx(), CollapsingHeader() +typedef int ImGuiViewportFlags; // -> enum ImGuiViewportFlags_ // Flags: for ImGuiViewport typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags; // -> enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ // Flags: for Begin(), BeginChild() // Other types #ifndef ImTextureID // ImTextureID [configurable type: override in imconfig.h with '#define ImTextureID xxx'] -typedef void* ImTextureID; // User data for rendering back-end to identify a texture. This is whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID for details. +typedef void* ImTextureID; // User data for rendering backend to identify a texture. This is whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID for details. #endif typedef unsigned int ImGuiID; // A unique ID used by widgets, typically hashed from a stack of string. -typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data); -typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data); +typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::InputText() +typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() +typedef void* (*ImGuiMemAllocFunc)(size_t sz, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() +typedef void (*ImGuiMemFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() -// Decoded character types +// Character types // (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display) typedef unsigned short ImWchar16; // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. typedef unsigned int ImWchar32; // A single decoded U32 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. @@ -223,8 +242,8 @@ struct ImVec2 // 4D vector (often used to store floating-point colors) struct ImVec4 { - float x, y, z, w; - ImVec4() { x = y = z = w = 0.0f; } + float x, y, z, w; + ImVec4() { x = y = z = w = 0.0f; } ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) { x = _x; y = _y; z = _z; w = _w; } #ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec4. @@ -232,15 +251,16 @@ struct ImVec4 }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGui: Dear ImGui end-user API -// (This is a namespace. You can add extra ImGui:: functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui source files!) +// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions +// (Note that ImGui:: being a namespace, you can add extra ImGui:: functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui source files!) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- namespace ImGui { // Context creation and access - // Each context create its own ImFontAtlas by default. You may instance one yourself and pass it to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between imgui contexts. - // None of those functions is reliant on the current context. + // - Each context create its own ImFontAtlas by default. You may instance one yourself and pass it to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts. + // - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() + // for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for details. IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas = NULL); IMGUI_API void DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx = NULL); // NULL = destroy current context IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GetCurrentContext(); @@ -251,23 +271,23 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle& GetStyle(); // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleCol(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame! IMGUI_API void NewFrame(); // start a new Dear ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until Render()/EndFrame(). IMGUI_API void EndFrame(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(). If you don't need to render data (skipping rendering) you may call EndFrame() without Render()... but you'll have wasted CPU already! If you don't need to render, better to not create any windows and not call NewFrame() at all! - IMGUI_API void Render(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. You can get call GetDrawData() to obtain it and run your rendering function (up to v1.60, this used to call io.RenderDrawListsFn(). Nowadays, we allow and prefer calling your render function yourself.) + IMGUI_API void Render(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. You can then get call GetDrawData(). IMGUI_API ImDrawData* GetDrawData(); // valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame(). this is what you have to render. // Demo, Debug, Information - IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Demo window (previously called ShowTestWindow). demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application! + IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Demo window. demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application! + IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Metrics/Debugger window. display Dear ImGui internals: windows, draw commands, various internal state, etc. IMGUI_API void ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information. - IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Debug/Metrics window. display Dear ImGui internals: draw commands (with individual draw calls and vertices), window list, basic internal state, etc. IMGUI_API void ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL); // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style) IMGUI_API bool ShowStyleSelector(const char* label); // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles. IMGUI_API void ShowFontSelector(const char* label); // add font selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the loaded fonts. IMGUI_API void ShowUserGuide(); // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as a end-user (mouse/keyboard controls). - IMGUI_API const char* GetVersion(); // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.23" (essentially the compiled value for IMGUI_VERSION) + IMGUI_API const char* GetVersion(); // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.80 WIP" (essentially the value for IMGUI_VERSION from the compiled version of imgui.cpp) // Styles IMGUI_API void StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // new, recommended style (default) - IMGUI_API void StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // classic imgui style IMGUI_API void StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // best used with borders and a custom, thicker font + IMGUI_API void StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // classic imgui style // Windows // - Begin() = push window to the stack and start appending to it. End() = pop window from the stack. @@ -288,7 +308,10 @@ namespace ImGui // - Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window. Child windows can embed their own child. // - For each independent axis of 'size': ==0.0f: use remaining host window size / >0.0f: fixed size / <0.0f: use remaining window size minus abs(size) / Each axis can use a different mode, e.g. ImVec2(0,400). // - BeginChild() returns false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting anything to the window. - // Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value [as with Begin: this is due to legacy reason and inconsistent with most BeginXXX functions apart from the regular Begin() which behaves like BeginChild().] + // Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value. + // [Important: due to legacy reason, this is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, + // BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function + // returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void EndChild(); @@ -324,20 +347,21 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(const char* name); // set named window to be focused / top-most. use NULL to remove focus. // Content region - // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned soon (they are confusing, incomplete and return values in local window coordinates which increases confusion) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates + // - Retrieve available space from a given point. GetContentRegionAvail() is frequently useful. + // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned (they are confusing, incomplete and the Min/Max return values are in local window coordinates which increases confusion) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos() + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be override with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates IMGUI_API float GetWindowContentRegionWidth(); // // Windows Scrolling - IMGUI_API float GetScrollX(); // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()] - IMGUI_API float GetScrollY(); // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()] - IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxX(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.x - WindowSize.x - IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxY(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.y - WindowSize.y - IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(float scroll_x); // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()] - IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(float scroll_y); // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()] + IMGUI_API float GetScrollX(); // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()] + IMGUI_API float GetScrollY(); // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()] + IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(float scroll_x); // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()] + IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(float scroll_y); // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()] + IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxX(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.x - WindowSize.x - DecorationsSize.x + IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxY(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.y - WindowSize.y - DecorationsSize.y IMGUI_API void SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_x_ratio=0.0: left, 0.5: center, 1.0: right. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead. IMGUI_API void SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead. IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position. @@ -346,32 +370,34 @@ namespace ImGui // Parameters stacks (shared) IMGUI_API void PushFont(ImFont* font); // use NULL as a shortcut to push default font IMGUI_API void PopFont(); - IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col); // modify a style color. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col); IMGUI_API void PopStyleColor(int count = 1); - IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val); - IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val); + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val); // modify a style float variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val); // modify a style ImVec2 variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). IMGUI_API void PopStyleVar(int count = 1); - IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx); // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in. - IMGUI_API ImFont* GetFont(); // get current font - IMGUI_API float GetFontSize(); // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API - IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier - IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied - IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImU32 col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied - - // Parameters stacks (current window) - IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side). 0.0f = default to ~2/3 of windows width, - IMGUI_API void PopItemWidth(); - IMGUI_API void SetNextItemWidth(float item_width); // set width of the _next_ common large "item+label" widget. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side) - IMGUI_API float CalcItemWidth(); // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position. NOT necessarily the width of last item unlike most 'Item' functions. - IMGUI_API void PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_local_pos_x = 0.0f); // push word-wrapping position for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space - IMGUI_API void PopTextWrapPos(); IMGUI_API void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus); // allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets IMGUI_API void PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); IMGUI_API void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat); // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame. IMGUI_API void PopButtonRepeat(); + // Parameters stacks (current window) + IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side). + IMGUI_API void PopItemWidth(); + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemWidth(float item_width); // set width of the _next_ common large "item+label" widget. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side) + IMGUI_API float CalcItemWidth(); // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position. NOT necessarily the width of last item unlike most 'Item' functions. + IMGUI_API void PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_local_pos_x = 0.0f); // push word-wrapping position for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space + IMGUI_API void PopTextWrapPos(); + + // Style read access + IMGUI_API ImFont* GetFont(); // get current font + IMGUI_API float GetFontSize(); // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API + IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList + IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList + IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImU32 col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList + IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx); // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in. + // Cursor / Layout // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position. // - The typical widget behavior is to output themselves at the current cursor position, then move the cursor one line down. @@ -384,8 +410,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in an horizontal-layout context. IMGUI_API void Spacing(); // add vertical spacing. IMGUI_API void Dummy(const ImVec2& size); // add a dummy item of given size. unlike InvisibleButton(), Dummy() won't take the mouse click or be navigable into. - IMGUI_API void Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position toward the right, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if != 0 - IMGUI_API void Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position back to the left, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if != 0 + IMGUI_API void Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position toward the right, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0 + IMGUI_API void Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position back to the left, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0 IMGUI_API void BeginGroup(); // lock horizontal starting position IMGUI_API void EndGroup(); // unlock horizontal starting position + capture the whole group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // cursor position in window coordinates (relative to window position) @@ -395,8 +421,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float local_x); // GetWindowPos() + GetCursorPos() == GetCursorScreenPos() etc.) IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float local_y); // IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // initial cursor position in window coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize] (useful to work with ImDrawList API) - IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize] + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute coordinates (useful to work with ImDrawList API). generally top-left == GetMainViewport()->Pos == (0,0) in single viewport mode, and bottom-right == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size == io.DisplaySize in single-viewport mode. + IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute coordinates IMGUI_API void AlignTextToFramePadding(); // vertically align upcoming text baseline to FramePadding.y so that it will align properly to regularly framed items (call if you have text on a line before a framed item) IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeight(); // ~ FontSize IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of text) @@ -444,15 +470,16 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0)); IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); // <0 frame_padding uses default frame padding settings. 0 for no padding IMGUI_API bool Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v); + IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, int* flags, int flags_value); IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value); IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, bool active); // use with e.g. if (RadioButton("one", my_value==1)) { my_value = 1; } IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button); // shortcut to handle the above pattern when value is an integer - IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-1, 0), const char* overlay = NULL); + IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0), const char* overlay = NULL); IMGUI_API void Bullet(); // draw a small circle + keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses // Widgets: Combo Box // - The BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items. - // - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose. + // - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analogous to how ListBox are created. IMGUI_API bool BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void EndCombo(); // only call EndCombo() if BeginCombo() returns true! IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); @@ -522,14 +549,14 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); - // Widgets: Color Editor/Picker (tip: the ColorEdit* functions have a little colored preview square that can be left-clicked to open a picker, and right-clicked to open an option menu.) + // Widgets: Color Editor/Picker (tip: the ColorEdit* functions have a little color square that can be left-clicked to open a picker, and right-clicked to open an option menu.) // - Note that in C++ a 'float v[X]' function argument is the _same_ as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. // - You can pass the address of a first float element out of a contiguous structure, e.g. &myvector.x IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const float* ref_col = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // display a colored square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed. + IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // display a color square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed. IMGUI_API void SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); // initialize current options (generally on application startup) if you want to select a default format, picker type, etc. User will be able to change many settings, unless you pass the _NoOptions flag to your calls. // Widgets: Trees @@ -549,7 +576,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TreePop(); // ~ Unindent()+PopId() IMGUI_API float GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(); // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop(). - IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_open' isn't NULL, display an additional small close button on upper right of the header + IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_visible != NULL': if '*p_visible==true' display an additional small close button on upper right of the header which will set the bool to false when clicked, if '*p_visible==false' don't display the header. IMGUI_API void SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state. // Widgets: Selectables @@ -559,14 +586,18 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper. // Widgets: List Boxes - // - FIXME: To be consistent with all the newer API, ListBoxHeader/ListBoxFooter should in reality be called BeginListBox/EndListBox. Will rename them. + // - This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with some stylistic changes. + // - The BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() or any items. + // - The simplified/old ListBox() api are helpers over BeginListBox()/EndListBox() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analoguous to how Combos are created. + // - Choose frame width: size.x > 0.0f: custom / size.x < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: right-align / size.x = 0.0f (default): use current ItemWidth + // - Choose frame height: size.y > 0.0f: custom / size.y < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: bottom-align / size.y = 0.0f (default): arbitrary default height which can fit ~7 items + IMGUI_API bool BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // open a framed scrolling region + IMGUI_API void EndListBox(); // only call EndListBox() if BeginListBox() returned true! IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); - IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // use if you want to reimplement ListBox() will custom data or interactions. if the function return true, you can output elements then call ListBoxFooter() afterwards. - IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // " - IMGUI_API void ListBoxFooter(); // terminate the scrolling region. only call ListBoxFooter() if ListBoxHeader() returned true! // Widgets: Data Plotting + // - Consider using ImPlot (https://github.com/epezent/implot) IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); @@ -593,7 +624,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL // Tooltips - // - Tooltip are windows following the mouse which do not take focus away. + // - Tooltip are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away. IMGUI_API void BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items). IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). override any previous call to SetTooltip(). @@ -620,13 +651,13 @@ namespace ImGui // - CloseCurrentPopup() is called by default by Selectable()/MenuItem() when activated (FIXME: need some options). // - Use ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup to avoid opening a popup if there's already one at the same level. This is equivalent to e.g. testing for !IsAnyPopupOpen() prior to OpenPopup(). IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0); // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!). - IMGUI_API bool OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // helper to open popup when clicked on last item. return true when just opened. (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors) + IMGUI_API void OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // helper to open popup when clicked on last item. return true when just opened. (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors) IMGUI_API void CloseCurrentPopup(); // manually close the popup we have begin-ed into. // Popups: open+begin combined functions helpers // - Helpers to do OpenPopup+BeginPopup where the Open action is triggered by e.g. hovering an item and right-clicking. // - They are convenient to easily create context menus, hence the name. // - IMPORTANT: Notice that BeginPopupContextXXX takes ImGuiPopupFlags just like OpenPopup() and unlike BeginPopup(). For full consistency, we may add ImGuiWindowFlags to the BeginPopupContextXXX functions in the future. - // - We exceptionally default their flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter. Passing a mouse button to ImGuiPopupFlags is guaranteed to be legal. + // - IMPORTANT: we exceptionally default their flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter, so if you add other flags remember to re-add the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight. IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // open+begin popup when clicked on last item. if you can pass a NULL str_id only if the previous item had an id. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp! IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);// open+begin popup when clicked on current window. IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // open+begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no windows). @@ -636,11 +667,66 @@ namespace ImGui // - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel: return true if any popup is open. IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open. - // Columns + // Tables + // [BETA API] API may evolve slightly! If you use this, please update to the next version when it comes out! + // - Full-featured replacement for old Columns API. + // - See Demo->Tables for demo code. + // - See top of imgui_tables.cpp for general commentary. + // - See ImGuiTableFlags_ and ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ enums for a description of available flags. + // The typical call flow is: + // - 1. Call BeginTable(). + // - 2. Optionally call TableSetupColumn() to submit column name/flags/defaults. + // - 3. Optionally call TableSetupScrollFreeze() to request scroll freezing of columns/rows. + // - 4. Optionally call TableHeadersRow() to submit a header row. Names are pulled from TableSetupColumn() data. + // - 5. Populate contents: + // - In most situations you can use TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(N) to start appending into a column. + // - If you are using tables as a sort of grid, where every columns is holding the same type of contents, + // you may prefer using TableNextColumn() instead of TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(). + // TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap-around into the next row if needed. + // - IMPORTANT: Comparatively to the old Columns() API, we need to call TableNextColumn() for the first column! + // - Summary of possible call flow: + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // TableNextRow() -> TableSetColumnIndex(0) -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableSetColumnIndex(1) -> Text("Hello 1") // OK + // TableNextRow() -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK + // TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK: TableNextColumn() automatically gets to next row! + // TableNextRow() -> Text("Hello 0") // Not OK! Missing TableSetColumnIndex() or TableNextColumn()! Text will not appear! + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // - 5. Call EndTable() + IMGUI_API bool BeginTable(const char* str_id, int column, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), float inner_width = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API void EndTable(); // only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true! + IMGUI_API void TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags = 0, float min_row_height = 0.0f); // append into the first cell of a new row. + IMGUI_API bool TableNextColumn(); // append into the next column (or first column of next row if currently in last column). Return true when column is visible. + IMGUI_API bool TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n); // append into the specified column. Return true when column is visible. + // Tables: Headers & Columns declaration + // - Use TableSetupColumn() to specify label, resizing policy, default width/weight, id, various other flags etc. + // - Use TableHeadersRow() to create a header row and automatically submit a TableHeader() for each column. + // Headers are required to perform: reordering, sorting, and opening the context menu. + // The context menu can also be made available in columns body using ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody. + // - You may manually submit headers using TableNextRow() + TableHeader() calls, but this is only useful in + // some advanced use cases (e.g. adding custom widgets in header row). + // - Use TableSetupScrollFreeze() to lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. + IMGUI_API void TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = 0, float init_width_or_weight = 0.0f, ImGuiID user_id = 0); + IMGUI_API void TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows); // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. + IMGUI_API void TableHeadersRow(); // submit all headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu + IMGUI_API void TableHeader(const char* label); // submit one header cell manually (rarely used) + // Tables: Sorting + // - Call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. NULL when not sorting. + // - When 'SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have changed + // since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may + // wastefully sort your data every frame! + // - Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable(). + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSortSpecs* TableGetSortSpecs(); // get latest sort specs for the table (NULL if not sorting). + // Tables: Miscellaneous functions + // - Functions args 'int column_n' treat the default value of -1 as the same as passing the current column index. + IMGUI_API int TableGetColumnCount(); // return number of columns (value passed to BeginTable) + IMGUI_API int TableGetColumnIndex(); // return current column index. + IMGUI_API int TableGetRowIndex(); // return current row index. + IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(int column_n = -1); // return "" if column didn't have a name declared by TableSetupColumn(). Pass -1 to use current column. + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableColumnFlags TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n = -1); // return column flags so you can query their Enabled/Visible/Sorted/Hovered status flags. Pass -1 to use current column. + IMGUI_API void TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n = -1); // change the color of a cell, row, or column. See ImGuiTableBgTarget_ flags for details. + + // Legacy Columns API (2020: prefer using Tables!) // - You can also use SameLine(pos_x) to mimic simplified columns. - // - The columns API is work-in-progress and rather lacking (columns are arguably the worst part of dear imgui at the moment!) - // - There is a maximum of 64 columns. - // - Currently working on new 'Tables' api which will replace columns around Q2 2020 (see GitHub #2957). IMGUI_API void Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true); IMGUI_API void NextColumn(); // next column, defaults to current row or next row if the current row is finished IMGUI_API int GetColumnIndex(); // get current column index @@ -653,8 +739,9 @@ namespace ImGui // Tab Bars, Tabs IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags = 0); // create and append into a TabBar IMGUI_API void EndTabBar(); // only call EndTabBar() if BeginTabBar() returns true! - IMGUI_API bool BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0);// create a Tab. Returns true if the Tab is selected. + IMGUI_API bool BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0); // create a Tab. Returns true if the Tab is selected. IMGUI_API void EndTabItem(); // only call EndTabItem() if BeginTabItem() returns true! + IMGUI_API bool TabItemButton(const char* label, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0); // create a Tab behaving like a button. return true when clicked. cannot be selected in the tab bar. IMGUI_API void SetTabItemClosed(const char* tab_or_docked_window_label); // notify TabBar or Docking system of a closed tab/window ahead (useful to reduce visual flicker on reorderable tab bars). For tab-bar: call after BeginTabBar() and before Tab submissions. Otherwise call with a window name. // Logging/Capture @@ -665,11 +752,14 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void LogFinish(); // stop logging (close file, etc.) IMGUI_API void LogButtons(); // helper to display buttons for logging to tty/file/clipboard IMGUI_API void LogText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // pass text data straight to log (without being displayed) + IMGUI_API void LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); // Drag and Drop - // - [BETA API] API may evolve! - // - If you stop calling BeginDragDropSource() the payload is preserved however it won't have a preview tooltip (we currently display a fallback "..." tooltip as replacement) - IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // call when the current item is active. If this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource() + // - On source items, call BeginDragDropSource(), if it returns true also call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource(). + // - On target candidates, call BeginDragDropTarget(), if it returns true also call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget(). + // - If you stop calling BeginDragDropSource() the payload is preserved however it won't have a preview tooltip (we currently display a fallback "..." tooltip, see #1725) + // - An item can be both drag source and drop target. + IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // call after submitting an item which may be dragged. when this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource() IMGUI_API bool SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui. IMGUI_API void EndDragDropSource(); // only call EndDragDropSource() if BeginDragDropSource() returns true! IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTarget(); // call after submitting an item that may receive a payload. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget() @@ -678,6 +768,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* GetDragDropPayload(); // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. may return NULL. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type. // Clipping + // - Mouse hovering is affected by ImGui::PushClipRect() calls, unlike direct calls to ImDrawList::PushClipRect() which are render only. IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect); IMGUI_API void PopClipRect(); @@ -687,12 +778,12 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0); // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget. // Item/Widgets Utilities - // - Most of the functions are referring to the last/previous item we submitted. + // - Most of the functions are referring to the previous Item that has been submitted. // - See Demo Window under "Widgets->Querying Status" for an interactive visualization of most of those functions. IMGUI_API bool IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); // is the last item hovered? (and usable, aka not blocked by a popup, etc.). See ImGuiHoveredFlags for more options. IMGUI_API bool IsItemActive(); // is the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited. This will continuously return true while holding mouse button on an item. Items that don't interact will always return false) IMGUI_API bool IsItemFocused(); // is the last item focused for keyboard/gamepad navigation? - IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0); // is the last item clicked? (e.g. button/node just clicked on) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered() + IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0); // is the last item hovered and mouse clicked on? (**) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()Important. (**) this it NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g. Button(). Read comments in function definition. IMGUI_API bool IsItemVisible(); // is the last item visible? (items may be out of sight because of clipping/scrolling) IMGUI_API bool IsItemEdited(); // did the last item modify its underlying value this frame? or was pressed? This is generally the same as the "bool" return value of many widgets. IMGUI_API bool IsItemActivated(); // was the last item just made active (item was previously inactive). @@ -707,6 +798,12 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectSize(); // get size of last item IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. sometimes useful with invisible buttons, selectables, etc. to catch unused area. + // Viewports + // - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows. + // - In 'docking' branch with multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports. + // - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode. + IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* GetMainViewport(); // return primary/default viewport. + // Miscellaneous Utilities IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size); // test if rectangle (of given size, starting from cursor position) is visible / not clipped. IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max); // test if rectangle (in screen space) is visible / not clipped. to perform coarse clipping on user's side. @@ -732,7 +829,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b); // Inputs Utilities: Keyboard - // - For 'int user_key_index' you can use your own indices/enums according to how your back-end/engine stored them in io.KeysDown[]. + // - For 'int user_key_index' you can use your own indices/enums according to how your backend/engine stored them in io.KeysDown[]. // - We don't know the meaning of those value. You can use GetKeyIndex() to map a ImGuiKey_ value into the user index. IMGUI_API int GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key); // map ImGuiKey_* values into user's key index. == io.KeyMap[key] IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(int user_key_index); // is key being held. == io.KeysDown[user_key_index]. @@ -778,16 +875,18 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // This is called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro. // Memory Allocators - // - All those functions are not reliant on the current context. - // - If you reload the contents of imgui.cpp at runtime, you may need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() again because we use global storage for those. - IMGUI_API void SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data = NULL); + // - Those functions are not reliant on the current context. + // - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() + // for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details. + IMGUI_API void SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API void GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data); IMGUI_API void* MemAlloc(size_t size); IMGUI_API void MemFree(void* ptr); } // namespace ImGui //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Flags & Enumerations +// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Flags for ImGui::Begin() @@ -827,8 +926,7 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu = 1 << 28 // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu() // [Obsolete] - //ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders = 1 << 7, // --> Set style.FrameBorderSize=1.0f or style.WindowBorderSize=1.0f to enable borders around items or windows. - //ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide = 1 << 17, // --> Set io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges=true and make sure mouse cursors are supported by back-end (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) + //ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide = 1 << 17, // --> Set io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges=true and make sure mouse cursors are supported by backend (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) }; // Flags for ImGui::InputText() @@ -848,15 +946,21 @@ enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput = 1 << 10, // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11, // In multi-line mode, unfocus with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: unfocus with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter). ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll = 1 << 12, // Disable following the cursor horizontally - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = 1 << 13, // Insert mode + ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite = 1 << 13, // Overwrite mode ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 14, // Read-only mode ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password = 1 << 15, // Password mode, display all characters as '*' ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo = 1 << 16, // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID(). ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 17, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input) ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize = 1 << 18, // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit = 1 << 19, // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active) // [Internal] ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 20, // For internal use by InputTextMultiline() ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited = 1 << 21 // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data + + // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + , ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior +#endif }; // Flags for ImGui::TreeNodeEx(), ImGui::CollapsingHeader*() @@ -864,7 +968,7 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ { ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None = 0, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected = 1 << 0, // Draw as selected - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed = 1 << 1, // Full colored frame (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed = 1 << 1, // Draw frame with background (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 2, // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen = 1 << 3, // Don't do a TreePush() when open (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) = no extra indent nor pushing on ID stack ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog = 1 << 4, // Don't automatically and temporarily open node when Logging is active (by default logging will automatically open tree nodes) @@ -886,13 +990,15 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ // small flags values as a mouse button index, so we encode the mouse button in the first few bits of the flags. // It is therefore guaranteed to be legal to pass a mouse button index in ImGuiPopupFlags. // - For the same reason, we exceptionally default the ImGuiPopupFlags argument of BeginPopupContextXXX functions to 1 instead of 0. +// IMPORTANT: because the default parameter is 1 (==ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight), if you rely on the default parameter +// and want to another another flag, you need to pass in the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight flag. // - Multiple buttons currently cannot be combined/or-ed in those functions (we could allow it later). enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ { ImGuiPopupFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonLeft = 0, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Left Mouse release. Guaranted to always be == 0 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Left) - ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight = 1, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Right Mouse release. Guaranted to always be == 1 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Right) - ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 2, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Middle Mouse release. Guaranted to always be == 2 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Middle) + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonLeft = 0, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Left Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 0 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Left) + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight = 1, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Right Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 1 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Right) + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 2, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Middle Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 2 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Middle) ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = 0x1F, ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = 1, ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup = 1 << 5, // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't open if there's already a popup at the same level of the popup stack @@ -951,7 +1057,153 @@ enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected = 1 << 1, // Trigger flag to programmatically make the tab selected when calling BeginTabItem() ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 2, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId = 1 << 3, // Don't call PushID(tab->ID)/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() - ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 4 // Disable tooltip for the given tab + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 4, // Disable tooltip for the given tab + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 5, // Disable reordering this tab or having another tab cross over this tab + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading = 1 << 6, // Enforce the tab position to the left of the tab bar (after the tab list popup button) + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing = 1 << 7 // Enforce the tab position to the right of the tab bar (before the scrolling buttons) +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::BeginTable() +// [BETA API] API may evolve slightly! If you use this, please update to the next version when it comes out! +// - Important! Sizing policies have complex and subtle side effects, more so than you would expect. +// Read comments/demos carefully + experiment with live demos to get acquainted with them. +// - The DEFAULT sizing policies are: +// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit if ScrollX is on, or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize. +// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame if ScrollX is off. +// - When ScrollX is off: +// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch with same weight. +// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Stretch (default), Fixed/Auto. +// - Fixed Columns will generally obtain their requested width (unless the table cannot fit them all). +// - Stretch Columns will share the remaining width. +// - Mixed Fixed/Stretch columns is possible but has various side-effects on resizing behaviors. +// The typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns. +// (this is because the visible order of columns have subtle but necessary effects on how they react to manual resizing). +// - When ScrollX is on: +// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed +// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly. +// - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show an horizontal scrollbar if needed. +// - When using auto-resizing (non-resizable) fixed columns, querying the content width to use item right-alignment e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN) doesn't make sense, would create a feedback loop. +// - Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable(). +// If you specify a value for 'inner_width' then effectively the scrolling space is known and Stretch or mixed Fixed/Stretch columns become meaningful again. +// - Read on documentation at the top of imgui_tables.cpp for details. +enum ImGuiTableFlags_ +{ + // Features + ImGuiTableFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable = 1 << 0, // Enable resizing columns. + ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 1, // Enable reordering columns in header row (need calling TableSetupColumn() + TableHeadersRow() to display headers) + ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable = 1 << 2, // Enable hiding/disabling columns in context menu. + ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable = 1 << 3, // Enable sorting. Call TableGetSortSpecs() to obtain sort specs. Also see ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti and ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 4, // Disable persisting columns order, width and sort settings in the .ini file. + ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody = 1 << 5, // Right-click on columns body/contents will display table context menu. By default it is available in TableHeadersRow(). + // Decorations + ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg = 1 << 6, // Set each RowBg color with ImGuiCol_TableRowBg or ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt (equivalent of calling TableSetBgColor with ImGuiTableBgFlags_RowBg0 on each row manually) + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH = 1 << 7, // Draw horizontal borders between rows. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH = 1 << 8, // Draw horizontal borders at the top and bottom. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV = 1 << 9, // Draw vertical borders between columns. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV = 1 << 10, // Draw vertical borders on the left and right sides. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw horizontal borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV, // Draw vertical borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_Borders = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter, // Draw all borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody = 1 << 11, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appears in Headers). -> May move to style + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appears in Headers). -> May move to style + // Sizing Policy (read above for defaults) + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit = 1 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame = 2 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp = 3 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights proportional to each columns contents widths. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame = 4 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights all equal, unless overridden by TableSetupColumn(). + // Sizing Extra Options + ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX = 1 << 16, // Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value. Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY = 1 << 17, // Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible = 1 << 18, // Disable keeping column always minimally visible when ScrollX is off and table gets too small. Not recommended if columns are resizable. + ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths = 1 << 19, // Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth. + // Clipping + ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip = 1 << 20, // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze(). + // Padding + ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX = 1 << 21, // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outer-most padding. Generally desirable if you have headers. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX = 1 << 22, // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outer-most padding. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX = 1 << 23, // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off). + // Scrolling + ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX = 1 << 24, // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this create a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX. + ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY = 1 << 25, // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. + // Sorting + ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti = 1 << 26, // Hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1). + ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate = 1 << 27, // Allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0). + + // [Internal] Combinations and masks + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_ = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame + + // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + //, ImGuiTableFlags_ColumnsWidthFixed = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_ColumnsWidthStretch = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame // WIP Tables 2020/12 + //, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyFixed = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyStretch = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame // WIP Tables 2021/01 +#endif +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::TableSetupColumn() +enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ +{ + // Input configuration flags + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide = 1 << 0, // Default as a hidden/disabled column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort = 1 << 1, // Default as a sorting column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch = 1 << 2, // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed = 1 << 3, // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 4, // Disable manual resizing. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 5, // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide = 1 << 6, // Disable ability to hide/disable this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip = 1 << 7, // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort = 1 << 8, // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending = 1 << 9, // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending = 1 << 10, // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth = 1 << 11, // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending = 1 << 12, // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending = 1 << 13, // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable = 1 << 14, // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable = 1 << 15, // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored. + + // Output status flags, read-only via TableGetColumnFlags() + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled = 1 << 20, // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible = 1 << 21, // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted = 1 << 22, // Status: is currently part of the sort specs + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered = 1 << 23, // Status: is hovered by mouse + + // [Internal] Combinations and masks + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_ = 1 << 30 // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge) + + // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + //ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthAuto = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize, // Column will not stretch and keep resizing based on submitted contents. +#endif +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::TableNextRow() +enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTableRowFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers = 1 << 0 // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted different for auto column width) +}; + +// Enum for ImGui::TableSetBgColor() +// Background colors are rendering in 3 layers: +// - Layer 0: draw with RowBg0 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg0 if set. +// - Layer 1: draw with RowBg1 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg1 if set. +// - Layer 2: draw with CellBg color if set. +// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color changes should override or blend with the existing color. +// When using ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg on the table, each row has the RowBg0 color automatically set for odd/even rows. +// If you set the color of RowBg0 target, your color will override the existing RowBg0 color. +// If you set the color of RowBg1 or ColumnBg1 target, your color will blend over the RowBg0 color. +enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ +{ + ImGuiTableBgTarget_None = 0, + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 = 1, // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1 = 2, // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg = 3 // Set cell background color (top-most color) }; // Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused() @@ -1031,6 +1283,14 @@ enum ImGuiDir_ ImGuiDir_COUNT }; +// A sorting direction +enum ImGuiSortDirection_ +{ + ImGuiSortDirection_None = 0, + ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending = 1, // Ascending = 0->9, A->Z etc. + ImGuiSortDirection_Descending = 2 // Descending = 9->0, Z->A etc. +}; + // User fill ImGuiIO.KeyMap[] array with indices into the ImGuiIO.KeysDown[512] array enum ImGuiKey_ { @@ -1059,7 +1319,7 @@ enum ImGuiKey_ ImGuiKey_COUNT }; -// To test io.KeyMods (which is a combination of individual fields io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt set by user/back-end) +// To test io.KeyMods (which is a combination of individual fields io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt set by user/backend) enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ { ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = 0, @@ -1071,8 +1331,8 @@ enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ // Gamepad/Keyboard navigation // Keyboard: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays. -// Gamepad: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. Back-end: set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad and fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame(). -// Read instructions in imgui.cpp for more details. Download PNG/PSD at http://goo.gl/9LgVZW. +// Gamepad: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. Backend: set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad and fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame(). +// Read instructions in imgui.cpp for more details. Download PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets. enum ImGuiNavInput_ { // Gamepad Mapping @@ -1109,25 +1369,25 @@ enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ { ImGuiConfigFlags_None = 0, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on io.KeysDown[]. - ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad = 1 << 1, // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. This is mostly to instruct your imgui back-end to fill io.NavInputs[]. Back-end also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad. - ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your binding, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad = 1 << 1, // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. This is mostly to instruct your imgui backend to fill io.NavInputs[]. Backend also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your backend, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth. ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard = 1 << 3, // Instruct navigation to not set the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag when io.NavActive is set. - ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the back-end. - ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange = 1 << 5, // Instruct back-end to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the back-end cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the backend. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange = 1 << 5, // Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the backend cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead. - // User storage (to allow your back-end/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are not used by core Dear ImGui) + // User storage (to allow your backend/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are not used by core Dear ImGui) ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB = 1 << 20, // Application is SRGB-aware. ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen = 1 << 21 // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse. }; -// Back-end capabilities flags stored in io.BackendFlags. Set by imgui_impl_xxx or custom back-end. +// Backend capabilities flags stored in io.BackendFlags. Set by imgui_impl_xxx or custom backend. enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ { ImGuiBackendFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad = 1 << 0, // Back-end Platform supports gamepad and currently has one connected. - ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Back-end Platform supports honoring GetMouseCursor() value to change the OS cursor shape. - ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Back-end Platform supports io.WantSetMousePos requests to reposition the OS mouse position (only used if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is set). - ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset = 1 << 3 // Back-end Renderer supports ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset. This enables output of large meshes (64K+ vertices) while still using 16-bit indices. + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad = 1 << 0, // Backend Platform supports gamepad and currently has one connected. + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Backend Platform supports honoring GetMouseCursor() value to change the OS cursor shape. + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Backend Platform supports io.WantSetMousePos requests to reposition the OS mouse position (only used if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is set). + ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset = 1 << 3 // Backend Renderer supports ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset. This enables output of large meshes (64K+ vertices) while still using 16-bit indices. }; // Enumeration for PushStyleColor() / PopStyleColor() @@ -1175,6 +1435,11 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered, ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram, ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered, + ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg, // Table header background + ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong, // Table outer and header borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here) + ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight, // Table inner borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here) + ImGuiCol_TableRowBg, // Table row background (even rows) + ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt, // Table row background (odd rows) ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget, ImGuiCol_NavHighlight, // Gamepad/keyboard: current highlighted item @@ -1182,12 +1447,6 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind the CTRL+TAB window list, when active ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind a modal window, when one is active ImGuiCol_COUNT - - // Obsolete names (will be removed) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening = ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg // [renamed in 1.63] - //, ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered// [unused since 1.60+] the close button now uses regular button colors. -#endif }; // Enumeration for PushStyleVar() / PopStyleVar() to temporarily modify the ImGuiStyle structure. @@ -1216,6 +1475,7 @@ enum ImGuiStyleVar_ ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemSpacing ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, // float IndentSpacing + ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, // ImVec2 CellPadding ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize, // float ScrollbarSize ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding, // float ScrollbarRounding ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, // float GrabMinSize @@ -1224,11 +1484,6 @@ enum ImGuiStyleVar_ ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign, // ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT - - // Obsolete names (will be removed) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ = ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT // [renamed in 1.60] -#endif }; // Flags for InvisibleButton() [extended in imgui_internal.h] @@ -1249,13 +1504,13 @@ enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ { ImGuiColorEditFlags_None = 0, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha = 1 << 1, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: ignore Alpha component (will only read 3 components from the input pointer). - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker = 1 << 2, // // ColorEdit: disable picker when clicking on colored square. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker = 1 << 2, // // ColorEdit: disable picker when clicking on color square. ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions = 1 << 3, // // ColorEdit: disable toggling options menu when right-clicking on inputs/small preview. - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview = 1 << 4, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable colored square preview next to the inputs. (e.g. to show only the inputs) - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 5, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable inputs sliders/text widgets (e.g. to show only the small preview colored square). + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview = 1 << 4, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable color square preview next to the inputs. (e.g. to show only the inputs) + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 5, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable inputs sliders/text widgets (e.g. to show only the small preview color square). ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 6, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: disable tooltip when hovering the preview. ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel = 1 << 7, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable display of inline text label (the label is still forwarded to the tooltip and picker). - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview = 1 << 8, // // ColorPicker: disable bigger color preview on right side of the picker, use small colored square preview instead. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview = 1 << 8, // // ColorPicker: disable bigger color preview on right side of the picker, use small color square preview instead. ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop = 1 << 9, // // ColorEdit: disable drag and drop target. ColorButton: disable drag and drop source. ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 10, // // ColorButton: disable border (which is enforced by default) @@ -1295,11 +1550,16 @@ enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ { ImGuiSliderFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = 1 << 4, // Clamp value to min/max bounds when input manually with CTRL+Click. By default CTRL+Click allows going out of bounds. + ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp = 1 << 4, // Clamp value to min/max bounds when input manually with CTRL+Click. By default CTRL+Click allows going out of bounds. ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic = 1 << 5, // Make the widget logarithmic (linear otherwise). Consider using ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat with this if using a format-string with small amount of digits. ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat = 1 << 6, // Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the display format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits) ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput = 1 << 7, // Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_ = 0x7000000F // [Internal] We treat using those bits as being potentially a 'float power' argument from the previous API that has got miscast to this enum, and will trigger an assert if needed. + + // Obsolete names (will be removed) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + , ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp // [renamed in 1.79] +#endif }; // Identify a mouse button. @@ -1313,7 +1573,7 @@ enum ImGuiMouseButton_ }; // Enumeration for GetMouseCursor() -// User code may request binding to display given cursor by calling SetMouseCursor(), which is why we have some cursors that are marked unused here +// User code may request backend to display given cursor by calling SetMouseCursor(), which is why we have some cursors that are marked unused here enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ { ImGuiMouseCursor_None = -1, @@ -1327,11 +1587,6 @@ enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions. Use for e.g. hyperlinks) ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed, // When hovering something with disallowed interaction. Usually a crossed circle. ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT - - // Obsolete names (will be removed) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ = ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT // [renamed in 1.60] -#endif }; // Enumeration for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions @@ -1347,7 +1602,10 @@ enum ImGuiCond_ }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helpers: Memory allocations macros +// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // IM_MALLOC(), IM_FREE(), IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE() // We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax. // Defining a custom placement new() with a custom parameter allows us to bypass including which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions. @@ -1363,7 +1621,7 @@ inline void operator delete(void*, ImNewWrapper, void*) {} // This is only re template void IM_DELETE(T* p) { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p); } } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helper: ImVector<> +// ImVector<> // Lightweight std::vector<>-like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also, some implementations of STL with debug enabled are absurdly slow, we bypass it so our code runs fast in debug). //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - You generally do NOT need to care or use this ever. But we need to make it available in imgui.h because some of our public structures are relying on it. @@ -1394,9 +1652,10 @@ struct ImVector inline bool empty() const { return Size == 0; } inline int size() const { return Size; } inline int size_in_bytes() const { return Size * (int)sizeof(T); } + inline int max_size() const { return 0x7FFFFFFF / (int)sizeof(T); } inline int capacity() const { return Capacity; } - inline T& operator[](int i) { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; } - inline const T& operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; } + inline T& operator[](int i) { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; } + inline const T& operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; } inline void clear() { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } } inline T* begin() { return Data; } @@ -1432,7 +1691,8 @@ struct ImVector }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiStyle +// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // You may modify the ImGui::GetStyle() main instance during initialization and before NewFrame(). // During the frame, use ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_XXXX)/PopStyleVar() to alter the main style values, // and ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_XXX)/PopStyleColor() for colors. @@ -1456,6 +1716,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float FrameBorderSize; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). ImVec2 ItemSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines. ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label). + ImVec2 CellPadding; // Padding within a table cell ImVec2 TouchExtraPadding; // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! float IndentSpacing; // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). float ColumnsMinSpacing; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). @@ -1466,7 +1727,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float LogSliderDeadzone; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. float TabRounding; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. float TabBorderSize; // Thickness of border around tabs. - float TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton; // Minimum width for close button to appears on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + float TabMinWidthForCloseButton; // Minimum width for close button to appears on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. ImGuiDir ColorButtonPosition; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign; // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered). ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign; // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. @@ -1474,10 +1735,10 @@ struct ImGuiStyle ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly! float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). - bool AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require back-end to render with bilinear filtering. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). + bool AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). bool AntiAliasedFill; // Enable anti-aliased edges around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. - float CircleSegmentMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. + float CircleTessellationMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. ImVec4 Colors[ImGuiCol_COUNT]; IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle(); @@ -1485,7 +1746,8 @@ struct ImGuiStyle }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiIO +// [SECTION] ImGuiIO +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Communicate most settings and inputs/outputs to Dear ImGui using this structure. // Access via ImGui::GetIO(). Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1497,8 +1759,8 @@ struct ImGuiIO //------------------------------------------------------------------ ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc. - ImGuiBackendFlags BackendFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by back-end (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom back-end) to communicate features supported by the back-end. - ImVec2 DisplaySize; // // Main display size, in pixels. + ImGuiBackendFlags BackendFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by backend (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom backend) to communicate features supported by the backend. + ImVec2 DisplaySize; // // Main display size, in pixels (generally == GetMainViewport()->Size) float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds. float IniSavingRate; // = 5.0f // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds. const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file. Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving, if e.g. you want to manually load/save from memory. @@ -1518,24 +1780,25 @@ struct ImGuiIO ImVec2 DisplayFramebufferScale; // = (1, 1) // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. This generally ends up in ImDrawData::FramebufferScale. // Miscellaneous options - bool MouseDrawCursor; // = false // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by back-end implementations. - bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl (was called io.OptMacOSXBehaviors prior to 1.63) - bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink; // = true // Set to false to disable blinking cursor, for users who consider it distracting. (was called: io.OptCursorBlink prior to 1.63) + bool MouseDrawCursor; // = false // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by backend implementations. + bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl. + bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink; // = true // Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting). + bool ConfigDragClickToInputText; // = false // [BETA] Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving). Not desirable on devices without a keyboard. bool ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges; // = true // Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be a per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag) - bool ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false // [BETA] Set to true to only allow moving windows when clicked+dragged from the title bar. Windows without a title bar are not affected. - float ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer;// = 60.0f // [BETA] Compact window memory usage when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable. + bool ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false // Enable allowing to move windows only when clicking on their title bar. Does not apply to windows without a title bar. + float ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; // = 60.0f // Timer (in seconds) to free transient windows/tables memory buffers when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable. //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Platform Functions - // (the imgui_impl_xxxx back-end files are setting those up for you) + // (the imgui_impl_xxxx backend files are setting those up for you) //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Optional: Platform/Renderer back-end name (informational only! will be displayed in About Window) + User data for back-end/wrappers to store their own stuff. + // Optional: Platform/Renderer backend name (informational only! will be displayed in About Window) + User data for backend/wrappers to store their own stuff. const char* BackendPlatformName; // = NULL const char* BackendRendererName; // = NULL - void* BackendPlatformUserData; // = NULL // User data for platform back-end - void* BackendRendererUserData; // = NULL // User data for renderer back-end - void* BackendLanguageUserData; // = NULL // User data for non C++ programming language back-end + void* BackendPlatformUserData; // = NULL // User data for platform backend + void* BackendRendererUserData; // = NULL // User data for renderer backend + void* BackendLanguageUserData; // = NULL // User data for non C++ programming language backend // Optional: Access OS clipboard // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures) @@ -1548,15 +1811,6 @@ struct ImGuiIO void (*ImeSetInputScreenPosFn)(int x, int y); void* ImeWindowHandle; // = NULL // (Windows) Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning. -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - // [OBSOLETE since 1.60+] Rendering function, will be automatically called in Render(). Please call your rendering function yourself now! - // You can obtain the ImDrawData* by calling ImGui::GetDrawData() after Render(). See example applications if you are unsure of how to implement this. - void (*RenderDrawListsFn)(ImDrawData* data); -#else - // This is only here to keep ImGuiIO the same size/layout, so that IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS can exceptionally be used outside of imconfig.h. - void* RenderDrawListsFnUnused; -#endif - //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Input - Fill before calling NewFrame() //------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -1564,7 +1818,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.) bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras (ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT == 5). Dear ImGui mostly uses left and right buttons. Others buttons allows us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API. float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. - float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with an horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all back-ends. + float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with an horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends. bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Control bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Shift bool KeyAlt; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Alt @@ -1587,7 +1841,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO bool WantCaptureMouse; // Set when Dear ImGui will use mouse inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass on mouse inputs to imgui). (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering over an imgui window, widget is active, mouse was clicked over an imgui window, etc.). bool WantCaptureKeyboard; // Set when Dear ImGui will use keyboard inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass keyboard inputs to imgui). (e.g. InputText active, or an imgui window is focused and navigation is enabled, etc.). bool WantTextInput; // Mobile/console: when set, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by Dear ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active). - bool WantSetMousePos; // MousePos has been altered, back-end should reposition mouse on next frame. Rarely used! Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled. + bool WantSetMousePos; // MousePos has been altered, backend should reposition mouse on next frame. Rarely used! Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled. bool WantSaveIniSettings; // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. Important: clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself after saving! bool NavActive; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag. bool NavVisible; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events). @@ -1622,21 +1876,22 @@ struct ImGuiIO float NavInputsDownDurationPrev[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; float PenPressure; // Touch/Pen pressure (0.0f to 1.0f, should be >0.0f only when MouseDown[0] == true). Helper storage currently unused by Dear ImGui. ImWchar16 InputQueueSurrogate; // For AddInputCharacterUTF16 - ImVector InputQueueCharacters; // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform back-end). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper. + ImVector InputQueueCharacters; // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform backend). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper. IMGUI_API ImGuiIO(); }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Misc data structures +// [SECTION] Misc data structures //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Shared state of InputText(), passed as an argument to your callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used. // The callback function should return 0 by default. // Callbacks (follow a flag name and see comments in ImGuiInputTextFlags_ declarations for more details) +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit: Callback on buffer edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active) +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways: Callback on each iteration // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion: Callback on pressing TAB // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory: Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows -// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways: Callback on each iteration // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter: Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard. // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize: Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData @@ -1663,7 +1918,9 @@ struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextCallbackData(); IMGUI_API void DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count); IMGUI_API void InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); - bool HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; } + void SelectAll() { SelectionStart = 0; SelectionEnd = BufTextLen; } + void ClearSelection() { SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = BufTextLen; } + bool HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; } }; // Resizing callback data to apply custom constraint. As enabled by SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Callback is called during the next Begin(). @@ -1698,58 +1955,32 @@ struct ImGuiPayload bool IsDelivery() const { return Delivery; } }; -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Obsolete functions (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details) -// Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead. -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -namespace ImGui +// Sorting specification for one column of a table (sizeof == 12 bytes) +struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs { - // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from August 2020) - // Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power = 1.0' argument instead of flags - IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); - IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); - static inline bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); - IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); - static inline bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.77 (from June 2020) - static inline bool OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { return OpenPopupContextItem(str_id, mb); } // Passing a mouse button to ImGuiPopupFlags is legal - static inline bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mb, bool over_items) { return BeginPopupContextWindow(str_id, mb | (over_items ? 0 : ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems)); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from July 2019) - static inline void TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019) - static inline void SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019) - static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth() { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; } - // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019) - static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList() { return GetForegroundDrawList(); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.66 (from Sep 2018) - static inline void SetScrollHere(float center_ratio=0.5f){ SetScrollHereY(center_ratio); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (between Aug 2018 and Sept 2018) - static inline bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() { return IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.61 (between Apr 2018 and Aug 2018) - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); // Use the 'const char* format' version instead of 'decimal_precision'! - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); - // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (between Dec 2017 and Apr 2018) - static inline bool IsAnyWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow); } - static inline bool IsAnyWindowHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); } -} -typedef ImGuiInputTextCallback ImGuiTextEditCallback; // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018): made the names consistent -typedef ImGuiInputTextCallbackData ImGuiTextEditCallbackData; -#endif + ImGuiID ColumnUserID; // User id of the column (if specified by a TableSetupColumn() call) + ImS16 ColumnIndex; // Index of the column + ImS16 SortOrder; // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here) + ImGuiSortDirection SortDirection : 8; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending (you can use this or SortSign, whichever is more convenient for your sort function) + + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more) +// Obtained by calling TableGetSortSpecs(). +// When 'SpecsDirty == true' you can sort your data. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since last call, or the first time. +// Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! +struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs +{ + const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* Specs; // Pointer to sort spec array. + int SpecsCount; // Sort spec count. Most often 1. May be > 1 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti is enabled. May be == 0 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate is enabled. + bool SpecsDirty; // Set to true when specs have changed since last time! Use this to sort again, then clear the flag. + + ImGuiTableSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helpers +// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helper: Unicode defines @@ -1868,37 +2099,46 @@ struct ImGuiStorage }; // Helper: Manually clip large list of items. -// If you are submitting lots of evenly spaced items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform coarse clipping based on visibility to save yourself from processing those items at all. +// If you are submitting lots of evenly spaced items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform coarse +// clipping based on visibility to save yourself from processing those items at all. // The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped. -// ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but it needs to measure text size to do so. Coarse clipping before submission makes this cost and your own data fetching/submission cost null. +// (Dear ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but it needs to measure text size to do so, whereas manual coarse clipping before submission makes this cost and your own data fetching/submission cost almost null) // Usage: -// ImGuiListClipper clipper(1000); // we have 1000 elements, evenly spaced. -// while (clipper.Step()) -// for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) -// ImGui::Text("line number %d", i); -// - Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height (step skipped if we passed a known height as second arg to constructor). -// - Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element. -// - (Step 2: empty step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3.) -// - Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. +// ImGuiListClipper clipper; +// clipper.Begin(1000); // We have 1000 elements, evenly spaced. +// while (clipper.Step()) +// for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) +// ImGui::Text("line number %d", i); +// Generally what happens is: +// - Clipper lets you process the first element (DisplayStart = 0, DisplayEnd = 1) regardless of it being visible or not. +// - User code submit one element. +// - Clipper can measure the height of the first element +// - Clipper calculate the actual range of elements to display based on the current clipping rectangle, position the cursor before the first visible element. +// - User code submit visible elements. struct ImGuiListClipper { - int DisplayStart, DisplayEnd; - int ItemsCount; + int DisplayStart; + int DisplayEnd; // [Internal] + int ItemsCount; int StepNo; + int ItemsFrozen; float ItemsHeight; float StartPosY; - // items_count: Use -1 to ignore (you can call Begin later). Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step). - // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). - // If you don't specify an items_height, you NEED to call Step(). If you specify items_height you may call the old Begin()/End() api directly, but prefer calling Step(). - ImGuiListClipper(int items_count = -1, float items_height = -1.0f) { Begin(items_count, items_height); } // NB: Begin() initialize every fields (as we allow user to call Begin/End multiple times on a same instance if they want). - ~ImGuiListClipper() { IM_ASSERT(ItemsCount == -1); } // Assert if user forgot to call End() or Step() until false. + IMGUI_API ImGuiListClipper(); + IMGUI_API ~ImGuiListClipper(); - IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items. + // items_count: Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step) + // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). IMGUI_API void Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f); // Automatically called by constructor if you passed 'items_count' or by Step() in Step 1. IMGUI_API void End(); // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false. + IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items. + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + inline ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ItemsCount = -1; Begin(items_count, items_height); } // [removed in 1.79] +#endif }; // Helpers macros to generate 32-bit encoded colors @@ -1942,7 +2182,7 @@ struct ImColor }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Draw List API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) +// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) // Hold a series of drawing commands. The user provides a renderer for ImDrawData which essentially contains an array of ImDrawList. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1957,13 +2197,13 @@ struct ImColor // A) Change your GPU render state, // B) render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element without an intermediate texture/render target, etc. // The expected behavior from your rendering function is 'if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL) { cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd); } else { RenderTriangles() }' -// If you want to override the signature of ImDrawCallback, you can simply use e.g. '#define ImDrawCallback MyDrawCallback' (in imconfig.h) + update rendering back-end accordingly. +// If you want to override the signature of ImDrawCallback, you can simply use e.g. '#define ImDrawCallback MyDrawCallback' (in imconfig.h) + update rendering backend accordingly. #ifndef ImDrawCallback typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd); #endif -// Special Draw callback value to request renderer back-end to reset the graphics/render state. -// The renderer back-end needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address. +// Special Draw callback value to request renderer backend to reset the graphics/render state. +// The renderer backend needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address. // This is useful for example if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored. // It is not done by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state for imgui contents (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call). #define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState (ImDrawCallback)(-1) @@ -1971,7 +2211,7 @@ typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* c // Typically, 1 command = 1 GPU draw call (unless command is a callback) // - VtxOffset/IdxOffset: When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled, // those fields allow us to render meshes larger than 64K vertices while keeping 16-bit indices. -// Pre-1.71 back-ends will typically ignore the VtxOffset/IdxOffset fields. +// Pre-1.71 backends will typically ignore the VtxOffset/IdxOffset fields. // - The ClipRect/TextureId/VtxOffset fields must be contiguous as we memcmp() them together (this is asserted for). struct ImDrawCmd { @@ -1987,7 +2227,7 @@ struct ImDrawCmd }; // Vertex index, default to 16-bit -// To allow large meshes with 16-bit indices: set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' and handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in the renderer back-end (recommended). +// To allow large meshes with 16-bit indices: set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' and handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in the renderer backend (recommended). // To use 32-bit indices: override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' in imconfig.h. #ifndef ImDrawIdx typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx; @@ -2009,22 +2249,31 @@ struct ImDrawVert IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT; #endif -// For use by ImDrawListSplitter. +// [Internal] For use by ImDrawList +struct ImDrawCmdHeader +{ + ImVec4 ClipRect; + ImTextureID TextureId; + unsigned int VtxOffset; +}; + +// [Internal] For use by ImDrawListSplitter struct ImDrawChannel { ImVector _CmdBuffer; ImVector _IdxBuffer; }; + // Split/Merge functions are used to split the draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order. -// This is used by the Columns api, so items of each column can be batched together in a same draw call. +// This is used by the Columns/Tables API, so items of each column can be batched together in a same draw call. struct ImDrawListSplitter { int _Current; // Current channel number (0) int _Count; // Number of active channels (1+) ImVector _Channels; // Draw channels (not resized down so _Count might be < Channels.Size) - inline ImDrawListSplitter() { Clear(); } + inline ImDrawListSplitter() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } inline ~ImDrawListSplitter() { ClearFreeMemory(); } inline void Clear() { _Current = 0; _Count = 1; } // Do not clear Channels[] so our allocations are reused next frame IMGUI_API void ClearFreeMemory(); @@ -2033,27 +2282,33 @@ struct ImDrawListSplitter IMGUI_API void SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channel_idx); }; -enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ +// Flags for ImDrawList functions +// (Legacy: bit 0 must always correspond to ImDrawFlags_Closed to be backward compatible with old API using a bool. Bits 1..3 must be unused) +enum ImDrawFlags_ { - ImDrawCornerFlags_None = 0, - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = 1 << 0, // 0x1 - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = 1 << 1, // 0x2 - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = 1 << 2, // 0x4 - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = 1 << 3, // 0x8 - ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, // 0x3 - ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, // 0xC - ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, // 0x5 - ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, // 0xA - ImDrawCornerFlags_All = 0xF // In your function calls you may use ~0 (= all bits sets) instead of ImDrawCornerFlags_All, as a convenience + ImDrawFlags_None = 0, + ImDrawFlags_Closed = 1 << 0, // PathStroke(), AddPolyline(): specify that shape should be closed (Important: this is always == 1 for legacy reason) + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft = 1 << 4, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x01. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight = 1 << 5, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x02. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft = 1 << 6, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x04. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight = 1 << 7, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Wax 0x08. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone = 1 << 8, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): disable rounding on all corners (when rounding > 0.0f). This is NOT zero, NOT an implicit flag! + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Default to ALL corners if none of the _RoundCornersXX flags are specified. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone }; -// Flags for ImDrawList. Those are set automatically by ImGui:: functions from ImGuiIO settings, and generally not manipulated directly. +// Flags for ImDrawList instance. Those are set automatically by ImGui:: functions from ImGuiIO settings, and generally not manipulated directly. // It is however possible to temporarily alter flags between calls to ImDrawList:: functions. enum ImDrawListFlags_ { ImDrawListFlags_None = 0, ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines = 1 << 0, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders (*2 the number of triangles for 1.0f wide line or lines thin enough to be drawn using textures, otherwise *3 the number of triangles) - ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = 1 << 1, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures when possible. Require back-end to render with bilinear filtering. + ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = 1 << 1, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures when possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering. ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill = 1 << 2, // Enable anti-aliased edge around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles). ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset = 1 << 3 // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled. }; @@ -2064,7 +2319,8 @@ enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Each dear imgui window contains its own ImDrawList. You can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to // access the current window draw list and draw custom primitives. // You can interleave normal ImGui:: calls and adding primitives to the current draw list. -// All positions are generally in pixel coordinates (top-left at (0,0), bottom-right at io.DisplaySize), but you are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (if you apply such transformation you'll want to apply it to ClipRect as well) +// In single viewport mode, top-left is == GetMainViewport()->Pos (generally 0,0), bottom-right is == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size (generally io.DisplaySize). +// You are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (depending on the use of the transformation you may want to apply it to ClipRect as well!) // Important: Primitives are always added to the list and not culled (culling is done at higher-level by ImGui:: functions), if you use this API a lot consider coarse culling your drawn objects. struct ImDrawList { @@ -2075,19 +2331,20 @@ struct ImDrawList ImDrawListFlags Flags; // Flags, you may poke into these to adjust anti-aliasing settings per-primitive. // [Internal, used while building lists] + unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx; // [Internal] generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0. const ImDrawListSharedData* _Data; // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context) const char* _OwnerName; // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging - unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx; // [Internal] Generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0. ImDrawVert* _VtxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) ImDrawIdx* _IdxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) ImVector _ClipRectStack; // [Internal] ImVector _TextureIdStack; // [Internal] ImVector _Path; // [Internal] current path building - ImDrawCmd _CmdHeader; // [Internal] Template of active commands. Fields should match those of CmdBuffer.back(). + ImDrawCmdHeader _CmdHeader; // [Internal] template of active commands. Fields should match those of CmdBuffer.back(). ImDrawListSplitter _Splitter; // [Internal] for channels api (note: prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter!) + float _FringeScale; // [Internal] anti-alias fringe is scaled by this value, this helps to keep things sharp while zooming at vertex buffer content // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui) - ImDrawList(const ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { _Data = shared_data; Flags = ImDrawListFlags_None; _VtxCurrentIdx = 0; _VtxWritePtr = NULL; _IdxWritePtr = NULL; _OwnerName = NULL; } + ImDrawList(const ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); _Data = shared_data; } ~ImDrawList() { _ClearFreeMemory(); } IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(ImVec2 clip_rect_min, ImVec2 clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false); // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) @@ -2105,8 +2362,8 @@ struct ImDrawList // In future versions we will use textures to provide cheaper and higher-quality circles. // Use AddNgon() and AddNgonFilled() functions if you need to guaranteed a specific number of sides. IMGUI_API void AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API void AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All, float thickness = 1.0f); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size), rounding_corners_flags: 4 bits corresponding to which corner to round - IMGUI_API void AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size) + IMGUI_API void AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size) + IMGUI_API void AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size) IMGUI_API void AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left); IMGUI_API void AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); IMGUI_API void AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col); @@ -2118,9 +2375,10 @@ struct ImDrawList IMGUI_API void AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments); IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL); IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL); - IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness); + IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness); IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order. - IMGUI_API void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); + IMGUI_API void AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points) + IMGUI_API void AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points) // Image primitives // - Read FAQ to understand what ImTextureID is. @@ -2128,18 +2386,19 @@ struct ImDrawList // - "uv_min" and "uv_max" represent the normalized texture coordinates to use for those corners. Using (0,0)->(1,1) texture coordinates will generally display the entire texture. IMGUI_API void AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv_max = ImVec2(1, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE); IMGUI_API void AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv2 = ImVec2(1, 0), const ImVec2& uv3 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec2& uv4 = ImVec2(0, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE); - IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); + IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke() inline void PathClear() { _Path.Size = 0; } inline void PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos) { _Path.push_back(pos); } inline void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos) { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size - 1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); } inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; } // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order. - inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, closed, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; } - IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 10); - IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle - IMGUI_API void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0); - IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); + inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, flags, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; } + IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); + IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle + IMGUI_API void PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points) + IMGUI_API void PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points) + IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // Advanced IMGUI_API void AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data); // Your rendering function must check for 'UserCallback' in ImDrawCmd and call the function instead of rendering triangles. @@ -2168,6 +2427,11 @@ struct ImDrawList inline void PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx) { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; } inline void PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } // Write vertex with unique index +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + inline void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } + inline void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } +#endif + // [Internal helpers] IMGUI_API void _ResetForNewFrame(); IMGUI_API void _ClearFreeMemory(); @@ -2175,6 +2439,9 @@ struct ImDrawList IMGUI_API void _OnChangedClipRect(); IMGUI_API void _OnChangedTextureID(); IMGUI_API void _OnChangedVtxOffset(); + IMGUI_API int _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const; + IMGUI_API void _PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step); + IMGUI_API void _PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments); }; // All draw data to render a Dear ImGui frame @@ -2183,24 +2450,23 @@ struct ImDrawList struct ImDrawData { bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called. - ImDrawList** CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here. int CmdListsCount; // Number of ImDrawList* to render int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size - ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Upper-left position of the viewport to render (== upper-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) - ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== io.DisplaySize for the main viewport) (DisplayPos + DisplaySize == lower-right of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) + ImDrawList** CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here. + ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Top-left position of the viewport to render (== top-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) (== GetMainViewport()->Pos for the main viewport, == (0.0) in most single-viewport applications) + ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== GetMainViewport()->Size for the main viewport, == io.DisplaySize in most single-viewport applications) ImVec2 FramebufferScale; // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display. // Functions - ImDrawData() { Valid = false; Clear(); } - ~ImDrawData() { Clear(); } - void Clear() { Valid = false; CmdLists = NULL; CmdListsCount = TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0; DisplayPos = DisplaySize = FramebufferScale = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext! + ImDrawData() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext! IMGUI_API void DeIndexAllBuffers(); // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering! IMGUI_API void ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than Dear ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution. }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFont) +// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFont) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- struct ImFontConfig @@ -2210,8 +2476,8 @@ struct ImFontConfig bool FontDataOwnedByAtlas; // true // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself). int FontNo; // 0 // Index of font within TTF/OTF file float SizePixels; // // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height). - int OversampleH; // 3 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details. - int OversampleV; // 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. We don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis. + int OversampleH; // 3 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal so you can reduce this to 2 to save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details. + int OversampleV; // 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. This is not really useful as we don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis. bool PixelSnapH; // false // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1. ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now. ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // 0, 0 // Offset all glyphs from this font input. @@ -2219,7 +2485,7 @@ struct ImFontConfig float GlyphMinAdvanceX; // 0 // Minimum AdvanceX for glyphs, set Min to align font icons, set both Min/Max to enforce mono-space font float GlyphMaxAdvanceX; // FLT_MAX // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs bool MergeMode; // false // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights. - unsigned int RasterizerFlags; // 0x00 // Settings for custom font rasterizer (e.g. ImGuiFreeType). Leave as zero if you aren't using one. + unsigned int FontBuilderFlags; // 0 // Settings for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILDER IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Leave as zero if unsure. float RasterizerMultiply; // 1.0f // Brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable. ImWchar EllipsisChar; // -1 // Explicitly specify unicode codepoint of ellipsis character. When fonts are being merged first specified ellipsis will be used. @@ -2234,8 +2500,9 @@ struct ImFontConfig // (Note: some language parsers may fail to convert the 31+1 bitfield members, in this case maybe drop store a single u32 or we can rework this) struct ImFontGlyph { - unsigned int Codepoint : 31; // 0x0000..0xFFFF - unsigned int Visible : 1; // Flag to allow early out when rendering + unsigned int Colored : 1; // Flag to indicate glyph is colored and should generally ignore tinting (make it usable with no shift on little-endian as this is used in loops) + unsigned int Visible : 1; // Flag to indicate glyph has no visible pixels (e.g. space). Allow early out when rendering. + unsigned int Codepoint : 30; // 0x0000..0x10FFFF float AdvanceX; // Distance to next character (= data from font + ImFontConfig::GlyphExtraSpacing.x baked in) float X0, Y0, X1, Y1; // Glyph corners float U0, V0, U1, V1; // Texture coordinates @@ -2331,7 +2598,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas // NB: Consider using ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data. IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesDefault(); // Basic Latin, Extended Latin IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesKorean(); // Default + Korean characters - IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesJapanese(); // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 1946 Ideographs + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesJapanese(); // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 2999 Ideographs IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseFull(); // Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon();// Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + set of 2500 CJK Unified Ideographs for common simplified Chinese IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesCyrillic(); // Default + about 400 Cyrillic characters @@ -2343,11 +2610,12 @@ struct ImFontAtlas //------------------------------------------- // You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes. - // After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels. - // You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point), - // so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs. - // Read docs/FONTS.md for more details about using colorful icons. - // Note: this API may be redesigned later in order to support multi-monitor varying DPI settings. + // - After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels. + // - If you render colored output, set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' as this may help some backends decide of prefered texture format. + // - You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point), + // so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs. + // - Read docs/FONTS.md for more details about using colorful icons. + // - Note: this API may be redesigned later in order to support multi-monitor varying DPI settings. IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height); IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset = ImVec2(0, 0)); ImFontAtlasCustomRect* GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) { IM_ASSERT(index >= 0); return &CustomRects[index]; } @@ -2360,14 +2628,15 @@ struct ImFontAtlas // Members //------------------------------------------- - bool Locked; // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert. ImFontAtlasFlags Flags; // Build flags (see ImFontAtlasFlags_) ImTextureID TexID; // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It is passed back to you during rendering via the ImDrawCmd structure. int TexDesiredWidth; // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height. int TexGlyphPadding; // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0. + bool Locked; // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert. // [Internal] // NB: Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls! Which will setup a default font for you. + bool TexPixelsUseColors; // Tell whether our texture data is known to use colors (rather than just alpha channel), in order to help backend select a format. unsigned char* TexPixelsAlpha8; // 1 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight unsigned int* TexPixelsRGBA32; // 4 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight * 4 int TexWidth; // Texture width calculated during Build(). @@ -2379,6 +2648,10 @@ struct ImFontAtlas ImVector ConfigData; // Configuration data ImVec4 TexUvLines[IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1]; // UVs for baked anti-aliased lines + // [Internal] Font builder + const ImFontBuilderIO* FontBuilderIO; // Opaque interface to a font builder (default to stb_truetype, can be changed to use FreeType by defining IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE). + unsigned int FontBuilderFlags; // Shared flags (for all fonts) for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILD IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Per-font override is also available in ImFontConfig. + // [Internal] Packing data int PackIdMouseCursors; // Custom texture rectangle ID for white pixel and mouse cursors int PackIdLines; // Custom texture rectangle ID for baked anti-aliased lines @@ -2398,11 +2671,10 @@ struct ImFont float FallbackAdvanceX; // 4 // out // = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX float FontSize; // 4 // in // // Height of characters/line, set during loading (don't change after loading) - // Members: Hot ~36/48 bytes (for CalcTextSize + render loop) + // Members: Hot ~28/40 bytes (for CalcTextSize + render loop) ImVector IndexLookup; // 12-16 // out // // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point. ImVector Glyphs; // 12-16 // out // // All glyphs. const ImFontGlyph* FallbackGlyph; // 4-8 // out // = FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar) - ImVec2 DisplayOffset; // 8 // in // = (0,0) // Offset font rendering by xx pixels // Members: Cold ~32/40 bytes ImFontAtlas* ContainerAtlas; // 4-8 // out // // What we has been loaded into @@ -2436,13 +2708,110 @@ struct ImFont IMGUI_API void BuildLookupTable(); IMGUI_API void ClearOutputData(); IMGUI_API void GrowIndex(int new_size); - IMGUI_API void AddGlyph(ImFontConfig* src_cfg, ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x); + IMGUI_API void AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* src_cfg, ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x); IMGUI_API void AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst = true); // Makes 'dst' character/glyph points to 'src' character/glyph. Currently needs to be called AFTER fonts have been built. IMGUI_API void SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible); IMGUI_API void SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c); IMGUI_API bool IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last); }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Viewports +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Flags stored in ImGuiViewport::Flags +enum ImGuiViewportFlags_ +{ + ImGuiViewportFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow = 1 << 0, // Represent a Platform Window + ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor = 1 << 1, // Represent a Platform Monitor (unused yet) + ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp = 1 << 2 // Platform Window: is created/managed by the application (rather than a dear imgui backend) +}; + +// - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows. +// - In 'docking' branch with multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports. +// - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode. +// - About Main Area vs Work Area: +// - Main Area = entire viewport. +// - Work Area = entire viewport minus sections used by main menu bars (for platform windows), or by task bar (for platform monitor). +// - Windows are generally trying to stay within the Work Area of their host viewport. +struct ImGuiViewport +{ + ImGuiViewportFlags Flags; // See ImGuiViewportFlags_ + ImVec2 Pos; // Main Area: Position of the viewport (Dear ImGui coordinates are the same as OS desktop/native coordinates) + ImVec2 Size; // Main Area: Size of the viewport. + ImVec2 WorkPos; // Work Area: Position of the viewport minus task bars, menus bars, status bars (>= Pos) + ImVec2 WorkSize; // Work Area: Size of the viewport minus task bars, menu bars, status bars (<= Size) + + ImGuiViewport() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + + // Helpers + ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + Size.x * 0.5f, Pos.y + Size.y * 0.5f); } + ImVec2 GetWorkCenter() const { return ImVec2(WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x * 0.5f, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y * 0.5f); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types +// (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details) +// Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +namespace ImGui +{ + // OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) + IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items + static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); } + static inline void ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020) + static inline void OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry! + // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + // Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power = 1.0' argument instead of flags. + // For shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`. + IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); + IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); + static inline bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } + static inline bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } + static inline bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } + static inline bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } + IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); + IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); + static inline bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } + static inline bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } + static inline bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } + static inline bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.77 (from June 2020) + static inline bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mb, bool over_items) { return BeginPopupContextWindow(str_id, mb | (over_items ? 0 : ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems)); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from April 2019) + static inline void TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019) + static inline void SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); } + // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019) + static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth() { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; } + // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019) + static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList() { return GetForegroundDrawList(); } +} + +// OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect() +typedef ImDrawFlags ImDrawCornerFlags; +enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ +{ + ImDrawCornerFlags_None = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone, // Was == 0 prior to 1.82, this is now == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone which is != 0 and not implicit + ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft, // Was == 0x01 (1 << 0) prior to 1.82. Order matches ImDrawFlags_NoRoundCorner* flag (we exploit this internally). + ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, // Was == 0x02 (1 << 1) prior to 1.82. + ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft, // Was == 0x04 (1 << 2) prior to 1.82. + ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, // Was == 0x08 (1 << 3) prior to 1.82. + ImDrawCornerFlags_All = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Was == 0x0F prior to 1.82 + ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, + ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, + ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, + ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight +}; + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #elif defined(__GNUC__) diff --git a/libs/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp b/libs/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp index 487cdbd..c41a1ba 100644 --- a/libs/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp +++ b/libs/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.78 +// dear imgui, v1.82 // (drawing and font code) /* @@ -32,7 +32,11 @@ Index of this file: #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif + #include "imgui_internal.h" +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE +#include "misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h" +#endif #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf #if !defined(alloca) @@ -60,6 +64,9 @@ Index of this file: #if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! #endif +#if __has_warning("-Walloca") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Walloca" // warning: use of function '__builtin_alloca' is discouraged +#endif #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok. @@ -115,7 +122,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #endif #ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit #define STBRP_STATIC #define STBRP_ASSERT(x) do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while (0) #define STBRP_SORT ImQsort @@ -128,8 +135,9 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #endif #endif +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE #ifndef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit #define STBTT_malloc(x,u) ((void)(u), IM_ALLOC(x)) #define STBTT_free(x,u) ((void)(u), IM_FREE(x)) #define STBTT_assert(x) do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while(0) @@ -150,6 +158,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #include "imstb_truetype.h" #endif #endif +#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE #if defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic pop @@ -207,7 +216,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = colors[ImGuiCol_Border]; colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 0.78f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.25f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.20f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); @@ -219,6 +228,11 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] = ImVec4(0.19f, 0.19f, 0.20f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.35f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.23f, 0.23f, 0.25f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.06f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); @@ -234,7 +248,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_Text] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled] = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.70f); + colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.85f); colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg] = ImVec4(0.11f, 0.11f, 0.14f, 0.92f); colors[ImGuiCol_Border] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f); @@ -262,7 +276,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.60f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.70f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.90f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.16f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.10f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.60f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); @@ -274,6 +288,11 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] = ImVec4(0.27f, 0.27f, 0.38f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.45f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.26f, 0.28f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.07f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; @@ -318,7 +337,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 0.62f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 0.78f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.56f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.35f, 0.35f, 0.35f, 0.17f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.90f); @@ -330,6 +349,11 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.45f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.87f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] = ImVec4(0.57f, 0.57f, 0.64f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.68f, 0.68f, 0.74f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(0.30f, 0.30f, 0.30f, 0.09f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; @@ -339,39 +363,33 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImDrawList +// [SECTION] ImDrawList //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ImDrawListSharedData::ImDrawListSharedData() { - Font = NULL; - FontSize = 0.0f; - CurveTessellationTol = 0.0f; - CircleSegmentMaxError = 0.0f; - ClipRectFullscreen = ImVec4(-8192.0f, -8192.0f, +8192.0f, +8192.0f); - InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None; - - // Lookup tables + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx); i++) { const float a = ((float)i * 2 * IM_PI) / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx); ArcFastVtx[i] = ImVec2(ImCos(a), ImSin(a)); } - memset(CircleSegmentCounts, 0, sizeof(CircleSegmentCounts)); // This will be set by SetCircleSegmentMaxError() - TexUvLines = NULL; + ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError); } -void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleSegmentMaxError(float max_error) +void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error) { if (CircleSegmentMaxError == max_error) return; + + IM_ASSERT(max_error > 0.0f); CircleSegmentMaxError = max_error; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleSegmentCounts); i++) { - const float radius = i + 1.0f; - const int segment_count = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError); - CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)ImMin(segment_count, 255); + const float radius = (float)i; + CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)((i > 0) ? IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError) : 0); } + ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError); } // Initialize before use in a new frame. We always have a command ready in the buffer. @@ -396,6 +414,7 @@ void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame() _Path.resize(0); _Splitter.Clear(); CmdBuffer.push_back(ImDrawCmd()); + _FringeScale = 1.0f; } void ImDrawList::_ClearFreeMemory() @@ -527,6 +546,16 @@ void ImDrawList::_OnChangedVtxOffset() curr_cmd->VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset; } +int ImDrawList::_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const +{ + // Automatic segment count + const int radius_idx = (int)(radius + 0.999999f); // ceil to never reduce accuracy + if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) + return _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value + else + return IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError); +} + // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec2 cr_min, ImVec2 cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) { @@ -664,19 +693,20 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, c // TODO: Thickness anti-aliased lines cap are missing their AA fringe. // We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. -void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness) +void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness) { if (points_count < 2) return; + const bool closed = (flags & ImDrawFlags_Closed) != 0; const ImVec2 opaque_uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; const int count = closed ? points_count : points_count - 1; // The number of line segments we need to draw - const bool thick_line = (thickness > 1.0f); + const bool thick_line = (thickness > _FringeScale); if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines) { // Anti-aliased stroke - const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f; + const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale; const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; // Thicknesses <1.0 should behave like thickness 1.0 @@ -687,7 +717,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 // Do we want to draw this line using a texture? // - For now, only draw integer-width lines using textures to avoid issues with the way scaling occurs, could be improved. // - If AA_SIZE is not 1.0f we cannot use the texture path. - const bool use_texture = (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex) && (integer_thickness < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX) && (fractional_thickness <= 0.00001f); + const bool use_texture = (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex) && (integer_thickness < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX) && (fractional_thickness <= 0.00001f) && (AA_SIZE == 1.0f); // We should never hit this, because NewFrame() doesn't set ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex unless ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines is off IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(!use_texture || !(_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)); @@ -784,14 +814,14 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 { // If we're using textures we only need to emit the left/right edge vertices ImVec4 tex_uvs = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness]; - if (fractional_thickness != 0.0f) + /*if (fractional_thickness != 0.0f) // Currently always zero when use_texture==false! { const ImVec4 tex_uvs_1 = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness + 1]; tex_uvs.x = tex_uvs.x + (tex_uvs_1.x - tex_uvs.x) * fractional_thickness; // inlined ImLerp() tex_uvs.y = tex_uvs.y + (tex_uvs_1.y - tex_uvs.y) * fractional_thickness; tex_uvs.z = tex_uvs.z + (tex_uvs_1.z - tex_uvs.z) * fractional_thickness; tex_uvs.w = tex_uvs.w + (tex_uvs_1.w - tex_uvs.w) * fractional_thickness; - } + }*/ ImVec2 tex_uv0(tex_uvs.x, tex_uvs.y); ImVec2 tex_uv1(tex_uvs.z, tex_uvs.w); for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++) @@ -929,7 +959,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill) { // Anti-aliased Fill - const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f; + const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale; const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; const int idx_count = (points_count - 2)*3 + points_count * 6; const int vtx_count = (points_count * 2); @@ -1000,36 +1030,93 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun } } -void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12) +void ImDrawList::_PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step) { - if (radius == 0.0f || a_min_of_12 > a_max_of_12) + if (radius <= 0.0f) { _Path.push_back(center); return; } + IM_ASSERT(a_min_sample <= a_max_sample); - // For legacy reason the PathArcToFast() always takes angles where 2*PI is represented by 12, - // but it is possible to set IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELATION_MULTIPLIER to a higher value. This should compile to a no-op otherwise. -#if IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER != 1 - a_min_of_12 *= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER; - a_max_of_12 *= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER; -#endif + // Calculate arc auto segment step size + if (a_step <= 0) + a_step = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius); - _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_max_of_12 - a_min_of_12 + 1)); - for (int a = a_min_of_12; a <= a_max_of_12; a++) + // Make sure we never do steps larger than one quarter of the circle + a_step = ImClamp(a_step, 1, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE / 4); + + // Normalize a_min_sample to always start lie in [0..IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX] range. + if (a_min_sample < 0) { - const ImVec2& c = _Data->ArcFastVtx[a % IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->ArcFastVtx)]; - _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + c.x * radius, center.y + c.y * radius)); + int normalized_sample = a_min_sample % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + if (normalized_sample < 0) + normalized_sample += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + a_max_sample += (normalized_sample - a_min_sample); + a_min_sample = normalized_sample; } + + const int sample_range = a_max_sample - a_min_sample; + const int a_next_step = a_step; + + int samples = sample_range + 1; + bool extra_max_sample = false; + if (a_step > 1) + { + samples = sample_range / a_step + 1; + const int overstep = sample_range % a_step; + + if (overstep > 0) + { + extra_max_sample = true; + samples++; + + // When we have overstep to avoid awkwardly looking one long line and one tiny one at the end, + // distribute first step range evenly between them by reducing first step size. + if (sample_range > 0) + a_step -= (a_step - overstep) / 2; + } + } + + _Path.resize(_Path.Size + samples); + ImVec2* out_ptr = _Path.Data + (_Path.Size - samples); + + int sample_index = a_min_sample; + for (int a = a_min_sample; a <= a_max_sample; a += a_step, sample_index += a_step, a_step = a_next_step) + { + // a_step is clamped to IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, so we have guaranteed that it will not wrap over range twice or more + if (sample_index >= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX) + sample_index -= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + + const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[sample_index]; + out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius; + out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius; + out_ptr++; + } + + if (extra_max_sample) + { + int normalized_max_sample = a_max_sample % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + if (normalized_max_sample < 0) + normalized_max_sample += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + + const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[normalized_max_sample]; + out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius; + out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius; + out_ptr++; + } + + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_Path.Data + _Path.Size == out_ptr); } -void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) +void ImDrawList::_PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) { - if (radius == 0.0f) + if (radius <= 0.0f) { _Path.push_back(center); return; } + IM_ASSERT(a_min <= a_max); // Note that we are adding a point at both a_min and a_max. // If you are trying to draw a full closed circle you don't want the overlapping points! @@ -1041,23 +1128,90 @@ void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, floa } } -ImVec2 ImBezierCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t) +// 0: East, 3: South, 6: West, 9: North, 12: East +void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12) { - float u = 1.0f - t; - float w1 = u*u*u; - float w2 = 3*u*u*t; - float w3 = 3*u*t*t; - float w4 = t*t*t; - return ImVec2(w1*p1.x + w2*p2.x + w3*p3.x + w4*p4.x, w1*p1.y + w2*p2.y + w3*p3.y + w4*p4.y); + if (radius <= 0.0f) + { + _Path.push_back(center); + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(a_min_of_12 <= a_max_of_12); + _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, a_max_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, 0); } -// Closely mimics BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep() in imgui.cpp -static void PathBezierToCasteljau(ImVector* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level) +void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) +{ + if (radius <= 0.0f) + { + _Path.push_back(center); + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(a_min <= a_max); + + if (num_segments > 0) + { + _PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, num_segments); + return; + } + + // Automatic segment count + if (radius <= _Data->ArcFastRadiusCutoff) + { + // We are going to use precomputed values for mid samples. + // Determine first and last sample in lookup table that belong to the arc. + const int a_min_sample = (int)ImCeil(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_min / (IM_PI * 2.0f)); + const int a_max_sample = (int)( IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_max / (IM_PI * 2.0f)); + const int a_mid_samples = ImMax(a_max_sample - a_min_sample, 0); + + const float a_min_segment_angle = a_min_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + const float a_max_segment_angle = a_max_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + const bool a_emit_start = (a_min_segment_angle - a_min) > 0.0f; + const bool a_emit_end = (a_max - a_max_segment_angle) > 0.0f; + + _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_mid_samples + 1 + (a_emit_start ? 1 : 0) + (a_emit_end ? 1 : 0))); + if (a_emit_start) + _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_min) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_min) * radius)); + if (a_max_sample >= a_min_sample) + _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_sample, a_max_sample, 0); + if (a_emit_end) + _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_max) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_max) * radius)); + } + else + { + const float arc_length = a_max - a_min; + const int circle_segment_count = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius); + const int arc_segment_count = ImMax((int)ImCeil(circle_segment_count * arc_length / (IM_PI * 2.0f)), (int)(2.0f * IM_PI / arc_length)); + _PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, arc_segment_count); + } +} + +ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t) +{ + float u = 1.0f - t; + float w1 = u * u * u; + float w2 = 3 * u * u * t; + float w3 = 3 * u * t * t; + float w4 = t * t * t; + return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x + w4 * p4.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y + w4 * p4.y); +} + +ImVec2 ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t) +{ + float u = 1.0f - t; + float w1 = u * u; + float w2 = 2 * u * t; + float w3 = t * t; + return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y); +} + +// Closely mimics ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau() in imgui.cpp +static void PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(ImVector* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level) { float dx = x4 - x1; float dy = y4 - y1; - float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx); - float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx); + float d2 = (x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx; + float d3 = (x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx; d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2; d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3; if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy)) @@ -1066,38 +1220,106 @@ static void PathBezierToCasteljau(ImVector* path, float x1, float y1, fl } else if (level < 10) { - float x12 = (x1 + x2)*0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2)*0.5f; - float x23 = (x2 + x3)*0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3)*0.5f; - float x34 = (x3 + x4)*0.5f, y34 = (y3 + y4)*0.5f; - float x123 = (x12 + x23)*0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23)*0.5f; - float x234 = (x23 + x34)*0.5f, y234 = (y23 + y34)*0.5f; - float x1234 = (x123 + x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234)*0.5f; - PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1); - PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1); + float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f; + float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f; + float x34 = (x3 + x4) * 0.5f, y34 = (y3 + y4) * 0.5f; + float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f; + float x234 = (x23 + x34) * 0.5f, y234 = (y23 + y34) * 0.5f; + float x1234 = (x123 + x234) * 0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234) * 0.5f; + PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1); + PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1); } } -void ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments) +static void PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(ImVector* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float tess_tol, int level) +{ + float dx = x3 - x1, dy = y3 - y1; + float det = (x2 - x3) * dy - (y2 - y3) * dx; + if (det * det * 4.0f < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy)) + { + path->push_back(ImVec2(x3, y3)); + } + else if (level < 10) + { + float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f; + float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f; + float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f; + PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, tess_tol, level + 1); + PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x123, y123, x23, y23, x3, y3, tess_tol, level + 1); + } +} + +void ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments) { ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back(); if (num_segments == 0) { - PathBezierToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); // Auto-tessellated + PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); // Auto-tessellated } else { float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments; for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++) - _Path.push_back(ImBezierCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step)); + _Path.push_back(ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step)); } } -void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners) +void ImDrawList::PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments) { - rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Top) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Top) || ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); - rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Left) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Left) || ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Right) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Right) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); + ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back(); + if (num_segments == 0) + { + PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0);// Auto-tessellated + } + else + { + float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments; + for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++) + _Path.push_back(ImBezierQuadraticCalc(p1, p2, p3, t_step * i_step)); + } +} - if (rounding <= 0.0f || rounding_corners == 0) +IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4)); +static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags) +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + // Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All) + // ~0 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0 + if (flags == ~0) + return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; + + // Legacy Support for hard coded 0x01 to 0x0F (matching 15 out of 16 old flags combinations) + // 0x01 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft (VALUE 0x01 OVERLAPS ImDrawFlags_Closed but ImDrawFlags_Closed is never valid in this path!) + // 0x02 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight + // 0x03 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight + // 0x04 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft + // 0x05 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft + // ... + // 0x0F --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0 + // (See all values in ImDrawCornerFlags_) + if (flags >= 0x01 && flags <= 0x0F) + return (flags << 4); + + // We cannot support hard coded 0x00 with 'float rounding > 0.0f' --> replace with ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or use 'float rounding = 0.0f' +#endif + + // If this triggers, please update your code replacing hardcoded values with new ImDrawFlags_RoundCorners* values. + // Note that ImDrawFlags_Closed (== 0x01) is an invalid flag for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() etc... + IM_ASSERT((flags & 0x0F) == 0 && "Misuse of legacy hardcoded ImDrawCornerFlags values!"); + + if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; + + return flags; +} + +void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) +{ + flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); + + if (rounding <= 0.0f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { PathLineTo(a); PathLineTo(ImVec2(b.x, a.y)); @@ -1106,10 +1328,10 @@ void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDr } else { - const float rounding_tl = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; - const float rounding_tr = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; - const float rounding_br = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; - const float rounding_bl = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_tl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_tr = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_br = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_bl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x + rounding_tl, a.y + rounding_tl), rounding_tl, 6, 9); PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_tr, a.y + rounding_tr), rounding_tr, 9, 12); PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_br, b.y - rounding_br), rounding_br, 0, 3); @@ -1123,36 +1345,36 @@ void ImDrawList::AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float th return; PathLineTo(p1 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); PathLineTo(p2 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); - PathStroke(col, false, thickness); + PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); } // p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right // Note we don't render 1 pixels sized rectangles properly. -void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners, float thickness) +void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines) - PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), rounding, rounding_corners); + PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), rounding, flags); else - PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.49f, 0.49f), rounding, rounding_corners); // Better looking lower-right corner and rounded non-AA shapes. - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.49f, 0.49f), rounding, flags); // Better looking lower-right corner and rounded non-AA shapes. + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } -void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners) +void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - if (rounding > 0.0f) - { - PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, rounding_corners); - PathFillConvex(col); - } - else + if (rounding <= 0.0f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { PrimReserve(6, 4); PrimRect(p_min, p_max, col); } + else + { + PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags); + PathFillConvex(col); + } } // p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right @@ -1180,7 +1402,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, c PathLineTo(p2); PathLineTo(p3); PathLineTo(p4); - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } void ImDrawList::AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col) @@ -1203,7 +1425,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p PathLineTo(p1); PathLineTo(p2); PathLineTo(p3); - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col) @@ -1226,11 +1448,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int nu if (num_segments <= 0) { // Automatic segment count - const int radius_idx = (int)radius - 1; - if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) - num_segments = _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value - else - num_segments = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError); + num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius); } else { @@ -1244,7 +1462,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int nu PathArcToFast(center, radius - 0.5f, 0, 12 - 1); else PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments) @@ -1256,11 +1474,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, if (num_segments <= 0) { // Automatic segment count - const int radius_idx = (int)radius - 1; - if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) - num_segments = _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value - else - num_segments = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError); + num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius); } else { @@ -1286,7 +1500,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_ // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } // Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments' @@ -1302,14 +1516,25 @@ void ImDrawList::AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, in } // Cubic Bezier takes 4 controls points -void ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments) +void ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; PathLineTo(p1); - PathBezierCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); - PathStroke(col, false, thickness); + PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); + PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); +} + +// Quadratic Bezier takes 3 controls points +void ImDrawList::AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + PathLineTo(p1); + PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(p2, p3, num_segments); + PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); } void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect) @@ -1378,23 +1603,24 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, con PopTextureID(); } -void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners) +void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - if (rounding <= 0.0f || (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_All) == 0) + flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); + if (rounding <= 0.0f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { AddImage(user_texture_id, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col); return; } - const bool push_texture_id = _TextureIdStack.empty() || user_texture_id != _TextureIdStack.back(); + const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId; if (push_texture_id) PushTextureID(user_texture_id); int vert_start_idx = VtxBuffer.Size; - PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, rounding_corners); + PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags); PathFillConvex(col); int vert_end_idx = VtxBuffer.Size; ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(this, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, true); @@ -1405,7 +1631,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_mi //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImDrawListSplitter +// [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // FIXME: This may be a little confusing, trying to be a little too low-level/optimal instead of just doing vector swap.. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1426,10 +1652,14 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::ClearFreeMemory() void ImDrawListSplitter::Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channels_count) { + IM_UNUSED(draw_list); IM_ASSERT(_Current == 0 && _Count <= 1 && "Nested channel splitting is not supported. Please use separate instances of ImDrawListSplitter."); int old_channels_count = _Channels.Size; if (old_channels_count < channels_count) + { + _Channels.reserve(channels_count); // Avoid over reserving since this is likely to stay stable _Channels.resize(channels_count); + } _Count = channels_count; // Channels[] (24/32 bytes each) hold storage that we'll swap with draw_list->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer @@ -1447,12 +1677,6 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channels_count) _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.resize(0); _Channels[i]._IdxBuffer.resize(0); } - if (_Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.Size == 0) - { - ImDrawCmd draw_cmd; - ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(&draw_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset - _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd); - } } } @@ -1542,8 +1766,10 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int idx) draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command - ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; - if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0) + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) ? NULL : &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd == NULL) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); + else if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0) ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset else if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader) != 0) draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); @@ -1599,13 +1825,19 @@ void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int ve float gradient_inv_length2 = 1.0f / ImLengthSqr(gradient_extent); ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx; ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx; + const int col0_r = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF; + const int col0_g = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF; + const int col0_b = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF; + const int col_delta_r = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_r; + const int col_delta_g = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_g; + const int col_delta_b = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_b; for (ImDrawVert* vert = vert_start; vert < vert_end; vert++) { float d = ImDot(vert->pos - gradient_p0, gradient_extent); float t = ImClamp(d * gradient_inv_length2, 0.0f, 1.0f); - int r = ImLerp((int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); - int g = ImLerp((int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); - int b = ImLerp((int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + int r = (int)(col0_r + col_delta_r * t); + int g = (int)(col0_g + col_delta_g * t); + int b = (int)(col0_b + col_delta_b * t); vert->col = (r << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) | (g << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) | (b << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) | (vert->col & IM_COL32_A_MASK); } } @@ -1641,25 +1873,13 @@ void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int ve ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig() { - FontData = NULL; - FontDataSize = 0; + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true; - FontNo = 0; - SizePixels = 0.0f; OversampleH = 3; // FIXME: 2 may be a better default? OversampleV = 1; - PixelSnapH = false; - GlyphExtraSpacing = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - GlyphRanges = NULL; - GlyphMinAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphMaxAdvanceX = FLT_MAX; - MergeMode = false; - RasterizerFlags = 0x00; RasterizerMultiply = 1.0f; EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1; - memset(Name, 0, sizeof(Name)); - DstFont = NULL; } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1716,17 +1936,8 @@ static const ImVec2 FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT][3 ImFontAtlas::ImFontAtlas() { - Locked = false; - Flags = ImFontAtlasFlags_None; - TexID = (ImTextureID)NULL; - TexDesiredWidth = 0; + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); TexGlyphPadding = 1; - - TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL; - TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL; - TexWidth = TexHeight = 0; - TexUvScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1; } @@ -1767,6 +1978,7 @@ void ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData() IM_FREE(TexPixelsRGBA32); TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL; TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL; + TexPixelsUseColors = false; } void ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts() @@ -1885,11 +2097,11 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template) if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0') ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "ProggyClean.ttf, %dpx", (int)font_cfg.SizePixels); font_cfg.EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)0x0085; + font_cfg.GlyphOffset.y = 1.0f * IM_FLOOR(font_cfg.SizePixels / 13.0f); // Add +1 offset per 13 units const char* ttf_compressed_base85 = GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85(); const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = font_cfg.GlyphRanges != NULL ? font_cfg.GlyphRanges : GetGlyphRangesDefault(); ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(ttf_compressed_base85, font_cfg.SizePixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges); - font->DisplayOffset.y = 1.0f; return font; } @@ -2012,7 +2224,26 @@ bool ImFontAtlas::GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* ou bool ImFontAtlas::Build() { IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); - return ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(this); + + // Select builder + // - Note that we do not reassign to atlas->FontBuilderIO, since it is likely to point to static data which + // may mess with some hot-reloading schemes. If you need to assign to this (for dynamic selection) AND are + // using a hot-reloading scheme that messes up static data, store your own instance of ImFontBuilderIO somewhere + // and point to it instead of pointing directly to return value of the GetBuilderXXX functions. + const ImFontBuilderIO* builder_io = FontBuilderIO; + if (builder_io == NULL) + { +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE + builder_io = ImGuiFreeType::GetBuilderForFreeType(); +#elif defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE) + builder_io = ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype(); +#else + IM_ASSERT(0); // Invalid Build function +#endif + } + + // Build + return builder_io->FontBuilder_Build(this); } void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_brighten_factor) @@ -2032,6 +2263,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsig data[i] = table[data[i]]; } +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE // Temporary data for one source font (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont) // (C++03 doesn't allow instancing ImVector<> with function-local types so we declare the type here.) struct ImFontBuildSrcData @@ -2069,7 +2301,7 @@ static void UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(const ImBitVector* in, ImVector* out->push_back((int)(((it - it_begin) << 5) + bit_n)); } -bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { IM_ASSERT(atlas->ConfigData.Size > 0); @@ -2102,10 +2334,11 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) for (int output_i = 0; output_i < atlas->Fonts.Size && src_tmp.DstIndex == -1; output_i++) if (cfg.DstFont == atlas->Fonts[output_i]) src_tmp.DstIndex = output_i; - IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array? if (src_tmp.DstIndex == -1) + { + IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array? return false; - + } // Initialize helper structure for font loading and verify that the TTF/OTF data is correct const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, cfg.FontNo); IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0 && "FontData is incorrect, or FontNo cannot be found."); @@ -2321,6 +2554,15 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) return true; } +const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype() +{ + static ImFontBuilderIO io; + io.FontBuilder_Build = ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype; + return &io; +} + +#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE + void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent) { if (!font_config->MergeMode) @@ -2363,7 +2605,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opa } } -void ImFontAtlasBuildRender1bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value) +void ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value) { IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth); IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight); @@ -2373,6 +2615,16 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildRender1bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : 0x00; } +void ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value) +{ + IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth); + IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight); + unsigned int* out_pixel = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 + x + (y * atlas->TexWidth); + for (int off_y = 0; off_y < h; off_y++, out_pixel += atlas->TexWidth, in_str += w) + for (int off_x = 0; off_x < w; off_x++) + out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS; +} + static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = atlas->GetCustomRectByIndex(atlas->PackIdMouseCursors); @@ -2385,15 +2637,30 @@ static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas) IM_ASSERT(r->Width == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * 2 + 1 && r->Height == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H); const int x_for_white = r->X; const int x_for_black = r->X + FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W + 1; - ImFontAtlasBuildRender1bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', 0xFF); - ImFontAtlasBuildRender1bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', 0xFF); + if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL) + { + ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', 0xFF); + ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', 0xFF); + } + else + { + ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', IM_COL32_WHITE); + ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', IM_COL32_WHITE); + } } else { // Render 4 white pixels IM_ASSERT(r->Width == 2 && r->Height == 2); const int offset = (int)r->X + (int)r->Y * w; - atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w + 1] = 0xFF; + if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL) + { + atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w + 1] = 0xFF; + } + else + { + atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w + 1] = IM_COL32_WHITE; + } } atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2((r->X + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.x, (r->Y + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.y); } @@ -2416,10 +2683,30 @@ static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas) // Write each slice IM_ASSERT(pad_left + line_width + pad_right == r->Width && y < r->Height); // Make sure we're inside the texture bounds before we start writing pixels - unsigned char* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)]; - memset(write_ptr, 0x00, pad_left); - memset(write_ptr + pad_left, 0xFF, line_width); - memset(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width, 0x00, pad_right); + if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL) + { + unsigned char* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)]; + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++) + *(write_ptr + i) = 0x00; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++) + *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = 0xFF; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++) + *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = 0x00; + } + else + { + unsigned int* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)]; + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++) + *(write_ptr + i) = IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++) + *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = IM_COL32_WHITE; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++) + *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS; + } // Calculate UVs for this line ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((float)(r->X + pad_left - 1), (float)(r->Y + y)) * atlas->TexUvScale; @@ -2454,7 +2741,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas) void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { // Render into our custom data blocks - IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL); + IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL); ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(atlas); ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(atlas); @@ -2616,45 +2903,76 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon() const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese() { - // 1946 common ideograms code points for Japanese - // Sourced from http://theinstructionlimit.com/common-kanji-character-ranges-for-xna-spritefont-rendering - // FIXME: Source a list of the revised 2136 Joyo Kanji list from 2010 and rebuild this. + // 2999 ideograms code points for Japanese + // - 2136 Joyo (meaning "for regular use" or "for common use") Kanji code points + // - 863 Jinmeiyo (meaning "for personal name") Kanji code points + // - Sourced from the character information database of the Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan + // - https://mojikiban.ipa.go.jp/mji/ + // - Available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.1 Japan (CC BY-SA 2.1 JP). + // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/deed.en + // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/legalcode + // - You can generate this code by the script at: + // - https://github.com/vaiorabbit/everyday_use_kanji + // - References: + // - List of Joyo Kanji + // - (Official list by the Agency for Cultural Affairs) https://www.bunka.go.jp/kokugo_nihongo/sisaku/joho/joho/kakuki/14/tosin02/index.html + // - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_j%C5%8Dy%C5%8D_kanji + // - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji + // - (Official list by the Ministry of Justice) http://www.moj.go.jp/MINJI/minji86.html + // - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jinmeiy%C5%8D_kanji + // - Missing 1 Joyo Kanji: U+20B9F (Kun'yomi: Shikaru, On'yomi: Shitsu,shichi), see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/3627 for details. // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters. // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.) static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] = { - 0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,6,2,2,1,8,5,7,11,1,2,10,10,8,2,4,20,2,11,8,2,1,2,1,6,2,1,7,5,3,7,1,1,13,7,9,1,4,6,1,2,1,10,1,1,9,2,2,4,5,6,14,1,1,9,3,18, - 5,4,2,2,10,7,1,1,1,3,2,4,3,23,2,10,12,2,14,2,4,13,1,6,10,3,1,7,13,6,4,13,5,2,3,17,2,2,5,7,6,4,1,7,14,16,6,13,9,15,1,1,7,16,4,7,1,19,9,2,7,15, - 2,6,5,13,25,4,14,13,11,25,1,1,1,2,1,2,2,3,10,11,3,3,1,1,4,4,2,1,4,9,1,4,3,5,5,2,7,12,11,15,7,16,4,5,16,2,1,1,6,3,3,1,1,2,7,6,6,7,1,4,7,6,1,1, - 2,1,12,3,3,9,5,8,1,11,1,2,3,18,20,4,1,3,6,1,7,3,5,5,7,2,2,12,3,1,4,2,3,2,3,11,8,7,4,17,1,9,25,1,1,4,2,2,4,1,2,7,1,1,1,3,1,2,6,16,1,2,1,1,3,12, - 20,2,5,20,8,7,6,2,1,1,1,1,6,2,1,2,10,1,1,6,1,3,1,2,1,4,1,12,4,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,10,4,7,5,13,1,15,1,1,30,11,9,1,15,38,14,1,32,17,20,1,9,31,2,21,9, - 4,49,22,2,1,13,1,11,45,35,43,55,12,19,83,1,3,2,3,13,2,1,7,3,18,3,13,8,1,8,18,5,3,7,25,24,9,24,40,3,17,24,2,1,6,2,3,16,15,6,7,3,12,1,9,7,3,3, - 3,15,21,5,16,4,5,12,11,11,3,6,3,2,31,3,2,1,1,23,6,6,1,4,2,6,5,2,1,1,3,3,22,2,6,2,3,17,3,2,4,5,1,9,5,1,1,6,15,12,3,17,2,14,2,8,1,23,16,4,2,23, - 8,15,23,20,12,25,19,47,11,21,65,46,4,3,1,5,6,1,2,5,26,2,1,1,3,11,1,1,1,2,1,2,3,1,1,10,2,3,1,1,1,3,6,3,2,2,6,6,9,2,2,2,6,2,5,10,2,4,1,2,1,2,2, - 3,1,1,3,1,2,9,23,9,2,1,1,1,1,5,3,2,1,10,9,6,1,10,2,31,25,3,7,5,40,1,15,6,17,7,27,180,1,3,2,2,1,1,1,6,3,10,7,1,3,6,17,8,6,2,2,1,3,5,5,8,16,14, - 15,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,1,3,2,7,5,6,2,5,10,1,4,2,9,1,1,11,6,1,44,1,3,7,9,5,1,3,1,1,10,7,1,10,4,2,7,21,15,7,2,5,1,8,3,4,1,3,1,6,1,4,2,1,4,10,8,1,4,5, - 1,5,10,2,7,1,10,1,1,3,4,11,10,29,4,7,3,5,2,3,33,5,2,19,3,1,4,2,6,31,11,1,3,3,3,1,8,10,9,12,11,12,8,3,14,8,6,11,1,4,41,3,1,2,7,13,1,5,6,2,6,12, - 12,22,5,9,4,8,9,9,34,6,24,1,1,20,9,9,3,4,1,7,2,2,2,6,2,28,5,3,6,1,4,6,7,4,2,1,4,2,13,6,4,4,3,1,8,8,3,2,1,5,1,2,2,3,1,11,11,7,3,6,10,8,6,16,16, - 22,7,12,6,21,5,4,6,6,3,6,1,3,2,1,2,8,29,1,10,1,6,13,6,6,19,31,1,13,4,4,22,17,26,33,10,4,15,12,25,6,67,10,2,3,1,6,10,2,6,2,9,1,9,4,4,1,2,16,2, - 5,9,2,3,8,1,8,3,9,4,8,6,4,8,11,3,2,1,1,3,26,1,7,5,1,11,1,5,3,5,2,13,6,39,5,1,5,2,11,6,10,5,1,15,5,3,6,19,21,22,2,4,1,6,1,8,1,4,8,2,4,2,2,9,2, - 1,1,1,4,3,6,3,12,7,1,14,2,4,10,2,13,1,17,7,3,2,1,3,2,13,7,14,12,3,1,29,2,8,9,15,14,9,14,1,3,1,6,5,9,11,3,38,43,20,7,7,8,5,15,12,19,15,81,8,7, - 1,5,73,13,37,28,8,8,1,15,18,20,165,28,1,6,11,8,4,14,7,15,1,3,3,6,4,1,7,14,1,1,11,30,1,5,1,4,14,1,4,2,7,52,2,6,29,3,1,9,1,21,3,5,1,26,3,11,14, - 11,1,17,5,1,2,1,3,2,8,1,2,9,12,1,1,2,3,8,3,24,12,7,7,5,17,3,3,3,1,23,10,4,4,6,3,1,16,17,22,3,10,21,16,16,6,4,10,2,1,1,2,8,8,6,5,3,3,3,39,25, - 15,1,1,16,6,7,25,15,6,6,12,1,22,13,1,4,9,5,12,2,9,1,12,28,8,3,5,10,22,60,1,2,40,4,61,63,4,1,13,12,1,4,31,12,1,14,89,5,16,6,29,14,2,5,49,18,18, - 5,29,33,47,1,17,1,19,12,2,9,7,39,12,3,7,12,39,3,1,46,4,12,3,8,9,5,31,15,18,3,2,2,66,19,13,17,5,3,46,124,13,57,34,2,5,4,5,8,1,1,1,4,3,1,17,5, - 3,5,3,1,8,5,6,3,27,3,26,7,12,7,2,17,3,7,18,78,16,4,36,1,2,1,6,2,1,39,17,7,4,13,4,4,4,1,10,4,2,4,6,3,10,1,19,1,26,2,4,33,2,73,47,7,3,8,2,4,15, - 18,1,29,2,41,14,1,21,16,41,7,39,25,13,44,2,2,10,1,13,7,1,7,3,5,20,4,8,2,49,1,10,6,1,6,7,10,7,11,16,3,12,20,4,10,3,1,2,11,2,28,9,2,4,7,2,15,1, - 27,1,28,17,4,5,10,7,3,24,10,11,6,26,3,2,7,2,2,49,16,10,16,15,4,5,27,61,30,14,38,22,2,7,5,1,3,12,23,24,17,17,3,3,2,4,1,6,2,7,5,1,1,5,1,1,9,4, - 1,3,6,1,8,2,8,4,14,3,5,11,4,1,3,32,1,19,4,1,13,11,5,2,1,8,6,8,1,6,5,13,3,23,11,5,3,16,3,9,10,1,24,3,198,52,4,2,2,5,14,5,4,22,5,20,4,11,6,41, - 1,5,2,2,11,5,2,28,35,8,22,3,18,3,10,7,5,3,4,1,5,3,8,9,3,6,2,16,22,4,5,5,3,3,18,23,2,6,23,5,27,8,1,33,2,12,43,16,5,2,3,6,1,20,4,2,9,7,1,11,2, - 10,3,14,31,9,3,25,18,20,2,5,5,26,14,1,11,17,12,40,19,9,6,31,83,2,7,9,19,78,12,14,21,76,12,113,79,34,4,1,1,61,18,85,10,2,2,13,31,11,50,6,33,159, - 179,6,6,7,4,4,2,4,2,5,8,7,20,32,22,1,3,10,6,7,28,5,10,9,2,77,19,13,2,5,1,4,4,7,4,13,3,9,31,17,3,26,2,6,6,5,4,1,7,11,3,4,2,1,6,2,20,4,1,9,2,6, - 3,7,1,1,1,20,2,3,1,6,2,3,6,2,4,8,1,5,13,8,4,11,23,1,10,6,2,1,3,21,2,2,4,24,31,4,10,10,2,5,192,15,4,16,7,9,51,1,2,1,1,5,1,1,2,1,3,5,3,1,3,4,1, - 3,1,3,3,9,8,1,2,2,2,4,4,18,12,92,2,10,4,3,14,5,25,16,42,4,14,4,2,21,5,126,30,31,2,1,5,13,3,22,5,6,6,20,12,1,14,12,87,3,19,1,8,2,9,9,3,3,23,2, - 3,7,6,3,1,2,3,9,1,3,1,6,3,2,1,3,11,3,1,6,10,3,2,3,1,2,1,5,1,1,11,3,6,4,1,7,2,1,2,5,5,34,4,14,18,4,19,7,5,8,2,6,79,1,5,2,14,8,2,9,2,1,36,28,16, - 4,1,1,1,2,12,6,42,39,16,23,7,15,15,3,2,12,7,21,64,6,9,28,8,12,3,3,41,59,24,51,55,57,294,9,9,2,6,2,15,1,2,13,38,90,9,9,9,3,11,7,1,1,1,5,6,3,2, - 1,2,2,3,8,1,4,4,1,5,7,1,4,3,20,4,9,1,1,1,5,5,17,1,5,2,6,2,4,1,4,5,7,3,18,11,11,32,7,5,4,7,11,127,8,4,3,3,1,10,1,1,6,21,14,1,16,1,7,1,3,6,9,65, - 51,4,3,13,3,10,1,1,12,9,21,110,3,19,24,1,1,10,62,4,1,29,42,78,28,20,18,82,6,3,15,6,84,58,253,15,155,264,15,21,9,14,7,58,40,39, + 0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,3,3,2,2,1,5,3,5,7,5,6,1,2,1,7,2,6,3,1,8,1,1,4,1,1,18,2,11,2,6,2,1,2,1,5,1,2,1,3,1,2,1,2,3,3,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,12,7,9,1,4,5,1, + 1,2,1,10,1,1,9,2,2,4,5,6,9,3,1,1,1,1,9,3,18,5,2,2,2,2,1,6,3,7,1,1,1,1,2,2,4,2,1,23,2,10,4,3,5,2,4,10,2,4,13,1,6,1,9,3,1,1,6,6,7,6,3,1,2,11,3, + 2,2,3,2,15,2,2,5,4,3,6,4,1,2,5,2,12,16,6,13,9,13,2,1,1,7,16,4,7,1,19,1,5,1,2,2,7,7,8,2,6,5,4,9,18,7,4,5,9,13,11,8,15,2,1,1,1,2,1,2,2,1,2,2,8, + 2,9,3,3,1,1,4,4,1,1,1,4,9,1,4,3,5,5,2,7,5,3,4,8,2,1,13,2,3,3,1,14,1,1,4,5,1,3,6,1,5,2,1,1,3,3,3,3,1,1,2,7,6,6,7,1,4,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,12,3,3,9,5, + 2,6,1,5,6,1,2,3,18,2,4,14,4,1,3,6,1,1,6,3,5,5,3,2,2,2,2,12,3,1,4,2,3,2,3,11,1,7,4,1,2,1,3,17,1,9,1,24,1,1,4,2,2,4,1,2,7,1,1,1,3,1,2,2,4,15,1, + 1,2,1,1,2,1,5,2,5,20,2,5,9,1,10,8,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,1,6,2,1,2,8,1,1,1,1,5,1,1,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,12,4,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,10,3,1,7,5,13,1,2,3,4,6,1,1,30, + 2,9,9,1,15,38,11,3,1,8,24,7,1,9,8,10,2,1,9,31,2,13,6,2,9,4,49,5,2,15,2,1,10,2,1,1,1,2,2,6,15,30,35,3,14,18,8,1,16,10,28,12,19,45,38,1,3,2,3, + 13,2,1,7,3,6,5,3,4,3,1,5,7,8,1,5,3,18,5,3,6,1,21,4,24,9,24,40,3,14,3,21,3,2,1,2,4,2,3,1,15,15,6,5,1,1,3,1,5,6,1,9,7,3,3,2,1,4,3,8,21,5,16,4, + 5,2,10,11,11,3,6,3,2,9,3,6,13,1,2,1,1,1,1,11,12,6,6,1,4,2,6,5,2,1,1,3,3,6,13,3,1,1,5,1,2,3,3,14,2,1,2,2,2,5,1,9,5,1,1,6,12,3,12,3,4,13,2,14, + 2,8,1,17,5,1,16,4,2,2,21,8,9,6,23,20,12,25,19,9,38,8,3,21,40,25,33,13,4,3,1,4,1,2,4,1,2,5,26,2,1,1,2,1,3,6,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,9,2,3,1,1, + 1,3,6,3,2,1,1,6,6,1,8,2,2,2,1,4,1,2,3,2,7,3,2,4,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,2,5,4,10,9,4,9,1,1,1,1,1,1,5,3,2,1,6,4,9,6,1,10,2,31,17,8,3,7,5,40,1, + 7,7,1,6,5,2,10,7,8,4,15,39,25,6,28,47,18,10,7,1,3,1,1,2,1,1,1,3,3,3,1,1,1,3,4,2,1,4,1,3,6,10,7,8,6,2,2,1,3,3,2,5,8,7,9,12,2,15,1,1,4,1,2,1,1, + 1,3,2,1,3,3,5,6,2,3,2,10,1,4,2,8,1,1,1,11,6,1,21,4,16,3,1,3,1,4,2,3,6,5,1,3,1,1,3,3,4,6,1,1,10,4,2,7,10,4,7,4,2,9,4,3,1,1,1,4,1,8,3,4,1,3,1, + 6,1,4,2,1,4,7,2,1,8,1,4,5,1,1,2,2,4,6,2,7,1,10,1,1,3,4,11,10,8,21,4,6,1,3,5,2,1,2,28,5,5,2,3,13,1,2,3,1,4,2,1,5,20,3,8,11,1,3,3,3,1,8,10,9,2, + 10,9,2,3,1,1,2,4,1,8,3,6,1,7,8,6,11,1,4,29,8,4,3,1,2,7,13,1,4,1,6,2,6,12,12,2,20,3,2,3,6,4,8,9,2,7,34,5,1,18,6,1,1,4,4,5,7,9,1,2,2,4,3,4,1,7, + 2,2,2,6,2,3,25,5,3,6,1,4,6,7,4,2,1,4,2,13,6,4,4,3,1,5,3,4,4,3,2,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,3,1,11,1,6,3,1,7,3,6,2,8,8,6,9,3,4,11,3,2,10,12,2,5,11,1,6,4,5, + 3,1,8,5,4,6,6,3,5,1,1,3,2,1,2,2,6,17,12,1,10,1,6,12,1,6,6,19,9,6,16,1,13,4,4,15,7,17,6,11,9,15,12,6,7,2,1,2,2,15,9,3,21,4,6,49,18,7,3,2,3,1, + 6,8,2,2,6,2,9,1,3,6,4,4,1,2,16,2,5,2,1,6,2,3,5,3,1,2,5,1,2,1,9,3,1,8,6,4,8,11,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,13,8,4,1,3,2,2,1,4,1,11,1,5,2,1,5,2,5,8,6,1,1,7, + 4,3,8,3,2,7,2,1,5,1,5,2,4,7,6,2,8,5,1,11,4,5,3,6,18,1,2,13,3,3,1,21,1,1,4,1,4,1,1,1,8,1,2,2,7,1,2,4,2,2,9,2,1,1,1,4,3,6,3,12,5,1,1,1,5,6,3,2, + 4,8,2,2,4,2,7,1,8,9,5,2,3,2,1,3,2,13,7,14,6,5,1,1,2,1,4,2,23,2,1,1,6,3,1,4,1,15,3,1,7,3,9,14,1,3,1,4,1,1,5,8,1,3,8,3,8,15,11,4,14,4,4,2,5,5, + 1,7,1,6,14,7,7,8,5,15,4,8,6,5,6,2,1,13,1,20,15,11,9,2,5,6,2,11,2,6,2,5,1,5,8,4,13,19,25,4,1,1,11,1,34,2,5,9,14,6,2,2,6,1,1,14,1,3,14,13,1,6, + 12,21,14,14,6,32,17,8,32,9,28,1,2,4,11,8,3,1,14,2,5,15,1,1,1,1,3,6,4,1,3,4,11,3,1,1,11,30,1,5,1,4,1,5,8,1,1,3,2,4,3,17,35,2,6,12,17,3,1,6,2, + 1,1,12,2,7,3,3,2,1,16,2,8,3,6,5,4,7,3,3,8,1,9,8,5,1,2,1,3,2,8,1,2,9,12,1,1,2,3,8,3,24,12,4,3,7,5,8,3,3,3,3,3,3,1,23,10,3,1,2,2,6,3,1,16,1,16, + 22,3,10,4,11,6,9,7,7,3,6,2,2,2,4,10,2,1,1,2,8,7,1,6,4,1,3,3,3,5,10,12,12,2,3,12,8,15,1,1,16,6,6,1,5,9,11,4,11,4,2,6,12,1,17,5,13,1,4,9,5,1,11, + 2,1,8,1,5,7,28,8,3,5,10,2,17,3,38,22,1,2,18,12,10,4,38,18,1,4,44,19,4,1,8,4,1,12,1,4,31,12,1,14,7,75,7,5,10,6,6,13,3,2,11,11,3,2,5,28,15,6,18, + 18,5,6,4,3,16,1,7,18,7,36,3,5,3,1,7,1,9,1,10,7,2,4,2,6,2,9,7,4,3,32,12,3,7,10,2,23,16,3,1,12,3,31,4,11,1,3,8,9,5,1,30,15,6,12,3,2,2,11,19,9, + 14,2,6,2,3,19,13,17,5,3,3,25,3,14,1,1,1,36,1,3,2,19,3,13,36,9,13,31,6,4,16,34,2,5,4,2,3,3,5,1,1,1,4,3,1,17,3,2,3,5,3,1,3,2,3,5,6,3,12,11,1,3, + 1,2,26,7,12,7,2,14,3,3,7,7,11,25,25,28,16,4,36,1,2,1,6,2,1,9,3,27,17,4,3,4,13,4,1,3,2,2,1,10,4,2,4,6,3,8,2,1,18,1,1,24,2,2,4,33,2,3,63,7,1,6, + 40,7,3,4,4,2,4,15,18,1,16,1,1,11,2,41,14,1,3,18,13,3,2,4,16,2,17,7,15,24,7,18,13,44,2,2,3,6,1,1,7,5,1,7,1,4,3,3,5,10,8,2,3,1,8,1,1,27,4,2,1, + 12,1,2,1,10,6,1,6,7,5,2,3,7,11,5,11,3,6,6,2,3,15,4,9,1,1,2,1,2,11,2,8,12,8,5,4,2,3,1,5,2,2,1,14,1,12,11,4,1,11,17,17,4,3,2,5,5,7,3,1,5,9,9,8, + 2,5,6,6,13,13,2,1,2,6,1,2,2,49,4,9,1,2,10,16,7,8,4,3,2,23,4,58,3,29,1,14,19,19,11,11,2,7,5,1,3,4,6,2,18,5,12,12,17,17,3,3,2,4,1,6,2,3,4,3,1, + 1,1,1,5,1,1,9,1,3,1,3,6,1,8,1,1,2,6,4,14,3,1,4,11,4,1,3,32,1,2,4,13,4,1,2,4,2,1,3,1,11,1,4,2,1,4,4,6,3,5,1,6,5,7,6,3,23,3,5,3,5,3,3,13,3,9,10, + 1,12,10,2,3,18,13,7,160,52,4,2,2,3,2,14,5,4,12,4,6,4,1,20,4,11,6,2,12,27,1,4,1,2,2,7,4,5,2,28,3,7,25,8,3,19,3,6,10,2,2,1,10,2,5,4,1,3,4,1,5, + 3,2,6,9,3,6,2,16,3,3,16,4,5,5,3,2,1,2,16,15,8,2,6,21,2,4,1,22,5,8,1,1,21,11,2,1,11,11,19,13,12,4,2,3,2,3,6,1,8,11,1,4,2,9,5,2,1,11,2,9,1,1,2, + 14,31,9,3,4,21,14,4,8,1,7,2,2,2,5,1,4,20,3,3,4,10,1,11,9,8,2,1,4,5,14,12,14,2,17,9,6,31,4,14,1,20,13,26,5,2,7,3,6,13,2,4,2,19,6,2,2,18,9,3,5, + 12,12,14,4,6,2,3,6,9,5,22,4,5,25,6,4,8,5,2,6,27,2,35,2,16,3,7,8,8,6,6,5,9,17,2,20,6,19,2,13,3,1,1,1,4,17,12,2,14,7,1,4,18,12,38,33,2,10,1,1, + 2,13,14,17,11,50,6,33,20,26,74,16,23,45,50,13,38,33,6,6,7,4,4,2,1,3,2,5,8,7,8,9,3,11,21,9,13,1,3,10,6,7,1,2,2,18,5,5,1,9,9,2,68,9,19,13,2,5, + 1,4,4,7,4,13,3,9,10,21,17,3,26,2,1,5,2,4,5,4,1,7,4,7,3,4,2,1,6,1,1,20,4,1,9,2,2,1,3,3,2,3,2,1,1,1,20,2,3,1,6,2,3,6,2,4,8,1,3,2,10,3,5,3,4,4, + 3,4,16,1,6,1,10,2,4,2,1,1,2,10,11,2,2,3,1,24,31,4,10,10,2,5,12,16,164,15,4,16,7,9,15,19,17,1,2,1,1,5,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,4,3,1,3,1,3,1,2,1,1,3,3,7, + 2,8,1,2,2,2,1,3,4,3,7,8,12,92,2,10,3,1,3,14,5,25,16,42,4,7,7,4,2,21,5,27,26,27,21,25,30,31,2,1,5,13,3,22,5,6,6,11,9,12,1,5,9,7,5,5,22,60,3,5, + 13,1,1,8,1,1,3,3,2,1,9,3,3,18,4,1,2,3,7,6,3,1,2,3,9,1,3,1,3,2,1,3,1,1,1,2,1,11,3,1,6,9,1,3,2,3,1,2,1,5,1,1,4,3,4,1,2,2,4,4,1,7,2,1,2,2,3,5,13, + 18,3,4,14,9,9,4,16,3,7,5,8,2,6,48,28,3,1,1,4,2,14,8,2,9,2,1,15,2,4,3,2,10,16,12,8,7,1,1,3,1,1,1,2,7,4,1,6,4,38,39,16,23,7,15,15,3,2,12,7,21, + 37,27,6,5,4,8,2,10,8,8,6,5,1,2,1,3,24,1,16,17,9,23,10,17,6,1,51,55,44,13,294,9,3,6,2,4,2,2,15,1,1,1,13,21,17,68,14,8,9,4,1,4,9,3,11,7,1,1,1, + 5,6,3,2,1,1,1,2,3,8,1,2,2,4,1,5,5,2,1,4,3,7,13,4,1,4,1,3,1,1,1,5,5,10,1,6,1,5,2,1,5,2,4,1,4,5,7,3,18,2,9,11,32,4,3,3,2,4,7,11,16,9,11,8,13,38, + 32,8,4,2,1,1,2,1,2,4,4,1,1,1,4,1,21,3,11,1,16,1,1,6,1,3,2,4,9,8,57,7,44,1,3,3,13,3,10,1,1,7,5,2,7,21,47,63,3,15,4,7,1,16,1,1,2,8,2,3,42,15,4, + 1,29,7,22,10,3,78,16,12,20,18,4,67,11,5,1,3,15,6,21,31,32,27,18,13,71,35,5,142,4,10,1,2,50,19,33,16,35,37,16,19,27,7,1,133,19,1,4,8,7,20,1,4, + 4,1,10,3,1,6,1,2,51,5,40,15,24,43,22928,11,1,13,154,70,3,1,1,7,4,10,1,2,1,1,2,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1, + 3,2,1,1,1,1,2,1,1, }; static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated { @@ -2762,7 +3080,6 @@ ImFont::ImFont() FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f; FallbackChar = (ImWchar)'?'; EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1; - DisplayOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); FallbackGlyph = NULL; ContainerAtlas = NULL; ConfigData = NULL; @@ -2880,7 +3197,7 @@ void ImFont::GrowIndex(int new_size) // x0/y0/x1/y1 are offset from the character upper-left layout position, in pixels. Therefore x0/y0 are often fairly close to zero. // Not to be mistaken with texture coordinates, which are held by u0/v0/u1/v1 in normalized format (0.0..1.0 on each texture axis). // 'cfg' is not necessarily == 'this->ConfigData' because multiple source fonts+configs can be used to build one target font. -void ImFont::AddGlyph(ImFontConfig* cfg, ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x) +void ImFont::AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* cfg, ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x) { if (cfg != NULL) { @@ -2906,6 +3223,7 @@ void ImFont::AddGlyph(ImFontConfig* cfg, ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, ImFontGlyph& glyph = Glyphs.back(); glyph.Codepoint = (unsigned int)codepoint; glyph.Visible = (x0 != x1) && (y0 != y1); + glyph.Colored = false; glyph.X0 = x0; glyph.Y0 = y0; glyph.X1 = x1; @@ -3156,9 +3474,11 @@ void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(c); if (!glyph || !glyph->Visible) return; + if (glyph->Colored) + col |= ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f; - pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x + DisplayOffset.x); - pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y + DisplayOffset.y); + pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); + pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4); draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X0 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X1 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col); } @@ -3169,8 +3489,8 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls. // Align to be pixel perfect - pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x + DisplayOffset.x); - pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y + DisplayOffset.y); + pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); + pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); float x = pos.x; float y = pos.y; if (y > clip_rect.w) @@ -3218,6 +3538,8 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr; unsigned int vtx_current_idx = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; + const ImU32 col_untinted = col | ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; + while (s < text_end) { if (word_wrap_enabled) @@ -3323,14 +3645,17 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col } } + // Support for untinted glyphs + ImU32 glyph_col = glyph->Colored ? col_untinted : col; + // We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug builds. Inlined here: { idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+3); - vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1; - vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1; - vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2; - vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2; + vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1; + vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1; + vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2; + vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2; vtx_write += 4; vtx_current_idx += 4; idx_write += 6; @@ -3413,7 +3738,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx - third, by - third)); draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx, by)); draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx + third * 2.0f, by - third * 2.0f)); - draw_list->PathStroke(col, false, thickness); + draw_list->PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); } void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow) @@ -3525,27 +3850,29 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImRect outer, ImRect const bool fill_R = (inner.Max.x < outer.Max.x); const bool fill_U = (inner.Min.y > outer.Min.y); const bool fill_D = (inner.Max.y < outer.Max.y); - if (fill_L) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft)); - if (fill_R) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight)); - if (fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight)); - if (fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight)); - if (fill_L && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft); - if (fill_R && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight); - if (fill_L && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft); - if (fill_R && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); + if (fill_L) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft)); + if (fill_R) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight)); + if (fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight)); + if (fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight)); + if (fill_L && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft); + if (fill_R && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight); + if (fill_L && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft); + if (fill_R && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight); } // Helper for ColorPicker4() // NB: This is rather brittle and will show artifact when rounding this enabled if rounded corners overlap multiple cells. Caller currently responsible for avoiding that. // Spent a non reasonable amount of time trying to getting this right for ColorButton with rounding+anti-aliasing+ImGuiColorEditFlags_HalfAlphaPreview flag + various grid sizes and offsets, and eventually gave up... probably more reasonable to disable rounding altogether. // FIXME: uses ImGui::GetColorU32 -void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, int rounding_corners_flags) +void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) { + if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0) + flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_; if (((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) < 0xFF) { - ImU32 col_bg1 = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), col)); - ImU32 col_bg2 = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(128, 128, 128, 255), col)); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, rounding_corners_flags); + ImU32 col_bg1 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), col)); + ImU32 col_bg2 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(128, 128, 128, 255), col)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, flags); int yi = 0; for (float y = p_min.y + grid_off.y; y < p_max.y; y += grid_step, yi++) @@ -3558,17 +3885,19 @@ void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p float x1 = ImClamp(x, p_min.x, p_max.x), x2 = ImMin(x + grid_step, p_max.x); if (x2 <= x1) continue; - int rounding_corners_flags_cell = 0; - if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight; } - if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight; } - rounding_corners_flags_cell &= rounding_corners_flags; - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1, y1), ImVec2(x2, y2), col_bg2, rounding_corners_flags_cell ? rounding : 0.0f, rounding_corners_flags_cell); + ImDrawFlags cell_flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone; + if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight; } + if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; } + + // Combine flags + cell_flags = (flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone || cell_flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone : (cell_flags & flags); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1, y1), ImVec2(x2, y2), col_bg2, rounding, cell_flags); } } } else { - draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, rounding_corners_flags); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, flags); } } diff --git a/libs/imgui/imgui_impl_vitagl.cpp b/libs/imgui/imgui_impl_vitagl.cpp index 1f3fff1..444e095 100644 --- a/libs/imgui/imgui_impl_vitagl.cpp +++ b/libs/imgui/imgui_impl_vitagl.cpp @@ -210,21 +210,8 @@ bool ImGui_ImplVitaGL_CreateDeviceObjects() { font_config.OversampleV = 1; font_config.PixelSnapH = 1; - SceUID font = 0; - font = sceIoOpen("sa0:/data/font/pvf/ltn0.pvf", SCE_O_RDONLY, 0); - if (font < 0) - return false; - - SceOff font_size = sceIoLseek(font, 0, SEEK_END); - unsigned char *font_buf = new unsigned char[font_size]; - - sceIoLseek(font, 0, SCE_SEEK_SET); - sceIoRead(font, font_buf, font_size); - sceIoClose(font); - - io.Fonts->AddFontFromMemoryTTF(font_buf, font_size, 20.0f, &font_config, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesDefault()); + io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("sa0:/data/font/pvf/jpn0.pvf", 20.0f, &font_config, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese()); io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(static_cast(&pixels), &width, &height); - delete[] font_buf; // Upload texture to graphics system GLint last_texture; @@ -292,7 +279,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_Shutdown() { static void ImGui_ImplVitaGL_UpdateGamepads() { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - memset(io.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(io.NavInputs)); + sceClibMemset(io.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(io.NavInputs)); if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) return; diff --git a/libs/imgui/imgui_internal.h b/libs/imgui/imgui_internal.h index 22ce463..ea50a49 100644 --- a/libs/imgui/imgui_internal.h +++ b/libs/imgui/imgui_internal.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.78 +// dear imgui, v1.82 // (internal structures/api) // You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility! @@ -19,16 +19,19 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] ImDrawList support // [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures // [SECTION] Columns support -// [SECTION] Settings support // [SECTION] Multi-select support // [SECTION] Docking support // [SECTION] Viewport support +// [SECTION] Settings support +// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug +// [SECTION] Generic context hooks // [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context) // [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow // [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support // [SECTION] Table support -// [SECTION] Internal API -// [SECTION] Test Engine Hooks (imgui_test_engine) +// [SECTION] ImGui internal API +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API +// [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine) */ @@ -81,6 +84,12 @@ Index of this file: #error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS #endif +// Enable stb_truetype by default unless FreeType is enabled. +// You can compile with both by defining both IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE and IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE together. +#ifndef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE +#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE +#endif + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Forward declarations //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -90,32 +99,38 @@ struct ImRect; // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points) struct ImDrawDataBuilder; // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances struct ImGuiColorMod; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it -struct ImGuiColumnData; // Storage data for a single column -struct ImGuiColumns; // Storage data for a columns set struct ImGuiContext; // Main Dear ImGui context +struct ImGuiContextHook; // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo; // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum struct ImGuiGroupData; // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() struct ImGuiInputTextState; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box struct ImGuiLastItemDataBackup; // Backup and restore IsItemHovered() internal data struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only struct ImGuiNavMoveResult; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result +struct ImGuiMetricsConfig; // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions struct ImGuiNextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions struct ImGuiNextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions +struct ImGuiOldColumnData; // Storage data for a single column for legacy Columns() api +struct ImGuiOldColumns; // Storage data for a columns set for legacy Columns() api struct ImGuiPopupData; // Storage for current popup stack struct ImGuiSettingsHandler; // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file +struct ImGuiStackSizes; // Storage of stack sizes for debugging/asserting struct ImGuiStyleMod; // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it struct ImGuiTabBar; // Storage for a tab bar struct ImGuiTabItem; // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar) +struct ImGuiTable; // Storage for a table +struct ImGuiTableColumn; // Storage for one column of a table +struct ImGuiTableSettings; // Storage for a table .ini settings +struct ImGuiTableColumnsSettings; // Storage for a column .ini settings struct ImGuiWindow; // Storage for one window struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame) struct ImGuiWindowSettings; // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session) // Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists. typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // Enum: Horizontal or vertical -typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags; // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ // Flags: for ButtonEx(), ButtonBehavior() -typedef int ImGuiColumnsFlags; // -> enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_ // Flags: BeginColumns() typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag() typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for DC.LastItemStatusFlags +typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ // Flags: for BeginColumns() typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight() typedef int ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ // Flags: for GetNavInputAmount2d() typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ // Flags: for navigation requests @@ -125,6 +140,8 @@ typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ // F typedef int ImGuiTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_ // Flags: for TextEx() typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx() +typedef void (*ImGuiErrorLogCallback)(void* user_data, const char* fmt, ...); + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Context pointer // See implementation of this variable in imgui.cpp for comments and details. @@ -163,10 +180,12 @@ namespace ImStb // Debug Logging for selected systems. Remove the '((void)0) //' to enable. //#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG // Enable log +//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG // Enable log #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) ((void)0) // Disable log +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) ((void)0) // Disable log // Static Asserts -#if (__cplusplus >= 201100) +#if (__cplusplus >= 201100) || (defined(_MSVC_LANG) && _MSVC_LANG >= 201100) #define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) static_assert(_COND, "") #else #define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) typedef char static_assertion_##__line__[(_COND)?1:-1] @@ -195,6 +214,7 @@ namespace ImStb #define IM_NEWLINE "\n" #endif #define IM_TABSIZE (4) +#define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN) (((_OFF) + (_ALIGN - 1)) & ~(_ALIGN - 1)) // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8 #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255 #define IM_FLOOR(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImFloor() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds @@ -237,15 +257,16 @@ namespace ImStb // - Helper: ImRect // - Helper: ImBitArray // - Helper: ImBitVector +// - Helper: ImSpan<>, ImSpanAllocator<> // - Helper: ImPool<> // - Helper: ImChunkStream<> //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helpers: Hashing -IMGUI_API ImU32 ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0); -IMGUI_API ImU32 ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0); +IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0); +IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0); #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -static inline ImU32 ImHash(const void* data, int size, ImU32 seed = 0) { return size ? ImHashData(data, (size_t)size, seed) : ImHashStr((const char*)data, 0, seed); } // [moved to ImHashStr/ImHashData in 1.68] +static inline ImGuiID ImHash(const void* data, int size, ImU32 seed = 0) { return size ? ImHashData(data, (size_t)size, seed) : ImHashStr((const char*)data, 0, seed); } // [moved to ImHashStr/ImHashData in 1.68] #endif // Helpers: Sorting @@ -256,6 +277,7 @@ IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b); // Helpers: Bit manipulation static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } +static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(ImU64 v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v) { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; } // Helpers: String, Formatting @@ -382,9 +404,10 @@ static inline float ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed) static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } // Helpers: Geometry -IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t); // Cubic Bezier -IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments); // For curves with explicit number of segments -IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol);// For auto-tessellated curves you can use tess_tol = style.CurveTessellationTol +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t); +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments); // For curves with explicit number of segments +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol);// For auto-tessellated curves you can use tess_tol = style.CurveTessellationTol +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t); IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p); IMGUI_API bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); @@ -426,6 +449,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect ImVec2 GetSize() const { return ImVec2(Max.x - Min.x, Max.y - Min.y); } float GetWidth() const { return Max.x - Min.x; } float GetHeight() const { return Max.y - Min.y; } + float GetArea() const { return (Max.x - Min.x) * (Max.y - Min.y); } ImVec2 GetTL() const { return Min; } // Top-left ImVec2 GetTR() const { return ImVec2(Max.x, Min.y); } // Top-right ImVec2 GetBL() const { return ImVec2(Min.x, Max.y); } // Bottom-left @@ -448,21 +472,37 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect }; // Helper: ImBitArray -inline bool ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; } -inline void ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask; } -inline void ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; } -inline void ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) +inline bool ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; } +inline void ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask; } +inline void ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; } +inline void ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) // Works on range [n..n2) { + n2--; while (n <= n2) { int a_mod = (n & 31); - int b_mod = ((n2 >= n + 31) ? 31 : (n2 & 31)) + 1; + int b_mod = (n2 > (n | 31) ? 31 : (n2 & 31)) + 1; ImU32 mask = (ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << b_mod) - 1) & ~(ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << a_mod) - 1); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; n = (n + 32) & ~31; } } +// Helper: ImBitArray class (wrapper over ImBitArray functions) +// Store 1-bit per value. NOT CLEARED by constructor. +template +struct IMGUI_API ImBitArray +{ + ImU32 Storage[(BITCOUNT + 31) >> 5]; + ImBitArray() { } + void ClearAllBits() { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); } + void SetAllBits() { memset(Storage, 255, sizeof(Storage)); } + bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); } + void SetBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n); } + void ClearBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n); } + void SetBitRange(int n, int n2) { ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2) +}; + // Helper: ImBitVector // Store 1-bit per value. struct IMGUI_API ImBitVector @@ -475,6 +515,57 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImBitVector void ClearBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage.Data, n); } }; +// Helper: ImSpan<> +// Pointing to a span of data we don't own. +template +struct ImSpan +{ + T* Data; + T* DataEnd; + + // Constructors, destructor + inline ImSpan() { Data = DataEnd = NULL; } + inline ImSpan(T* data, int size) { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; } + inline ImSpan(T* data, T* data_end) { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; } + + inline void set(T* data, int size) { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; } + inline void set(T* data, T* data_end) { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; } + inline int size() const { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data); } + inline int size_in_bytes() const { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data) * (int)sizeof(T); } + inline T& operator[](int i) { T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; } + inline const T& operator[](int i) const { const T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; } + + inline T* begin() { return Data; } + inline const T* begin() const { return Data; } + inline T* end() { return DataEnd; } + inline const T* end() const { return DataEnd; } + + // Utilities + inline int index_from_ptr(const T* it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < DataEnd); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; } +}; + +// Helper: ImSpanAllocator<> +// Facilitate storing multiple chunks into a single large block (the "arena") +// - Usage: call Reserve() N times, allocate GetArenaSizeInBytes() worth, pass it to SetArenaBasePtr(), call GetSpan() N times to retrieve the aligned ranges. +template +struct ImSpanAllocator +{ + char* BasePtr; + int CurrOff; + int CurrIdx; + int Offsets[CHUNKS]; + int Sizes[CHUNKS]; + + ImSpanAllocator() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + inline void Reserve(int n, size_t sz, int a=4) { IM_ASSERT(n == CurrIdx && n < CHUNKS); CurrOff = IM_MEMALIGN(CurrOff, a); Offsets[n] = CurrOff; Sizes[n] = (int)sz; CurrIdx++; CurrOff += (int)sz; } + inline int GetArenaSizeInBytes() { return CurrOff; } + inline void SetArenaBasePtr(void* base_ptr) { BasePtr = (char*)base_ptr; } + inline void* GetSpanPtrBegin(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n]); } + inline void* GetSpanPtrEnd(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n] + Sizes[n]); } + template + inline void GetSpan(int n, ImSpan* span) { span->set((T*)GetSpanPtrBegin(n), (T*)GetSpanPtrEnd(n)); } +}; + // Helper: ImPool<> // Basic keyed storage for contiguous instances, slow/amortized insertion, O(1) indexable, O(Log N) queries by ID over a dense/hot buffer, // Honor constructor/destructor. Add/remove invalidate all pointers. Indexes have the same lifetime as the associated object. @@ -504,7 +595,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImPool // Helper: ImChunkStream<> // Build and iterate a contiguous stream of variable-sized structures. // This is used by Settings to store persistent data while reducing allocation count. -// We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries (this what the '(X + 3) & ~3' statement is for) +// We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries. // The tedious/zealous amount of casting is to avoid -Wcast-align warnings. template struct IMGUI_API ImChunkStream @@ -514,13 +605,15 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImChunkStream void clear() { Buf.clear(); } bool empty() const { return Buf.Size == 0; } int size() const { return Buf.Size; } - T* alloc_chunk(size_t sz) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; sz = ((HDR_SZ + sz) + 3u) & ~3u; int off = Buf.Size; Buf.resize(off + (int)sz); ((int*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off))[0] = (int)sz; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off + (int)HDR_SZ); } + T* alloc_chunk(size_t sz) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; sz = IM_MEMALIGN(HDR_SZ + sz, 4u); int off = Buf.Size; Buf.resize(off + (int)sz); ((int*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off))[0] = (int)sz; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off + (int)HDR_SZ); } T* begin() { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; if (!Buf.Data) return NULL; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + HDR_SZ); } T* next_chunk(T* p) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); p = (T*)(void*)((char*)(void*)p + chunk_size(p)); if (p == (T*)(void*)((char*)end() + HDR_SZ)) return (T*)0; IM_ASSERT(p < end()); return p; } int chunk_size(const T* p) { return ((const int*)p)[-1]; } T* end() { return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + Buf.Size); } int offset_from_ptr(const T* p) { IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); const ptrdiff_t off = (const char*)p - Buf.Data; return (int)off; } T* ptr_from_offset(int off) { IM_ASSERT(off >= 4 && off < Buf.Size); return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off); } + void swap(ImChunkStream& rhs) { rhs.Buf.swap(Buf); } + }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -528,14 +621,30 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImChunkStream //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // ImDrawList: Helper function to calculate a circle's segment count given its radius and a "maximum error" value. -#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN 12 +// Estimation of number of circle segment based on error is derived using method described in https://stackoverflow.com/a/2244088/15194693 +// Number of segments (N) is calculated using equation: +// N = ceil ( pi / acos(1 - error / r) ) where r > 0, error <= r +// Our equation is significantly simpler that one in the post thanks for choosing segment that is +// perpendicular to X axis. Follow steps in the article from this starting condition and you will +// will get this result. +// +// Rendering circles with an odd number of segments, while mathematically correct will produce +// asymmetrical results on the raster grid. Therefore we're rounding N to next even number (7->8, 8->8, 9->10 etc.) +// +#define IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN(_V) ((((_V) + 1) / 2) * 2) +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN 4 #define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX 512 -#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(_RAD,_MAXERROR) ImClamp((int)((IM_PI * 2.0f) / ImAcos(((_RAD) - (_MAXERROR)) / (_RAD))), IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX) +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(_RAD,_MAXERROR) ImClamp(IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN((int)ImCeil(IM_PI / ImAcos(1 - ImMin((_MAXERROR), (_RAD)) / (_RAD)))), IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX) -// ImDrawList: You may set this to higher values (e.g. 2 or 3) to increase tessellation of fast rounded corners path. -#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER -#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER 1 +// Raw equation from IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC rewritten for 'r' and 'error'. +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(_N,_MAXERROR) ((_MAXERROR) / (1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI)))) +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_ERROR(_N,_RAD) ((1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI))) / (_RAD)) + +// ImDrawList: Lookup table size for adaptive arc drawing, cover full circle. +#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE +#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE 48 // Number of samples in lookup table. #endif +#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE // Sample index _PathArcToFastEx() for 360 angle. // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances // You may want to create your own instance of this if you want to use ImDrawList completely without ImGui. In that case, watch out for future changes to this structure. @@ -550,20 +659,22 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags; // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a per-drawlist basis afterwards) // [Internal] Lookup tables - ImVec2 ArcFastVtx[12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER]; // FIXME: Bake rounded corners fill/borders in atlas - ImU8 CircleSegmentCounts[64]; // Precomputed segment count for given radius (array index + 1) before we calculate it dynamically (to avoid calculation overhead) + ImVec2 ArcFastVtx[IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE]; // Sample points on the quarter of the circle. + float ArcFastRadiusCutoff; // Cutoff radius after which arc drawing will fallback to slower PathArcTo() + ImU8 CircleSegmentCounts[64]; // Precomputed segment count for given radius before we calculate it dynamically (to avoid calculation overhead) const ImVec4* TexUvLines; // UV of anti-aliased lines in the atlas ImDrawListSharedData(); - void SetCircleSegmentMaxError(float max_error); + void SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error); }; struct ImDrawDataBuilder { ImVector Layers[2]; // Global layers for: regular, tooltip - void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].resize(0); } - void ClearFreeMemory() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].clear(); } + void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].resize(0); } + void ClearFreeMemory() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].clear(); } + int GetDrawListCount() const { int count = 0; for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) count += Layers[n].Size; return count; } IMGUI_API void FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); }; @@ -592,12 +703,13 @@ enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ { ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None = 0, ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect = 1 << 0, - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect = 1 << 1, + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect = 1 << 1, // LastItemDisplayRect is valid ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited = 1 << 2, // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the bool return value of most widgets) ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection = 1 << 3, // Set when Selectable(), TreeNode() reports toggling a selection. We can't report "Selected" because reporting the change allows us to handle clipping with less issues. ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen = 1 << 4, // Set when TreeNode() reports toggling their open state. ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated = 1 << 5, // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag. - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6 // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6, // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow = 1 << 7 // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing. #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE , // [imgui_tests only] @@ -642,12 +754,13 @@ enum ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_ enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_ { // NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_ - ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID = 1 << 20, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick = 1 << 21, // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release) - ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease = 1 << 22, // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release) - ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 23, // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus) - ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld= 1 << 24, // Always show active when held, even is not hovered. This concept could probably be renamed/formalized somehow. - ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover = 1 << 25 + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID = 1 << 20, + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick = 1 << 21, // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease = 1 << 22, // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 23, // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld = 1 << 24, // Always show active when held, even is not hovered. This concept could probably be renamed/formalized somehow. + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover = 1 << 25, // Set Nav/Focus ID on mouse hover (used by MenuItem) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing = 1 << 26 // Disable padding each side with ItemSpacing * 0.5f }; // Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ @@ -711,9 +824,9 @@ enum ImGuiInputSource { ImGuiInputSource_None = 0, ImGuiInputSource_Mouse, - ImGuiInputSource_Nav, - ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard, // Only used occasionally for storage, not tested/handled by most code - ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad, // " + ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard, + ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad, + ImGuiInputSource_Nav, // Stored in g.ActiveIdSource only ImGuiInputSource_COUNT }; @@ -774,7 +887,8 @@ enum ImGuiNavLayer enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy { ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default, - ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox, + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip }; struct ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage @@ -785,7 +899,8 @@ struct ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage // Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo(). struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo { - size_t Size; // Size in byte + size_t Size; // Size in bytes + const char* Name; // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging const char* PrintFmt; // Default printf format for the type const char* ScanFmt; // Default scanf format for the type }; @@ -816,8 +931,9 @@ struct ImGuiStyleMod }; // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() -struct ImGuiGroupData +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData { + ImGuiID WindowID; ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; ImVec1 BackupIndent; @@ -826,6 +942,7 @@ struct ImGuiGroupData float BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset; ImGuiID BackupActiveIdIsAlive; bool BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; + bool BackupHoveredIdIsAlive; bool EmitItem; }; @@ -836,7 +953,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns float Width, NextWidth; float Pos[3], NextWidths[3]; - ImGuiMenuColumns(); + ImGuiMenuColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } void Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear); float DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2); float CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) const; @@ -858,6 +975,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState float CursorAnim; // timer for cursor blink, reset on every user action so the cursor reappears immediately bool CursorFollow; // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!) bool SelectedAllMouseLock; // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection + bool Edited; // edited this frame ImGuiInputTextFlags UserFlags; // Temporarily set while we call user's callback ImGuiInputTextCallback UserCallback; // " void* UserCallbackData; // " @@ -888,7 +1006,7 @@ struct ImGuiPopupData ImVec2 OpenPopupPos; // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse) ImVec2 OpenMousePos; // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup - ImGuiPopupData() { PopupId = 0; Window = SourceWindow = NULL; OpenFrameCount = -1; OpenParentId = 0; } + ImGuiPopupData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); OpenFrameCount = -1; } }; struct ImGuiNavMoveResult @@ -979,31 +1097,41 @@ struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex // [SECTION] Columns support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_ +// Flags for internal's BeginColumns(). Prefix using BeginTable() nowadays! +enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ { - // Default: 0 - ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 0, // Disable column dividers - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = 1 << 3, // Disable forcing columns to fit within window - ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize= 1 << 4 // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 0, // Disable column dividers + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = 1 << 3, // Disable forcing columns to fit within window + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = 1 << 4 // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. + + // Obsolete names (will be removed) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + , ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize +#endif }; -struct ImGuiColumnData +struct ImGuiOldColumnData { float OffsetNorm; // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right) float OffsetNormBeforeResize; - ImGuiColumnsFlags Flags; // Not exposed + ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags; // Not exposed ImRect ClipRect; - ImGuiColumnData() { OffsetNorm = OffsetNormBeforeResize = 0.0f; Flags = ImGuiColumnsFlags_None; } + ImGuiOldColumnData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; -struct ImGuiColumns +struct ImGuiOldColumns { ImGuiID ID; - ImGuiColumnsFlags Flags; + ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags; bool IsFirstFrame; bool IsBeingResized; int Current; @@ -1015,24 +1143,10 @@ struct ImGuiColumns ImRect HostInitialClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect at the time of BeginColumns() ImRect HostBackupClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect during PushColumnsBackground()/PopColumnsBackground() ImRect HostBackupParentWorkRect;//Backup of WorkRect at the time of BeginColumns() - ImVector Columns; + ImVector Columns; ImDrawListSplitter Splitter; - ImGuiColumns() { Clear(); } - void Clear() - { - ID = 0; - Flags = ImGuiColumnsFlags_None; - IsFirstFrame = false; - IsBeingResized = false; - Current = 0; - Count = 1; - OffMinX = OffMaxX = 0.0f; - LineMinY = LineMaxY = 0.0f; - HostCursorPosY = 0.0f; - HostCursorMaxPosX = 0.0f; - Columns.clear(); - } + ImGuiOldColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1055,9 +1169,26 @@ struct ImGuiColumns // [SECTION] Viewport support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT -// -#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT +// ImGuiViewport Private/Internals fields (cardinal sin: we are using inheritance!) +// Every instance of ImGuiViewport is in fact a ImGuiViewportP. +struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport +{ + int DrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used + ImDrawList* DrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays. + ImDrawData DrawDataP; + ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; + + ImVec2 WorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset from Pos to top-left corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,+main_menu_bar_height). Work Area is Full Area but without menu-bars/status-bars (so WorkArea always fit inside Pos/Size!) + ImVec2 WorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset from Pos+Size to bottom-right corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,-status_bar_height). + ImVec2 CurrWorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset being built/increased during current frame + ImVec2 CurrWorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset being built/decreased during current frame + + ImGuiViewportP() { DrawListsLastFrame[0] = DrawListsLastFrame[1] = -1; DrawLists[0] = DrawLists[1] = NULL; } + ~ImGuiViewportP() { if (DrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[0]); if (DrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[1]); } + ImRect GetMainRect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); } + ImRect GetWorkRect() const { return ImRect(WorkPos.x, WorkPos.y, WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y); } + void UpdateWorkRect() { WorkPos = ImVec2(Pos.x + WorkOffsetMin.x, Pos.y + WorkOffsetMin.y); WorkSize = ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, Size.x - WorkOffsetMin.x + WorkOffsetMax.x), ImMax(0.0f, Size.y - WorkOffsetMin.y + WorkOffsetMax.y)); } +}; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Settings support @@ -1074,7 +1205,7 @@ struct ImGuiWindowSettings bool Collapsed; bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context) - ImGuiWindowSettings() { ID = 0; Pos = Size = ImVec2ih(0, 0); Collapsed = WantApply = false; } + ImGuiWindowSettings() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } char* GetName() { return (char*)(this + 1); } }; @@ -1093,6 +1224,65 @@ struct ImGuiSettingsHandler ImGuiSettingsHandler() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImGuiMetricsConfig +{ + bool ShowWindowsRects; + bool ShowWindowsBeginOrder; + bool ShowTablesRects; + bool ShowDrawCmdMesh; + bool ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes; + int ShowWindowsRectsType; + int ShowTablesRectsType; + + ImGuiMetricsConfig() + { + ShowWindowsRects = false; + ShowWindowsBeginOrder = false; + ShowTablesRects = false; + ShowDrawCmdMesh = true; + ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true; + ShowWindowsRectsType = -1; + ShowTablesRectsType = -1; + } +}; + +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes +{ + short SizeOfIDStack; + short SizeOfColorStack; + short SizeOfStyleVarStack; + short SizeOfFontStack; + short SizeOfFocusScopeStack; + short SizeOfGroupStack; + short SizeOfBeginPopupStack; + + ImGuiStackSizes() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void SetToCurrentState(); + void CompareWithCurrentState(); +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Generic context hooks +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef void (*ImGuiContextHookCallback)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHook* hook); +enum ImGuiContextHookType { ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown, ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_ }; + +struct ImGuiContextHook +{ + ImGuiID HookId; // A unique ID assigned by AddContextHook() + ImGuiContextHookType Type; + ImGuiID Owner; + ImGuiContextHookCallback Callback; + void* UserData; + + ImGuiContextHook() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1114,6 +1304,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool WithinFrameScope; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() bool WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() when the implicit debug window has been pushed bool WithinEndChild; // Set within EndChild() + bool GcCompactAll; // Request full GC bool TestEngineHookItems; // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log() ImGuiID TestEngineHookIdInfo; // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo() from GetID() void* TestEngine; // Test engine user data @@ -1127,7 +1318,6 @@ struct ImGuiContext int WindowsActiveCount; // Number of unique windows submitted by frame ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Window being drawn into ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs. - ImGuiWindow* HoveredRootWindow; // == HoveredWindow ? HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL, merely a shortcut to avoid null test in some situation. ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; // Hovered window ignoring MovingWindow. Only set if MovingWindow is set. ImGuiWindow* MovingWindow; // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actual window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindow. ImGuiWindow* WheelingWindow; // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window. @@ -1135,9 +1325,11 @@ struct ImGuiContext float WheelingWindowTimer; // Item/widgets state and tracking information - ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget + ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget, filled during the frame ImGuiID HoveredIdPreviousFrame; bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap; + bool HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel; // Hovered widget will use mouse wheel. Blocks scrolling the underlying window. + bool HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel; bool HoveredIdDisabled; // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0. float HoveredIdTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time float HoveredIdNotActiveTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active @@ -1150,6 +1342,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore; // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch. bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state. bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame; + bool ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel; // Active widget will want to read mouse wheel. Blocks scrolling the underlying window. ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav inputs. ImU64 ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those key inputs. When we grow the ImGuiKey enum we'll need to either to order the enum to make useful keys come first, either redesign this into e.g. a small array. @@ -1169,12 +1362,18 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiNextItemData NextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions // Shared stacks - ImVector ColorModifiers; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - ImVector StyleModifiers; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() + ImVector ColorStack; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector StyleVarStack; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector FocusScopeStack; // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - not inherited by Begin(), unless child window + ImVectorItemFlagsStack; // Stack for PushItemFlag()/PopItemFlag() - inherited by Begin() + ImVectorGroupStack; // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin() ImVectorOpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) ImVectorBeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame) + // Viewports + ImVector Viewports; // Active viewports (Size==1 in 'master' branch). Each viewports hold their copy of ImDrawData. + // Gamepad/keyboard Navigation ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusWindow' ImGuiID NavId; // Focused item for navigation @@ -1189,11 +1388,11 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiKeyModFlags NavJustMovedToKeyMods; ImGuiID NavNextActivateId; // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame. ImGuiInputSource NavInputSource; // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS WILL ONLY BE None or NavGamepad or NavKeyboard. - ImRect NavScoringRect; // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->DC.NavRefRectRel[], modified for directional navigation scoring. + ImRect NavScoringRect; // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->NavRectRel[], modified for directional navigation scoring. int NavScoringCount; // Metrics for debugging ImGuiNavLayer NavLayer; // Layer we are navigating on. For now the system is hard-coded for 0=main contents and 1=menu/title bar, may expose layers later. int NavIdTabCounter; // == NavWindow->DC.FocusIdxTabCounter at time of NavId processing - bool NavIdIsAlive; // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRefRectRel is valid + bool NavIdIsAlive; // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRectRel is valid bool NavMousePosDirty; // When set we will update mouse position if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) if set (NB: this not enabled by default) bool NavDisableHighlight; // When user starts using mouse, we hide gamepad/keyboard highlight (NB: but they are still available, which is why NavDisableHighlight isn't always != NavDisableMouseHover) bool NavDisableMouseHover; // When user starts using gamepad/keyboard, we hide mouse hovering highlight until mouse is touched again. @@ -1202,7 +1401,6 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool NavInitRequestFromMove; ImGuiID NavInitResultId; // Init request result (first item of the window, or one for which SetItemDefaultFocus() was called) ImRect NavInitResultRectRel; // Init request result rectangle (relative to parent window) - bool NavMoveFromClampedRefRect; // Set by manual scrolling, if we scroll to a point where NavId isn't visible we reset navigation from visible items bool NavMoveRequest; // Move request for this frame ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavMoveRequestFlags; ImGuiNavForward NavMoveRequestForward; // None / ForwardQueued / ForwardActive (this is used to navigate sibling parent menus from a child menu) @@ -1224,20 +1422,16 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool NavWindowingToggleLayer; // Legacy Focus/Tabbing system (older than Nav, active even if Nav is disabled, misnamed. FIXME-NAV: This needs a redesign!) - ImGuiWindow* FocusRequestCurrWindow; // - ImGuiWindow* FocusRequestNextWindow; // - int FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular; // Any item being requested for focus, stored as an index (we on layout to be stable between the frame pressing TAB and the next frame, semi-ouch) - int FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop; // Tab item being requested for focus, stored as an index - int FocusRequestNextCounterRegular; // Stored for next frame - int FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop; // " - bool FocusTabPressed; // + ImGuiWindow* TabFocusRequestCurrWindow; // + ImGuiWindow* TabFocusRequestNextWindow; // + int TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular; // Any item being requested for focus, stored as an index (we on layout to be stable between the frame pressing TAB and the next frame, semi-ouch) + int TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop; // Tab item being requested for focus, stored as an index + int TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular; // Stored for next frame + int TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop; // " + bool TabFocusPressed; // // Render - ImDrawData DrawData; // Main ImDrawData instance to pass render information to the user - ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; float DimBgRatio; // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list) - ImDrawList BackgroundDrawList; // First draw list to be rendered. - ImDrawList ForegroundDrawList; // Last draw list to be rendered. This is where we the render software mouse cursor (if io.MouseDrawCursor is set) and most debug overlays. ImGuiMouseCursor MouseCursor; // Drag and Drop @@ -1259,6 +1453,13 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImVector DragDropPayloadBufHeap; // We don't expose the ImVector<> directly, ImGuiPayload only holds pointer+size unsigned char DragDropPayloadBufLocal[16]; // Local buffer for small payloads + // Table + ImGuiTable* CurrentTable; + ImPool Tables; + ImVector CurrentTableStack; + ImVector TablesLastTimeActive; // Last used timestamp of each tables (SOA, for efficient GC) + ImVector DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer; + // Tab bars ImGuiTabBar* CurrentTabBar; ImPool TabBars; @@ -1282,12 +1483,14 @@ struct ImGuiContext float DragSpeedDefaultRatio; // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio float ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage? int TooltipOverrideCount; + float TooltipSlowDelay; // Time before slow tooltips appears (FIXME: This is temporary until we merge in tooltip timer+priority work) ImVector ClipboardHandlerData; // If no custom clipboard handler is defined ImVector MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame; // A list of menu IDs that were rendered at least once // Platform support ImVec2 PlatformImePos; // Cursor position request & last passed to the OS Input Method Editor ImVec2 PlatformImeLastPos; + char PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; // '.' or *localeconv()->decimal_point // Settings bool SettingsLoaded; @@ -1295,12 +1498,17 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiTextBuffer SettingsIniData; // In memory .ini settings ImVector SettingsHandlers; // List of .ini settings handlers ImChunkStream SettingsWindows; // ImGuiWindow .ini settings entries + ImChunkStream SettingsTables; // ImGuiTable .ini settings entries + ImVector Hooks; // Hooks for extensions (e.g. test engine) + ImGuiID HookIdNext; // Next available HookId // Capture/Logging bool LogEnabled; // Currently capturing ImGuiLogType LogType; // Capture target ImFileHandle LogFile; // If != NULL log to stdout/ file ImGuiTextBuffer LogBuffer; // Accumulation buffer when log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static constructor doesn't call heap allocators. + const char* LogNextPrefix; + const char* LogNextSuffix; float LogLinePosY; bool LogLineFirstItem; int LogDepthRef; @@ -1310,6 +1518,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext // Debug Tools bool DebugItemPickerActive; // Item picker is active (started with DebugStartItemPicker()) ImGuiID DebugItemPickerBreakId; // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this id + ImGuiMetricsConfig DebugMetricsConfig; // Misc float FramerateSecPerFrame[120]; // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 2 seconds. @@ -1320,7 +1529,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext int WantTextInputNextFrame; char TempBuffer[1024 * 3 + 1]; // Temporary text buffer - ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) : BackgroundDrawList(&DrawListSharedData), ForegroundDrawList(&DrawListSharedData) + ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) { Initialized = false; FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true; @@ -1331,6 +1540,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext FrameCount = 0; FrameCountEnded = FrameCountRendered = -1; WithinFrameScope = WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = WithinEndChild = false; + GcCompactAll = false; TestEngineHookItems = false; TestEngineHookIdInfo = 0; TestEngine = NULL; @@ -1338,7 +1548,6 @@ struct ImGuiContext WindowsActiveCount = 0; CurrentWindow = NULL; HoveredWindow = NULL; - HoveredRootWindow = NULL; HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; MovingWindow = NULL; WheelingWindow = NULL; @@ -1346,6 +1555,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext HoveredId = HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0; HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; + HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel = false; HoveredIdDisabled = false; HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; ActiveId = 0; @@ -1357,13 +1567,14 @@ struct ImGuiContext ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; + ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = false; ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00; ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1, -1); ActiveIdWindow = NULL; ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; - ActiveIdMouseButton = 0; + ActiveIdMouseButton = -1; ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0; ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = false; @@ -1388,7 +1599,6 @@ struct ImGuiContext NavInitRequest = false; NavInitRequestFromMove = false; NavInitResultId = 0; - NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false; NavMoveRequest = false; NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_None; @@ -1401,14 +1611,12 @@ struct ImGuiContext NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; - FocusRequestCurrWindow = FocusRequestNextWindow = NULL; - FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; - FocusRequestNextCounterRegular = FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; - FocusTabPressed = false; + TabFocusRequestCurrWindow = TabFocusRequestNextWindow = NULL; + TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; + TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular = TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; + TabFocusPressed = false; DimBgRatio = 0.0f; - BackgroundDrawList._OwnerName = "##Background"; // Give it a name for debugging - ForegroundDrawList._OwnerName = "##Foreground"; // Give it a name for debugging MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; DragDropActive = DragDropWithinSource = DragDropWithinTarget = false; @@ -1423,6 +1631,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; memset(DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); + CurrentTable = NULL; CurrentTabBar = NULL; LastValidMousePos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); @@ -1437,14 +1646,18 @@ struct ImGuiContext DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f; ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; TooltipOverrideCount = 0; + TooltipSlowDelay = 0.50f; PlatformImePos = PlatformImeLastPos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.'; SettingsLoaded = false; SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + HookIdNext = 0; LogEnabled = false; LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; + LogNextPrefix = LogNextSuffix = NULL; LogFile = NULL; LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; LogLineFirstItem = false; @@ -1467,14 +1680,16 @@ struct ImGuiContext //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Transient per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the DC variable name in ImGuiWindow. -// FIXME: That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiWindowTempData is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered. +// (That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiWindowTempData is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered..) +// (This doesn't need a constructor because we zero-clear it as part of ImGuiWindow and all frame-temporary data are setup on Begin) struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData { // Layout ImVec2 CursorPos; // Current emitting position, in absolute coordinates. ImVec2 CursorPosPrevLine; ImVec2 CursorStartPos; // Initial position after Begin(), generally ~ window position + WindowPadding. - ImVec2 CursorMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate the size of our contents, always growing during the frame. Used to calculate window->ContentSize at the beginning of next frame + ImVec2 CursorMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSize at the beginning of next frame, for scrolling range and auto-resize. Always growing during the frame. + ImVec2 IdealMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSizeIdeal at the beginning of next frame, for auto-resize only. Always growing during the frame. ImVec2 CurrLineSize; ImVec2 PrevLineSize; float CurrLineTextBaseOffset; // Baseline offset (0.0f by default on a new line, generally == style.FramePadding.y when a framed item has been added). @@ -1491,9 +1706,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation ImGuiNavLayer NavLayerCurrent; // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1) - int NavLayerCurrentMask; // = (1 << NavLayerCurrent) used by ItemAdd prior to clipping. - int NavLayerActiveMask; // Which layer have been written to (result from previous frame) - int NavLayerActiveMaskNext; // Which layer have been written to (buffer for current frame) + int NavLayerActiveMask; // Which layers have been written to (result from previous frame) + int NavLayerActiveMaskNext; // Which layers have been written to (accumulator for current frame) ImGuiID NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; // Current focus scope ID while appending bool NavHideHighlightOneFrame; bool NavHasScroll; // Set when scrolling can be used (ScrollMax > 0.0f) @@ -1506,7 +1720,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData ImU32 TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask; // Store a copy of !g.NavIdIsAlive for TreeDepth 0..31.. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary. ImVector ChildWindows; ImGuiStorage* StateStorage; // Current persistent per-window storage (store e.g. tree node open/close state) - ImGuiColumns* CurrentColumns; // Current columns set + ImGuiOldColumns* CurrentColumns; // Current columns set + int CurrentTableIdx; // Current table index (into g.Tables) ImGuiLayoutType LayoutType; ImGuiLayoutType ParentLayoutType; // Layout type of parent window at the time of Begin() int FocusCounterRegular; // (Legacy Focus/Tabbing system) Sequential counter, start at -1 and increase as assigned via FocusableItemRegister() (FIXME-NAV: Needs redesign) @@ -1514,49 +1729,12 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData // Local parameters stacks // We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using those settings. - ImGuiItemFlags ItemFlags; // == ItemFlagsStack.back() [empty == ImGuiItemFlags_Default] - float ItemWidth; // == ItemWidthStack.back(). 0.0: default, >0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window - float TextWrapPos; // == TextWrapPosStack.back() [empty == -1.0f] - ImVectorItemFlagsStack; - ImVector ItemWidthStack; - ImVector TextWrapPosStack; - ImVectorGroupStack; - short StackSizesBackup[6]; // Store size of various stacks for asserting - - ImGuiWindowTempData() - { - CursorPos = CursorPosPrevLine = CursorStartPos = CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - CurrLineSize = PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - CurrLineTextBaseOffset = PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - Indent = ImVec1(0.0f); - ColumnsOffset = ImVec1(0.0f); - GroupOffset = ImVec1(0.0f); - - LastItemId = 0; - LastItemStatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None; - LastItemRect = LastItemDisplayRect = ImRect(); - - NavLayerActiveMask = NavLayerActiveMaskNext = 0x00; - NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); - NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = 0; - NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false; - NavHasScroll = false; - - MenuBarAppending = false; - MenuBarOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - TreeDepth = 0; - TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00; - StateStorage = NULL; - CurrentColumns = NULL; - LayoutType = ParentLayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; - FocusCounterRegular = FocusCounterTabStop = -1; - - ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_Default_; - ItemWidth = 0.0f; - TextWrapPos = -1.0f; - memset(StackSizesBackup, 0, sizeof(StackSizesBackup)); - } + ImGuiItemFlags ItemFlags; // == g.ItemFlagsStack.back() + float ItemWidth; // Current item width (>0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window). + float TextWrapPos; // Current text wrap pos. + ImVector ItemWidthStack; // Store item widths to restore (attention: .back() is not == ItemWidth) + ImVector TextWrapPosStack; // Store text wrap pos to restore (attention: .back() is not == TextWrapPos) + ImGuiStackSizes StackSizesOnBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting }; // Storage for one window @@ -1569,6 +1747,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImVec2 Size; // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size) ImVec2 SizeFull; // Size when non collapsed ImVec2 ContentSize; // Size of contents/scrollable client area (calculated from the extents reach of the cursor) from previous frame. Does not include window decoration or window padding. + ImVec2 ContentSizeIdeal; ImVec2 ContentSizeExplicit; // Size of contents/scrollable client area explicitly request by the user via SetNextWindowContentSize(). ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Window padding at the time of Begin(). float WindowRounding; // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). May be clamped lower to avoid rendering artifacts with title bar, menu bar etc. @@ -1580,6 +1759,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImVec2 ScrollMax; ImVec2 ScrollTarget; // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change) ImVec2 ScrollTargetCenterRatio; // 0.0f = scroll so that target position is at top, 0.5f = scroll so that target position is centered + ImVec2 ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist; // 0.0f = no snapping, >0.0f snapping threshold ImVec2 ScrollbarSizes; // Size taken by each scrollbars on their smaller axis. Pay attention! ScrollbarSizes.x == width of the vertical scrollbar, ScrollbarSizes.y = height of the horizontal scrollbar. bool ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY; // Are scrollbars visible? bool Active; // Set to true on Begin(), unless Collapsed @@ -1601,18 +1781,19 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImS8 AutoFitChildAxises; bool AutoFitOnlyGrows; ImGuiDir AutoPosLastDirection; - int HiddenFramesCanSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames - int HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size - ImGuiCond SetWindowPosAllowFlags; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use. - ImGuiCond SetWindowSizeAllowFlags; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use. - ImGuiCond SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use. + ImS8 HiddenFramesCanSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames + ImS8 HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size + ImS8 HiddenFramesForRenderOnly; // Hide the window until frame N at Render() time only + ImGuiCond SetWindowPosAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use. + ImGuiCond SetWindowSizeAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use. + ImGuiCond SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use. ImVec2 SetWindowPosVal; // store window position when using a non-zero Pivot (position set needs to be processed when we know the window size) ImVec2 SetWindowPosPivot; // store window pivot for positioning. ImVec2(0, 0) when positioning from top-left corner; ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) for centering; ImVec2(1, 1) for bottom right. ImVector IDStack; // ID stack. ID are hashes seeded with the value at the top of the stack. (In theory this should be in the TempData structure) ImGuiWindowTempData DC; // Temporary per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the "DC" variable name. - // The best way to understand what those rectangles are is to use the 'Metrics -> Tools -> Show windows rectangles' viewer. + // The best way to understand what those rectangles are is to use the 'Metrics->Tools->Show Windows Rectangles' viewer. // The main 'OuterRect', omitted as a field, is window->Rect(). ImRect OuterRectClipped; // == Window->Rect() just after setup in Begin(). == window->Rect() for root window. ImRect InnerRect; // Inner rectangle (omit title bar, menu bar, scroll bar) @@ -1628,7 +1809,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp the window was Active (using float as we don't need high precision there) float ItemWidthDefault; ImGuiStorage StateStorage; - ImVector ColumnsStorage; + ImVector ColumnsStorage; float FontWindowScale; // User scale multiplier per-window, via SetWindowFontScale() int SettingsOffset; // Offset into SettingsWindows[] (offsets are always valid as we only grow the array from the back) @@ -1643,9 +1824,9 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImGuiID NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1) ImRect NavRectRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Reference rectangle, in window relative space - bool MemoryCompacted; // Set when window extraneous data have been garbage collected int MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity; // Backup of last idx/vtx count, so when waking up the window we can preallocate and avoid iterative alloc/copy int MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity; + bool MemoryCompacted; // Set when window extraneous data have been garbage collected public: ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name); @@ -1696,7 +1877,8 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlagsPrivate_ // Extend ImGuiTabItemFlags_ enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_ { - ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton = 1 << 20 // Track whether p_open was set or not (we'll need this info on the next frame to recompute ContentWidth during layout) + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton = 1 << 20, // Track whether p_open was set or not (we'll need this info on the next frame to recompute ContentWidth during layout) + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button = 1 << 21 // Used by TabItemButton, change the tab item behavior to mimic a button }; // Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 28~32 bytes) @@ -1708,39 +1890,48 @@ struct ImGuiTabItem int LastFrameSelected; // This allows us to infer an ordered list of the last activated tabs with little maintenance float Offset; // Position relative to beginning of tab float Width; // Width currently displayed - float ContentWidth; // Width of actual contents, stored during BeginTabItem() call + float ContentWidth; // Width of label, stored during BeginTabItem() call ImS16 NameOffset; // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames + ImS16 BeginOrder; // BeginTabItem() order, used to re-order tabs after toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable + ImS16 IndexDuringLayout; // Index only used during TabBarLayout() bool WantClose; // Marked as closed by SetTabItemClosed() - ImGuiTabItem() { ID = 0; Flags = ImGuiTabItemFlags_None; LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; NameOffset = -1; Offset = Width = ContentWidth = 0.0f; WantClose = false; } + ImGuiTabItem() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; NameOffset = BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1; } }; -// Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 92~96 bytes) +// Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 152 bytes) struct ImGuiTabBar { ImVector Tabs; + ImGuiTabBarFlags Flags; ImGuiID ID; // Zero for tab-bars used by docking ImGuiID SelectedTabId; // Selected tab/window - ImGuiID NextSelectedTabId; + ImGuiID NextSelectedTabId; // Next selected tab/window. Will also trigger a scrolling animation ImGuiID VisibleTabId; // Can occasionally be != SelectedTabId (e.g. when previewing contents for CTRL+TAB preview) int CurrFrameVisible; int PrevFrameVisible; ImRect BarRect; - float LastTabContentHeight; // Record the height of contents submitted below the tab bar - float OffsetMax; // Distance from BarRect.Min.x, locked during layout - float OffsetMaxIdeal; // Ideal offset if all tabs were visible and not clipped - float OffsetNextTab; // Distance from BarRect.Min.x, incremented with each BeginTabItem() call, not used if ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable if set. + float CurrTabsContentsHeight; + float PrevTabsContentsHeight; // Record the height of contents submitted below the tab bar + float WidthAllTabs; // Actual width of all tabs (locked during layout) + float WidthAllTabsIdeal; // Ideal width if all tabs were visible and not clipped float ScrollingAnim; float ScrollingTarget; float ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility; float ScrollingSpeed; - ImGuiTabBarFlags Flags; + float ScrollingRectMinX; + float ScrollingRectMaxX; ImGuiID ReorderRequestTabId; ImS8 ReorderRequestDir; + ImS8 BeginCount; bool WantLayout; bool VisibleTabWasSubmitted; - short LastTabItemIdx; // For BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() + bool TabsAddedNew; // Set to true when a new tab item or button has been added to the tab bar during last frame + ImS16 TabsActiveCount; // Number of tabs submitted this frame. + ImS16 LastTabItemIdx; // Index of last BeginTabItem() tab for use by EndTabItem() + float ItemSpacingY; ImVec2 FramePadding; // style.FramePadding locked at the time of BeginTabBar() + ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; ImGuiTextBuffer TabsNames; // For non-docking tab bar we re-append names in a contiguous buffer. ImGuiTabBar(); @@ -1757,11 +1948,244 @@ struct ImGuiTabBar //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE -// + +#define IM_COL32_DISABLE IM_COL32(0,0,0,1) // Special sentinel code which cannot be used as a regular color. +#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS 64 // sizeof(ImU64) * 8. This is solely because we frequently encode columns set in a ImU64. +#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS (4 + 64 * 2) // See TableSetupDrawChannels() + +// Our current column maximum is 64 but we may raise that in the future. +typedef ImS8 ImGuiTableColumnIdx; +typedef ImU8 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx; + +// [Internal] sizeof() ~ 104 +// We use the terminology "Enabled" to refer to a column that is not Hidden by user/api. +// We use the terminology "Clipped" to refer to a column that is out of sight because of scrolling/clipping. +// This is in contrast with some user-facing api such as IsItemVisible() / IsRectVisible() which use "Visible" to mean "not clipped". +struct ImGuiTableColumn +{ + ImGuiTableColumnFlags Flags; // Flags after some patching (not directly same as provided by user). See ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ + float WidthGiven; // Final/actual width visible == (MaxX - MinX), locked in TableUpdateLayout(). May be > WidthRequest to honor minimum width, may be < WidthRequest to honor shrinking columns down in tight space. + float MinX; // Absolute positions + float MaxX; + float WidthRequest; // Master width absolute value when !(Flags & _WidthStretch). When Stretch this is derived every frame from StretchWeight in TableUpdateLayout() + float WidthAuto; // Automatic width + float StretchWeight; // Master width weight when (Flags & _WidthStretch). Often around ~1.0f initially. + float InitStretchWeightOrWidth; // Value passed to TableSetupColumn(). For Width it is a content width (_without padding_). + ImRect ClipRect; // Clipping rectangle for the column + ImGuiID UserID; // Optional, value passed to TableSetupColumn() + float WorkMinX; // Contents region min ~(MinX + CellPaddingX + CellSpacingX1) == cursor start position when entering column + float WorkMaxX; // Contents region max ~(MaxX - CellPaddingX - CellSpacingX2) + float ItemWidth; // Current item width for the column, preserved across rows + float ContentMaxXFrozen; // Contents maximum position for frozen rows (apart from headers), from which we can infer content width. + float ContentMaxXUnfrozen; + float ContentMaxXHeadersUsed; // Contents maximum position for headers rows (regardless of freezing). TableHeader() automatically softclip itself + report ideal desired size, to avoid creating extraneous draw calls + float ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal; + ImS16 NameOffset; // Offset into parent ColumnsNames[] + ImGuiTableColumnIdx DisplayOrder; // Index within Table's IndexToDisplayOrder[] (column may be reordered by users) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx IndexWithinEnabledSet; // Index within enabled/visible set (<= IndexToDisplayOrder) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx PrevEnabledColumn; // Index of prev enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if first enabled/visible column + ImGuiTableColumnIdx NextEnabledColumn; // Index of next enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if last enabled/visible column + ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortOrder; // Index of this column within sort specs, -1 if not sorting on this column, 0 for single-sort, may be >0 on multi-sort + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelCurrent; // Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[] + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelFrozen; + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelUnfrozen; + bool IsEnabled; // Is the column not marked Hidden by the user? (even if off view, e.g. clipped by scrolling). + bool IsEnabledNextFrame; + bool IsVisibleX; // Is actually in view (e.g. overlapping the host window clipping rectangle, not scrolled). + bool IsVisibleY; + bool IsRequestOutput; // Return value for TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn(): whether we request user to output contents or not. + bool IsSkipItems; // Do we want item submissions to this column to be completely ignored (no layout will happen). + bool IsPreserveWidthAuto; + ImS8 NavLayerCurrent; // ImGuiNavLayer in 1 byte + ImU8 AutoFitQueue; // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to request auto-fit + ImU8 CannotSkipItemsQueue; // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to disable Clipped/SkipItem + ImU8 SortDirection : 2; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending + ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailCount : 2; // Number of available sort directions (0 to 3) + ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailMask : 4; // Mask of available sort directions (1-bit each) + ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailList; // Ordered of available sort directions (2-bits each) + + ImGuiTableColumn() + { + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + StretchWeight = WidthRequest = -1.0f; + NameOffset = -1; + DisplayOrder = IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1; + PrevEnabledColumn = NextEnabledColumn = -1; + SortOrder = -1; + SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None; + DrawChannelCurrent = DrawChannelFrozen = DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImU8)-1; + } +}; + +// Transient cell data stored per row. +// sizeof() ~ 6 +struct ImGuiTableCellData +{ + ImU32 BgColor; // Actual color + ImGuiTableColumnIdx Column; // Column number +}; + +// FIXME-TABLE: transient data could be stored in a per-stacked table structure: DrawSplitter, SortSpecs, incoming RowData +struct ImGuiTable +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiTableFlags Flags; + void* RawData; // Single allocation to hold Columns[], DisplayOrderToIndex[] and RowCellData[] + ImSpan Columns; // Point within RawData[] + ImSpan DisplayOrderToIndex; // Point within RawData[]. Store display order of columns (when not reordered, the values are 0...Count-1) + ImSpan RowCellData; // Point within RawData[]. Store cells background requests for current row. + ImU64 EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder; // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map + ImU64 EnabledMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data + ImU64 VisibleMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by scrolling/cliprect) + ImU64 RequestOutputMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisible || AutoFit (== expect user to submit items) + ImGuiTableFlags SettingsLoadedFlags; // Which data were loaded from the .ini file (e.g. when order is not altered we won't save order) + int SettingsOffset; // Offset in g.SettingsTables + int LastFrameActive; + int ColumnsCount; // Number of columns declared in BeginTable() + int CurrentRow; + int CurrentColumn; + ImS16 InstanceCurrent; // Count of BeginTable() calls with same ID in the same frame (generally 0). This is a little bit similar to BeginCount for a window, but multiple table with same ID look are multiple tables, they are just synched. + ImS16 InstanceInteracted; // Mark which instance (generally 0) of the same ID is being interacted with + float RowPosY1; + float RowPosY2; + float RowMinHeight; // Height submitted to TableNextRow() + float RowTextBaseline; + float RowIndentOffsetX; + ImGuiTableRowFlags RowFlags : 16; // Current row flags, see ImGuiTableRowFlags_ + ImGuiTableRowFlags LastRowFlags : 16; + int RowBgColorCounter; // Counter for alternating background colors (can be fast-forwarded by e.g clipper), not same as CurrentRow because header rows typically don't increase this. + ImU32 RowBgColor[2]; // Background color override for current row. + ImU32 BorderColorStrong; + ImU32 BorderColorLight; + float BorderX1; + float BorderX2; + float HostIndentX; + float MinColumnWidth; + float OuterPaddingX; + float CellPaddingX; // Padding from each borders + float CellPaddingY; + float CellSpacingX1; // Spacing between non-bordered cells + float CellSpacingX2; + float LastOuterHeight; // Outer height from last frame + float LastFirstRowHeight; // Height of first row from last frame + float InnerWidth; // User value passed to BeginTable(), see comments at the top of BeginTable() for details. + float ColumnsGivenWidth; // Sum of current column width + float ColumnsAutoFitWidth; // Sum of ideal column width in order nothing to be clipped, used for auto-fitting and content width submission in outer window + float ResizedColumnNextWidth; + float ResizeLockMinContentsX2; // Lock minimum contents width while resizing down in order to not create feedback loops. But we allow growing the table. + float RefScale; // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes. + ImRect OuterRect; // Note: for non-scrolling table, OuterRect.Max.y is often FLT_MAX until EndTable(), unless a height has been specified in BeginTable(). + ImRect InnerRect; // InnerRect but without decoration. As with OuterRect, for non-scrolling tables, InnerRect.Max.y is + ImRect WorkRect; + ImRect InnerClipRect; + ImRect BgClipRect; // We use this to cpu-clip cell background color fill + ImRect Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd; // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG0/1 channel. This tends to be == OuterWindow->ClipRect at BeginTable() because output in BG0/BG1 is cpu-clipped + ImRect Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd; // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG2 channel. This tends to be a correct, tight-fit, because output to BG2 are done by widgets relying on regular ClipRect. + ImRect HostClipRect; // This is used to check if we can eventually merge our columns draw calls into the current draw call of the current window. + ImRect HostBackupWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->WorkRect at the end of BeginTable() + ImRect HostBackupParentWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect at the end of BeginTable() + ImRect HostBackupInnerClipRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->ClipRect during PushTableBackground()/PopTableBackground() + ImVec2 HostBackupPrevLineSize; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.PrevLineSize at the end of BeginTable() + ImVec2 HostBackupCurrLineSize; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CurrLineSize at the end of BeginTable() + ImVec2 HostBackupCursorMaxPos; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos at the end of BeginTable() + ImVec2 UserOuterSize; // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable() + ImVec1 HostBackupColumnsOffset; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ColumnsOffset at the end of BeginTable() + float HostBackupItemWidth; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidth at the end of BeginTable() + int HostBackupItemWidthStackSize;// Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size at the end of BeginTable() + ImGuiWindow* OuterWindow; // Parent window for the table + ImGuiWindow* InnerWindow; // Window holding the table data (== OuterWindow or a child window) + ImGuiTextBuffer ColumnsNames; // Contiguous buffer holding columns names + ImDrawListSplitter DrawSplitter; // We carry our own ImDrawList splitter to allow recursion (FIXME: could be stored outside, worst case we need 1 splitter per recursing table) + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs SortSpecsSingle; + ImVector SortSpecsMulti; // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would work be good. + ImGuiTableSortSpecs SortSpecs; // Public facing sorts specs, this is what we return in TableGetSortSpecs() + ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortSpecsCount; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledFixedCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx DeclColumnsCount; // Count calls to TableSetupColumn() + ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBody; // Index of column whose visible region is being hovered. Important: == ColumnsCount when hovering empty region after the right-most column! + ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBorder; // Index of column whose right-border is being hovered (for resizing). + ImGuiTableColumnIdx AutoFitSingleColumn; // Index of single column requesting auto-fit. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized. Reset when InstanceCurrent==0. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx LastResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized from previous frame. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx HeldHeaderColumn; // Index of column header being held. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ReorderColumn; // Index of column being reordered. (not cleared) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ReorderColumnDir; // -1 or +1 + ImGuiTableColumnIdx LeftMostEnabledColumn; // Index of left-most non-hidden column. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx RightMostEnabledColumn; // Index of right-most non-hidden column. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx LeftMostStretchedColumn; // Index of left-most stretched column. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx RightMostStretchedColumn; // Index of right-most stretched column. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ContextPopupColumn; // Column right-clicked on, of -1 if opening context menu from a neutral/empty spot + ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeRowsRequest; // Requested frozen rows count + ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeRowsCount; // Actual frozen row count (== FreezeRowsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeColumnsRequest; // Requested frozen columns count + ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeColumnsCount; // Actual frozen columns count (== FreezeColumnsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx RowCellDataCurrent; // Index of current RowCellData[] entry in current row + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DummyDrawChannel; // Redirect non-visible columns here. + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx Bg2DrawChannelCurrent; // For Selectable() and other widgets drawing across columns after the freezing line. Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[] + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen; + bool IsLayoutLocked; // Set by TableUpdateLayout() which is called when beginning the first row. + bool IsInsideRow; // Set when inside TableBeginRow()/TableEndRow(). + bool IsInitializing; + bool IsSortSpecsDirty; + bool IsUsingHeaders; // Set when the first row had the ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers flag. + bool IsContextPopupOpen; // Set when default context menu is open (also see: ContextPopupColumn, InstanceInteracted). + bool IsSettingsRequestLoad; + bool IsSettingsDirty; // Set when table settings have changed and needs to be reported into ImGuiTableSetttings data. + bool IsDefaultDisplayOrder; // Set when display order is unchanged from default (DisplayOrder contains 0...Count-1) + bool IsResetAllRequest; + bool IsResetDisplayOrderRequest; + bool IsUnfrozenRows; // Set when we got past the frozen row. + bool IsDefaultSizingPolicy; // Set if user didn't explicitly set a sizing policy in BeginTable() + bool MemoryCompacted; + bool HostSkipItems; // Backup of InnerWindow->SkipItem at the end of BeginTable(), because we will overwrite InnerWindow->SkipItem on a per-column basis + + IMGUI_API ImGuiTable() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameActive = -1; } + IMGUI_API ~ImGuiTable() { IM_FREE(RawData); } +}; + +// sizeof() ~ 12 +struct ImGuiTableColumnSettings +{ + float WidthOrWeight; + ImGuiID UserID; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx Index; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx DisplayOrder; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortOrder; + ImU8 SortDirection : 2; + ImU8 IsEnabled : 1; // "Visible" in ini file + ImU8 IsStretch : 1; + + ImGuiTableColumnSettings() + { + WidthOrWeight = 0.0f; + UserID = 0; + Index = -1; + DisplayOrder = SortOrder = -1; + SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None; + IsEnabled = 1; + IsStretch = 0; + } +}; + +// This is designed to be stored in a single ImChunkStream (1 header followed by N ImGuiTableColumnSettings, etc.) +struct ImGuiTableSettings +{ + ImGuiID ID; // Set to 0 to invalidate/delete the setting + ImGuiTableFlags SaveFlags; // Indicate data we want to save using the Resizable/Reorderable/Sortable/Hideable flags (could be using its own flags..) + float RefScale; // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsCount; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsCountMax; // Maximum number of columns this settings instance can store, we can recycle a settings instance with lower number of columns but not higher + bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context) + + ImGuiTableSettings() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* GetColumnSettings() { return (ImGuiTableColumnSettings*)(this + 1); } +}; + #endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Internal API +// [SECTION] ImGui internal API // No guarantee of forward compatibility here! //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1777,8 +2201,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByName(const char* name); IMGUI_API void UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcWindowExpectedSize(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImRect GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); @@ -1796,7 +2221,9 @@ namespace ImGui // Fonts, drawing IMGUI_API void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font); inline ImFont* GetDefaultFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; } - inline ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_UNUSED(window); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return &g.ForegroundDrawList; } // This seemingly unnecessary wrapper simplifies compatibility between the 'master' and 'docking' branches. + inline ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_UNUSED(window); return GetForegroundDrawList(); } // This seemingly unnecessary wrapper simplifies compatibility between the 'master' and 'docking' branches. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get background draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get foreground draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. // Init IMGUI_API void Initialize(ImGuiContext* context); @@ -1808,6 +2235,11 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame(); IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame(); + // Generic context hooks + IMGUI_API ImGuiID AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, const ImGuiContextHook* hook); + IMGUI_API void RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiID hook_to_remove); + IMGUI_API void CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiContextHookType type); + // Settings IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(); IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window); @@ -1819,10 +2251,10 @@ namespace ImGui // Scrolling IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll); // Use -1.0f on one axis to leave as-is - IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x); - IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y); - IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); - IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); + IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x); + IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y); + IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio); + IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio); IMGUI_API ImVec2 ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect); // Basic Accessors @@ -1830,6 +2262,7 @@ namespace ImGui inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; } inline ImGuiID GetActiveID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; } inline ImGuiID GetFocusID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; } + inline ImGuiItemFlags GetItemsFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.ItemFlags; } IMGUI_API void SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void ClearActiveID(); @@ -1838,6 +2271,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id); // Mark data associated to given item as "edited", used by IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function. IMGUI_API void PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); // Push given value as-is at the top of the ID stack (whereas PushID combines old and new hashes) + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetIDWithSeed(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end, ImGuiID seed); // Basic Helpers for widget code IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); @@ -1860,6 +2294,8 @@ namespace ImGui // Logging/Capture IMGUI_API void LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth); // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name. IMGUI_API void LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth = -1); // Start logging/capturing to internal buffer + IMGUI_API void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); + IMGUI_API void LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix); // Popups, Modals, Tooltips IMGUI_API bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); @@ -1871,7 +2307,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostPopupModal(); IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy = ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy); // Gamepad/Keyboard Navigation IMGUI_API void NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit); @@ -1883,18 +2319,19 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor = 0.0f, float fast_factor = 0.0f); IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); IMGUI_API void ActivateItem(ImGuiID id); // Remotely activate a button, checkbox, tree node etc. given its unique ID. activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. - IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id); - IMGUI_API void SetNavIDWithRectRel(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel); + IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel); // Focus Scope (WIP) // This is generally used to identify a selection set (multiple of which may be in the same window), as selection // patterns generally need to react (e.g. clear selection) when landing on an item of the set. IMGUI_API void PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void PopFocusScope(); - inline ImGuiID GetFocusScopeID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavFocusScopeId; } + inline ImGuiID GetFocusedFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavFocusScopeId; } // Focus scope which is actually active + inline ImGuiID GetFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; } // Focus scope we are outputting into, set by PushFocusScope() // Inputs // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions. + IMGUI_API void SetItemUsingMouseWheel(); inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; } inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput input) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << input)) != 0; } inline bool IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(key < 64); return (g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask & ((ImU64)1 << key)) != 0; } @@ -1911,26 +2348,78 @@ namespace ImGui // Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables API) IMGUI_API void SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect); - IMGUI_API void BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns(). - IMGUI_API void EndColumns(); // close columns + IMGUI_API void BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns(). + IMGUI_API void EndColumns(); // close columns IMGUI_API void PushColumnClipRect(int column_index); IMGUI_API void PushColumnsBackground(); IMGUI_API void PopColumnsBackground(); IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int count); - IMGUI_API ImGuiColumns* FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API float GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset_norm); - IMGUI_API float GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset); + IMGUI_API ImGuiOldColumns* FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API float GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm); + IMGUI_API float GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset); + + // Tables: Candidates for public API + IMGUI_API void TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n = -1); + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool enabled); + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width); + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs); + IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredColumn(); // May use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) instead. Return hovered column. return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. + IMGUI_API float TableGetHeaderRowHeight(); + IMGUI_API void TablePushBackgroundChannel(); + IMGUI_API void TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + + // Tables: Internals + inline ImGuiTable* GetCurrentTable() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTable; } + IMGUI_API ImGuiTable* TableFindByID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API bool BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0, 0), float inner_width = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API void TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count); + IMGUI_API void TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column); + IMGUI_API void TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column); + IMGUI_API float TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column); + IMGUI_API void TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API void TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API ImRect TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0); + IMGUI_API float TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactSettings(); + + // Tables: Settings + IMGUI_API void TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSettingsInstallHandler(ImGuiContext* context); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id); // Tab Bars IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags); IMGUI_API ImGuiTabItem* TabBarFindTabByID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); IMGUI_API void TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); IMGUI_API void TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); - IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int dir); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int dir); + IMGUI_API bool TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); IMGUI_API bool TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags); IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button); IMGUI_API void TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col); - IMGUI_API bool TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible); + IMGUI_API void TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped); // Render helpers // AVOID USING OUTSIDE OF IMGUI.CPP! NOT FOR PUBLIC CONSUMPTION. THOSE FUNCTIONS ARE A MESS. THEIR SIGNATURE AND BEHAVIOR WILL CHANGE, THEY NEED TO BE REFACTORED INTO SOMETHING DECENT. @@ -1942,10 +2431,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known); IMGUI_API void RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border = true, float rounding = 0.0f); IMGUI_API void RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding = 0.0f); - IMGUI_API void RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners_flags = ~0); + IMGUI_API void RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault); // Navigation highlight IMGUI_API const char* FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text. - IMGUI_API void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Render helpers (those functions don't access any ImGui state!) IMGUI_API void RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f); @@ -1969,12 +2457,14 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos); IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis); - IMGUI_API bool ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float avail_v, float contents_v, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners); + IMGUI_API bool ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float avail_v, float contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags); IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col); IMGUI_API ImRect GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis); IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis); IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners, 4..7: borders IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value); + IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value); // Widgets low-level behaviors IMGUI_API bool ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); @@ -1988,17 +2478,19 @@ namespace ImGui // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types. // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036). // e.g. " extern template IMGUI_API float RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, float v); " - template IMGUI_API float ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T v, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size); - template IMGUI_API T ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size); + template IMGUI_API float ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T v, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size); + template IMGUI_API T ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size); template IMGUI_API bool DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, float v_speed, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags); template IMGUI_API bool SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); template IMGUI_API T RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v); + template IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value); // Data type helpers IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type); IMGUI_API int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format); - IMGUI_API void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); + IMGUI_API void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); IMGUI_API bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format); + IMGUI_API int DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); IMGUI_API bool DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max); // InputText @@ -2021,38 +2513,62 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp); // Garbage collection + IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers(); IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); // Debug Tools + IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); inline void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max, col); } inline void DebugStartItemPicker() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; } + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport); + IMGUI_API void DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb); + } // namespace ImGui -// ImFontAtlas internals -IMGUI_API bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender1bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int atlas_x, int atlas_y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_multiply_factor); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride); //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Test Engine Hooks (imgui_test_engine) +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This structure is likely to evolve as we add support for incremental atlas updates +struct ImFontBuilderIO +{ + bool (*FontBuilder_Build)(ImFontAtlas* atlas); +}; + +// Helper for font builder +IMGUI_API const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype(); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_multiply_factor); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride); + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_Shutdown(ImGuiContext* ctx); -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_PreNewFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx); -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_PostNewFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx); -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags); -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDataType data_type, ImGuiID id, const void* data_id); -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDataType data_type, ImGuiID id, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end); -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDataType data_type, ImGuiID id, const void* data_id); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDataType data_type, ImGuiID id, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...); #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _BB, _ID) // Register item bounding box #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) // Register item label and status flags (optional) #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__) // Custom log entry from user land into test log @@ -2066,6 +2582,8 @@ extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const cha #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(_ID,_TYPE,_DATA,_DATA2) do { } while (0) #endif +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #elif defined(__GNUC__) diff --git a/libs/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp b/libs/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..edeef73 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,3953 @@ +// dear imgui, v1.82 +// (tables and columns code) + +/* + +Index of this file: + +// [SECTION] Commentary +// [SECTION] Header mess +// [SECTION] Tables: Main code +// [SECTION] Tables: Row changes +// [SECTION] Tables: Columns changes +// [SECTION] Tables: Columns width management +// [SECTION] Tables: Drawing +// [SECTION] Tables: Sorting +// [SECTION] Tables: Headers +// [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu +// [SECTION] Tables: Settings (.ini data) +// [SECTION] Tables: Garbage Collection +// [SECTION] Tables: Debugging +// [SECTION] Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc. + +*/ + +// Navigating this file: +// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.NavigateTo") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Commentary +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Typical tables call flow: (root level is generally public API): +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - BeginTable() user begin into a table +// | BeginChild() - (if ScrollX/ScrollY is set) +// | TableBeginInitMemory() - first time table is used +// | TableResetSettings() - on settings reset +// | TableLoadSettings() - on settings load +// | TableBeginApplyRequests() - apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests +// | - TableSetColumnWidth() - apply resizing width (for mouse resize, often requested by previous frame) +// | - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth()- recompute columns weights (of stretch columns) from their respective width +// - TableSetupColumn() user submit columns details (optional) +// - TableSetupScrollFreeze() user submit scroll freeze information (optional) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal] followup to BeginTable(): setup everything: widths, columns positions, clipping rectangles. Automatically called by the FIRST call to TableNextRow() or TableHeadersRow(). +// | TableSetupDrawChannels() - setup ImDrawList channels +// | TableUpdateBorders() - detect hovering columns for resize, ahead of contents submission +// | TableDrawContextMenu() - draw right-click context menu +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableHeadersRow() or TableHeader() user submit a headers row (optional) +// | TableSortSpecsClickColumn() - when left-clicked: alter sort order and sort direction +// | TableOpenContextMenu() - when right-clicked: trigger opening of the default context menu +// - TableGetSortSpecs() user queries updated sort specs (optional, generally after submitting headers) +// - TableNextRow() user begin into a new row (also automatically called by TableHeadersRow()) +// | TableEndRow() - finish existing row +// | TableBeginRow() - add a new row +// - TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn() user begin into a cell +// | TableEndCell() - close existing column/cell +// | TableBeginCell() - enter into current column/cell +// - [...] user emit contents +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - EndTable() user ends the table +// | TableDrawBorders() - draw outer borders, inner vertical borders +// | TableMergeDrawChannels() - merge draw channels if clipping isn't required +// | EndChild() - (if ScrollX/ScrollY is set) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// TABLE SIZING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// (Read carefully because this is subtle but it does make sense!) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About 'outer_size': +// Its meaning needs to differ slightly depending of if we are using ScrollX/ScrollY flags. +// Default value is ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f). +// X +// - outer_size.x <= 0.0f -> Right-align from window/work-rect right-most edge. With -FLT_MIN or 0.0f will align exactly on right-most edge. +// - outer_size.x > 0.0f -> Set Fixed width. +// Y with ScrollX/ScrollY disabled: we output table directly in current window +// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set). Not meaningful is parent window can vertically scroll. +// - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> No minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set) +// - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtenY is set) +// Y with ScrollX/ScrollY enabled: using a child window for scrolling +// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align. Not meaningful is parent window can vertically scroll. +// - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> Bottom-align, consistent with BeginChild(). Not recommended unless table is last item in parent window. +// - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Exact height. Recommended when using Scrolling on any axis. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Outer size is also affected by the NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY flags. +// Important to that note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors! +// - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX -> Make outer width auto-fit to columns (overriding outer_size.x value). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. +// - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY -> Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. +// In theory ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY could be the default and any non-scrolling tables with outer_size.y != 0.0f would use exact height. +// This would be consistent but perhaps less useful and more confusing (as vertically clipped items are not easily noticeable) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About 'inner_width': +// With ScrollX disabled: +// - inner_width -> *ignored* +// With ScrollX enabled: +// - inner_width < 0.0f -> *illegal* fit in known width (right align from outer_size.x) <-- weird +// - inner_width = 0.0f -> fit in outer_width: Fixed size columns will take space they need (if avail, otherwise shrink down), Stretch columns becomes Fixed columns. +// - inner_width > 0.0f -> override scrolling width, generally to be larger than outer_size.x. Fixed column take space they need (if avail, otherwise shrink down), Stretch columns share remaining space! +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Details: +// - If you want to use Stretch columns with ScrollX, you generally need to specify 'inner_width' otherwise the concept +// of "available space" doesn't make sense. +// - Even if not really useful, we allow 'inner_width < outer_size.x' for consistency and to facilitate understanding +// of what the value does. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About overriding column sizing policy and width/weight with TableSetupColumn(): +// We use a default parameter of 'init_width_or_weight == -1'. +// - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width <= 0 (default) --> width is automatic +// - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width > 0 (explicit) --> width is custom +// - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, init_weight <= 0 (default) --> weight is 1.0f +// - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, init_weight > 0 (explicit) --> weight is custom +// Widths are specified _without_ CellPadding. If you specify a width of 100.0f, the column will be cover (100.0f + Padding * 2.0f) +// and you can fit a 100.0f wide item in it without clipping and with full padding. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About default sizing policy (if you don't specify a ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthXXXX flag) +// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is equal to contents width +// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is max of all contents width +// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is 1.0f +// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchWeight --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is proportional to contents +// Default Width and default Weight can be overridden when calling TableSetupColumn(). +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About mixing Fixed/Auto and Stretch columns together: +// - the typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns. +// - using mixed policies with ScrollX does not make much sense, as using Stretch columns with ScrollX does not make much sense in the first place! +// that is, unless 'inner_width' is passed to BeginTable() to explicitly provide a total width to layout columns in. +// - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame with mixed columns, only the Fixed/Auto columns will match their widths to the maximum contents width. +// - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame with mixed columns, only the Stretch columns will match their weight/widths. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About using column width: +// If a column is manual resizable or has a width specified with TableSetupColumn(): +// - you may use GetContentRegionAvail().x to query the width available in a given column. +// - right-side alignment features such as SetNextItemWidth(-x) or PushItemWidth(-x) will rely on this width. +// If the column is not resizable and has no width specified with TableSetupColumn(): +// - its width will be automatic and be the set to the max of items submitted. +// - therefore you generally cannot have ALL items of the columns use e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN). +// - but if the column has one or more item of known/fixed size, this will become the reference width used by SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN). +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// TABLES CLIPPING/CULLING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About clipping/culling of Rows in Tables: +// - For large numbers of rows, it is recommended you use ImGuiListClipper to only submit visible rows. +// ImGuiListClipper is reliant on the fact that rows are of equal height. +// See 'Demo->Tables->Vertical Scrolling' or 'Demo->Tables->Advanced' for a demo of using the clipper. +// - Note that auto-resizing columns don't play well with using the clipper. +// By default a table with _ScrollX but without _Resizable will have column auto-resize. +// So, if you want to use the clipper, make sure to either enable _Resizable, either setup columns width explicitly with _WidthFixed. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About clipping/culling of Columns in Tables: +// - Both TableSetColumnIndex() and TableNextColumn() return true when the column is visible or performing +// width measurements. Otherwise, you may skip submitting the contents of a cell/column, BUT ONLY if you know +// it is not going to contribute to row height. +// In many situations, you may skip submitting contents for every columns but one (e.g. the first one). +// - Case A: column is not hidden by user, and at least partially in sight (most common case). +// - Case B: column is clipped / out of sight (because of scrolling or parent ClipRect): TableNextColumn() return false as a hint but we still allow layout output. +// - Case C: column is hidden explicitly by the user (e.g. via the context menu, or _DefaultHide column flag, etc.). +// +// [A] [B] [C] +// TableNextColumn(): true false false -> [userland] when TableNextColumn() / TableSetColumnIndex() return false, user can skip submitting items but only if the column doesn't contribute to row height. +// SkipItems: false false true -> [internal] when SkipItems is true, most widgets will early out if submitted, resulting is no layout output. +// ClipRect: normal zero-width zero-width -> [internal] when ClipRect is zero, ItemAdd() will return false and most widgets will early out mid-way. +// ImDrawList output: normal dummy dummy -> [internal] when using the dummy channel, ImDrawList submissions (if any) will be wasted (because cliprect is zero-width anyway). +// +// - We need distinguish those cases because non-hidden columns that are clipped outside of scrolling bounds should still contribute their height to the row. +// However, in the majority of cases, the contribution to row height is the same for all columns, or the tallest cells are known by the programmer. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About clipping/culling of whole Tables: +// - Scrolling tables with a known outer size can be clipped earlier as BeginTable() will return false. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Header mess +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) +#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS +#endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#endif +#include "imgui_internal.h" + +// System includes +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier +#include // intptr_t +#else +#include // intptr_t +#endif + +// Visual Studio warnings +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later +#pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types +#endif +#endif + +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Main code +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Configuration +static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0 = 0; +static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN = 1; +static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP = 2; // When using ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip (this becomes the last visible channel) +static const float TABLE_BORDER_SIZE = 1.0f; // FIXME-TABLE: Currently hard-coded because of clipping assumptions with outer borders rendering. +static const float TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f; // Extend outside inner borders. +static const float TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.06f; // Delay/timer before making the hover feedback (color+cursor) visible because tables/columns tends to be more cramped. + +// Helper +inline ImGuiTableFlags TableFixFlags(ImGuiTableFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* outer_window) +{ + // Adjust flags: set default sizing policy + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == 0) + flags |= ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) || (outer_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) ? ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit : ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame; + + // Adjust flags: enable NoKeepColumnsVisible when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) + flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible; + + // Adjust flags: enforce borders when resizable + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV; + + // Adjust flags: disable NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY if we have any scrolling going on + if (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) + flags &= ~(ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX | ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY); + + // Adjust flags: NoBordersInBodyUntilResize takes priority over NoBordersInBody + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize) + flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody; + + // Adjust flags: disable saved settings if there's nothing to save + if ((flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings; + + // Inherit _NoSavedSettings from top-level window (child windows always have _NoSavedSettings set) +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + ImGuiWindow* window_for_settings = outer_window->RootWindowDockStop; +#else + ImGuiWindow* window_for_settings = outer_window->RootWindow; +#endif + if (window_for_settings->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings; + + return flags; +} + +ImGuiTable* ImGui::TableFindByID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.Tables.GetByKey(id); +} + +// Read about "TABLE SIZING" at the top of this file. +bool ImGui::BeginTable(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags, const ImVec2& outer_size, float inner_width) +{ + ImGuiID id = GetID(str_id); + return BeginTableEx(str_id, id, columns_count, flags, outer_size, inner_width); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags, const ImVec2& outer_size, float inner_width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* outer_window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (outer_window->SkipItems) // Consistent with other tables + beneficial side effect that assert on miscalling EndTable() will be more visible. + return false; + + // Sanity checks + IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 0 && columns_count <= IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS && "Only 1..64 columns allowed!"); + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) + IM_ASSERT(inner_width >= 0.0f); + + // If an outer size is specified ahead we will be able to early out when not visible. Exact clipping rules may evolve. + const bool use_child_window = (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) != 0; + const ImVec2 avail_size = GetContentRegionAvail(); + ImVec2 actual_outer_size = CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, 1.0f), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, 1.0f) : 0.0f); + ImRect outer_rect(outer_window->DC.CursorPos, outer_window->DC.CursorPos + actual_outer_size); + if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0, false)) + { + ItemSize(outer_rect); + return false; + } + + // Acquire storage for the table + ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetOrAddByKey(id); + const int instance_no = (table->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1; + const ImGuiID instance_id = id + instance_no; + const ImGuiTableFlags table_last_flags = table->Flags; + if (instance_no > 0) + IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID"); + + // Fix flags + table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == 0; + flags = TableFixFlags(flags, outer_window); + + // Initialize + table->ID = id; + table->Flags = flags; + table->InstanceCurrent = (ImS16)instance_no; + table->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount; + table->OuterWindow = table->InnerWindow = outer_window; + table->ColumnsCount = columns_count; + table->IsLayoutLocked = false; + table->InnerWidth = inner_width; + table->UserOuterSize = outer_size; + + // When not using a child window, WorkRect.Max will grow as we append contents. + if (use_child_window) + { + // Ensure no vertical scrollbar appears if we only want horizontal one, to make flag consistent + // (we have no other way to disable vertical scrollbar of a window while keeping the horizontal one showing) + ImVec2 override_content_size(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && !(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) + override_content_size.y = FLT_MIN; + + // Ensure specified width (when not specified, Stretched columns will act as if the width == OuterWidth and + // never lead to any scrolling). We don't handle inner_width < 0.0f, we could potentially use it to right-align + // based on the right side of the child window work rect, which would require knowing ahead if we are going to + // have decoration taking horizontal spaces (typically a vertical scrollbar). + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && inner_width > 0.0f) + override_content_size.x = inner_width; + + if (override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX || override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX) + SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.x : 0.0f, override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.y : 0.0f)); + + // Reset scroll if we are reactivating it + if ((table_last_flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) == 0) + SetNextWindowScroll(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + + // Create scrolling region (without border and zero window padding) + ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : ImGuiWindowFlags_None; + BeginChildEx(name, instance_id, outer_rect.GetSize(), false, child_flags); + table->InnerWindow = g.CurrentWindow; + table->WorkRect = table->InnerWindow->WorkRect; + table->OuterRect = table->InnerWindow->Rect(); + table->InnerRect = table->InnerWindow->InnerRect; + IM_ASSERT(table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.x == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.y == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f); + } + else + { + // For non-scrolling tables, WorkRect == OuterRect == InnerRect. + // But at this point we do NOT have a correct value for .Max.y (unless a height has been explicitly passed in). It will only be updated in EndTable(). + table->WorkRect = table->OuterRect = table->InnerRect = outer_rect; + } + + // Push a standardized ID for both child-using and not-child-using tables + PushOverrideID(instance_id); + + // Backup a copy of host window members we will modify + ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; + table->HostIndentX = inner_window->DC.Indent.x; + table->HostClipRect = inner_window->ClipRect; + table->HostSkipItems = inner_window->SkipItems; + table->HostBackupWorkRect = inner_window->WorkRect; + table->HostBackupParentWorkRect = inner_window->ParentWorkRect; + table->HostBackupColumnsOffset = outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset; + table->HostBackupPrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize; + table->HostBackupCurrLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize; + table->HostBackupCursorMaxPos = inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + table->HostBackupItemWidth = outer_window->DC.ItemWidth; + table->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize = outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size; + inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + + // Padding and Spacing + // - None ........Content..... Pad .....Content........ + // - PadOuter | Pad ..Content..... Pad .....Content.. Pad | + // - PadInner ........Content.. Pad | Pad ..Content........ + // - PadOuter+PadInner | Pad ..Content.. Pad | Pad ..Content.. Pad | + const bool pad_outer_x = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX) ? false : (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX) ? true : (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) != 0; + const bool pad_inner_x = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX) ? false : true; + const float inner_spacing_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; + const float inner_spacing_explicit = (pad_inner_x && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) == 0) ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; + const float inner_padding_explicit = (pad_inner_x && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) != 0) ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; + table->CellSpacingX1 = inner_spacing_explicit + inner_spacing_for_border; + table->CellSpacingX2 = inner_spacing_explicit; + table->CellPaddingX = inner_padding_explicit; + table->CellPaddingY = g.Style.CellPadding.y; + + const float outer_padding_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; + const float outer_padding_explicit = pad_outer_x ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; + table->OuterPaddingX = (outer_padding_for_border + outer_padding_explicit) - table->CellPaddingX; + + table->CurrentColumn = -1; + table->CurrentRow = -1; + table->RowBgColorCounter = 0; + table->LastRowFlags = ImGuiTableRowFlags_None; + table->InnerClipRect = (inner_window == outer_window) ? table->WorkRect : inner_window->ClipRect; + table->InnerClipRect.ClipWith(table->WorkRect); // We need this to honor inner_width + table->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(table->HostClipRect); + table->InnerClipRect.Max.y = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) ? ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.y, inner_window->WorkRect.Max.y) : inner_window->ClipRect.Max.y; + + table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = table->WorkRect.Min.y; // This is needed somehow + table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; // This will be cleared again by TableBeginRow() + table->FreezeRowsRequest = table->FreezeRowsCount = 0; // This will be setup by TableSetupScrollFreeze(), if any + table->FreezeColumnsRequest = table->FreezeColumnsCount = 0; + table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; + table->DeclColumnsCount = 0; + + // Using opaque colors facilitate overlapping elements of the grid + table->BorderColorStrong = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong); + table->BorderColorLight = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight); + + // Make table current + const int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table); + g.CurrentTableStack.push_back(ImGuiPtrOrIndex(table_idx)); + g.CurrentTable = table; + outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; + if (inner_window != outer_window) // So EndChild() within the inner window can restore the table properly. + inner_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; + + if ((table_last_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) == 0) + table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true; + + // Mark as used + if (table_idx >= g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size) + g.TablesLastTimeActive.resize(table_idx + 1, -1.0f); + g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = (float)g.Time; + table->MemoryCompacted = false; + + // Setup memory buffer (clear data if columns count changed) + const int stored_size = table->Columns.size(); + if (stored_size != 0 && stored_size != columns_count) + { + IM_FREE(table->RawData); + table->RawData = NULL; + } + if (table->RawData == NULL) + { + TableBeginInitMemory(table, columns_count); + table->IsInitializing = table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true; + } + if (table->IsResetAllRequest) + TableResetSettings(table); + if (table->IsInitializing) + { + // Initialize + table->SettingsOffset = -1; + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + table->InstanceInteracted = -1; + table->ContextPopupColumn = -1; + table->ReorderColumn = table->ResizedColumn = table->LastResizedColumn = -1; + table->AutoFitSingleColumn = -1; + table->HoveredColumnBody = table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n]; + float width_auto = column->WidthAuto; + *column = ImGuiTableColumn(); + column->WidthAuto = width_auto; + column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = true; // Preserve WidthAuto when reinitializing a live table: not technically necessary but remove a visible flicker + column->DisplayOrder = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; + column->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabledNextFrame = true; + } + } + + // Load settings + if (table->IsSettingsRequestLoad) + TableLoadSettings(table); + + // Handle DPI/font resize + // This is designed to facilitate DPI changes with the assumption that e.g. style.CellPadding has been scaled as well. + // It will also react to changing fonts with mixed results. It doesn't need to be perfect but merely provide a decent transition. + // FIXME-DPI: Provide consistent standards for reference size. Perhaps using g.CurrentDpiScale would be more self explanatory. + // This is will lead us to non-rounded WidthRequest in columns, which should work but is a poorly tested path. + const float new_ref_scale_unit = g.FontSize; // g.Font->GetCharAdvance('A') ? + if (table->RefScale != 0.0f && table->RefScale != new_ref_scale_unit) + { + const float scale_factor = new_ref_scale_unit / table->RefScale; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[table] %08X RefScaleUnit %.3f -> %.3f, scaling width by %.3f\n", table->ID, table->RefScaleUnit, new_ref_scale_unit, scale_factor); + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) + table->Columns[n].WidthRequest = table->Columns[n].WidthRequest * scale_factor; + } + table->RefScale = new_ref_scale_unit; + + // Disable output until user calls TableNextRow() or TableNextColumn() leading to the TableUpdateLayout() call.. + // This is not strictly necessary but will reduce cases were "out of table" output will be misleading to the user. + // Because we cannot safely assert in EndTable() when no rows have been created, this seems like our best option. + inner_window->SkipItems = true; + + // Clear names + // At this point the ->NameOffset field of each column will be invalid until TableUpdateLayout() or the first call to TableSetupColumn() + if (table->ColumnsNames.Buf.Size > 0) + table->ColumnsNames.Buf.resize(0); + + // Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests + TableBeginApplyRequests(table); + + return true; +} + +// For reference, the average total _allocation count_ for a table is: +// + 0 (for ImGuiTable instance, we are pooling allocations in g.Tables) +// + 1 (for table->RawData allocated below) +// + 1 (for table->ColumnsNames, if names are used) +// + 1 (for table->Splitter._Channels) +// + 2 * active_channels_count (for ImDrawCmd and ImDrawIdx buffers inside channels) +// Where active_channels_count is variable but often == columns_count or columns_count + 1, see TableSetupDrawChannels() for details. +// Unused channels don't perform their +2 allocations. +void ImGui::TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count) +{ + // Allocate single buffer for our arrays + ImSpanAllocator<3> span_allocator; + span_allocator.Reserve(0, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumn)); + span_allocator.Reserve(1, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnIdx)); + span_allocator.Reserve(2, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableCellData), 4); + table->RawData = IM_ALLOC(span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes()); + memset(table->RawData, 0, span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes()); + span_allocator.SetArenaBasePtr(table->RawData); + span_allocator.GetSpan(0, &table->Columns); + span_allocator.GetSpan(1, &table->DisplayOrderToIndex); + span_allocator.GetSpan(2, &table->RowCellData); +} + +// Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests +void ImGui::TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + // Handle resizing request + // (We process this at the first TableBegin of the frame) + // FIXME-TABLE: Contains columns if our work area doesn't allow for scrolling? + if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0) + { + if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->ResizedColumnNextWidth != FLT_MAX) + TableSetColumnWidth(table->ResizedColumn, table->ResizedColumnNextWidth); + table->LastResizedColumn = table->ResizedColumn; + table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = FLT_MAX; + table->ResizedColumn = -1; + + // Process auto-fit for single column, which is a special case for stretch columns and fixed columns with FixedSame policy. + // FIXME-TABLE: Would be nice to redistribute available stretch space accordingly to other weights, instead of giving it all to siblings. + if (table->AutoFitSingleColumn != -1) + { + TableSetColumnWidth(table->AutoFitSingleColumn, table->Columns[table->AutoFitSingleColumn].WidthAuto); + table->AutoFitSingleColumn = -1; + } + } + + // Handle reordering request + // Note: we don't clear ReorderColumn after handling the request. + if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0) + { + if (table->HeldHeaderColumn == -1 && table->ReorderColumn != -1) + table->ReorderColumn = -1; + table->HeldHeaderColumn = -1; + if (table->ReorderColumn != -1 && table->ReorderColumnDir != 0) + { + // We need to handle reordering across hidden columns. + // In the configuration below, moving C to the right of E will lead to: + // ... C [D] E ---> ... [D] E C (Column name/index) + // ... 2 3 4 ... 2 3 4 (Display order) + const int reorder_dir = table->ReorderColumnDir; + IM_ASSERT(reorder_dir == -1 || reorder_dir == +1); + IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable); + ImGuiTableColumn* src_column = &table->Columns[table->ReorderColumn]; + ImGuiTableColumn* dst_column = &table->Columns[(reorder_dir == -1) ? src_column->PrevEnabledColumn : src_column->NextEnabledColumn]; + IM_UNUSED(dst_column); + const int src_order = src_column->DisplayOrder; + const int dst_order = dst_column->DisplayOrder; + src_column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)dst_order; + for (int order_n = src_order + reorder_dir; order_n != dst_order + reorder_dir; order_n += reorder_dir) + table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder -= (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)reorder_dir; + IM_ASSERT(dst_column->DisplayOrder == dst_order - reorder_dir); + + // Display order is stored in both columns->IndexDisplayOrder and table->DisplayOrder[], + // rebuild the later from the former. + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + table->ReorderColumnDir = 0; + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + } + } + + // Handle display order reset request + if (table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest) + { + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) + table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = table->Columns[n].DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; + table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = false; + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + } +} + +// Adjust flags: default width mode + stretch columns are not allowed when auto extending +static void TableSetupColumnFlags(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags_in) +{ + ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = flags_in; + + // Sizing Policy + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0) + { + const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_); + if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed; + else + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch; + } + else + { + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_)); // Check that only 1 of each set is used. + } + + // Resize + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize; + + // Sorting + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending)) + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort; + + // Indentation + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_) == 0) + flags |= (table->Columns.index_from_ptr(column) == 0) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable; + + // Alignment + //if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignMask_) == 0) + // flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignCenter; + //IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignMask_)); // Check that only 1 of each set is used. + + // Preserve status flags + column->Flags = flags | (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_); + + // Build an ordered list of available sort directions + column->SortDirectionsAvailCount = column->SortDirectionsAvailMask = column->SortDirectionsAvailList = 0; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) + { + int count = 0, mask = 0, list = 0; + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending << (count << 1); count++; } + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Descending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Descending << (count << 1); count++; } + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending << (count << 1); count++; } + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Descending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Descending << (count << 1); count++; } + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate) || count == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_None; count++; } + column->SortDirectionsAvailList = (ImU8)list; + column->SortDirectionsAvailMask = (ImU8)mask; + column->SortDirectionsAvailCount = (ImU8)count; + ImGui::TableFixColumnSortDirection(table, column); + } +} + +// Layout columns for the frame. This is in essence the followup to BeginTable(). +// Runs on the first call to TableNextRow(), to give a chance for TableSetupColumn() to be called first. +// FIXME-TABLE: Our width (and therefore our WorkRect) will be minimal in the first frame for _WidthAuto columns. +// Increase feedback side-effect with widgets relying on WorkRect.Max.x... Maybe provide a default distribution for _WidthAuto columns? +void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false); + + const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_); + table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = true; + table->ColumnsEnabledCount = 0; + table->EnabledMaskByIndex = 0x00; + table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder = 0x00; + table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = -1; + table->MinColumnWidth = ImMax(1.0f, g.Style.FramePadding.x * 1.0f); // g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing; // FIXME-TABLE + + // [Part 1] Apply/lock Enabled and Order states. Calculate auto/ideal width for columns. Count fixed/stretch columns. + // Process columns in their visible orders as we are building the Prev/Next indices. + int count_fixed = 0; // Number of columns that have fixed sizing policies + int count_stretch = 0; // Number of columns that have stretch sizing policies + int prev_visible_column_idx = -1; + bool has_auto_fit_request = false; + bool has_resizable = false; + float stretch_sum_width_auto = 0.0f; + float fixed_max_width_auto = 0.0f; + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + { + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + if (column_n != order_n) + table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = false; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + // Clear column setup if not submitted by user. Currently we make it mandatory to call TableSetupColumn() every frame. + // It would easily work without but we're not ready to guarantee it since e.g. names need resubmission anyway. + // We take a slight shortcut but in theory we could be calling TableSetupColumn() here with dummy values, it should yield the same effect. + if (table->DeclColumnsCount <= column_n) + { + TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None); + column->NameOffset = -1; + column->UserID = 0; + column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = -1.0f; + } + + // Update Enabled state, mark settings/sortspecs dirty + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide)) + column->IsEnabledNextFrame = true; + if (column->IsEnabled != column->IsEnabledNextFrame) + { + column->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabledNextFrame; + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + if (!column->IsEnabled && column->SortOrder != -1) + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + } + if (column->SortOrder > 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti)) + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + + // Auto-fit unsized columns + const bool start_auto_fit = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) ? (column->WidthRequest < 0.0f) : (column->StretchWeight < 0.0f); + if (start_auto_fit) + column->AutoFitQueue = column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 3) - 1; // Fit for three frames + + if (!column->IsEnabled) + { + column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1; + continue; + } + + // Mark as enabled and link to previous/next enabled column + column->PrevEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx; + column->NextEnabledColumn = -1; + if (prev_visible_column_idx != -1) + table->Columns[prev_visible_column_idx].NextEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + else + table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = table->ColumnsEnabledCount++; + table->EnabledMaskByIndex |= (ImU64)1 << column_n; + table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder; + prev_visible_column_idx = column_n; + IM_ASSERT(column->IndexWithinEnabledSet <= column->DisplayOrder); + + // Calculate ideal/auto column width (that's the width required for all contents to be visible without clipping) + // Combine width from regular rows + width from headers unless requested not to. + if (!column->IsPreserveWidthAuto) + column->WidthAuto = TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); + + // Non-resizable columns keep their requested width (apply user value regardless of IsPreserveWidthAuto) + const bool column_is_resizable = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) == 0; + if (column_is_resizable) + has_resizable = true; + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f && !column_is_resizable) + column->WidthAuto = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth; + + if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00) + has_auto_fit_request = true; + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + { + stretch_sum_width_auto += column->WidthAuto; + count_stretch++; + } + else + { + fixed_max_width_auto = ImMax(fixed_max_width_auto, column->WidthAuto); + count_fixed++; + } + } + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && table->SortSpecsCount == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + table->RightMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx; + IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostEnabledColumn >= 0 && table->RightMostEnabledColumn >= 0); + + // [Part 2] Disable child window clipping while fitting columns. This is not strictly necessary but makes it possible + // to avoid the column fitting having to wait until the first visible frame of the child container (may or not be a good thing). + // FIXME-TABLE: for always auto-resizing columns may not want to do that all the time. + if (has_auto_fit_request && table->OuterWindow != table->InnerWindow) + table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = false; + if (has_auto_fit_request) + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + + // [Part 3] Fix column flags and record a few extra information. + float sum_width_requests = 0.0f; // Sum of all width for fixed and auto-resize columns, excluding width contributed by Stretch columns but including spacing/padding. + float stretch_sum_weights = 0.0f; // Sum of all weights for stretch columns. + table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = table->RightMostStretchedColumn = -1; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + continue; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + const bool column_is_resizable = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) == 0; + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) + { + // Apply same widths policy + float width_auto = column->WidthAuto; + if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame && (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00 || !column_is_resizable)) + width_auto = fixed_max_width_auto; + + // Apply automatic width + // Latch initial size for fixed columns and update it constantly for auto-resizing column (unless clipped!) + if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00) + column->WidthRequest = width_auto; + else if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !column_is_resizable && (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + column->WidthRequest = width_auto; + + // FIXME-TABLE: Increase minimum size during init frame to avoid biasing auto-fitting widgets + // (e.g. TextWrapped) too much. Otherwise what tends to happen is that TextWrapped would output a very + // large height (= first frame scrollbar display very off + clipper would skip lots of items). + // This is merely making the side-effect less extreme, but doesn't properly fixes it. + // FIXME: Move this to ->WidthGiven to avoid temporary lossyless? + // FIXME: This break IsPreserveWidthAuto from not flickering if the stored WidthAuto was smaller. + if (column->AutoFitQueue > 0x01 && table->IsInitializing && !column->IsPreserveWidthAuto) + column->WidthRequest = ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth * 4.0f); // FIXME-TABLE: Another constant/scale? + sum_width_requests += column->WidthRequest; + } + else + { + // Initialize stretch weight + if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00 || column->StretchWeight < 0.0f || !column_is_resizable) + { + if (column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f) + column->StretchWeight = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth; + else if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp) + column->StretchWeight = (column->WidthAuto / stretch_sum_width_auto) * count_stretch; + else + column->StretchWeight = 1.0f; + } + + stretch_sum_weights += column->StretchWeight; + if (table->LeftMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->LeftMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder > column->DisplayOrder) + table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + if (table->RightMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->RightMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder < column->DisplayOrder) + table->RightMostStretchedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + } + column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = false; + sum_width_requests += table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + } + table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)count_fixed; + + // [Part 4] Apply final widths based on requested widths + const ImRect work_rect = table->WorkRect; + const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1); + const float width_avail = ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && table->InnerWidth == 0.0f) ? table->InnerClipRect.GetWidth() : work_rect.GetWidth(); + const float width_avail_for_stretched_columns = width_avail - width_spacings - sum_width_requests; + float width_remaining_for_stretched_columns = width_avail_for_stretched_columns; + table->ColumnsGivenWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + continue; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + // Allocate width for stretched/weighted columns (StretchWeight gets converted into WidthRequest) + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + { + float weight_ratio = column->StretchWeight / stretch_sum_weights; + column->WidthRequest = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(width_avail_for_stretched_columns * weight_ratio, table->MinColumnWidth) + 0.01f); + width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= column->WidthRequest; + } + + // [Resize Rule 1] The right-most Visible column is not resizable if there is at least one Stretch column + // See additional comments in TableSetColumnWidth(). + if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1 && table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1) + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_; + + // Assign final width, record width in case we will need to shrink + column->WidthGiven = ImFloor(ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); + table->ColumnsGivenWidth += column->WidthGiven; + } + + // [Part 5] Redistribute stretch remainder width due to rounding (remainder width is < 1.0f * number of Stretch column). + // Using right-to-left distribution (more likely to match resizing cursor). + if (width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths)) + for (int order_n = table->ColumnsCount - 1; stretch_sum_weights > 0.0f && width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && order_n >= 0; order_n--) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + continue; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]]; + if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) + continue; + column->WidthRequest += 1.0f; + column->WidthGiven += 1.0f; + width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= 1.0f; + } + + table->HoveredColumnBody = -1; + table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; + const ImRect mouse_hit_rect(table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.Max.x, ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Min.y + table->LastOuterHeight)); + const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0); + + // [Part 6] Setup final position, offset, skip/clip states and clipping rectangles, detect hovered column + // Process columns in their visible orders as we are comparing the visible order and adjusting host_clip_rect while looping. + int visible_n = 0; + bool offset_x_frozen = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0); + float offset_x = ((table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) ? table->OuterRect.Min.x : work_rect.Min.x) + table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX1; + ImRect host_clip_rect = table->InnerClipRect; + //host_clip_rect.Max.x += table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX2; + table->VisibleMaskByIndex = 0x00; + table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex = 0x00; + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + { + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + column->NavLayerCurrent = (ImS8)((table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 || column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount) ? ImGuiNavLayer_Menu : ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + + if (offset_x_frozen && table->FreezeColumnsCount == visible_n) + { + offset_x += work_rect.Min.x - table->OuterRect.Min.x; + offset_x_frozen = false; + } + + // Clear status flags + column->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_; + + if ((table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n)) == 0) + { + // Hidden column: clear a few fields and we are done with it for the remainder of the function. + // We set a zero-width clip rect but set Min.y/Max.y properly to not interfere with the clipper. + column->MinX = column->MaxX = column->WorkMinX = column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->ClipRect.Max.x = offset_x; + column->WidthGiven = 0.0f; + column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y; + column->ClipRect.Max.y = FLT_MAX; + column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_clip_rect); + column->IsVisibleX = column->IsVisibleY = column->IsRequestOutput = false; + column->IsSkipItems = true; + column->ItemWidth = 1.0f; + continue; + } + + // Detect hovered column + if (is_hovering_table && g.IO.MousePos.x >= column->ClipRect.Min.x && g.IO.MousePos.x < column->ClipRect.Max.x) + table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + + // Lock start position + column->MinX = offset_x; + + // Lock width based on start position and minimum/maximum width for this position + float max_width = TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n); + column->WidthGiven = ImMin(column->WidthGiven, max_width); + column->WidthGiven = ImMax(column->WidthGiven, ImMin(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); + column->MaxX = offset_x + column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + + // Lock other positions + // - ClipRect.Min.x: Because merging draw commands doesn't compare min boundaries, we make ClipRect.Min.x match left bounds to be consistent regardless of merging. + // - ClipRect.Max.x: using WorkMaxX instead of MaxX (aka including padding) makes things more consistent when resizing down, tho slightly detrimental to visibility in very-small column. + // - ClipRect.Max.x: using MaxX makes it easier for header to receive hover highlight with no discontinuity and display sorting arrow. + // - FIXME-TABLE: We want equal width columns to have equal (ClipRect.Max.x - WorkMinX) width, which means ClipRect.max.x cannot stray off host_clip_rect.Max.x else right-most column may appear shorter. + column->WorkMinX = column->MinX + table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX1; + column->WorkMaxX = column->MaxX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2; // Expected max + column->ItemWidth = ImFloor(column->WidthGiven * 0.65f); + column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->MinX; + column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y; + column->ClipRect.Max.x = column->MaxX; //column->WorkMaxX; + column->ClipRect.Max.y = FLT_MAX; + column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_clip_rect); + + // Mark column as Clipped (not in sight) + // Note that scrolling tables (where inner_window != outer_window) handle Y clipped earlier in BeginTable() so IsVisibleY really only applies to non-scrolling tables. + // FIXME-TABLE: Because InnerClipRect.Max.y is conservatively ==outer_window->ClipRect.Max.y, we never can mark columns _Above_ the scroll line as not IsVisibleY. + // Taking advantage of LastOuterHeight would yield good results there... + // FIXME-TABLE: Y clipping is disabled because it effectively means not submitting will reduce contents width which is fed to outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, + // and this may be used (e.g. typically by outer_window using AlwaysAutoResize or outer_window's horizontal scrollbar, but could be something else). + // Possible solution to preserve last known content width for clipped column. Test 'table_reported_size' fails when enabling Y clipping and window is resized small. + column->IsVisibleX = (column->ClipRect.Max.x > column->ClipRect.Min.x); + column->IsVisibleY = true; // (column->ClipRect.Max.y > column->ClipRect.Min.y); + const bool is_visible = column->IsVisibleX; //&& column->IsVisibleY; + if (is_visible) + table->VisibleMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n); + + // Mark column as requesting output from user. Note that fixed + non-resizable sets are auto-fitting at all times and therefore always request output. + column->IsRequestOutput = is_visible || column->AutoFitQueue != 0 || column->CannotSkipItemsQueue != 0; + if (column->IsRequestOutput) + table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n); + + // Mark column as SkipItems (ignoring all items/layout) + column->IsSkipItems = !column->IsEnabled || table->HostSkipItems; + if (column->IsSkipItems) + IM_ASSERT(!is_visible); + + // Update status flags + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled; + if (is_visible) + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible; + if (column->SortOrder != -1) + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted; + if (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered; + + // Alignment + // FIXME-TABLE: This align based on the whole column width, not per-cell, and therefore isn't useful in + // many cases (to be able to honor this we might be able to store a log of cells width, per row, for + // visible rows, but nav/programmatic scroll would have visible artifacts.) + //if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignRight) + // column->WorkMinX = ImMax(column->WorkMinX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen); + //else if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignCenter) + // column->WorkMinX = ImLerp(column->WorkMinX, ImMax(column->StartX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen), 0.5f); + + // Reset content width variables + column->ContentMaxXFrozen = column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen = column->WorkMinX; + column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX; + + // Don't decrement auto-fit counters until container window got a chance to submit its items + if (table->HostSkipItems == false) + { + column->AutoFitQueue >>= 1; + column->CannotSkipItemsQueue >>= 1; + } + + if (visible_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount) + host_clip_rect.Min.x = ImClamp(column->MaxX + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, host_clip_rect.Min.x, host_clip_rect.Max.x); + + offset_x += column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + visible_n++; + } + + // [Part 7] Detect/store when we are hovering the unused space after the right-most column (so e.g. context menus can react on it) + // Clear Resizable flag if none of our column are actually resizable (either via an explicit _NoResize flag, either + // because of using _WidthAuto/_WidthStretch). This will hide the resizing option from the context menu. + const float unused_x1 = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].ClipRect.Max.x); + if (is_hovering_table && table->HoveredColumnBody == -1) + { + if (g.IO.MousePos.x >= unused_x1) + table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount; + } + if (has_resizable == false && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) + table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; + + // [Part 8] Lock actual OuterRect/WorkRect right-most position. + // This is done late to handle the case of fixed-columns tables not claiming more widths that they need. + // Because of this we are careful with uses of WorkRect and InnerClipRect before this point. + if (table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1) + table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) + { + table->OuterRect.Max.x = table->WorkRect.Max.x = unused_x1; + table->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.x, unused_x1); + } + table->InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect = table->WorkRect; + table->BorderX1 = table->InnerClipRect.Min.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : -1.0f); + table->BorderX2 = table->InnerClipRect.Max.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : +1.0f); + + // [Part 9] Allocate draw channels and setup background cliprect + TableSetupDrawChannels(table); + + // [Part 10] Hit testing on borders + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + TableUpdateBorders(table); + table->LastFirstRowHeight = 0.0f; + table->IsLayoutLocked = true; + table->IsUsingHeaders = false; + + // [Part 11] Context menu + if (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->InstanceCurrent == table->InstanceInteracted) + { + const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID); + if (BeginPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + { + TableDrawContextMenu(table); + EndPopup(); + } + else + { + table->IsContextPopupOpen = false; + } + } + + // [Part 13] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a change to use them for display. + // This path will only be exercised when sort specs are modified before header rows (e.g. init or visibility change) + if (table->IsSortSpecsDirty && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) + TableSortSpecsBuild(table); + + // Initial state + ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) + table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP); + else + inner_window->DrawList->PushClipRect(inner_window->ClipRect.Min, inner_window->ClipRect.Max, false); +} + +// Process hit-testing on resizing borders. Actual size change will be applied in EndTable() +// - Set table->HoveredColumnBorder with a short delay/timer to reduce feedback noise +// - Submit ahead of table contents and header, use ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap to prioritize widgets +// overlapping the same area. +void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + + // At this point OuterRect height may be zero or under actual final height, so we rely on temporal coherency and + // use the final height from last frame. Because this is only affecting _interaction_ with columns, it is not + // really problematic (whereas the actual visual will be displayed in EndTable() and using the current frame height). + // Actual columns highlight/render will be performed in EndTable() and not be affected. + const float hit_half_width = TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS; + const float hit_y1 = table->OuterRect.Min.y; + const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table->LastOuterHeight); + const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table->LastFirstRowHeight; + + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + continue; + + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_)) + continue; + + // ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize will be honored in TableDrawBorders() + const float border_y2_hit = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) ? hit_y2_head : hit_y2_body; + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) && table->IsUsingHeaders == false) + continue; + + if (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) + if (column->MaxX < table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->FreezeColumnsCount - 1]].MaxX) + continue; + + ImGuiID column_id = TableGetColumnResizeID(table, column_n, table->InstanceCurrent); + ImRect hit_rect(column->MaxX - hit_half_width, hit_y1, column->MaxX + hit_half_width, border_y2_hit); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(hit_rect.Min, hit_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); + KeepAliveID(column_id); + + bool hovered = false, held = false; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick); + if (pressed && IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) + { + TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n); + ClearActiveID(); + held = hovered = false; + } + if (held) + { + if (table->LastResizedColumn == -1) + table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2 = table->RightMostEnabledColumn != -1 ? table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].MaxX : -FLT_MAX; + table->ResizedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent; + } + if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held) + { + table->HoveredColumnBorder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); + } + } +} + +void ImGui::EndTable() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true!"); + + // This assert would be very useful to catch a common error... unfortunately it would probably trigger in some + // cases, and for consistency user may sometimes output empty tables (and still benefit from e.g. outer border) + //IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked && "Table unused: never called TableNextRow(), is that the intent?"); + + // If the user never got to call TableNextRow() or TableNextColumn(), we call layout ourselves to ensure all our + // code paths are consistent (instead of just hoping that TableBegin/TableEnd will work), get borders drawn, etc. + if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) + TableUpdateLayout(table); + + const ImGuiTableFlags flags = table->Flags; + ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; + ImGuiWindow* outer_window = table->OuterWindow; + IM_ASSERT(inner_window == g.CurrentWindow); + IM_ASSERT(outer_window == inner_window || outer_window == inner_window->ParentWindow); + + if (table->IsInsideRow) + TableEndRow(table); + + // Context menu in columns body + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody) + if (table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && !IsAnyItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right)) + TableOpenContextMenu((int)table->HoveredColumnBody); + + // Finalize table height + inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = table->HostBackupPrevLineSize; + inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = table->HostBackupCurrLineSize; + inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos = table->HostBackupCursorMaxPos; + const float inner_content_max_y = table->RowPosY2; + IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY2 == inner_window->DC.CursorPos.y); + if (inner_window != outer_window) + inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = inner_content_max_y; + else if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY)) + table->OuterRect.Max.y = table->InnerRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y); // Patch OuterRect/InnerRect height + table->WorkRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y); + table->LastOuterHeight = table->OuterRect.GetHeight(); + + // Setup inner scrolling range + // FIXME: This ideally should be done earlier, in BeginTable() SetNextWindowContentSize call, just like writing to inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, + // but since the later is likely to be impossible to do we'd rather update both axises together. + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) + { + const float outer_padding_for_border = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; + float max_pos_x = table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; + if (table->RightMostEnabledColumn != -1) + max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].WorkMaxX + table->CellPaddingX + table->OuterPaddingX - outer_padding_for_border); + if (table->ResizedColumn != -1) + max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2); + table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x; + } + + // Pop clipping rect + if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)) + inner_window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); + inner_window->ClipRect = inner_window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); + + // Draw borders + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Borders) != 0) + TableDrawBorders(table); + +#if 0 + // Strip out dummy channel draw calls + // We have no way to prevent user submitting direct ImDrawList calls into a hidden column (but ImGui:: calls will be clipped out) + // Pros: remove draw calls which will have no effect. since they'll have zero-size cliprect they may be early out anyway. + // Cons: making it harder for users watching metrics/debugger to spot the wasted vertices. + if (table->DummyDrawChannel != (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)-1) + { + ImDrawChannel* dummy_channel = &table->DrawSplitter._Channels[table->DummyDrawChannel]; + dummy_channel->_CmdBuffer.resize(0); + dummy_channel->_IdxBuffer.resize(0); + } +#endif + + // Flatten channels and merge draw calls + table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, 0); + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0) + TableMergeDrawChannels(table); + table->DrawSplitter.Merge(inner_window->DrawList); + + // Update ColumnsAutoFitWidth to get us ahead for host using our size to auto-resize without waiting for next BeginTable() + const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1); + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if (table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth += column->WidthRequest; + else + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth += TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); + } + + // Update scroll + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0 && inner_window != outer_window) + { + inner_window->Scroll.x = 0.0f; + } + else if (table->LastResizedColumn != -1 && table->ResizedColumn == -1 && inner_window->ScrollbarX && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent) + { + // When releasing a column being resized, scroll to keep the resulting column in sight + const float neighbor_width_to_keep_visible = table->MinColumnWidth + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->LastResizedColumn]; + if (column->MaxX < table->InnerClipRect.Min.x) + SetScrollFromPosX(inner_window, column->MaxX - inner_window->Pos.x - neighbor_width_to_keep_visible, 1.0f); + else if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x) + SetScrollFromPosX(inner_window, column->MaxX - inner_window->Pos.x + neighbor_width_to_keep_visible, 1.0f); + } + + // Apply resizing/dragging at the end of the frame + if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->InstanceCurrent == table->InstanceInteracted) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->ResizedColumn]; + const float new_x2 = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS); + const float new_width = ImFloor(new_x2 - column->MinX - table->CellSpacingX1 - table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f); + table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = new_width; + } + + // Pop from id stack + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table->ID + table->InstanceCurrent, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size >= table->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize, "Too many PopItemWidth!"); + PopID(); + + // Restore window data that we modified + const ImVec2 backup_outer_max_pos = outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + inner_window->WorkRect = table->HostBackupWorkRect; + inner_window->ParentWorkRect = table->HostBackupParentWorkRect; + inner_window->SkipItems = table->HostSkipItems; + outer_window->DC.CursorPos = table->OuterRect.Min; + outer_window->DC.ItemWidth = table->HostBackupItemWidth; + outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size = table->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize; + outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset = table->HostBackupColumnsOffset; + + // Layout in outer window + // (FIXME: To allow auto-fit and allow desirable effect of SameLine() we dissociate 'used' vs 'ideal' size by overriding + // CursorPosPrevLine and CursorMaxPos manually. That should be a more general layout feature, see same problem e.g. #3414) + if (inner_window != outer_window) + { + EndChild(); + } + else + { + ItemSize(table->OuterRect.GetSize()); + ItemAdd(table->OuterRect, 0); + } + + // Override declared contents width/height to enable auto-resize while not needlessly adding a scrollbar + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) + { + // FIXME-TABLE: Could we remove this section? + // ColumnsAutoFitWidth may be one frame ahead here since for Fixed+NoResize is calculated from latest contents + IM_ASSERT((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0); + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth); + } + else if (table->UserOuterSize.x <= 0.0f) + { + const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f; + outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth + decoration_size - table->UserOuterSize.x); + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth)); + } + else + { + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Max.x); + } + if (table->UserOuterSize.y <= 0.0f) + { + const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f; + outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size - table->UserOuterSize.y); + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y)); + } + else + { + // OuterRect.Max.y may already have been pushed downward from the initial value (unless ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY is set) + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y); + } + + // Save settings + if (table->IsSettingsDirty) + TableSaveSettings(table); + table->IsInitializing = false; + + // Clear or restore current table, if any + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == outer_window && g.CurrentTable == table); + g.CurrentTableStack.pop_back(); + g.CurrentTable = g.CurrentTableStack.Size ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(g.CurrentTableStack.back().Index) : NULL; + outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = g.CurrentTable ? g.Tables.GetIndex(g.CurrentTable) : -1; +} + +// See "COLUMN SIZING POLICIES" comments at the top of this file +// If (init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f) it is ignored +void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, float init_width_or_weight, ImGuiID user_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() after BeginTable()!"); + IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false && "Need to call call TableSetupColumn() before first row!"); + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_) == 0 && "Illegal to pass StatusMask values to TableSetupColumn()"); + if (table->DeclColumnsCount >= table->ColumnsCount) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(table->DeclColumnsCount < table->ColumnsCount, "Called TableSetupColumn() too many times!"); + return; + } + + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DeclColumnsCount]; + table->DeclColumnsCount++; + + // Assert when passing a width or weight if policy is entirely left to default, to avoid storing width into weight and vice-versa. + // Give a grace to users of ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX. + if (table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0) + IM_ASSERT(init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f && "Can only specify width/weight if sizing policy is set explicitly in either Table or Column."); + + // When passing a width automatically enforce WidthFixed policy + // (whereas TableSetupColumnFlags would default to WidthAuto if table is not Resizable) + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed; + + TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, flags); + column->UserID = user_id; + flags = column->Flags; + + // Initialize defaults + column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = init_width_or_weight; + if (table->IsInitializing) + { + // Init width or weight + if (column->WidthRequest < 0.0f && column->StretchWeight < 0.0f) + { + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) + column->WidthRequest = init_width_or_weight; + if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + column->StretchWeight = (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) ? init_width_or_weight : -1.0f; + + // Disable auto-fit if an explicit width/weight has been specified + if (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) + column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00; + } + + // Init default visibility/sort state + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) == 0) + column->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabledNextFrame = false; + if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) == 0) + { + column->SortOrder = 0; // Multiple columns using _DefaultSort will be reassigned unique SortOrder values when building the sort specs. + column->SortDirection = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) ? (ImS8)ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : (ImU8)(ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending); + } + } + + // Store name (append with zero-terminator in contiguous buffer) + column->NameOffset = -1; + if (label != NULL && label[0] != 0) + { + column->NameOffset = (ImS16)table->ColumnsNames.size(); + table->ColumnsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); + } +} + +// [Public] +void ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(int columns, int rows) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() after BeginTable()!"); + IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() before first row!"); + IM_ASSERT(columns >= 0 && columns < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS); + IM_ASSERT(rows >= 0 && rows < 128); // Arbitrary limit + + table->FreezeColumnsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns : 0; + table->FreezeColumnsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.x != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeColumnsRequest : 0; + table->FreezeRowsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)rows : 0; + table->FreezeRowsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.y != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeRowsRequest : 0; + table->IsUnfrozenRows = (table->FreezeRowsCount == 0); // Make sure this is set before TableUpdateLayout() so ImGuiListClipper can benefit from it.b +} + +int ImGui::TableGetColumnCount() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + return table ? table->ColumnsCount : 0; +} + +const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return NULL; + if (column_n < 0) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + return TableGetColumnName(table, column_n); +} + +const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + if (table->IsLayoutLocked == false && column_n >= table->DeclColumnsCount) + return ""; // NameOffset is invalid at this point + const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->NameOffset == -1) + return ""; + return &table->ColumnsNames.Buf[column->NameOffset]; +} + +// For the getter you can use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) +void ImGui::TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool enabled) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL); + if (!table) + return; + if (column_n < 0) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->IsEnabledNextFrame = enabled; +} + +// We allow querying for an extra column in order to poll the IsHovered state of the right-most section +ImGuiTableColumnFlags ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None; + if (column_n < 0) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + if (column_n == table->ColumnsCount) + return (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None; + return table->Columns[column_n].Flags; +} + +// Return the cell rectangle based on currently known height. +// - Important: we generally don't know our row height until the end of the row, so Max.y will be incorrect in many situations. +// The only case where this is correct is if we provided a min_row_height to TableNextRow() and don't go below it. +// - Important: if ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX is set but ImGuiTableFlags_PadInnerX is not set, the outer-most left and right +// columns report a small offset so their CellBgRect can extend up to the outer border. +ImRect ImGui::TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + float x1 = column->MinX; + float x2 = column->MaxX; + if (column->PrevEnabledColumn == -1) + x1 -= table->CellSpacingX1; + if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1) + x2 += table->CellSpacingX2; + return ImRect(x1, table->RowPosY1, x2, table->RowPosY2); +} + +// Return the resizing ID for the right-side of the given column. +ImGuiID ImGui::TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no) +{ + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); + ImGuiID id = table->ID + 1 + (instance_no * table->ColumnsCount) + column_n; + return id; +} + +// Return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. +int ImGui::TableGetHoveredColumn() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return -1; + return (int)table->HoveredColumnBody; +} + +void ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(target != ImGuiTableBgTarget_None); + + if (color == IM_COL32_DISABLE) + color = 0; + + // We cannot draw neither the cell or row background immediately as we don't know the row height at this point in time. + switch (target) + { + case ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg: + { + if (table->RowPosY1 > table->InnerClipRect.Max.y) // Discard + return; + if (column_n == -1) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0) + return; + if (table->RowCellDataCurrent < 0 || table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent].Column != column_n) + table->RowCellDataCurrent++; + ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data = &table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent]; + cell_data->BgColor = color; + cell_data->Column = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + break; + } + case ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0: + case ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1: + { + if (table->RowPosY1 > table->InnerClipRect.Max.y) // Discard + return; + IM_ASSERT(column_n == -1); + int bg_idx = (target == ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1) ? 1 : 0; + table->RowBgColor[bg_idx] = color; + break; + } + default: + IM_ASSERT(0); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Row changes +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetRowIndex() +// - TableNextRow() +// - TableBeginRow() [Internal] +// - TableEndRow() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// [Public] Note: for row coloring we use ->RowBgColorCounter which is the same value without counting header rows +int ImGui::TableGetRowIndex() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return 0; + return table->CurrentRow; +} + +// [Public] Starts into the first cell of a new row +void ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags, float row_min_height) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + + if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) + TableUpdateLayout(table); + if (table->IsInsideRow) + TableEndRow(table); + + table->LastRowFlags = table->RowFlags; + table->RowFlags = row_flags; + table->RowMinHeight = row_min_height; + TableBeginRow(table); + + // We honor min_row_height requested by user, but cannot guarantee per-row maximum height, + // because that would essentially require a unique clipping rectangle per-cell. + table->RowPosY2 += table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f; + table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, table->RowPosY1 + row_min_height); + + // Disable output until user calls TableNextColumn() + table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = true; +} + +// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow() +void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; + IM_ASSERT(!table->IsInsideRow); + + // New row + table->CurrentRow++; + table->CurrentColumn = -1; + table->RowBgColor[0] = table->RowBgColor[1] = IM_COL32_DISABLE; + table->RowCellDataCurrent = -1; + table->IsInsideRow = true; + + // Begin frozen rows + float next_y1 = table->RowPosY2; + if (table->CurrentRow == 0 && table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) + next_y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->OuterRect.Min.y; + + table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = next_y1; + table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; + table->RowIndentOffsetX = window->DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX; // Lock indent + window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = next_y1; + + // Making the header BG color non-transparent will allow us to overlay it multiple times when handling smooth dragging. + if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) + { + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg)); + if (table->CurrentRow == 0) + table->IsUsingHeaders = true; + } +} + +// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow() +void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window == table->InnerWindow); + IM_ASSERT(table->IsInsideRow); + + if (table->CurrentColumn != -1) + TableEndCell(table); + + // Logging + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(NULL, "|"); + + // Position cursor at the bottom of our row so it can be used for e.g. clipping calculation. However it is + // likely that the next call to TableBeginCell() will reposition the cursor to take account of vertical padding. + window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY2; + + // Row background fill + const float bg_y1 = table->RowPosY1; + const float bg_y2 = table->RowPosY2; + const bool unfreeze_rows_actual = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsCount); + const bool unfreeze_rows_request = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsRequest); + if (table->CurrentRow == 0) + table->LastFirstRowHeight = bg_y2 - bg_y1; + + const bool is_visible = (bg_y2 >= table->InnerClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 <= table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); + if (is_visible) + { + // Decide of background color for the row + ImU32 bg_col0 = 0; + ImU32 bg_col1 = 0; + if (table->RowBgColor[0] != IM_COL32_DISABLE) + bg_col0 = table->RowBgColor[0]; + else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg) + bg_col0 = GetColorU32((table->RowBgColorCounter & 1) ? ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt : ImGuiCol_TableRowBg); + if (table->RowBgColor[1] != IM_COL32_DISABLE) + bg_col1 = table->RowBgColor[1]; + + // Decide of top border color + ImU32 border_col = 0; + const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; + if (table->CurrentRow > 0 || table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) + border_col = (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; + + const bool draw_cell_bg_color = table->RowCellDataCurrent >= 0; + const bool draw_strong_bottom_border = unfreeze_rows_actual; + if ((bg_col0 | bg_col1 | border_col) != 0 || draw_strong_bottom_border || draw_cell_bg_color) + { + // In theory we could call SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() but since we know TableEndRow() is + // always followed by a change of clipping rectangle we perform the smallest overwrite possible here. + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0) + window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.ToVec4(); + table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0); + } + + // Draw row background + // We soft/cpu clip this so all backgrounds and borders can share the same clipping rectangle + if (bg_col0 || bg_col1) + { + ImRect row_rect(table->WorkRect.Min.x, bg_y1, table->WorkRect.Max.x, bg_y2); + row_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect); + if (bg_col0 != 0 && row_rect.Min.y < row_rect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(row_rect.Min, row_rect.Max, bg_col0); + if (bg_col1 != 0 && row_rect.Min.y < row_rect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(row_rect.Min, row_rect.Max, bg_col1); + } + + // Draw cell background color + if (draw_cell_bg_color) + { + ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data_end = &table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent]; + for (ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data = &table->RowCellData[0]; cell_data <= cell_data_end; cell_data++) + { + const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[cell_data->Column]; + ImRect cell_bg_rect = TableGetCellBgRect(table, cell_data->Column); + cell_bg_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect); + cell_bg_rect.Min.x = ImMax(cell_bg_rect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Min.x); // So that first column after frozen one gets clipped + cell_bg_rect.Max.x = ImMin(cell_bg_rect.Max.x, column->MaxX); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(cell_bg_rect.Min, cell_bg_rect.Max, cell_data->BgColor); + } + } + + // Draw top border + if (border_col && bg_y1 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y1), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y1), border_col, border_size); + + // Draw bottom border at the row unfreezing mark (always strong) + if (draw_strong_bottom_border && bg_y2 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y2 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y2), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y2), table->BorderColorStrong, border_size); + } + + // End frozen rows (when we are past the last frozen row line, teleport cursor and alter clipping rectangle) + // We need to do that in TableEndRow() instead of TableBeginRow() so the list clipper can mark end of row and + // get the new cursor position. + if (unfreeze_rows_request) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->NavLayerCurrent = (ImS8)((column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount) ? ImGuiNavLayer_Menu : ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + } + if (unfreeze_rows_actual) + { + IM_ASSERT(table->IsUnfrozenRows == false); + table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; + + // BgClipRect starts as table->InnerClipRect, reduce it now and make BgClipRectForDrawCmd == BgClipRect + float y0 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2 + 1, window->InnerClipRect.Min.y); + table->BgClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y = ImMin(y0, window->InnerClipRect.Max.y); + table->BgClipRect.Max.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y = window->InnerClipRect.Max.y; + table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen; + IM_ASSERT(table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y <= table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y); + + float row_height = table->RowPosY2 - table->RowPosY1; + table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->WorkRect.Min.y + table->RowPosY2 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; + table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 - row_height; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen; + column->ClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y; + } + + // Update cliprect ahead of TableBeginCell() so clipper can access to new ClipRect->Min.y + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Columns[0].ClipRect); + table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Columns[0].DrawChannelCurrent); + } + + if (!(table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers)) + table->RowBgColorCounter++; + table->IsInsideRow = false; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Columns changes +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetColumnIndex() +// - TableSetColumnIndex() +// - TableNextColumn() +// - TableBeginCell() [Internal] +// - TableEndCell() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return 0; + return table->CurrentColumn; +} + +// [Public] Append into a specific column +bool ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return false; + + if (table->CurrentColumn != column_n) + { + if (table->CurrentColumn != -1) + TableEndCell(table); + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && table->ColumnsCount); + TableBeginCell(table, column_n); + } + + // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value, + // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height. + return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0; +} + +// [Public] Append into the next column, wrap and create a new row when already on last column +bool ImGui::TableNextColumn() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return false; + + if (table->IsInsideRow && table->CurrentColumn + 1 < table->ColumnsCount) + { + if (table->CurrentColumn != -1) + TableEndCell(table); + TableBeginCell(table, table->CurrentColumn + 1); + } + else + { + TableNextRow(); + TableBeginCell(table, 0); + } + + // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value, + // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height. + int column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0; +} + + +// [Internal] Called by TableSetColumnIndex()/TableNextColumn() +// This is called very frequently, so we need to be mindful of unnecessary overhead. +// FIXME-TABLE FIXME-OPT: Could probably shortcut some things for non-active or clipped columns. +void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; + table->CurrentColumn = column_n; + + // Start position is roughly ~~ CellRect.Min + CellPadding + Indent + float start_x = column->WorkMinX; + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable) + start_x += table->RowIndentOffsetX; // ~~ += window.DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX, except we locked it for the row. + + window->DC.CursorPos.x = start_x; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY1 + table->CellPaddingY; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = start_x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.Indent.x; // FIXME-WORKRECT + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = table->RowTextBaseline; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = (ImGuiNavLayer)column->NavLayerCurrent; + + window->WorkRect.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + window->WorkRect.Min.x = column->WorkMinX; + window->WorkRect.Max.x = column->WorkMaxX; + window->DC.ItemWidth = column->ItemWidth; + + // To allow ImGuiListClipper to function we propagate our row height + if (!column->IsEnabled) + window->DC.CursorPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y, table->RowPosY2); + + window->SkipItems = column->IsSkipItems; + if (column->IsSkipItems) + { + window->DC.LastItemId = 0; + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = 0; + } + + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) + { + // FIXME: if we end up drawing all borders/bg in EndTable, could remove this and just assert that channel hasn't changed. + table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP); + //IM_ASSERT(table->DrawSplitter._Current == TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP); + } + else + { + // FIXME-TABLE: Could avoid this if draw channel is dummy channel? + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect); + table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent); + } + + // Logging + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled && !column->IsSkipItems) + { + LogRenderedText(&window->DC.CursorPos, "|"); + g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; + } +} + +// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow()/TableSetColumnIndex()/TableNextColumn() +void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn]; + ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; + + // Report maximum position so we can infer content size per column. + float* p_max_pos_x; + if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) + p_max_pos_x = &column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed; // Useful in case user submit contents in header row that is not a TableHeader() call + else + p_max_pos_x = table->IsUnfrozenRows ? &column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen : &column->ContentMaxXFrozen; + *p_max_pos_x = ImMax(*p_max_pos_x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x); + table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->CellPaddingY); + column->ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidth; + + // Propagate text baseline for the entire row + // FIXME-TABLE: Here we propagate text baseline from the last line of the cell.. instead of the first one. + table->RowTextBaseline = ImMax(table->RowTextBaseline, window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Columns width management +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetMaxColumnWidth() [Internal] +// - TableGetColumnWidthAuto() [Internal] +// - TableSetColumnWidth() +// - TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle() [Internal] +// - TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll() [Internal] +// - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Maximum column content width given current layout. Use column->MinX so this value on a per-column basis. +float ImGui::TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + float max_width = FLT_MAX; + const float min_column_distance = table->MinColumnWidth + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) + { + // Frozen columns can't reach beyond visible width else scrolling will naturally break. + if (column->DisplayOrder < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) + { + max_width = (table->InnerClipRect.Max.x - (table->FreezeColumnsRequest - column->DisplayOrder) * min_column_distance) - column->MinX; + max_width = max_width - table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2; + } + } + else if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible) == 0) + { + // If horizontal scrolling if disabled, we apply a final lossless shrinking of columns in order to make + // sure they are all visible. Because of this we also know that all of the columns will always fit in + // table->WorkRect and therefore in table->InnerRect (because ScrollX is off) + // FIXME-TABLE: This is solved incorrectly but also quite a difficult problem to fix as we also want ClipRect width to match. + // See "table_width_distrib" and "table_width_keep_visible" tests + max_width = table->WorkRect.Max.x - (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - column->IndexWithinEnabledSet - 1) * min_column_distance - column->MinX; + //max_width -= table->CellSpacingX1; + max_width -= table->CellSpacingX2; + max_width -= table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + max_width -= table->OuterPaddingX; + } + return max_width; +} + +// Note this is meant to be stored in column->WidthAuto, please generally use the WidthAuto field +float ImGui::TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column) +{ + const float content_width_body = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXFrozen, column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen) - column->WorkMinX; + const float content_width_headers = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal - column->WorkMinX; + float width_auto = content_width_body; + if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth)) + width_auto = ImMax(width_auto, content_width_headers); + + // Non-resizable fixed columns preserve their requested width + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f) + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) + width_auto = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth; + + return ImMax(width_auto, table->MinColumnWidth); +} + +// 'width' = inner column width, without padding +void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && table->IsLayoutLocked == false); + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); + ImGuiTableColumn* column_0 = &table->Columns[column_n]; + float column_0_width = width; + + // Apply constraints early + // Compare both requested and actual given width to avoid overwriting requested width when column is stuck (minimum size, bounded) + IM_ASSERT(table->MinColumnWidth > 0.0f); + const float min_width = table->MinColumnWidth; + const float max_width = ImMax(min_width, TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n)); + column_0_width = ImClamp(column_0_width, min_width, max_width); + if (column_0->WidthGiven == column_0_width || column_0->WidthRequest == column_0_width) + return; + + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("TableSetColumnWidth(%d, %.1f->%.1f)\n", column_0_idx, column_0->WidthGiven, column_0_width); + ImGuiTableColumn* column_1 = (column_0->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL; + + // In this surprisingly not simple because of how we support mixing Fixed and multiple Stretch columns. + // - All fixed: easy. + // - All stretch: easy. + // - One or more fixed + one stretch: easy. + // - One or more fixed + more than one stretch: tricky. + // Qt when manual resize is enabled only support a single _trailing_ stretch column. + + // When forwarding resize from Wn| to Fn+1| we need to be considerate of the _NoResize flag on Fn+1. + // FIXME-TABLE: Find a way to rewrite all of this so interactions feel more consistent for the user. + // Scenarios: + // - F1 F2 F3 resize from F1| or F2| --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. Subsequent columns will be offset. + // - F1 F2 F3 resize from F3| --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. If active, ScrollX extent can be altered. + // - F1 F2 W3 resize from F1| or F2| --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. If active, ScrollX extent can be altered, but it doesn't make much sense as the Stretch column will always be minimal size. + // - F1 F2 W3 resize from W3| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) + // - W1 W2 W3 resize from W1| or W2| --> ok + // - W1 W2 W3 resize from W3| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) + // - W1 F2 F3 resize from F3| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) + // - W1 F2 resize from F2| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) + // - W1 W2 F3 resize from W1| or W2| --> ok + // - W1 F2 W3 resize from W1| or F2| --> ok + // - F1 W2 F3 resize from W2| --> ok + // - F1 W3 F2 resize from W3| --> ok + // - W1 F2 F3 resize from W1| --> ok: equivalent to resizing |F2. F3 will not move. + // - W1 F2 F3 resize from F2| --> ok + // All resizes from a Wx columns are locking other columns. + + // Possible improvements: + // - W1 W2 W3 resize W1| --> to not be stuck, both W2 and W3 would stretch down. Seems possible to fix. Would be most beneficial to simplify resize of all-weighted columns. + // - W3 F1 F2 resize W3| --> to not be stuck past F1|, both F1 and F2 would need to stretch down, which would be lossy or ambiguous. Seems hard to fix. + + // [Resize Rule 1] Can't resize from right of right-most visible column if there is any Stretch column. Implemented in TableUpdateLayout(). + + // If we have all Fixed columns OR resizing a Fixed column that doesn't come after a Stretch one, we can do an offsetting resize. + // This is the preferred resize path + if (column_0->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) + if (!column_1 || table->LeftMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->LeftMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder >= column_0->DisplayOrder) + { + column_0->WidthRequest = column_0_width; + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + return; + } + + // We can also use previous column if there's no next one (this is used when doing an auto-fit on the right-most stretch column) + if (column_1 == NULL) + column_1 = (column_0->PrevEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->PrevEnabledColumn] : NULL; + if (column_1 == NULL) + return; + + // Resizing from right-side of a Stretch column before a Fixed column forward sizing to left-side of fixed column. + // (old_a + old_b == new_a + new_b) --> (new_a == old_a + old_b - new_b) + float column_1_width = ImMax(column_1->WidthRequest - (column_0_width - column_0->WidthRequest), min_width); + column_0_width = column_0->WidthRequest + column_1->WidthRequest - column_1_width; + IM_ASSERT(column_0_width > 0.0f && column_1_width > 0.0f); + column_0->WidthRequest = column_0_width; + column_1->WidthRequest = column_1_width; + if ((column_0->Flags | column_1->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(table); + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; +} + +// Disable clipping then auto-fit, will take 2 frames +// (we don't take a shortcut for unclipped columns to reduce inconsistencies when e.g. resizing multiple columns) +void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + // Single auto width uses auto-fit + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (!column->IsEnabled) + return; + column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 0); + table->AutoFitSingleColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; +} + +void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (!column->IsEnabled && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) // Cannot reset weight of hidden stretch column + continue; + column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 0); + column->AutoFitQueue = (1 << 1); + } +} + +void ImGui::TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1 && table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1); + + // Measure existing quantity + float visible_weight = 0.0f; + float visible_width = 0.0f; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (!column->IsEnabled || !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) + continue; + IM_ASSERT(column->StretchWeight > 0.0f); + visible_weight += column->StretchWeight; + visible_width += column->WidthRequest; + } + IM_ASSERT(visible_weight > 0.0f && visible_width > 0.0f); + + // Apply new weights + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (!column->IsEnabled || !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) + continue; + column->StretchWeight = (column->WidthRequest / visible_width) * visible_weight; + IM_ASSERT(column->StretchWeight > 0.0f); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Drawing +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TablePushBackgroundChannel() [Internal] +// - TablePopBackgroundChannel() [Internal] +// - TableSetupDrawChannels() [Internal] +// - TableMergeDrawChannels() [Internal] +// - TableDrawBorders() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Bg2 is used by Selectable (and possibly other widgets) to render to the background. +// Unlike our Bg0/1 channel which we uses for RowBg/CellBg/Borders and where we guarantee all shapes to be CPU-clipped, the Bg2 channel being widgets-facing will rely on regular ClipRect. +void ImGui::TablePushBackgroundChannel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + + // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() + table->HostBackupInnerClipRect = window->ClipRect; + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd); + table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent); +} + +void ImGui::TablePopBackgroundChannel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn]; + + // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->HostBackupInnerClipRect); + table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent); +} + +// Allocate draw channels. Called by TableUpdateLayout() +// - We allocate them following storage order instead of display order so reordering columns won't needlessly +// increase overall dormant memory cost. +// - We isolate headers draw commands in their own channels instead of just altering clip rects. +// This is in order to facilitate merging of draw commands. +// - After crossing FreezeRowsCount, all columns see their current draw channel changed to a second set of channels. +// - We only use the dummy draw channel so we can push a null clipping rectangle into it without affecting other +// channels, while simplifying per-row/per-cell overhead. It will be empty and discarded when merged. +// - We allocate 1 or 2 background draw channels. This is because we know TablePushBackgroundChannel() is only used for +// horizontal spanning. If we allowed vertical spanning we'd need one background draw channel per merge group (1-4). +// Draw channel allocation (before merging): +// - NoClip --> 2+D+1 channels: bg0/1 + bg2 + foreground (same clip rect == always 1 draw call) +// - Clip --> 2+D+N channels +// - FreezeRows --> 2+D+N*2 (unless scrolling value is zero) +// - FreezeRows || FreezeColunns --> 3+D+N*2 (unless scrolling value is zero) +// Where D is 1 if any column is clipped or hidden (dummy channel) otherwise 0. +void ImGui::TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + const int freeze_row_multiplier = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 : 1; + const int channels_for_row = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) ? 1 : table->ColumnsEnabledCount; + const int channels_for_bg = 1 + 1 * freeze_row_multiplier; + const int channels_for_dummy = (table->ColumnsEnabledCount < table->ColumnsCount || table->VisibleMaskByIndex != table->EnabledMaskByIndex) ? +1 : 0; + const int channels_total = channels_for_bg + (channels_for_row * freeze_row_multiplier) + channels_for_dummy; + table->DrawSplitter.Split(table->InnerWindow->DrawList, channels_total); + table->DummyDrawChannel = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((channels_for_dummy > 0) ? channels_total - 1 : -1); + table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN; + table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 + channels_for_row : TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN); + + int draw_channel_current = 2; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->IsVisibleX && column->IsVisibleY) + { + column->DrawChannelFrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)(draw_channel_current); + column->DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)(draw_channel_current + (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 ? channels_for_row + 1 : 0)); + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)) + draw_channel_current++; + } + else + { + column->DrawChannelFrozen = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen = table->DummyDrawChannel; + } + column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelFrozen; + } + + // Initial draw cmd starts with a BgClipRect that matches the one of its host, to facilitate merge draw commands by default. + // All our cell highlight are manually clipped with BgClipRect. When unfreezing it will be made smaller to fit scrolling rect. + // (This technically isn't part of setting up draw channels, but is reasonably related to be done here) + table->BgClipRect = table->InnerClipRect; + table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd = table->OuterWindow->ClipRect; + table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd = table->HostClipRect; + IM_ASSERT(table->BgClipRect.Min.y <= table->BgClipRect.Max.y); +} + +// This function reorder draw channels based on matching clip rectangle, to facilitate merging them. Called by EndTable(). +// For simplicity we call it TableMergeDrawChannels() but in fact it only reorder channels + overwrite ClipRect, +// actual merging is done by table->DrawSplitter.Merge() which is called right after TableMergeDrawChannels(). +// +// Columns where the contents didn't stray off their local clip rectangle can be merged. To achieve +// this we merge their clip rect and make them contiguous in the channel list, so they can be merged +// by the call to DrawSplitter.Merge() following to the call to this function. +// We reorder draw commands by arranging them into a maximum of 4 distinct groups: +// +// 1 group: 2 groups: 2 groups: 4 groups: +// [ 0. ] no freeze [ 0. ] row freeze [ 01 ] col freeze [ 01 ] row+col freeze +// [ .. ] or no scroll [ 2. ] and v-scroll [ .. ] and h-scroll [ 23 ] and v+h-scroll +// +// Each column itself can use 1 channel (row freeze disabled) or 2 channels (row freeze enabled). +// When the contents of a column didn't stray off its limit, we move its channels into the corresponding group +// based on its position (within frozen rows/columns groups or not). +// At the end of the operation our 1-4 groups will each have a ImDrawCmd using the same ClipRect. +// This function assume that each column are pointing to a distinct draw channel, +// otherwise merge_group->ChannelsCount will not match set bit count of merge_group->ChannelsMask. +// +// Column channels will not be merged into one of the 1-4 groups in the following cases: +// - The contents stray off its clipping rectangle (we only compare the MaxX value, not the MinX value). +// Direct ImDrawList calls won't be taken into account by default, if you use them make sure the ImGui:: bounds +// matches, by e.g. calling SetCursorScreenPos(). +// - The channel uses more than one draw command itself. We drop all our attempt at merging stuff here.. +// we could do better but it's going to be rare and probably not worth the hassle. +// Columns for which the draw channel(s) haven't been merged with other will use their own ImDrawCmd. +// +// This function is particularly tricky to understand.. take a breath. +void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = &table->DrawSplitter; + const bool has_freeze_v = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0); + const bool has_freeze_h = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0); + IM_ASSERT(splitter->_Current == 0); + + // Track which groups we are going to attempt to merge, and which channels goes into each group. + struct MergeGroup + { + ImRect ClipRect; + int ChannelsCount; + ImBitArray ChannelsMask; + }; + int merge_group_mask = 0x00; + MergeGroup merge_groups[4]; + memset(merge_groups, 0, sizeof(merge_groups)); + + // 1. Scan channels and take note of those which can be merged + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0) + continue; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + const int merge_group_sub_count = has_freeze_v ? 2 : 1; + for (int merge_group_sub_n = 0; merge_group_sub_n < merge_group_sub_count; merge_group_sub_n++) + { + const int channel_no = (merge_group_sub_n == 0) ? column->DrawChannelFrozen : column->DrawChannelUnfrozen; + + // Don't attempt to merge if there are multiple draw calls within the column + ImDrawChannel* src_channel = &splitter->_Channels[channel_no]; + if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0) + src_channel->_CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size != 1) + continue; + + // Find out the width of this merge group and check if it will fit in our column + // (note that we assume that rendering didn't stray on the left direction. we should need a CursorMinPos to detect it) + if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip)) + { + float content_max_x; + if (!has_freeze_v) + content_max_x = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed); // No row freeze + else if (merge_group_sub_n == 0) + content_max_x = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXFrozen, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed); // Row freeze: use width before freeze + else + content_max_x = column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen; // Row freeze: use width after freeze + if (content_max_x > column->ClipRect.Max.x) + continue; + } + + const int merge_group_n = (has_freeze_h && column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount ? 0 : 1) + (has_freeze_v && merge_group_sub_n == 0 ? 0 : 2); + IM_ASSERT(channel_no < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS); + MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; + if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0) + merge_group->ClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + merge_group->ChannelsMask.SetBit(channel_no); + merge_group->ChannelsCount++; + merge_group->ClipRect.Add(src_channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect); + merge_group_mask |= (1 << merge_group_n); + } + + // Invalidate current draw channel + // (we don't clear DrawChannelFrozen/DrawChannelUnfrozen solely to facilitate debugging/later inspection of data) + column->DrawChannelCurrent = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)-1; + } + + // [DEBUG] Display merge groups +#if 0 + if (g.IO.KeyShift) + for (int merge_group_n = 0; merge_group_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); merge_group_n++) + { + MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; + if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0) + continue; + char buf[32]; + ImFormatString(buf, 32, "MG%d:%d", merge_group_n, merge_group->ChannelsCount); + ImVec2 text_pos = merge_group->ClipRect.Min + ImVec2(4, 4); + ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(buf, NULL); + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRectFilled(text_pos, text_pos + text_size, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255)); + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), buf, NULL); + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + } +#endif + + // 2. Rewrite channel list in our preferred order + if (merge_group_mask != 0) + { + // We skip channel 0 (Bg0/Bg1) and 1 (Bg2 frozen) from the shuffling since they won't move - see channels allocation in TableSetupDrawChannels(). + const int LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS = 2; + g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.resize(splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); // Use shared temporary storage so the allocation gets amortized + ImDrawChannel* dst_tmp = g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data; + ImBitArray remaining_mask; // We need 132-bit of storage + remaining_mask.ClearAllBits(); + remaining_mask.SetBitRange(LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, splitter->_Count); + remaining_mask.ClearBit(table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen); + IM_ASSERT(has_freeze_v == false || table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen != TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN); + int remaining_count = splitter->_Count - (has_freeze_v ? LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS + 1 : LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); + //ImRect host_rect = (table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) ? table->InnerClipRect : table->HostClipRect; + ImRect host_rect = table->HostClipRect; + for (int merge_group_n = 0; merge_group_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); merge_group_n++) + { + if (int merge_channels_count = merge_groups[merge_group_n].ChannelsCount) + { + MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; + ImRect merge_clip_rect = merge_group->ClipRect; + + // Extend outer-most clip limits to match those of host, so draw calls can be merged even if + // outer-most columns have some outer padding offsetting them from their parent ClipRect. + // The principal cases this is dealing with are: + // - On a same-window table (not scrolling = single group), all fitting columns ClipRect -> will extend and match host ClipRect -> will merge + // - Columns can use padding and have left-most ClipRect.Min.x and right-most ClipRect.Max.x != from host ClipRect -> will extend and match host ClipRect -> will merge + // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-WORKRECT: We are wasting a merge opportunity on tables without scrolling if column doesn't fit + // within host clip rect, solely because of the half-padding difference between window->WorkRect and window->InnerClipRect. + if ((merge_group_n & 1) == 0 || !has_freeze_h) + merge_clip_rect.Min.x = ImMin(merge_clip_rect.Min.x, host_rect.Min.x); + if ((merge_group_n & 2) == 0 || !has_freeze_v) + merge_clip_rect.Min.y = ImMin(merge_clip_rect.Min.y, host_rect.Min.y); + if ((merge_group_n & 1) != 0) + merge_clip_rect.Max.x = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.x, host_rect.Max.x); + if ((merge_group_n & 2) != 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) == 0) + merge_clip_rect.Max.y = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.y, host_rect.Max.y); +#if 0 + GetOverlayDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); + GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_clip_rect.Min, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); + GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Max, merge_clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); +#endif + remaining_count -= merge_group->ChannelsCount; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(remaining_mask.Storage); n++) + remaining_mask.Storage[n] &= ~merge_group->ChannelsMask.Storage[n]; + for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && merge_channels_count != 0; n++) + { + // Copy + overwrite new clip rect + if (!merge_group->ChannelsMask.TestBit(n)) + continue; + merge_group->ChannelsMask.ClearBit(n); + merge_channels_count--; + + ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n]; + IM_ASSERT(channel->_CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && merge_clip_rect.Contains(ImRect(channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect))); + channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect = merge_clip_rect.ToVec4(); + memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + } + } + + // Make sure Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen appears in the middle of our groups (whereas Bg0/Bg1 and Bg2 frozen are fixed to 0 and 1) + if (merge_group_n == 1 && has_freeze_v) + memcpy(dst_tmp++, &splitter->_Channels[table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen], sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + } + + // Append unmergeable channels that we didn't reorder at the end of the list + for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && remaining_count != 0; n++) + { + if (!remaining_mask.TestBit(n)) + continue; + ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n]; + memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + remaining_count--; + } + IM_ASSERT(dst_tmp == g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data + g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Size); + memcpy(splitter->_Channels.Data + LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data, (splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS) * sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + } +} + +// FIXME-TABLE: This is a mess, need to redesign how we render borders (as some are also done in TableEndRow) +void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; + if (!table->OuterWindow->ClipRect.Overlaps(table->OuterRect)) + return; + + ImDrawList* inner_drawlist = inner_window->DrawList; + table->DrawSplitter.SetCurrentChannel(inner_drawlist, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0); + inner_drawlist->PushClipRect(table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min, table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max, false); + + // Draw inner border and resizing feedback + const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; + const float draw_y1 = table->InnerRect.Min.y; + const float draw_y2_body = table->InnerRect.Max.y; + const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->LastFirstRowHeight) : draw_y1; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) + { + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + continue; + + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + const bool is_hovered = (table->HoveredColumnBorder == column_n); + const bool is_resized = (table->ResizedColumn == column_n) && (table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent); + const bool is_resizable = (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_)) == 0; + const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount != -1 && table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1); + if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x && !is_resized) + continue; + + // Decide whether right-most column is visible + if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1 && !is_resizable) + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) != ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX)) + continue; + if (column->MaxX <= column->ClipRect.Min.x) // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-STYLE: Assume BorderSize==1, this is problematic if we want to increase the border size.. + continue; + + // Draw in outer window so right-most column won't be clipped + // Always draw full height border when being resized/hovered, or on the delimitation of frozen column scrolling. + ImU32 col; + float draw_y2; + if (is_hovered || is_resized || is_frozen_separator) + { + draw_y2 = draw_y2_body; + col = is_resized ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive) : is_hovered ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered) : table->BorderColorStrong; + } + else + { + draw_y2 = (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) ? draw_y2_head : draw_y2_body; + col = (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; + } + + if (draw_y2 > draw_y1) + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y1), ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y2), col, border_size); + } + } + + // Draw outer border + // FIXME: could use AddRect or explicit VLine/HLine helper? + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) + { + // Display outer border offset by 1 which is a simple way to display it without adding an extra draw call + // (Without the offset, in outer_window it would be rendered behind cells, because child windows are above their + // parent. In inner_window, it won't reach out over scrollbars. Another weird solution would be to display part + // of it in inner window, and the part that's over scrollbars in the outer window..) + // Either solution currently won't allow us to use a larger border size: the border would clipped. + const ImRect outer_border = table->OuterRect; + const ImU32 outer_col = table->BorderColorStrong; + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) == ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) + { + inner_drawlist->AddRect(outer_border.Min, outer_border.Max, outer_col, 0.0f, 0, border_size); + } + else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) + { + inner_drawlist->AddLine(outer_border.Min, ImVec2(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.y), outer_col, border_size); + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y), outer_border.Max, outer_col, border_size); + } + else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH) + { + inner_drawlist->AddLine(outer_border.Min, ImVec2(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y), outer_col, border_size); + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.y), outer_border.Max, outer_col, border_size); + } + } + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) && table->RowPosY2 < table->OuterRect.Max.y) + { + // Draw bottom-most row border + const float border_y = table->RowPosY2; + if (border_y >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && border_y < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, border_y), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, border_y), table->BorderColorLight, border_size); + } + + inner_drawlist->PopClipRect(); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Sorting +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetSortSpecs() +// - TableFixColumnSortDirection() [Internal] +// - TableGetColumnNextSortDirection() [Internal] +// - TableSetColumnSortDirection() [Internal] +// - TableSortSpecsSanitize() [Internal] +// - TableSortSpecsBuild() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Return NULL if no sort specs (most often when ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is not set) +// You can sort your data again when 'SpecsChanged == true'. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since +// last call, or the first time. +// Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable()! +ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL); + + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) + return NULL; + + // Require layout (in case TableHeadersRow() hasn't been called) as it may alter IsSortSpecsDirty in some paths. + if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) + TableUpdateLayout(table); + + if (table->IsSortSpecsDirty) + TableSortSpecsBuild(table); + + return &table->SortSpecs; +} + +static inline ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column, int n) +{ + IM_ASSERT(n < column->SortDirectionsAvailCount); + return (column->SortDirectionsAvailList >> (n << 1)) & 0x03; +} + +// Fix sort direction if currently set on a value which is unavailable (e.g. activating NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending) +void ImGui::TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column) +{ + if (column->SortOrder == -1 || (column->SortDirectionsAvailMask & (1 << column->SortDirection)) != 0) + return; + column->SortDirection = (ImU8)TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0); + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; +} + +// Calculate next sort direction that would be set after clicking the column +// - If the PreferSortDescending flag is set, we will default to a Descending direction on the first click. +// - Note that the PreferSortAscending flag is never checked, it is essentially the default and therefore a no-op. +IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiSortDirection_None == 0 && ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending == 1 && ImGuiSortDirection_Descending == 2); +ImGuiSortDirection ImGui::TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column) +{ + IM_ASSERT(column->SortDirectionsAvailCount > 0); + if (column->SortOrder == -1) + return TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0); + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) + if (column->SortDirection == TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, n)) + return TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, (n + 1) % column->SortDirectionsAvailCount); + IM_ASSERT(0); + return ImGuiSortDirection_None; +} + +// Note that the NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending flags are processed in TableSortSpecsSanitize(), and they may change/revert +// the value of SortDirection. We could technically also do it here but it would be unnecessary and duplicate code. +void ImGui::TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti)) + append_to_sort_specs = false; + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) + IM_ASSERT(sort_direction != ImGuiSortDirection_None); + + ImGuiTableColumnIdx sort_order_max = 0; + if (append_to_sort_specs) + for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) + sort_order_max = ImMax(sort_order_max, table->Columns[other_column_n].SortOrder); + + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->SortDirection = (ImU8)sort_direction; + if (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_None) + column->SortOrder = -1; + else if (column->SortOrder == -1 || !append_to_sort_specs) + column->SortOrder = append_to_sort_specs ? sort_order_max + 1 : 0; + + for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n]; + if (other_column != column && !append_to_sort_specs) + other_column->SortOrder = -1; + TableFixColumnSortDirection(table, other_column); + } + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; +} + +void ImGui::TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable); + + // Clear SortOrder from hidden column and verify that there's no gap or duplicate. + int sort_order_count = 0; + ImU64 sort_order_mask = 0x00; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->SortOrder != -1 && !column->IsEnabled) + column->SortOrder = -1; + if (column->SortOrder == -1) + continue; + sort_order_count++; + sort_order_mask |= ((ImU64)1 << column->SortOrder); + IM_ASSERT(sort_order_count < (int)sizeof(sort_order_mask) * 8); + } + + const bool need_fix_linearize = ((ImU64)1 << sort_order_count) != (sort_order_mask + 1); + const bool need_fix_single_sort_order = (sort_order_count > 1) && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti); + if (need_fix_linearize || need_fix_single_sort_order) + { + ImU64 fixed_mask = 0x00; + for (int sort_n = 0; sort_n < sort_order_count; sort_n++) + { + // Fix: Rewrite sort order fields if needed so they have no gap or duplicate. + // (e.g. SortOrder 0 disappeared, SortOrder 1..2 exists --> rewrite then as SortOrder 0..1) + int column_with_smallest_sort_order = -1; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if ((fixed_mask & ((ImU64)1 << (ImU64)column_n)) == 0 && table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder != -1) + if (column_with_smallest_sort_order == -1 || table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder < table->Columns[column_with_smallest_sort_order].SortOrder) + column_with_smallest_sort_order = column_n; + IM_ASSERT(column_with_smallest_sort_order != -1); + fixed_mask |= ((ImU64)1 << column_with_smallest_sort_order); + table->Columns[column_with_smallest_sort_order].SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)sort_n; + + // Fix: Make sure only one column has a SortOrder if ImGuiTableFlags_MultiSortable is not set. + if (need_fix_single_sort_order) + { + sort_order_count = 1; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if (column_n != column_with_smallest_sort_order) + table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder = -1; + break; + } + } + } + + // Fallback default sort order (if no column had the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort flag) + if (sort_order_count == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->IsEnabled && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) + { + sort_order_count = 1; + column->SortOrder = 0; + column->SortDirection = (ImU8)TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0); + break; + } + } + + table->SortSpecsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)sort_order_count; +} + +void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + IM_ASSERT(table->IsSortSpecsDirty); + TableSortSpecsSanitize(table); + + // Write output + table->SortSpecsMulti.resize(table->SortSpecsCount <= 1 ? 0 : table->SortSpecsCount); + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &table->SortSpecsSingle : table->SortSpecsMulti.Data; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->SortOrder == -1) + continue; + IM_ASSERT(column->SortOrder < table->SortSpecsCount); + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_spec = &sort_specs[column->SortOrder]; + sort_spec->ColumnUserID = column->UserID; + sort_spec->ColumnIndex = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + sort_spec->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column->SortOrder; + sort_spec->SortDirection = column->SortDirection; + } + table->SortSpecs.Specs = sort_specs; + table->SortSpecs.SpecsCount = table->SortSpecsCount; + table->SortSpecs.SpecsDirty = true; // Mark as dirty for user + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = false; // Mark as not dirty for us +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Headers +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetHeaderRowHeight() [Internal] +// - TableHeadersRow() +// - TableHeader() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +float ImGui::TableGetHeaderRowHeight() +{ + // Caring for a minor edge case: + // Calculate row height, for the unlikely case that some labels may be taller than others. + // If we didn't do that, uneven header height would highlight but smaller one before the tallest wouldn't catch input for all height. + // In your custom header row you may omit this all together and just call TableNextRow() without a height... + float row_height = GetTextLineHeight(); + int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount(); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++) + if (TableGetColumnFlags(column_n) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) + row_height = ImMax(row_height, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(column_n)).y); + row_height += GetStyle().CellPadding.y * 2.0f; + return row_height; +} + +// [Public] This is a helper to output TableHeader() calls based on the column names declared in TableSetupColumn(). +// The intent is that advanced users willing to create customized headers would not need to use this helper +// and can create their own! For example: TableHeader() may be preceeded by Checkbox() or other custom widgets. +// See 'Demo->Tables->Custom headers' for a demonstration of implementing a custom version of this. +// This code is constructed to not make much use of internal functions, as it is intended to be a template to copy. +// FIXME-TABLE: TableOpenContextMenu() and TableGetHeaderRowHeight() are not public. +void ImGui::TableHeadersRow() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeadersRow() after BeginTable()!"); + + // Layout if not already done (this is automatically done by TableNextRow, we do it here solely to facilitate stepping in debugger as it is frequent to step in TableUpdateLayout) + if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) + TableUpdateLayout(table); + + // Open row + const float row_y1 = GetCursorScreenPos().y; + const float row_height = TableGetHeaderRowHeight(); + TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height); + if (table->HostSkipItems) // Merely an optimization, you may skip in your own code. + return; + + const int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount(); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++) + { + if (!TableSetColumnIndex(column_n)) + continue; + + // Push an id to allow unnamed labels (generally accidental, but let's behave nicely with them) + // - in your own code you may omit the PushID/PopID all-together, provided you know they won't collide + // - table->InstanceCurrent is only >0 when we use multiple BeginTable/EndTable calls with same identifier. + const char* name = TableGetColumnName(column_n); + PushID(table->InstanceCurrent * table->ColumnsCount + column_n); + TableHeader(name); + PopID(); + } + + // Allow opening popup from the right-most section after the last column. + ImVec2 mouse_pos = ImGui::GetMousePos(); + if (IsMouseReleased(1) && TableGetHoveredColumn() == columns_count) + if (mouse_pos.y >= row_y1 && mouse_pos.y < row_y1 + row_height) + TableOpenContextMenu(-1); // Will open a non-column-specific popup. +} + +// Emit a column header (text + optional sort order) +// We cpu-clip text here so that all columns headers can be merged into a same draw call. +// Note that because of how we cpu-clip and display sorting indicators, you _cannot_ use SameLine() after a TableHeader() +void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeader() after BeginTable()!"); + IM_ASSERT(table->CurrentColumn != -1); + const int column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + // Label + if (label == NULL) + label = ""; + const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, true); + ImVec2 label_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + + // If we already got a row height, there's use that. + // FIXME-TABLE: Padding problem if the correct outer-padding CellBgRect strays off our ClipRect? + ImRect cell_r = TableGetCellBgRect(table, column_n); + float label_height = ImMax(label_size.y, table->RowMinHeight - table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f); + + // Calculate ideal size for sort order arrow + float w_arrow = 0.0f; + float w_sort_text = 0.0f; + char sort_order_suf[4] = ""; + const float ARROW_SCALE = 0.65f; + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) + { + w_arrow = ImFloor(g.FontSize * ARROW_SCALE + g.Style.FramePadding.x); + if (column->SortOrder > 0) + { + ImFormatString(sort_order_suf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(sort_order_suf), "%d", column->SortOrder + 1); + w_sort_text = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + CalcTextSize(sort_order_suf).x; + } + } + + // We feed our unclipped width to the column without writing on CursorMaxPos, so that column is still considering for merging. + float max_pos_x = label_pos.x + label_size.x + w_sort_text + w_arrow; + column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, column->WorkMaxX); + column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, max_pos_x); + + // Keep header highlighted when context menu is open. + const bool selected = (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->ContextPopupColumn == column_n && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + ImRect bb(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Min.y, cell_r.Max.x, ImMax(cell_r.Max.y, cell_r.Min.y + label_height + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, label_height)); // Don't declare unclipped width, it'll be fed ContentMaxPosHeadersIdeal + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return; + + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(cell_r.Min, cell_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + + // Using AllowItemOverlap mode because we cover the whole cell, and we want user to be able to submit subsequent items. + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + if (g.ActiveId != id) + SetItemAllowOverlap(); + if (held || hovered || selected) + { + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + //RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, col, table->CurrentColumn); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); + } + else + { + // Submit single cell bg color in the case we didn't submit a full header row + if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) == 0) + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg), table->CurrentColumn); + } + if (held) + table->HeldHeaderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + window->DC.CursorPos.y -= g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f; + + // Drag and drop to re-order columns. + // FIXME-TABLE: Scroll request while reordering a column and it lands out of the scrolling zone. + if (held && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && IsMouseDragging(0) && !g.DragDropActive) + { + // While moving a column it will jump on the other side of the mouse, so we also test for MouseDelta.x + table->ReorderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent; + + // We don't reorder: through the frozen<>unfrozen line, or through a column that is marked with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder. + if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x < 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x < cell_r.Min.x) + if (ImGuiTableColumn* prev_column = (column->PrevEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column->PrevEnabledColumn] : NULL) + if (!((column->Flags | prev_column->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder)) + if ((column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) == (prev_column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest)) + table->ReorderColumnDir = -1; + if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x > 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x > cell_r.Max.x) + if (ImGuiTableColumn* next_column = (column->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL) + if (!((column->Flags | next_column->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder)) + if ((column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) == (next_column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest)) + table->ReorderColumnDir = +1; + } + + // Sort order arrow + const float ellipsis_max = cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text; + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) + { + if (column->SortOrder != -1) + { + float x = ImMax(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text); + float y = label_pos.y; + if (column->SortOrder > 0) + { + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, 0.70f)); + RenderText(ImVec2(x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, y), sort_order_suf); + PopStyleColor(); + x += w_sort_text; + } + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(x, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ARROW_SCALE); + } + + // Handle clicking on column header to adjust Sort Order + if (pressed && table->ReorderColumn != column_n) + { + ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction = TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(column); + TableSetColumnSortDirection(column_n, sort_direction, g.IO.KeyShift); + } + } + + // Render clipped label. Clipping here ensure that in the majority of situations, all our header cells will + // be merged into a single draw call. + //window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y), 40, IM_COL32_WHITE); + RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y + label_height + g.Style.FramePadding.y), ellipsis_max, ellipsis_max, label, label_end, &label_size); + + const bool text_clipped = label_size.x > (ellipsis_max - label_pos.x); + if (text_clipped && hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > g.TooltipSlowDelay) + SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(label_end - label), label); + + // We don't use BeginPopupContextItem() because we want the popup to stay up even after the column is hidden + if (IsMouseReleased(1) && IsItemHovered()) + TableOpenContextMenu(column_n); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableOpenContextMenu() [Internal] +// - TableDrawContextMenu() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Use -1 to open menu not specific to a given column. +void ImGui::TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (column_n == -1 && table->CurrentColumn != -1) // When called within a column automatically use this one (for consistency) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + if (column_n == table->ColumnsCount) // To facilitate using with TableGetHoveredColumn() + column_n = -1; + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= -1 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); + if (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)) + { + table->IsContextPopupOpen = true; + table->ContextPopupColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent; + const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID); + OpenPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + } +} + +// Output context menu into current window (generally a popup) +// FIXME-TABLE: Ideally this should be writable by the user. Full programmatic access to that data? +void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + bool want_separator = false; + const int column_n = (table->ContextPopupColumn >= 0 && table->ContextPopupColumn < table->ColumnsCount) ? table->ContextPopupColumn : -1; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = (column_n != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_n] : NULL; + + // Sizing + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + { + if (column != NULL) + { + const bool can_resize = !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) && column->IsEnabled; + if (MenuItem("Size column to fit###SizeOne", NULL, false, can_resize)) + TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n); + } + + const char* size_all_desc; + if (table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount == table->ColumnsEnabledCount && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) != ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) + size_all_desc = "Size all columns to fit###SizeAll"; // All fixed + else + size_all_desc = "Size all columns to default###SizeAll"; // All stretch or mixed + if (MenuItem(size_all_desc, NULL)) + TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(table); + want_separator = true; + } + + // Ordering + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) + { + if (MenuItem("Reset order", NULL, false, !table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder)) + table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true; + want_separator = true; + } + + // Reset all (should work but seems unnecessary/noisy to expose?) + //if (MenuItem("Reset all")) + // table->IsResetAllRequest = true; + + // Sorting + // (modify TableOpenContextMenu() to add _Sortable flag if enabling this) +#if 0 + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && column != NULL && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort) == 0) + { + if (want_separator) + Separator(); + want_separator = true; + + bool append_to_sort_specs = g.IO.KeyShift; + if (MenuItem("Sort in Ascending Order", NULL, column->SortOrder != -1 && column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending, (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0)) + TableSetColumnSortDirection(table, column_n, ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending, append_to_sort_specs); + if (MenuItem("Sort in Descending Order", NULL, column->SortOrder != -1 && column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending, (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0)) + TableSetColumnSortDirection(table, column_n, ImGuiSortDirection_Descending, append_to_sort_specs); + } +#endif + + // Hiding / Visibility + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) + { + if (want_separator) + Separator(); + want_separator = true; + + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup, true); + for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n]; + const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, other_column_n); + if (name == NULL || name[0] == 0) + name = ""; + + // Make sure we can't hide the last active column + bool menu_item_active = (other_column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide) ? false : true; + if (other_column->IsEnabled && table->ColumnsEnabledCount <= 1) + menu_item_active = false; + if (MenuItem(name, NULL, other_column->IsEnabled, menu_item_active)) + other_column->IsEnabledNextFrame = !other_column->IsEnabled; + } + PopItemFlag(); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Settings (.ini data) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// FIXME: The binding/finding/creating flow are too confusing. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableSettingsInit() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsCalcChunkSize() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsCreate() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsFindByID() [Internal] +// - TableGetBoundSettings() [Internal] +// - TableResetSettings() +// - TableSaveSettings() [Internal] +// - TableLoadSettings() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsInstallHandler() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [Init] 1: TableSettingsHandler_ReadXXXX() Load and parse .ini file into TableSettings. +// [Main] 2: TableLoadSettings() When table is created, bind Table to TableSettings, serialize TableSettings data into Table. +// [Main] 3: TableSaveSettings() When table properties are modified, serialize Table data into bound or new TableSettings, mark .ini as dirty. +// [Main] 4: TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll() When .ini file is dirty (which can come from other source), save TableSettings into .ini file. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Clear and initialize empty settings instance +static void TableSettingsInit(ImGuiTableSettings* settings, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, int columns_count_max) +{ + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiTableSettings(); + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* settings_column = settings->GetColumnSettings(); + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count_max; n++, settings_column++) + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings_column) ImGuiTableColumnSettings(); + settings->ID = id; + settings->ColumnsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns_count; + settings->ColumnsCountMax = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns_count_max; + settings->WantApply = true; +} + +static size_t TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(int columns_count) +{ + return sizeof(ImGuiTableSettings) + (size_t)columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnSettings); +} + +ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.alloc_chunk(TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(columns_count)); + TableSettingsInit(settings, id, columns_count, columns_count); + return settings; +} + +// Find existing settings +ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id) +{ + // FIXME-OPT: Might want to store a lookup map for this? + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID == id) + return settings; + return NULL; +} + +// Get settings for a given table, NULL if none +ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + if (table->SettingsOffset != -1) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.ptr_from_offset(table->SettingsOffset); + IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == table->ID); + if (settings->ColumnsCountMax >= table->ColumnsCount) + return settings; // OK + settings->ID = 0; // Invalidate storage, we won't fit because of a count change + } + return NULL; +} + +// Restore initial state of table (with or without saved settings) +void ImGui::TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + table->IsInitializing = table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + table->IsResetAllRequest = false; + table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = false; // Don't reload from ini + table->SettingsLoadedFlags = ImGuiTableFlags_None; // Mark as nothing loaded so our initialized data becomes authoritative +} + +void ImGui::TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + table->IsSettingsDirty = false; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings) + return; + + // Bind or create settings data + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table); + if (settings == NULL) + { + settings = TableSettingsCreate(table->ID, table->ColumnsCount); + table->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsTables.offset_from_ptr(settings); + } + settings->ColumnsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount; + + // Serialize ImGuiTable/ImGuiTableColumn into ImGuiTableSettings/ImGuiTableColumnSettings + IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == table->ID); + IM_ASSERT(settings->ColumnsCount == table->ColumnsCount && settings->ColumnsCountMax >= settings->ColumnsCount); + ImGuiTableColumn* column = table->Columns.Data; + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = settings->GetColumnSettings(); + + bool save_ref_scale = false; + settings->SaveFlags = ImGuiTableFlags_None; + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++, column++, column_settings++) + { + const float width_or_weight = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? column->StretchWeight : column->WidthRequest; + column_settings->WidthOrWeight = width_or_weight; + column_settings->Index = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; + column_settings->DisplayOrder = column->DisplayOrder; + column_settings->SortOrder = column->SortOrder; + column_settings->SortDirection = column->SortDirection; + column_settings->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabled; + column_settings->IsStretch = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? 1 : 0; + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) == 0) + save_ref_scale = true; + + // We skip saving some data in the .ini file when they are unnecessary to restore our state. + // Note that fixed width where initial width was derived from auto-fit will always be saved as InitStretchWeightOrWidth will be 0.0f. + // FIXME-TABLE: We don't have logic to easily compare SortOrder to DefaultSortOrder yet so it's always saved when present. + if (width_or_weight != column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth) + settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; + if (column->DisplayOrder != n) + settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable; + if (column->SortOrder != -1) + settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable; + if (column->IsEnabled != ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) == 0)) + settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; + } + settings->SaveFlags &= table->Flags; + settings->RefScale = save_ref_scale ? table->RefScale : 0.0f; + + MarkIniSettingsDirty(); +} + +void ImGui::TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = false; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings) + return; + + // Bind settings + ImGuiTableSettings* settings; + if (table->SettingsOffset == -1) + { + settings = TableSettingsFindByID(table->ID); + if (settings == NULL) + return; + if (settings->ColumnsCount != table->ColumnsCount) // Allow settings if columns count changed. We could otherwise decide to return... + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + table->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsTables.offset_from_ptr(settings); + } + else + { + settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table); + } + + table->SettingsLoadedFlags = settings->SaveFlags; + table->RefScale = settings->RefScale; + + // Serialize ImGuiTableSettings/ImGuiTableColumnSettings into ImGuiTable/ImGuiTableColumn + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = settings->GetColumnSettings(); + ImU64 display_order_mask = 0; + for (int data_n = 0; data_n < settings->ColumnsCount; data_n++, column_settings++) + { + int column_n = column_settings->Index; + if (column_n < 0 || column_n >= table->ColumnsCount) + continue; + + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + { + if (column_settings->IsStretch) + column->StretchWeight = column_settings->WidthOrWeight; + else + column->WidthRequest = column_settings->WidthOrWeight; + column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00; + } + if (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) + column->DisplayOrder = column_settings->DisplayOrder; + else + column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + display_order_mask |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder; + column->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabledNextFrame = column_settings->IsEnabled; + column->SortOrder = column_settings->SortOrder; + column->SortDirection = column_settings->SortDirection; + } + + // Validate and fix invalid display order data + const ImU64 expected_display_order_mask = (settings->ColumnsCount == 64) ? ~0 : ((ImU64)1 << settings->ColumnsCount) - 1; + if (display_order_mask != expected_display_order_mask) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + + // Rebuild index + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; +} + +static void TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetSize(); i++) + g.Tables.GetByIndex(i)->SettingsOffset = -1; + g.SettingsTables.clear(); +} + +// Apply to existing windows (if any) +static void TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetSize(); i++) + { + ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetByIndex(i); + table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true; + table->SettingsOffset = -1; + } +} + +static void* TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name) +{ + ImGuiID id = 0; + int columns_count = 0; + if (sscanf(name, "0x%08X,%d", &id, &columns_count) < 2) + return NULL; + + if (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = ImGui::TableSettingsFindByID(id)) + { + if (settings->ColumnsCountMax >= columns_count) + { + TableSettingsInit(settings, id, columns_count, settings->ColumnsCountMax); // Recycle + return settings; + } + settings->ID = 0; // Invalidate storage, we won't fit because of a count change + } + return ImGui::TableSettingsCreate(id, columns_count); +} + +static void TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line) +{ + // "Column 0 UserID=0x42AD2D21 Width=100 Visible=1 Order=0 Sort=0v" + ImGuiTableSettings* settings = (ImGuiTableSettings*)entry; + float f = 0.0f; + int column_n = 0, r = 0, n = 0; + + if (sscanf(line, "RefScale=%f", &f) == 1) { settings->RefScale = f; return; } + + if (sscanf(line, "Column %d%n", &column_n, &r) == 1) + { + if (column_n < 0 || column_n >= settings->ColumnsCount) + return; + line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); + char c = 0; + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column = settings->GetColumnSettings() + column_n; + column->Index = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + if (sscanf(line, "UserID=0x%08X%n", (ImU32*)&n, &r)==1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->UserID = (ImGuiID)n; } + if (sscanf(line, "Width=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->WidthOrWeight = (float)n; column->IsStretch = 0; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; } + if (sscanf(line, "Weight=%f%n", &f, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->WidthOrWeight = f; column->IsStretch = 1; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; } + if (sscanf(line, "Visible=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->IsEnabled = (ImU8)n; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; } + if (sscanf(line, "Order=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable; } + if (sscanf(line, "Sort=%d%c%n", &n, &c, &r) == 2) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; column->SortDirection = (c == '^') ? ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable; } + } +} + +static void TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + { + if (settings->ID == 0) // Skip ditched settings + continue; + + // TableSaveSettings() may clear some of those flags when we establish that the data can be stripped + // (e.g. Order was unchanged) + const bool save_size = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) != 0; + const bool save_visible = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) != 0; + const bool save_order = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) != 0; + const bool save_sort = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) != 0; + if (!save_size && !save_visible && !save_order && !save_sort) + continue; + + buf->reserve(buf->size() + 30 + settings->ColumnsCount * 50); // ballpark reserve + buf->appendf("[%s][0x%08X,%d]\n", handler->TypeName, settings->ID, settings->ColumnsCount); + if (settings->RefScale != 0.0f) + buf->appendf("RefScale=%g\n", settings->RefScale); + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column = settings->GetColumnSettings(); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < settings->ColumnsCount; column_n++, column++) + { + // "Column 0 UserID=0x42AD2D21 Width=100 Visible=1 Order=0 Sort=0v" + buf->appendf("Column %-2d", column_n); + if (column->UserID != 0) buf->appendf(" UserID=%08X", column->UserID); + if (save_size && column->IsStretch) buf->appendf(" Weight=%.4f", column->WidthOrWeight); + if (save_size && !column->IsStretch) buf->appendf(" Width=%d", (int)column->WidthOrWeight); + if (save_visible) buf->appendf(" Visible=%d", column->IsEnabled); + if (save_order) buf->appendf(" Order=%d", column->DisplayOrder); + if (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1) buf->appendf(" Sort=%d%c", column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? 'v' : '^'); + buf->append("\n"); + } + buf->append("\n"); + } +} + +void ImGui::TableSettingsInstallHandler(ImGuiContext* context) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *context; + ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; + ini_handler.TypeName = "Table"; + ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Table"); + ini_handler.ClearAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll; + ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen; + ini_handler.ReadLineFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine; + ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; + ini_handler.WriteAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll; + g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Garbage Collection +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableRemove() [Internal] +// - TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() [Internal] +// - TableGcCompactSettings() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Remove Table (currently only used by TestEngine) +void ImGui::TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("TableRemove() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table); + //memset(table->RawData.Data, 0, table->RawData.size_in_bytes()); + //memset(table, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTable)); + g.Tables.Remove(table->ID, table); + g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = -1.0f; +} + +// Free up/compact internal Table buffers for when it gets unused +void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(table->MemoryCompacted == false); + table->DrawSplitter.ClearFreeMemory(); + table->SortSpecsMulti.clear(); + table->SortSpecs.Specs = NULL; + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + table->ColumnsNames.clear(); + table->MemoryCompacted = true; + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) + table->Columns[n].NameOffset = -1; + g.TablesLastTimeActive[g.Tables.GetIndex(table)] = -1.0f; +} + +// Compact and remove unused settings data (currently only used by TestEngine) +void ImGui::TableGcCompactSettings() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int required_memory = 0; + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID != 0) + required_memory += (int)TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount); + if (required_memory == g.SettingsTables.Buf.Size) + return; + ImChunkStream new_chunk_stream; + new_chunk_stream.Buf.reserve(required_memory); + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID != 0) + memcpy(new_chunk_stream.alloc_chunk(TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount)), settings, TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount)); + g.SettingsTables.swap(new_chunk_stream); +} + + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Debugging +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - DebugNodeTable() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW + +static const char* DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(ImGuiTableFlags sizing_policy) +{ + sizing_policy &= ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_; + if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit) { return "FixedFit"; } + if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) { return "FixedSame"; } + if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp) { return "StretchProp"; } + if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame) { return "StretchSame"; } + return "N/A"; +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + char buf[512]; + char* p = buf; + const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); + const bool is_active = (table->LastFrameActive >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here. + ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')%s", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } + bool open = TreeNode(table, "%s", buf); + if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min, table->OuterRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (IsItemVisible() && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(GetItemRectMin(), GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!open) + return; + bool clear_settings = SmallButton("Clear settings"); + BulletText("OuterRect: Pos: (%.1f,%.1f) Size: (%.1f,%.1f) Sizing: '%s'", table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.GetWidth(), table->OuterRect.GetHeight(), DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(table->Flags)); + BulletText("ColumnsGivenWidth: %.1f, ColumnsAutoFitWidth: %.1f, InnerWidth: %.1f%s", table->ColumnsGivenWidth, table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth, table->InnerWidth, table->InnerWidth == 0.0f ? " (auto)" : ""); + BulletText("CellPaddingX: %.1f, CellSpacingX: %.1f/%.1f, OuterPaddingX: %.1f", table->CellPaddingX, table->CellSpacingX1, table->CellSpacingX2, table->OuterPaddingX); + BulletText("HoveredColumnBody: %d, HoveredColumnBorder: %d", table->HoveredColumnBody, table->HoveredColumnBorder); + BulletText("ResizedColumn: %d, ReorderColumn: %d, HeldHeaderColumn: %d", table->ResizedColumn, table->ReorderColumn, table->HeldHeaderColumn); + //BulletText("BgDrawChannels: %d/%d", 0, table->BgDrawChannelUnfrozen); + float sum_weights = 0.0f; + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) + if (table->Columns[n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + sum_weights += table->Columns[n].StretchWeight; + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n]; + const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, n); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), + "Column %d order %d '%s': offset %+.2f to %+.2f%s\n" + "Enabled: %d, VisibleX/Y: %d/%d, RequestOutput: %d, SkipItems: %d, DrawChannels: %d,%d\n" + "WidthGiven: %.1f, Request/Auto: %.1f/%.1f, StretchWeight: %.3f (%.1f%%)\n" + "MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f (%+.1f), ClipRect: %.1f to %.1f (+%.1f)\n" + "ContentWidth: %.1f,%.1f, HeadersUsed/Ideal %.1f/%.1f\n" + "Sort: %d%s, UserID: 0x%08X, Flags: 0x%04X: %s%s%s..", + n, column->DisplayOrder, name, column->MinX - table->WorkRect.Min.x, column->MaxX - table->WorkRect.Min.x, (n < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) ? " (Frozen)" : "", + column->IsEnabled, column->IsVisibleX, column->IsVisibleY, column->IsRequestOutput, column->IsSkipItems, column->DrawChannelFrozen, column->DrawChannelUnfrozen, + column->WidthGiven, column->WidthRequest, column->WidthAuto, column->StretchWeight, column->StretchWeight > 0.0f ? (column->StretchWeight / sum_weights) * 100.0f : 0.0f, + column->MinX, column->MaxX, column->MaxX - column->MinX, column->ClipRect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Max.x, column->ClipRect.Max.x - column->ClipRect.Min.x, + column->ContentMaxXFrozen - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal - column->WorkMinX, + column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? " (Asc)" : (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending) ? " (Des)" : "", column->UserID, column->Flags, + (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? "WidthStretch " : "", + (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) ? "WidthFixed " : "", + (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) ? "NoResize " : ""); + Bullet(); + Selectable(buf); + if (IsItemHovered()) + { + ImRect r(column->MinX, table->OuterRect.Min.y, column->MaxX, table->OuterRect.Max.y); + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + } + } + if (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table)) + DebugNodeTableSettings(settings); + if (clear_settings) + table->IsResetAllRequest = true; + TreePop(); +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings) +{ + if (!TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)settings->ID, "Settings 0x%08X (%d columns)", settings->ID, settings->ColumnsCount)) + return; + BulletText("SaveFlags: 0x%08X", settings->SaveFlags); + BulletText("ColumnsCount: %d (max %d)", settings->ColumnsCount, settings->ColumnsCountMax); + for (int n = 0; n < settings->ColumnsCount; n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = &settings->GetColumnSettings()[n]; + ImGuiSortDirection sort_dir = (column_settings->SortOrder != -1) ? (ImGuiSortDirection)column_settings->SortDirection : ImGuiSortDirection_None; + BulletText("Column %d Order %d SortOrder %d %s Vis %d %s %7.3f UserID 0x%08X", + n, column_settings->DisplayOrder, column_settings->SortOrder, + (sort_dir == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? "Asc" : (sort_dir == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending) ? "Des" : "---", + column_settings->IsEnabled, column_settings->IsStretch ? "Weight" : "Width ", column_settings->WidthOrWeight, column_settings->UserID); + } + TreePop(); +} + +#else // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW + +void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings*) {} + +#endif + + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc. +// (This is a legacy API, prefer using BeginTable/EndTable!) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// FIXME: sizing is lossy when columns width is very small (default width may turn negative etc.) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() [Internal] +// - GetColumnIndex() +// - GetColumnsCount() +// - GetColumnOffset() +// - GetColumnWidth() +// - SetColumnOffset() +// - SetColumnWidth() +// - PushColumnClipRect() [Internal] +// - PushColumnsBackground() [Internal] +// - PopColumnsBackground() [Internal] +// - FindOrCreateColumns() [Internal] +// - GetColumnsID() [Internal] +// - BeginColumns() +// - NextColumn() +// - EndColumns() +// - Columns() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// [Internal] Small optimization to avoid calls to PopClipRect/SetCurrentChannel/PushClipRect in sequences, +// they would meddle many times with the underlying ImDrawCmd. +// Instead, we do a preemptive overwrite of clipping rectangle _without_ altering the command-buffer and let +// the subsequent single call to SetCurrentChannel() does it things once. +void ImGui::SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect) +{ + ImVec4 clip_rect_vec4 = clip_rect.ToVec4(); + window->ClipRect = clip_rect; + window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = clip_rect_vec4; + window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Data[window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Size - 1] = clip_rect_vec4; +} + +int ImGui::GetColumnIndex() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Current : 0; +} + +int ImGui::GetColumnsCount() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Count : 1; +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm) +{ + return offset_norm * (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset) +{ + return offset / (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); +} + +static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH = 4.0f; + +static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index) +{ + // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing + // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0. + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index)); + + float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH - window->Pos.x; + x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); + if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths)) + x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); + + return x; +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns == NULL) + return 0.0f; + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); + + const float t = columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; + const float x_offset = ImLerp(columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX, t); + return x_offset; +} + +static float GetColumnWidthEx(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index, bool before_resize = false) +{ + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + + float offset_norm; + if (before_resize) + offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNormBeforeResize - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNormBeforeResize; + else + offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; + return ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, offset_norm); +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns == NULL) + return GetContentRegionAvail().x; + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + return GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm); +} + +void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); + + const bool preserve_width = !(columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths) && (column_index < columns->Count - 1); + const float width = preserve_width ? GetColumnWidthEx(columns, column_index, columns->IsBeingResized) : 0.0f; + + if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow)) + offset = ImMin(offset, columns->OffMaxX - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing * (columns->Count - column_index)); + columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm = GetColumnNormFromOffset(columns, offset - columns->OffMinX); + + if (preserve_width) + SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, offset + ImMax(g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, width)); +} + +void ImGui::SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, GetColumnOffset(column_index) + width); +} + +void ImGui::PushColumnClipRect(int column_index) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + + ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[column_index]; + PushClipRect(column->ClipRect.Min, column->ClipRect.Max, false); +} + +// Get into the columns background draw command (which is generally the same draw command as before we called BeginColumns) +void ImGui::PushColumnsBackground() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns->Count == 1) + return; + + // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() + columns->HostBackupClipRect = window->ClipRect; + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostInitialClipRect); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 0); +} + +void ImGui::PopColumnsBackground() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns->Count == 1) + return; + + // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostBackupClipRect); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1); +} + +ImGuiOldColumns* ImGui::FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) +{ + // We have few columns per window so for now we don't need bother much with turning this into a faster lookup. + for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) + if (window->ColumnsStorage[n].ID == id) + return &window->ColumnsStorage[n]; + + window->ColumnsStorage.push_back(ImGuiOldColumns()); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage.back(); + columns->ID = id; + return columns; +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int columns_count) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + + // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget. + // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer. + PushID(0x11223347 + (str_id ? 0 : columns_count)); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id ? str_id : "columns"); + PopID(); + + return id; +} + +void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + + IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL); // Nested columns are currently not supported + + // Acquire storage for the columns set + ImGuiID id = GetColumnsID(str_id, columns_count); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = FindOrCreateColumns(window, id); + IM_ASSERT(columns->ID == id); + columns->Current = 0; + columns->Count = columns_count; + columns->Flags = flags; + window->DC.CurrentColumns = columns; + + columns->HostCursorPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + columns->HostCursorMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; + columns->HostInitialClipRect = window->ClipRect; + columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect; + window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect; + + // Set state for first column + // We aim so that the right-most column will have the same clipping width as other after being clipped by parent ClipRect + const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + const float half_clip_extend_x = ImFloor(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize)); + const float max_1 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + column_padding - ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + const float max_2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + half_clip_extend_x; + columns->OffMinX = window->DC.Indent.x - column_padding + ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + columns->OffMaxX = ImMax(ImMin(max_1, max_2) - window->Pos.x, columns->OffMinX + 1.0f); + columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + + // Clear data if columns count changed + if (columns->Columns.Size != 0 && columns->Columns.Size != columns_count + 1) + columns->Columns.resize(0); + + // Initialize default widths + columns->IsFirstFrame = (columns->Columns.Size == 0); + if (columns->Columns.Size == 0) + { + columns->Columns.reserve(columns_count + 1); + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count + 1; n++) + { + ImGuiOldColumnData column; + column.OffsetNorm = n / (float)columns_count; + columns->Columns.push_back(column); + } + } + + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) + { + // Compute clipping rectangle + ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; + float clip_x1 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n)); + float clip_x2 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n + 1) - 1.0f); + column->ClipRect = ImRect(clip_x1, -FLT_MAX, clip_x2, +FLT_MAX); + column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); + } + + if (columns->Count > 1) + { + columns->Splitter.Split(window->DrawList, 1 + columns->Count); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 1); + PushColumnClipRect(0); + } + + // We don't generally store Indent.x inside ColumnsOffset because it may be manipulated by the user. + float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); + float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); + float width = offset_1 - offset_0; + PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; +} + +void ImGui::NextColumn() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems || window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + + if (columns->Count == 1) + { + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + IM_ASSERT(columns->Current == 0); + return; + } + + // Next column + if (++columns->Current == columns->Count) + columns->Current = 0; + + PopItemWidth(); + + // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() + // (which would needlessly attempt to update commands in the wrong channel, then pop or overwrite them), + ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[columns->Current]; + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1); + + const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + if (columns->Current > 0) + { + // Columns 1+ ignore IndentX (by canceling it out) + // FIXME-COLUMNS: Unnecessary, could be locked? + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.Indent.x + column_padding; + } + else + { + // New row/line: column 0 honor IndentX. + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY; + } + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + + // FIXME-COLUMNS: Share code with BeginColumns() - move code on columns setup. + float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); + float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); + float width = offset_1 - offset_0; + PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); + window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; +} + +void ImGui::EndColumns() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); + + PopItemWidth(); + if (columns->Count > 1) + { + PopClipRect(); + columns->Splitter.Merge(window->DrawList); + } + + const ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = columns->Flags; + columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMaxY; + if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize)) + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = columns->HostCursorMaxPosX; // Restore cursor max pos, as columns don't grow parent + + // Draw columns borders and handle resize + // The IsBeingResized flag ensure we preserve pre-resize columns width so back-and-forth are not lossy + bool is_being_resized = false; + if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder) && !window->SkipItems) + { + // We clip Y boundaries CPU side because very long triangles are mishandled by some GPU drivers. + const float y1 = ImMax(columns->HostCursorPosY, window->ClipRect.Min.y); + const float y2 = ImMin(window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y); + int dragging_column = -1; + for (int n = 1; n < columns->Count; n++) + { + ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; + float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n); + const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n); + const float column_hit_hw = COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH; + const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2)); + KeepAliveID(column_id); + if (IsClippedEx(column_hit_rect, column_id, false)) + continue; + + bool hovered = false, held = false; + if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize)) + { + ButtonBehavior(column_hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held); + if (hovered || held) + g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW; + if (held && !(column->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize)) + dragging_column = n; + } + + // Draw column + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); + const float xi = IM_FLOOR(x); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1 + 1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col); + } + + // Apply dragging after drawing the column lines, so our rendered lines are in sync with how items were displayed during the frame. + if (dragging_column != -1) + { + if (!columns->IsBeingResized) + for (int n = 0; n < columns->Count + 1; n++) + columns->Columns[n].OffsetNormBeforeResize = columns->Columns[n].OffsetNorm; + columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized = true; + float x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(columns, dragging_column); + SetColumnOffset(dragging_column, x); + } + } + columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized; + + window->WorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect; + window->ParentWorkRect = columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect; + window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); +} + +void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); + + ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = (border ? 0 : ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder); + //flags |= ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns != NULL && columns->Count == columns_count && columns->Flags == flags) + return; + + if (columns != NULL) + EndColumns(); + + if (columns_count != 1) + BeginColumns(id, columns_count, flags); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/libs/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp b/libs/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp index 1a10a2e..c5ee895 100644 --- a/libs/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp +++ b/libs/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.78 +// dear imgui, v1.82 // (widgets code) /* @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ Index of this file: #endif #include "imgui_internal.h" +// System includes #include // toupper #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier #include // intptr_t @@ -47,6 +48,10 @@ Index of this file: #include // intptr_t #endif +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Warnings +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant @@ -72,15 +77,19 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision #elif defined(__GNUC__) -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Data //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Widgets +static const float DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER = 0.70f; // Time for drag-hold to activate items accepting the ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold button behavior. +static const float DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR = 0.50f; // Multiplier for the default value of io.MouseDragThreshold to make DragFloat/DragInt react faster to mouse drags. + // Those MIN/MAX values are not define because we need to point to them static const signed char IM_S8_MIN = -128; static const signed char IM_S8_MAX = 127; @@ -274,7 +283,10 @@ void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); - TextV(fmt, args); + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) + TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting + else + TextV(fmt, args); PopStyleColor(); } @@ -288,8 +300,12 @@ void ImGui::TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...) void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GImGui->Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - TextV(fmt, args); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) + TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting + else + TextV(fmt, args); PopStyleColor(); } @@ -303,11 +319,14 @@ void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - bool need_backup = (window->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool need_backup = (g.CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set if (need_backup) PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); - TextV(fmt, args); + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) + TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting + else + TextV(fmt, args); if (need_backup) PopTextWrapPos(); } @@ -398,6 +417,7 @@ void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) // - Image() // - ImageButton() // - Checkbox() +// - CheckboxFlagsT() [Internal] // - CheckboxFlags() // - RadioButton() // - ProgressBar() @@ -480,7 +500,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_; ImGuiWindow* backup_hovered_window = g.HoveredWindow; - const bool flatten_hovered_children = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredRootWindow == window; + const bool flatten_hovered_children = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredWindow && g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow == window; if (flatten_hovered_children) g.HoveredWindow = window; @@ -500,10 +520,9 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool if (g.DragDropActive && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold) && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers)) if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) { - const float DRAG_DROP_HOLD_TIMER = 0.70f; hovered = true; SetHoveredID(id); - if (CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f, DRAG_DROP_HOLD_TIMER, 0.00f)) + if (CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f, DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER, 0.00f)) { pressed = true; g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = id; @@ -673,6 +692,9 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding); + + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("[", "]"); RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, bb.Max - style.FramePadding, label, NULL, &label_size, style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb); // Automatically close popups @@ -760,22 +782,30 @@ bool ImGui::ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir) } // Button to close a window -bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)//, float size) +bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - // We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Validate sequence close a window. - // (this isn't the regular behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user much because navigation tends to keep items visible). + // Tweak 1: Shrink hit-testing area if button covers an abnormally large proportion of the visible region. That's in order to facilitate moving the window away. (#3825) + // This may better be applied as a general hit-rect reduction mechanism for all widgets to ensure the area to move window is always accessible? const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); - bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb, id); + ImRect bb_interact = bb; + const float area_to_visible_ratio = window->OuterRectClipped.GetArea() / bb.GetArea(); + if (area_to_visible_ratio < 1.5f) + bb_interact.Expand(ImFloor(bb_interact.GetSize() * -0.25f)); + + // Tweak 2: We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Activate sequence can always close a window. + // (this isn't the regular behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user much because navigation tends to keep items visible). + bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb_interact, id); bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held); if (is_clipped) return pressed; // Render + // FIXME: Clarify this mess ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered); ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); if (hovered) @@ -844,19 +874,19 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) // Calculate scrollbar bounding box ImRect bb = GetWindowScrollbarRect(window, axis); - ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = 0; + ImDrawFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone; if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) { - rounding_corners |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft; + rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft; if (!window->ScrollbarY) - rounding_corners |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight; + rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; } else { if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) - rounding_corners |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight; + rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight; if (!window->ScrollbarX) - rounding_corners |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight; + rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; } float size_avail = window->InnerRect.Max[axis] - window->InnerRect.Min[axis]; float size_contents = window->ContentSize[axis] + window->WindowPadding[axis] * 2.0f; @@ -869,7 +899,7 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) // - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar // - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal. // Still, the code should probably be made simpler.. -bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float size_avail_v, float size_contents_v, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners) +bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float size_avail_v, float size_contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; @@ -949,7 +979,7 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, floa // Render const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg); const ImU32 grab_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab, alpha); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_frame.Min, bb_frame.Max, bg_col, window->WindowRounding, rounding_corners); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_frame.Min, bb_frame.Max, bg_col, window->WindowRounding, flags); ImRect grab_rect; if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) grab_rect = ImRect(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y, ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, bb.Max.y); @@ -1047,7 +1077,10 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) + { + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); return false; + } bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held); @@ -1061,9 +1094,11 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); ImU32 check_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark); - if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) + bool mixed_value = (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) != 0; + if (mixed_value) { // Undocumented tristate/mixed/indeterminate checkbox (#2644) + // This may seem awkwardly designed because the aim is to make ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue supported by all widgets (not just checkbox) ImVec2 pad(ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f)), ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f))); window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(check_bb.Min + pad, check_bb.Max - pad, check_col, style.FrameRounding); } @@ -1073,30 +1108,65 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad, pad), check_col, square_sz - pad * 2.0f); } + ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&total_bb.Min, *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]"); + LogRenderedText(&label_pos, mixed_value ? "[~]" : *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]"); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + RenderText(label_pos, label); IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); return pressed; } -bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value) +template +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value) { - bool v = ((*flags & flags_value) == flags_value); - bool pressed = Checkbox(label, &v); + bool all_on = (*flags & flags_value) == flags_value; + bool any_on = (*flags & flags_value) != 0; + bool pressed; + if (!all_on && any_on) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = window->DC.ItemFlags; + window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue; + pressed = Checkbox(label, &all_on); + window->DC.ItemFlags = backup_item_flags; + } + else + { + pressed = Checkbox(label, &all_on); + + } if (pressed) { - if (v) + if (all_on) *flags |= flags_value; else *flags &= ~flags_value; } - return pressed; } +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, int* flags, int flags_value) +{ + return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value); +} + +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value) +{ + return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value); +} + +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value) +{ + return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value); +} + +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value) +{ + return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value); +} + bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -1140,10 +1210,11 @@ bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active) window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); } + ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&total_bb.Min, active ? "(x)" : "( )"); + LogRenderedText(&label_pos, active ? "(x)" : "( )"); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + RenderText(label_pos, label); IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags); return pressed; @@ -1309,10 +1380,12 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) // Horizontal Separator float x1 = window->Pos.x; float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x; - if (!window->DC.GroupStack.empty()) + + // FIXME-WORKRECT: old hack (#205) until we decide of consistent behavior with WorkRect/Indent and Separator + if (g.GroupStack.Size > 0 && g.GroupStack.back().WindowID == window->ID) x1 += window->DC.Indent.x; - ImGuiColumns* columns = (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->DC.CurrentColumns : NULL; + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->DC.CurrentColumns : NULL; if (columns) PushColumnsBackground(); @@ -1325,7 +1398,8 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) // Draw window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&bb.Min, "--------------------------------"); + LogRenderedText(&bb.Min, "--------------------------------\n"); + } if (columns) { @@ -1416,11 +1490,13 @@ static int IMGUI_CDECL ShrinkWidthItemComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) } // Shrink excess width from a set of item, by removing width from the larger items first. +// Set items Width to -1.0f to disable shrinking this item. void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess) { if (count == 1) { - items[0].Width = ImMax(items[0].Width - width_excess, 1.0f); + if (items[0].Width >= 0.0f) + items[0].Width = ImMax(items[0].Width - width_excess, 1.0f); return; } ImQsort(items, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem), ShrinkWidthItemComparer); @@ -1429,7 +1505,9 @@ void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_exc { while (count_same_width < count && items[0].Width <= items[count_same_width].Width) count_same_width++; - float max_width_to_remove_per_item = (count_same_width < count) ? (items[0].Width - items[count_same_width].Width) : (items[0].Width - 1.0f); + float max_width_to_remove_per_item = (count_same_width < count && items[count_same_width].Width >= 0.0f) ? (items[0].Width - items[count_same_width].Width) : (items[0].Width - 1.0f); + if (max_width_to_remove_per_item <= 0.0f) + break; float width_to_remove_per_item = ImMin(width_excess / count_same_width, max_width_to_remove_per_item); for (int item_n = 0; item_n < count_same_width; item_n++) items[item_n].Width -= width_to_remove_per_item; @@ -1501,18 +1579,23 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF const float value_x2 = ImMax(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size); RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(frame_bb.Min, ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Left); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(frame_bb.Min, ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft); if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton)) { ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((popup_open || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, bg_col, style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Right); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, bg_col, style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight); if (value_x2 + arrow_size - style.FramePadding.x <= frame_bb.Max.x) RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(value_x2 + style.FramePadding.y, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), text_col, ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); } RenderFrameBorder(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, style.FrameRounding); if (preview_value != NULL && !(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) - RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Max.y), preview_value, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + { + ImVec2 preview_pos = frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding; + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}"); + RenderTextClipped(preview_pos, ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Max.y), preview_value, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + } if (label_size.x > 0) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); @@ -1547,13 +1630,17 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF char name[16]; ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.BeginPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth - // Peak into expected window size so we can position it + // Position the window given a custom constraint (peak into expected window size so we can position it) + // This might be easier to express with an hypothetical SetNextWindowPosConstraints() function. if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = FindWindowByName(name)) if (popup_window->WasActive) { - ImVec2 size_expected = CalcWindowExpectedSize(popup_window); + // Always override 'AutoPosLastDirection' to not leave a chance for a past value to affect us. + ImVec2 size_expected = CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(popup_window); if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft) - popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_Left; + popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_Left; // "Below, Toward Left" + else + popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_Down; // "Below, Toward Right (default)" ImRect r_outer = GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(popup_window); ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(frame_bb.GetBL(), size_expected, &popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, frame_bb, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox); SetNextWindowPos(pos); @@ -1648,6 +1735,9 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(voi } EndCombo(); + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId); + return value_changed; } @@ -1687,21 +1777,21 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separa static const ImGuiDataTypeInfo GDataTypeInfo[] = { - { sizeof(char), "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S8 - { sizeof(unsigned char), "%u", "%u" }, - { sizeof(short), "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S16 - { sizeof(unsigned short), "%u", "%u" }, - { sizeof(int), "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S32 - { sizeof(unsigned int), "%u", "%u" }, + { sizeof(char), "S8", "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S8 + { sizeof(unsigned char), "U8", "%u", "%u" }, + { sizeof(short), "S16", "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S16 + { sizeof(unsigned short), "U16", "%u", "%u" }, + { sizeof(int), "S32", "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S32 + { sizeof(unsigned int), "U32", "%u", "%u" }, #ifdef _MSC_VER - { sizeof(ImS64), "%I64d","%I64d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S64 - { sizeof(ImU64), "%I64u","%I64u" }, + { sizeof(ImS64), "S64", "%I64d","%I64d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S64 + { sizeof(ImU64), "U64", "%I64u","%I64u" }, #else - { sizeof(ImS64), "%lld", "%lld" }, // ImGuiDataType_S64 - { sizeof(ImU64), "%llu", "%llu" }, + { sizeof(ImS64), "S64", "%lld", "%lld" }, // ImGuiDataType_S64 + { sizeof(ImU64), "U64", "%llu", "%llu" }, #endif - { sizeof(float), "%f", "%f" }, // ImGuiDataType_Float (float are promoted to double in va_arg) - { sizeof(double), "%f", "%lf" }, // ImGuiDataType_Double + { sizeof(float), "float", "%f", "%f" }, // ImGuiDataType_Float (float are promoted to double in va_arg) + { sizeof(double), "double","%f", "%lf" }, // ImGuiDataType_Double }; IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GDataTypeInfo) == ImGuiDataType_COUNT); @@ -1758,7 +1848,7 @@ int ImGui::DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type return 0; } -void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg1, const void* arg2) +void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg1, const void* arg2) { IM_ASSERT(op == '+' || op == '-'); switch (data_type) @@ -1910,9 +2000,37 @@ bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_b } template -static bool ClampBehaviorT(T* v, const T* v_min, const T* v_max) +static int DataTypeCompareT(const T* lhs, const T* rhs) { - // Clamp, both sides are optional + if (*lhs < *rhs) return -1; + if (*lhs > *rhs) return +1; + return 0; +} + +int ImGui::DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2) +{ + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S8: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImS8* )arg_1, (const ImS8* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_U8: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImU8* )arg_1, (const ImU8* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_S16: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImS16* )arg_1, (const ImS16* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_U16: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImU16* )arg_1, (const ImU16* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_S32: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImS32* )arg_1, (const ImS32* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_U32: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImU32* )arg_1, (const ImU32* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_S64: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImS64* )arg_1, (const ImS64* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_U64: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImU64* )arg_1, (const ImU64* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_Float: return DataTypeCompareT((const float* )arg_1, (const float* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DataTypeCompareT((const double*)arg_1, (const double*)arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return 0; +} + +template +static bool DataTypeClampT(T* v, const T* v_min, const T* v_max) +{ + // Clamp, both sides are optional, return true if modified if (v_min && *v < *v_min) { *v = *v_min; return true; } if (v_max && *v > *v_max) { *v = *v_max; return true; } return false; @@ -1922,16 +2040,16 @@ bool ImGui::DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_m { switch (data_type) { - case ImGuiDataType_S8: return ClampBehaviorT((ImS8* )p_data, (const ImS8* )p_min, (const ImS8* )p_max); - case ImGuiDataType_U8: return ClampBehaviorT((ImU8* )p_data, (const ImU8* )p_min, (const ImU8* )p_max); - case ImGuiDataType_S16: return ClampBehaviorT((ImS16* )p_data, (const ImS16* )p_min, (const ImS16* )p_max); - case ImGuiDataType_U16: return ClampBehaviorT((ImU16* )p_data, (const ImU16* )p_min, (const ImU16* )p_max); - case ImGuiDataType_S32: return ClampBehaviorT((ImS32* )p_data, (const ImS32* )p_min, (const ImS32* )p_max); - case ImGuiDataType_U32: return ClampBehaviorT((ImU32* )p_data, (const ImU32* )p_min, (const ImU32* )p_max); - case ImGuiDataType_S64: return ClampBehaviorT((ImS64* )p_data, (const ImS64* )p_min, (const ImS64* )p_max); - case ImGuiDataType_U64: return ClampBehaviorT((ImU64* )p_data, (const ImU64* )p_min, (const ImU64* )p_max); - case ImGuiDataType_Float: return ClampBehaviorT((float* )p_data, (const float* )p_min, (const float* )p_max); - case ImGuiDataType_Double: return ClampBehaviorT((double*)p_data, (const double*)p_min, (const double*)p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_S8: return DataTypeClampT((ImS8* )p_data, (const ImS8* )p_min, (const ImS8* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U8: return DataTypeClampT((ImU8* )p_data, (const ImU8* )p_min, (const ImU8* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_S16: return DataTypeClampT((ImS16* )p_data, (const ImS16* )p_min, (const ImS16* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U16: return DataTypeClampT((ImU16* )p_data, (const ImU16* )p_min, (const ImU16* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_S32: return DataTypeClampT((ImS32* )p_data, (const ImS32* )p_min, (const ImS32* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U32: return DataTypeClampT((ImU32* )p_data, (const ImU32* )p_min, (const ImU32* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_S64: return DataTypeClampT((ImS64* )p_data, (const ImS64* )p_min, (const ImS64* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U64: return DataTypeClampT((ImU64* )p_data, (const ImU64* )p_min, (const ImU64* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_Float: return DataTypeClampT((float* )p_data, (const float* )p_min, (const float* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DataTypeClampT((double*)p_data, (const double*)p_min, (const double*)p_max); case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; } IM_ASSERT(0); @@ -1959,12 +2077,35 @@ static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, TYPE* output) return src; } +// Sanitize format +// - Zero terminate so extra characters after format (e.g. "%f123") don't confuse atof/atoi +// - stb_sprintf.h supports several new modifiers which format numbers in a way that also makes them incompatible atof/atoi. +static void SanitizeFormatString(const char* fmt, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size) +{ + const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt); + IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you! + while (fmt < fmt_end) + { + char c = *(fmt++); + if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '. + *(fmt_out++) = c; + } + *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate +} + template TYPE ImGui::RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v) { const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(format); if (fmt_start[0] != '%' || fmt_start[1] == '%') // Don't apply if the value is not visible in the format string return v; + + // Sanitize format + char fmt_sanitized[32]; + SanitizeFormatString(fmt_start, fmt_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_sanitized)); + fmt_start = fmt_sanitized; + + // Format value with our rounding, and read back char v_str[64]; ImFormatString(v_str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(v_str), fmt_start, v); const char* p = v_str; @@ -2002,9 +2143,9 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; - const bool is_decimal = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); const bool is_clamped = (v_min < v_max); - const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) && is_decimal; + const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0; + const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); // Default tweak speed if (v_speed == 0.0f && is_clamped && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX)) @@ -2012,7 +2153,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const // Inputs accumulates into g.DragCurrentAccum, which is flushed into the current value as soon as it makes a difference with our precision settings float adjust_delta = 0.0f; - if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && IsMousePosValid() && g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[0] > 1.0f * 1.0f) + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && IsMousePosValid() && IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR)) { adjust_delta = g.IO.MouseDelta[axis]; if (g.IO.KeyAlt) @@ -2022,7 +2163,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const } else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) { - int decimal_precision = is_decimal ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; + const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; adjust_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f)[axis]; v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision)); } @@ -2062,13 +2203,13 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const if (is_logarithmic) { // When using logarithmic sliders, we need to clamp to avoid hitting zero, but our choice of clamp value greatly affects slider precision. We attempt to use the specified precision to estimate a good lower bound. - const int decimal_precision = is_decimal ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 1; + const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 1; logarithmic_zero_epsilon = ImPow(0.1f, (float)decimal_precision); // Convert to parametric space, apply delta, convert back - float v_old_parametric = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, v_cur, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + float v_old_parametric = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, v_cur, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); float v_new_parametric = v_old_parametric + g.DragCurrentAccum; - v_cur = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, v_new_parametric, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + v_cur = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, v_new_parametric, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = v_old_parametric; } else @@ -2085,7 +2226,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const if (is_logarithmic) { // Convert to parametric space, apply delta, convert back - float v_new_parametric = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, v_cur, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + float v_new_parametric = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, v_cur, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)(v_new_parametric - v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder); } else @@ -2100,9 +2241,9 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const // Clamp values (+ handle overflow/wrap-around for integer types) if (*v != v_cur && is_clamped) { - if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f && !is_decimal)) + if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f && !is_floating_point)) v_cur = v_min; - if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f && !is_decimal)) + if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f && !is_floating_point)) v_cur = v_max; } @@ -2175,7 +2316,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); - // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an input box + // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); const bool temp_input_allowed = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput) == 0; bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); @@ -2196,12 +2337,21 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, FocusableItemUnregister(window); } } + // Experimental: simple click (without moving) turns Drag into an InputText + // FIXME: Currently polling ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen, may either poll an hypothetical ImGuiBackendFlags_HasKeyboard and/or an explicit drag settings. + if (g.IO.ConfigDragClickToInputText && temp_input_allowed && !temp_input_is_active) + if (g.ActiveId == id && hovered && g.IO.MouseReleased[0] && !IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR)) + { + g.NavInputId = id; + temp_input_is_active = true; + FocusableItemUnregister(window); + } } if (temp_input_is_active) { - // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampInput is set - const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput) != 0; + // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set + const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0 && (p_min == NULL || p_max == NULL || DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_min, p_max) < 0); return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL); } @@ -2218,6 +2368,8 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. char value_buf[64]; const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}"); RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) @@ -2282,7 +2434,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -// NB: You likely want to specify the ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput when using this. +// NB: You likely want to specify the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp when using this. bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -2335,7 +2487,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed, int v_min, int return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -// NB: You likely want to specify the ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput when using this. +// NB: You likely want to specify the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp when using this. bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -2421,7 +2573,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Convert a value v in the output space of a slider into a parametric position on the slider itself (the logical opposite of ScaleValueFromRatioT) -template +template float ImGui::ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_halfsize) { if (v_min == v_max) @@ -2473,16 +2625,16 @@ float ImGui::ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v, TYPE v_min, T } // Linear slider - return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min)); + return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min)); } // Convert a parametric position on a slider into a value v in the output space (the logical opposite of ScaleRatioFromValueT) -template +template TYPE ImGui::ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_halfsize) { if (v_min == v_max) - return (TYPE)0.0f; - const bool is_decimal = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + return v_min; + const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); TYPE result; if (is_logarithmic) @@ -2530,21 +2682,25 @@ TYPE ImGui::ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, TYPE v_min, T else { // Linear slider - if (is_decimal) + if (is_floating_point) { result = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, t); } else { - // For integer values we want the clicking position to match the grab box so we round above - // This code is carefully tuned to work with large values (e.g. high ranges of U64) while preserving this property.. - FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (v_max - v_min) * t; - TYPE v_new_off_floor = (TYPE)(v_new_off_f); - TYPE v_new_off_round = (TYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)0.5); - if (v_new_off_floor < v_new_off_round) - result = v_min + v_new_off_round; + // - For integer values we want the clicking position to match the grab box so we round above + // This code is carefully tuned to work with large values (e.g. high ranges of U64) while preserving this property.. + // - Not doing a *1.0 multiply at the end of a range as it tends to be lossy. While absolute aiming at a large s64/u64 + // range is going to be imprecise anyway, with this check we at least make the edge values matches expected limits. + if (t < 1.0) + { + FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min) * t; + result = (TYPE)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_min + (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)(v_min > v_max ? -0.5 : 0.5))); + } else - result = v_min + v_new_off_floor; + { + result = v_max; + } } } @@ -2559,14 +2715,14 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; - const bool is_decimal = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); - const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) && is_decimal; + const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0; + const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); const float grab_padding = 2.0f; const float slider_sz = (bb.Max[axis] - bb.Min[axis]) - grab_padding * 2.0f; float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize; SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); - if (!is_decimal && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows + if (!is_floating_point && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz); const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz; @@ -2578,7 +2734,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ if (is_logarithmic) { // When using logarithmic sliders, we need to clamp to avoid hitting zero, but our choice of clamp value greatly affects slider precision. We attempt to use the specified precision to estimate a good lower bound. - const int decimal_precision = is_decimal ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 1; + const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 1; logarithmic_zero_epsilon = ImPow(0.1f, (float)decimal_precision); zero_deadzone_halfsize = (style.LogSliderDeadzone * 0.5f) / ImMax(slider_usable_sz, 1.0f); } @@ -2616,7 +2772,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ float input_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? input_delta2.x : -input_delta2.y; if (input_delta != 0.0f) { - const int decimal_precision = is_decimal ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; + const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; if (decimal_precision > 0) { input_delta /= 100.0f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in % of slider bounds @@ -2644,7 +2800,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ } else if (g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty) { - clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); if ((clicked_t >= 1.0f && delta > 0.0f) || (clicked_t <= 0.0f && delta < 0.0f)) // This is to avoid applying the saturation when already past the limits { @@ -2658,10 +2814,10 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ clicked_t = ImSaturate(clicked_t + delta); // Calculate what our "new" clicked_t will be, and thus how far we actually moved the slider, and subtract this from the accumulator - TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); if (!(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); - float new_clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, v_new, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + float new_clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, v_new, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); if (delta > 0) g.SliderCurrentAccum -= ImMin(new_clicked_t - old_clicked_t, delta); @@ -2675,7 +2831,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ if (set_new_value) { - TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); // Round to user desired precision based on format string if (!(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) @@ -2697,7 +2853,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ else { // Output grab position so it can be displayed by the caller - float grab_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + float grab_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t; const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t); @@ -2803,8 +2959,8 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat if (temp_input_is_active) { - // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampInput is set - const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput) != 0; + // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set + const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0; return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL); } @@ -2826,6 +2982,8 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. char value_buf[64]; const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}"); RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) @@ -3132,8 +3290,7 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* return value_changed; } -// Note that Drag/Slider functions are only forwarding the min/max values clamping values if the -// ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput / ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput flag is set! +// Note that Drag/Slider functions are only forwarding the min/max values clamping values if the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp flag is set! // This is intended: this way we allow CTRL+Click manual input to set a value out of bounds, for maximum flexibility. // However this may not be ideal for all uses, as some user code may break on out of bound values. bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min, const void* p_clamp_max) @@ -3159,7 +3316,11 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImG // Apply new value (or operations) then clamp DataTypeApplyOpFromText(data_buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, NULL); if (p_clamp_min || p_clamp_max) + { + if (p_clamp_min && p_clamp_max && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max) > 0) + ImSwap(p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max); DataTypeClamp(data_type, p_data, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max); + } // Only mark as edited if new value is different value_changed = memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size) != 0; @@ -3299,41 +3460,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format, ImGui return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, flags); } -// Prefer using "const char* format" directly, which is more flexible and consistent with other API. -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) -{ - char format[16] = "%f"; - if (decimal_precision >= 0) - ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); - return InputFloat(label, v, step, step_fast, format, flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) -{ - char format[16] = "%f"; - if (decimal_precision >= 0) - ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) -{ - char format[16] = "%f"; - if (decimal_precision >= 0) - ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) -{ - char format[16] = "%f"; - if (decimal_precision >= 0) - ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, flags); -} -#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) { // Hexadecimal input provided as a convenience but the flag name is awkward. Typically you'd use InputText() to parse your own data, if you want to handle prefixes. @@ -3486,6 +3612,7 @@ static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, int n) ImWchar* dst = obj->TextW.Data + pos; // We maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar formats + obj->Edited = true; obj->CurLenA -= ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(dst, dst + n); obj->CurLenW -= n; @@ -3520,6 +3647,7 @@ static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const Im memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos) * sizeof(ImWchar)); memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(ImWchar)); + obj->Edited = true; obj->CurLenW += new_text_len; obj->CurLenA += new_text_len_utf8; obj->TextW[obj->CurLenW] = '\0'; @@ -3542,6 +3670,8 @@ static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const Im #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO 0x20000B // keyboard input to perform redo #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT 0x20000C // keyboard input to move cursor left one word #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT 0x20000D // keyboard input to move cursor right one word +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP 0x20000E // keyboard input to move cursor up a page +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN 0x20000F // keyboard input to move cursor down a page #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT 0x400000 #define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION @@ -3590,7 +3720,7 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count) *dst++ = c; *dst = '\0'; - if (CursorPos + bytes_count >= pos) + if (CursorPos >= pos + bytes_count) CursorPos -= bytes_count; else if (CursorPos >= pos) CursorPos = pos; @@ -3661,14 +3791,22 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f // Generic named filters if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) { + // The libc allows overriding locale, with e.g. 'setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "de_DE.UTF-8");' which affect the output/input of printf/scanf. + // The standard mandate that programs starts in the "C" locale where the decimal point is '.'. + // We don't really intend to provide widespread support for it, but out of empathy for people stuck with using odd API, we support the bare minimum aka overriding the decimal point. + // Change the default decimal_point with: + // ImGui::GetCurrentContext()->PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = *localeconv()->decimal_point; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; + // Allow 0-9 . - + * / if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal) - if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/')) + if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != c_decimal_point) && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/')) return false; // Allow 0-9 . - + * / e E if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific) - if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/') && (c != 'e') && (c != 'E')) + if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != c_decimal_point) && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/') && (c != 'e') && (c != 'E')) return false; // Allow 0-9 a-F A-F @@ -3761,9 +3899,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding); - bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding); - PopStyleVar(3); + bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + PopStyleVar(2); PopStyleColor(); if (!child_visible) { @@ -3772,7 +3909,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ return false; } draw_window = g.CurrentWindow; // Child window - draw_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= draw_window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask; // This is to ensure that EndChild() will display a navigation highlight so we can "enter" into it. + draw_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= (1 << draw_window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); // This is to ensure that EndChild() will display a navigation highlight so we can "enter" into it. + draw_window->DC.CursorPos += style.FramePadding; inner_size.x -= draw_window->ScrollbarSizes.x; } else @@ -3789,20 +3927,23 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ ImGuiInputTextState* state = GetInputTextState(id); const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id); - const bool focus_requested_by_code = focus_requested && (g.FocusRequestCurrWindow == window && g.FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular == window->DC.FocusCounterRegular); + const bool focus_requested_by_code = focus_requested && (g.TabFocusRequestCurrWindow == window && g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular == window->DC.FocusCounterRegular); const bool focus_requested_by_tab = focus_requested && !focus_requested_by_code; const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0]; - const bool user_nav_input_start = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard)); + const bool user_nav_input_start = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)); const bool user_scroll_finish = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y); const bool user_scroll_active = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y); bool clear_active_id = false; bool select_all = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) != 0 || user_nav_input_start) && (!is_multiline); + float scroll_y = is_multiline ? draw_window->Scroll.y : FLT_MAX; + + const bool init_changed_specs = (state != NULL && state->Stb.single_line != !is_multiline); const bool init_make_active = (focus_requested || user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || user_nav_input_start); const bool init_state = (init_make_active || user_scroll_active); - if (init_state && g.ActiveId != id) + if ((init_state && g.ActiveId != id) || init_changed_specs) { // Access state even if we don't own it yet. state = &g.InputTextState; @@ -3824,7 +3965,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget // FIXME: For non-readonly widgets we might be able to require that TextAIsValid && TextA == buf ? (untested) and discard undo stack if user buffer has changed. - const bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id); + const bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id && !init_changed_specs); if (recycle_state) { // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position @@ -3839,8 +3980,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (!is_multiline && focus_requested_by_code) select_all = true; } - if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode) - state->Stb.insert_mode = 1; + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite) + state->Stb.insert_mode = 1; // stb field name is indeed incorrect (see #2863) if (!is_multiline && (focus_requested_by_tab || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl))) select_all = true; } @@ -3860,7 +4001,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_Home) | ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_End); if (is_multiline) - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_PageUp) | ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_PageDown); // FIXME-NAV: Page up/down actually not supported yet by widget, but claim them ahead. + g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_PageUp) | ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_PageDown); if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) // Disable keyboard tabbing out as we will use the \t character. g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_Tab); } @@ -3902,7 +4043,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ ImFont* password_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont; password_font->FontSize = g.Font->FontSize; password_font->Scale = g.Font->Scale; - password_font->DisplayOffset = g.Font->DisplayOffset; password_font->Ascent = g.Font->Ascent; password_font->Descent = g.Font->Descent; password_font->ContainerAtlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas; @@ -3918,6 +4058,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); backup_current_text_length = state->CurLenA; + state->Edited = false; state->BufCapacityA = buf_size; state->UserFlags = flags; state->UserCallback = callback; @@ -3930,7 +4071,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Edit in progress const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + state->ScrollX; - const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y - style.FramePadding.y) : (g.FontSize * 0.5f)); + const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y) : (g.FontSize * 0.5f)); const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; if (select_all || (hovered && !is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) @@ -3961,7 +4102,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (state->SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0]) state->SelectedAllMouseLock = false; - // It is ill-defined whether the back-end needs to send a \t character when pressing the TAB keys. + // It is ill-defined whether the backend needs to send a \t character when pressing the TAB keys. // Win32 and GLFW naturally do it but not SDL. const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper); if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !ignore_char_inputs && !io.KeyShift && !is_readonly) @@ -3999,6 +4140,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMods == GetMergedKeyModFlags() && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); // We rarely do this check, but if anything let's do it here. + const int row_count_per_page = ImMax((int)((inner_size.y - style.FramePadding.y) / g.FontSize), 1); + state->Stb.row_count_per_page = row_count_per_page; + const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0); const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; const bool is_osx_shift_shortcut = is_osx && (io.KeyMods == (ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super | ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift)); @@ -4018,6 +4162,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); } else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); } else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_PageUp) && is_multiline) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP | k_mask); scroll_y -= row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_PageDown) && is_multiline) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | k_mask); scroll_y += row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; } else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Home)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); } else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_End)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); } else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); } @@ -4155,7 +4301,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } // User callback - if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0) + if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0) { IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); @@ -4177,8 +4323,14 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; event_key = ImGuiKey_DownArrow; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit) && state->Edited) + { + event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit; + } else if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways) + { event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways; + } if (event_flag) { @@ -4207,10 +4359,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == state->TextA.Data); // Invalid to modify those fields IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == state->BufCapacityA); IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags); - if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos) { state->Stb.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); state->CursorFollow = true; } - if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start) { state->Stb.select_start = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); } - if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end) { state->Stb.select_end = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); } - if (callback_data.BufDirty) + const bool buf_dirty = callback_data.BufDirty; + if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); state->CursorFollow = true; } + if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.select_start = (callback_data.SelectionStart == callback_data.CursorPos) ? state->Stb.cursor : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); } + if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.select_end = (callback_data.SelectionEnd == callback_data.SelectionStart) ? state->Stb.select_start : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); } + if (buf_dirty) { IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text! if (callback_data.BufTextLen > backup_current_text_length && is_resizable) @@ -4367,10 +4520,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll)) { const float scroll_increment_x = inner_size.x * 0.25f; + const float visible_width = inner_size.x - style.FramePadding.x; if (cursor_offset.x < state->ScrollX) state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x)); - else if (cursor_offset.x - inner_size.x >= state->ScrollX) - state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(cursor_offset.x - inner_size.x + scroll_increment_x); + else if (cursor_offset.x - visible_width >= state->ScrollX) + state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(cursor_offset.x - visible_width + scroll_increment_x); } else { @@ -4380,11 +4534,13 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Vertical scroll if (is_multiline) { - float scroll_y = draw_window->Scroll.y; + // Test if cursor is vertically visible if (cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize < scroll_y) scroll_y = ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize); else if (cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y >= scroll_y) - scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y; + scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; + const float scroll_max_y = ImMax((text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) - inner_size.y, 0.0f); + scroll_y = ImClamp(scroll_y, 0.0f, scroll_max_y); draw_pos.y += (draw_window->Scroll.y - scroll_y); // Manipulate cursor pos immediately avoid a frame of lag draw_window->Scroll.y = scroll_y; } @@ -4468,19 +4624,22 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } } + if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint) + PopFont(); + if (is_multiline) { - Dummy(text_size + ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); // Always add room to scroll an extra line + Dummy(ImVec2(text_size.x, text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y)); EndChild(); EndGroup(); } - if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint) - PopFont(); - // Log as text if (g.LogEnabled && (!is_password || is_displaying_hint)) + { + LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}"); LogRenderedText(&draw_pos, buf_display, buf_display_end); + } if (label_size.x > 0) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); @@ -4517,7 +4676,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag // Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range). // See enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ for available options. e.g. Only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. -// With typical options: Left-click on colored square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL-Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item. +// With typical options: Left-click on color square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL-Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item. bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -4626,7 +4785,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, hdr ? 0 : 255, fmt_table_int[fmt_idx][n]); } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupContextItem("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); } } else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) @@ -4651,7 +4810,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2]); } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupContextItem("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); } ImGuiWindow* picker_active_window = NULL; @@ -4672,7 +4831,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag } } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupContextItem("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); if (BeginPopup("picker")) { @@ -4892,7 +5051,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl } } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupContextItem("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); } else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar) { @@ -4905,7 +5064,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl value_changed = value_changed_sv = true; } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupContextItem("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); // Hue bar logic SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y)); @@ -5072,7 +5231,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl const float a1 = (n+1.0f)/6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI + aeps; const int vert_start_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; draw_list->PathArcTo(wheel_center, (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, a0, a1, segment_per_arc); - draw_list->PathStroke(col_white, false, wheel_thickness); + draw_list->PathStroke(col_white, 0, wheel_thickness); const int vert_end_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; // Paint colors over existing vertices @@ -5153,7 +5312,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl return value_changed; } -// A little colored square. Return true when clicked. +// A little color square. Return true when clicked. // FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip. // 'desc_id' is not called 'label' because we don't display it next to the button, but only in the tooltip. // Note that 'col' may be encoded in HSV if ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV is set. @@ -5198,8 +5357,8 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf) && col_rgb.w < 1.0f) { float mid_x = IM_ROUND((bb_inner.Min.x + bb_inner.Max.x) * 0.5f); - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, ImVec2(bb_inner.Min.x + grid_step, bb_inner.Min.y), bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_rgb), grid_step, ImVec2(-grid_step + off, off), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, ImVec2(mid_x, bb_inner.Max.y), GetColorU32(col_rgb_without_alpha), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft); + RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, ImVec2(bb_inner.Min.x + grid_step, bb_inner.Min.y), bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_rgb), grid_step, ImVec2(-grid_step + off, off), rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, ImVec2(mid_x, bb_inner.Max.y), GetColorU32(col_rgb_without_alpha), rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft); } else { @@ -5208,7 +5367,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl if (col_source.w < 1.0f) RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), grid_step, ImVec2(off, off), rounding); else - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), rounding); } RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder) == 0) @@ -5378,7 +5537,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if (allow_opt_alpha_bar) { if (allow_opt_picker) Separator(); - CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", (unsigned int*)&g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); + CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", &g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); } EndPopup(); } @@ -5607,17 +5766,14 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l // Open behaviors can be altered with the _OpenOnArrow and _OnOnDoubleClick flags. // Some alteration have subtle effects (e.g. toggle on MouseUp vs MouseDown events) due to requirements for multi-selection and drag and drop support. - // - Single-click on label = Toggle on MouseUp (default) - // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseUp (when _OpenOnArrow=0) + // - Single-click on label = Toggle on MouseUp (default, when _OpenOnArrow=0) + // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDown (when _OpenOnArrow=0) // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDown (when _OpenOnArrow=1) // - Double-click on label = Toggle on MouseDoubleClick (when _OpenOnDoubleClick=1) // - Double-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDoubleClick (when _OpenOnDoubleClick=1 and _OpenOnArrow=0) - // This makes _OpenOnArrow have a subtle effect on _OpenOnDoubleClick: arrow click reacts on Down rather than Up. - // It is rather standard that arrow click react on Down rather than Up and we'd be tempted to make it the default - // (by removing the _OpenOnArrow test below), however this would have a perhaps surprising effect on CollapsingHeader()? - // So right now we are making this optional. May evolve later. + // It is rather standard that arrow click react on Down rather than Up. // We set ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease on OpenOnDoubleClick because we want the item to be active on the initial MouseDown in order for drag and drop to work. - if (is_mouse_x_over_arrow && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow)) + if (is_mouse_x_over_arrow) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; else if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; @@ -5690,19 +5846,10 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l text_pos.x -= text_offset_x; if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton) frame_bb.Max.x -= g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x; + if (g.LogEnabled) - { - // NB: '##' is normally used to hide text (as a library-wide feature), so we need to specify the text range to make sure the ## aren't stripped out here. - const char log_prefix[] = "\n##"; - const char log_suffix[] = "##"; - LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_prefix, log_prefix + 3); - RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); - LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_suffix, log_suffix + 2); - } - else - { - RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); - } + LogSetNextTextDecoration("###", "###"); + RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); } else { @@ -5718,7 +5865,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l else if (!is_leaf) RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f); if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&text_pos, ">"); + LogSetNextTextDecoration(">", NULL); RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false); } @@ -5766,7 +5913,7 @@ void ImGui::TreePop() if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) if (g.NavIdIsAlive && (window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask & tree_depth_mask)) { - SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer, 0); + SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer, 0, ImRect()); NavMoveRequestCancel(); } window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask &= tree_depth_mask - 1; @@ -5804,21 +5951,25 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader, label); } -bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +// p_visible == NULL : regular collapsing header +// p_visible != NULL && *p_visible == true : show a small close button on the corner of the header, clicking the button will set *p_visible = false +// p_visible != NULL && *p_visible == false : do not show the header at all +// Do not mistake this with the Open state of the header itself, which you can adjust with SetNextItemOpen() or ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen. +bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - if (p_open && !*p_open) + if (p_visible && !*p_visible) return false; ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader; - if (p_open) + if (p_visible) flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton; bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label); - if (p_open != NULL) + if (p_visible != NULL) { // Create a small overlapping close button // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc. @@ -5828,8 +5979,9 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags float button_size = g.FontSize; float button_x = ImMax(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.x, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_size); float button_y = window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.y; - if (CloseButton(window->GetID((void*)((intptr_t)id + 1)), ImVec2(button_x, button_y))) - *p_open = false; + ImGuiID close_button_id = GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id); + if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(button_x, button_y))) + *p_visible = false; last_item_backup.Restore(); } @@ -5855,9 +6007,6 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.CurrentColumns) // FIXME-OPT: Avoid if vertically clipped. - PushColumnsBackground(); - // Submit label or explicit size to ItemSize(), whereas ItemAdd() will submit a larger/spanning rectangle. ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); @@ -5867,8 +6016,10 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl ItemSize(size, 0.0f); // Fill horizontal space - const float min_x = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x : pos.x; - const float max_x = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x : window->WorkRect.Max.x; + // We don't support (size < 0.0f) in Selectable() because the ItemSpacing extension would make explicitly right-aligned sizes not visibly match other widgets. + const bool span_all_columns = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) != 0; + const float min_x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x : pos.x; + const float max_x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x : window->WorkRect.Max.x; if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth)) size.x = ImMax(label_size.x, max_x - min_x); @@ -5877,37 +6028,58 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl const ImVec2 text_max(min_x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); // Selectables are meant to be tightly packed together with no click-gap, so we extend their box to cover spacing between selectable. - ImRect bb_enlarged(min_x, pos.y, text_max.x, text_max.y); - const float spacing_x = style.ItemSpacing.x; - const float spacing_y = style.ItemSpacing.y; - const float spacing_L = IM_FLOOR(spacing_x * 0.50f); - const float spacing_U = IM_FLOOR(spacing_y * 0.50f); - bb_enlarged.Min.x -= spacing_L; - bb_enlarged.Min.y -= spacing_U; - bb_enlarged.Max.x += (spacing_x - spacing_L); - bb_enlarged.Max.y += (spacing_y - spacing_U); - //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb_align.Min, bb_align.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); } - //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb_enlarged.Min, bb_enlarged.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); } + ImRect bb(min_x, pos.y, text_max.x, text_max.y); + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing) == 0) + { + const float spacing_x = span_all_columns ? 0.0f : style.ItemSpacing.x; + const float spacing_y = style.ItemSpacing.y; + const float spacing_L = IM_FLOOR(spacing_x * 0.50f); + const float spacing_U = IM_FLOOR(spacing_y * 0.50f); + bb.Min.x -= spacing_L; + bb.Min.y -= spacing_U; + bb.Max.x += (spacing_x - spacing_L); + bb.Max.y += (spacing_y - spacing_U); + } + //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); } + + // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackground for every Selectable.. + const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x; + const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x; + if (span_all_columns) + { + window->ClipRect.Min.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x; + window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x; + } bool item_add; if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) { ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = window->DC.ItemFlags; window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; - item_add = ItemAdd(bb_enlarged, id); + item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id); window->DC.ItemFlags = backup_item_flags; } else { - item_add = ItemAdd(bb_enlarged, id); + item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id); } - if (!item_add) + + if (span_all_columns) { - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.CurrentColumns) - PopColumnsBackground(); - return false; + window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x; + window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x; } + if (!item_add) + return false; + + // FIXME: We can standardize the behavior of those two, we could also keep the fast path of override ClipRect + full push on render only, + // which would be advantageous since most selectable are not selected. + if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) + PushColumnsBackground(); + else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable) + TablePushBackgroundChannel(); + // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0; if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId; } @@ -5922,15 +6094,15 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl const bool was_selected = selected; bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb_enlarged, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); // Update NavId when clicking or when Hovering (this doesn't happen on most widgets), so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard if (pressed || (hovered && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover))) { if (!g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow == window && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) { + SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent, ImRect(bb.Min - window->Pos, bb.Max - window->Pos)); g.NavDisableHighlight = true; - SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent); } } if (pressed) @@ -5949,15 +6121,17 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl if (hovered || selected) { const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); - RenderFrame(bb_enlarged.Min, bb_enlarged.Max, col, false, 0.0f); - RenderNavHighlight(bb_enlarged, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); } - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.CurrentColumns) + if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) PopColumnsBackground(); + else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable) + TablePopBackgroundChannel(); if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb_enlarged); + RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PopStyleColor(); // Automatically close popups @@ -5981,18 +6155,14 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - BeginListBox() +// - EndListBox() // - ListBox() -// - ListBoxHeader() -// - ListBoxFooter() -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// FIXME: This is an old API. We should redesign some of it, rename ListBoxHeader->BeginListBox, ListBoxFooter->EndListBox -// and promote using them over existing ListBox() functions, similarly to change with combo boxes. //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// FIXME: In principle this function should be called BeginListBox(). We should rename it after re-evaluating if we want to keep the same signature. -// Helper to calculate the size of a listbox and display a label on the right. -// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, PushItemWidth(-1) and pass an non-visible label e.g. "##empty" -bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) +// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, use size.x = -FLT_MIN and pass an non-visible label e.g. "##empty" +// Tip: If your vertical size is calculated from an item count (e.g. 10 * item_height) consider adding a fractional part to facilitate seeing scrolling boundaries (e.g. 10.25 * item_height). +bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -6003,12 +6173,12 @@ bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) const ImGuiID id = GetID(label); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar. - ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.4f + style.ItemSpacing.y); + // Size default to hold ~7.25 items. + // Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar. + ImVec2 size = ImFloor(CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.25f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y)); ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); - window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; // Forward storage for ListBoxFooter.. dodgy. g.NextItemData.ClearFlags(); if (!IsRectVisible(bb.Min, bb.Max)) @@ -6018,48 +6188,42 @@ bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) return false; } + // FIXME-OPT: We could omit the BeginGroup() if label_size.x but would need to omit the EndGroup() as well. BeginGroup(); - if (label_size.x > 0) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + { + ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + RenderText(label_pos, label); + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, label_pos + label_size); + } BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize()); return true; } -// FIXME: In principle this function should be called EndListBox(). We should rename it after re-evaluating if we want to keep the same signature. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +// OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items) { - // Size default to hold ~7.25 items. - // We add +25% worth of item height to allow the user to see at a glance if there are more items up/down, without looking at the scrollbar. - // We don't add this extra bit if items_count <= height_in_items. It is slightly dodgy, because it means a dynamic list of items will make the widget resize occasionally when it crosses that size. - // I am expecting that someone will come and complain about this behavior in a remote future, then we can advise on a better solution. - if (height_in_items < 0) - height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7); - const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle(); - float height_in_items_f = (height_in_items < items_count) ? (height_in_items + 0.25f) : (height_in_items + 0.00f); - - // We include ItemSpacing.y so that a list sized for the exact number of items doesn't make a scrollbar appears. We could also enforce that by passing a flag to BeginChild(). + // If height_in_items == -1, default height is maximum 7. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + float height_in_items_f = (height_in_items < 0 ? ImMin(items_count, 7) : height_in_items) + 0.25f; ImVec2 size; size.x = 0.0f; - size.y = ImFloor(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); - return ListBoxHeader(label, size); + size.y = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; + return BeginListBox(label, size); } +#endif -// FIXME: In principle this function should be called EndListBox(). We should rename it after re-evaluating if we want to keep the same signature. -void ImGui::ListBoxFooter() +void ImGui::EndListBox() { - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = GetCurrentWindow()->ParentWindow; - const ImRect bb = parent_window->DC.LastItemRect; - const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && "Mismatched BeginListBox/EndListBox calls. Did you test the return value of BeginListBox?"); + IM_UNUSED(window); EndChildFrame(); - - // Redeclare item size so that it includes the label (we have stored the full size in LastItemRect) - // We call SameLine() to restore DC.CurrentLine* data - SameLine(); - parent_window->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min; - ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); - EndGroup(); + EndGroup(); // This is only required to be able to do IsItemXXX query on the whole ListBox including label } bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_items) @@ -6068,24 +6232,35 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const item return value_changed; } +// This is merely a helper around BeginListBox(), EndListBox(). +// Considering using those directly to submit custom data or store selection differently. bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items) { - if (!ListBoxHeader(label, items_count, height_in_items)) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Calculate size from "height_in_items" + if (height_in_items < 0) + height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7); + float height_in_items_f = height_in_items + 0.25f; + ImVec2 size(0.0f, ImFloor(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + + if (!BeginListBox(label, size)) return false; - // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different or variable sizes you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different height, + // you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper. bool value_changed = false; - ImGuiListClipper clipper(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to. + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to. while (clipper.Step()) for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) { - const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); const char* item_text; if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) item_text = "*Unknown item*"; PushID(i); + const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected)) { *current_item = i; @@ -6095,7 +6270,7 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v SetItemDefaultFocus(); PopID(); } - ListBoxFooter(); + EndListBox(); if (value_changed) MarkItemEdited(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId); @@ -6109,6 +6284,11 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v // - PlotLines() // - PlotHistogram() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Plot/Graph widgets are not very good. +// Consider writing your own, or using a third-party one, see: +// - ImPlot https://github.com/epezent/implot +// - others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Widgets +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size) { @@ -6315,13 +6495,6 @@ void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format) //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helpers for internal use -ImGuiMenuColumns::ImGuiMenuColumns() -{ - Spacing = Width = NextWidth = 0.0f; - memset(Pos, 0, sizeof(Pos)); - memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths)); -} - void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear) { IM_ASSERT(count == IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos)); @@ -6379,10 +6552,10 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar() clip_rect.ClipWith(window->OuterRectClipped); PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, false); - window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x, bar_rect.Min.y + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y); + // We overwrite CursorMaxPos because BeginGroup sets it to CursorPos (essentially the .EmitItem hack in EndMenuBar() would need something analogous here, maybe a BeginGroupEx() with flags). + window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x, bar_rect.Min.y + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y); window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true; AlignTextToFramePadding(); return true; @@ -6408,9 +6581,9 @@ void ImGui::EndMenuBar() const ImGuiNavLayer layer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext & (1 << layer)); // Sanity check FocusWindow(window); - SetNavIDWithRectRel(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]); - g.NavLayer = layer; + SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]); g.NavDisableHighlight = true; // Hide highlight for the current frame so we don't see the intermediary selection. + g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued; NavMoveRequestCancel(); } @@ -6421,26 +6594,46 @@ void ImGui::EndMenuBar() PopClipRect(); PopID(); window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->MenuBarRect().Min.x; // Save horizontal position so next append can reuse it. This is kinda equivalent to a per-layer CursorPos. - window->DC.GroupStack.back().EmitItem = false; + g.GroupStack.back().EmitItem = false; EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0 window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; } -// For the main menu bar, which cannot be moved, we honor g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding to ensure text can be visible on a TV set. bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport(); + ImGuiWindow* menu_bar_window = FindWindowByName("##MainMenuBar"); + + // For the main menu bar, which cannot be moved, we honor g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding to ensure text can be visible on a TV set. g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x, ImMax(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y - g.Style.FramePadding.y, 0.0f)); - SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); - SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y + g.FontBaseSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y)); + + // Get our rectangle at the top of the work area + if (menu_bar_window == NULL || menu_bar_window->BeginCount == 0) + { + // Set window position + // We don't attempt to calculate our height ahead, as it depends on the per-viewport font size. + // However menu-bar will affect the minimum window size so we'll get the right height. + ImVec2 menu_bar_pos = viewport->Pos + viewport->CurrWorkOffsetMin; + ImVec2 menu_bar_size = ImVec2(viewport->Size.x - viewport->CurrWorkOffsetMin.x + viewport->CurrWorkOffsetMax.x, 1.0f); + SetNextWindowPos(menu_bar_pos); + SetNextWindowSize(menu_bar_size); + } + + // Create window PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0, 0)); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Lift normal size constraint, however the presence of a menu-bar will give us the minimum height we want. ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; bool is_open = Begin("##MainMenuBar", NULL, window_flags) && BeginMenuBar(); PopStyleVar(2); + + // Report our size into work area (for next frame) using actual window size + menu_bar_window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (menu_bar_window->BeginCount == 1) + viewport->CurrWorkOffsetMin.y += menu_bar_window->Size.y; + g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); if (!is_open) { @@ -6481,7 +6674,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) // If a menu with same the ID was already submitted, we will append to it, matching the behavior of Begin(). // We are relying on a O(N) search - so O(N log N) over the frame - which seems like the most efficient for the expected small amount of BeginMenu() calls per frame. - // If somehow this is ever becoming a problem we can switch to use e.g. a ImGuiStorager mapping key to last frame used. + // If somehow this is ever becoming a problem we can switch to use e.g. ImGuiStorage mapping key to last frame used. if (g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.contains(id)) { if (menu_is_open) @@ -6616,7 +6809,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) if (menu_is_open) { - SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always); + SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always); // Note: this is super misleading! The value will serve as reference for FindBestWindowPosForPopup(), not actual pos. menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) } else @@ -6715,44 +6908,56 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, // - TabBarFindTabById() [Internal] // - TabBarRemoveTab() [Internal] // - TabBarCloseTab() [Internal] -// - TabBarScrollClamp()v +// - TabBarScrollClamp() [Internal] // - TabBarScrollToTab() [Internal] // - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder() [Internal] // - TabBarScrollingButtons() [Internal] // - TabBarTabListPopupButton() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +struct ImGuiTabBarSection +{ + int TabCount; // Number of tabs in this section. + float Width; // Sum of width of tabs in this section (after shrinking down) + float Spacing; // Horizontal spacing at the end of the section. + + ImGuiTabBarSection() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + namespace ImGui { static void TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); static ImU32 TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label); static float TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth(); static float TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling); - static void TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); + static void TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections); static ImGuiTabItem* TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); static ImGuiTabItem* TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); } ImGuiTabBar::ImGuiTabBar() { - ID = 0; - SelectedTabId = NextSelectedTabId = VisibleTabId = 0; + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); CurrFrameVisible = PrevFrameVisible = -1; - LastTabContentHeight = 0.0f; - OffsetMax = OffsetMaxIdeal = OffsetNextTab = 0.0f; - ScrollingAnim = ScrollingTarget = ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ScrollingSpeed = 0.0f; - Flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_None; - ReorderRequestTabId = 0; - ReorderRequestDir = 0; - WantLayout = VisibleTabWasSubmitted = false; LastTabItemIdx = -1; } -static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerByVisibleOffset(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerBySection(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { const ImGuiTabItem* a = (const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs; const ImGuiTabItem* b = (const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs; - return (int)(a->Offset - b->Offset); + const int a_section = (a->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading) ? 0 : (a->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing) ? 2 : 1; + const int b_section = (b->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading) ? 0 : (b->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing) ? 2 : 1; + if (a_section != b_section) + return a_section - b_section; + return (int)(a->IndexDuringLayout - b->IndexDuringLayout); +} + +static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +{ + const ImGuiTabItem* a = (const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs; + const ImGuiTabItem* b = (const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs; + return (int)(a->BeginOrder - b->BeginOrder); } static ImGuiTabBar* GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(const ImGuiPtrOrIndex& ref) @@ -6797,17 +7002,20 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImG g.CurrentTabBarStack.push_back(GetTabBarRefFromTabBar(tab_bar)); g.CurrentTabBar = tab_bar; + // Append with multiple BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar() pairs. + tab_bar->BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; if (tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible == g.FrameCount) { - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("BeginTabBarEx already called this frame\n", g.FrameCount); - IM_ASSERT(0); + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY); + tab_bar->BeginCount++; return true; } - // When toggling back from ordered to manually-reorderable, shuffle tabs to enforce the last visible order. - // Otherwise, the most recently inserted tabs would move at the end of visible list which can be a little too confusing or magic for the user. - if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1 && tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible != -1) - ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByVisibleOffset); + // Ensure correct ordering when toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag, or when a new tab was added while being not reorderable + if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) != (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) || (tab_bar->TabsAddedNew && !(flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable))) + if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1) + ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByBeginOrder); + tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = false; // Flags if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0) @@ -6818,11 +7026,15 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImG tab_bar->WantLayout = true; // Layout will be done on the first call to ItemTab() tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible = tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible; tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible = g.FrameCount; + tab_bar->PrevTabsContentsHeight = tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight; + tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight = 0.0f; + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY = g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; tab_bar->FramePadding = g.Style.FramePadding; + tab_bar->TabsActiveCount = 0; + tab_bar->BeginCount = 1; // Set cursor pos in a way which only be used in the off-chance the user erroneously submits item before BeginTabItem(): items will overlap - window->DC.CursorPos.x = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x; - window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY); // Draw separator const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) ? ImGuiCol_TabActive : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive); @@ -6848,15 +7060,24 @@ void ImGui::EndTabBar() IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Mismatched BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar()!"); return; } - if (tab_bar->WantLayout) // Fallback in case no TabItem have been submitted + + // Fallback in case no TabItem have been submitted + if (tab_bar->WantLayout) TabBarLayout(tab_bar); // Restore the last visible height if no tab is visible, this reduce vertical flicker/movement when a tabs gets removed without calling SetTabItemClosed(). const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); if (tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted || tab_bar->VisibleTabId == 0 || tab_bar_appearing) - tab_bar->LastTabContentHeight = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y - tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y, 0.0f); + { + tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y - tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y, tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight); + window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight; + } else - window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->LastTabContentHeight; + { + window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->PrevTabsContentsHeight; + } + if (tab_bar->BeginCount > 1) + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BackupCursorPos; if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) PopID(); @@ -6873,7 +7094,10 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) tab_bar->WantLayout = false; // Garbage collect by compacting list + // Detect if we need to sort out tab list (e.g. in rare case where a tab changed section) int tab_dst_n = 0; + bool need_sort_by_section = false; + ImGuiTabBarSection sections[3]; // Layout sections: Leading, Central, Trailing for (int tab_src_n = 0; tab_src_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_src_n++) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n]; @@ -6887,63 +7111,79 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) } if (tab_dst_n != tab_src_n) tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n] = tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n]; + + tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n]; + tab->IndexDuringLayout = (ImS16)tab_dst_n; + + // We will need sorting if tabs have changed section (e.g. moved from one of Leading/Central/Trailing to another) + int curr_tab_section_n = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading) ? 0 : (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing) ? 2 : 1; + if (tab_dst_n > 0) + { + ImGuiTabItem* prev_tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n - 1]; + int prev_tab_section_n = (prev_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading) ? 0 : (prev_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing) ? 2 : 1; + if (curr_tab_section_n == 0 && prev_tab_section_n != 0) + need_sort_by_section = true; + if (prev_tab_section_n == 2 && curr_tab_section_n != 2) + need_sort_by_section = true; + } + + sections[curr_tab_section_n].TabCount++; tab_dst_n++; } if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size != tab_dst_n) tab_bar->Tabs.resize(tab_dst_n); + if (need_sort_by_section) + ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerBySection); + + // Calculate spacing between sections + sections[0].Spacing = sections[0].TabCount > 0 && (sections[1].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount) > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f; + sections[1].Spacing = sections[1].TabCount > 0 && sections[2].TabCount > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f; + // Setup next selected tab - ImGuiID scroll_track_selected_tab_id = 0; + ImGuiID scroll_to_tab_id = 0; if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId) { tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId; tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId; + scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId; } // Process order change request (we could probably process it when requested but it's just saner to do it in a single spot). if (tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId != 0) { - if (ImGuiTabItem* tab1 = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId)) - { - //IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); // <- this may happen when using debug tools - int tab2_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestDir; - if (tab2_order >= 0 && tab2_order < tab_bar->Tabs.Size) - { - ImGuiTabItem* tab2 = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab2_order]; - ImGuiTabItem item_tmp = *tab1; - *tab1 = *tab2; - *tab2 = item_tmp; - if (tab2->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab2->ID; - tab1 = tab2 = NULL; - } - if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings) - MarkIniSettingsDirty(); - } + if (TabBarProcessReorder(tab_bar)) + if (tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) + scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId; tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = 0; } // Tab List Popup (will alter tab_bar->BarRect and therefore the available width!) const bool tab_list_popup_button = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton) != 0; if (tab_list_popup_button) - if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarTabListPopupButton(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Max.x! - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID; + if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarTabListPopupButton(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Min.x! + scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID; - // Compute ideal widths + // Leading/Trailing tabs will be shrink only if central one aren't visible anymore, so layout the shrink data as: leading, trailing, central + // (whereas our tabs are stored as: leading, central, trailing) + int shrink_buffer_indexes[3] = { 0, sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount, sections[0].TabCount }; g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.resize(tab_bar->Tabs.Size); - float width_total_contents = 0.0f; + + // Compute ideal tabs widths + store them into shrink buffer ImGuiTabItem* most_recently_selected_tab = NULL; + int curr_section_n = -1; bool found_selected_tab_id = false; for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; IM_ASSERT(tab->LastFrameVisible >= tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible); - if (most_recently_selected_tab == NULL || most_recently_selected_tab->LastFrameSelected < tab->LastFrameSelected) + if ((most_recently_selected_tab == NULL || most_recently_selected_tab->LastFrameSelected < tab->LastFrameSelected) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)) most_recently_selected_tab = tab; if (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) found_selected_tab_id = true; + if (scroll_to_tab_id == 0 && g.NavJustMovedToId == tab->ID) + scroll_to_tab_id = tab->ID; // Refresh tab width immediately, otherwise changes of style e.g. style.FramePadding.x would noticeably lag in the tab bar. // Additionally, when using TabBarAddTab() to manipulate tab bar order we occasionally insert new tabs that don't have a width yet, @@ -6952,71 +7192,101 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) const bool has_close_button = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) ? false : true; tab->ContentWidth = TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button).x; - width_total_contents += (tab_n > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f) + tab->ContentWidth; + int section_n = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading) ? 0 : (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing) ? 2 : 1; + ImGuiTabBarSection* section = §ions[section_n]; + section->Width += tab->ContentWidth + (section_n == curr_section_n ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f); + curr_section_n = section_n; // Store data so we can build an array sorted by width if we need to shrink tabs down - g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index = tab_n; - g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width = tab->ContentWidth; + int shrink_buffer_index = shrink_buffer_indexes[section_n]++; + g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[shrink_buffer_index].Index = tab_n; + g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[shrink_buffer_index].Width = tab->ContentWidth; + + IM_ASSERT(tab->ContentWidth > 0.0f); + tab->Width = tab->ContentWidth; } - // Compute width - const float initial_offset_x = 0.0f; // g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - const float width_avail = ImMax(tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - initial_offset_x, 0.0f); - float width_excess = (width_avail < width_total_contents) ? (width_total_contents - width_avail) : 0.0f; - if (width_excess > 0.0f && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) - { - // If we don't have enough room, resize down the largest tabs first - ShrinkWidths(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.Data, g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.Size, width_excess); - for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) - tab_bar->Tabs[g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index].Width = IM_FLOOR(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width); - } - else - { - const float tab_max_width = TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth(); - for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + // Compute total ideal width (used for e.g. auto-resizing a window) + tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal = 0.0f; + for (int section_n = 0; section_n < 3; section_n++) + tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal += sections[section_n].Width + sections[section_n].Spacing; + + // Horizontal scrolling buttons + // (note that TabBarScrollButtons() will alter BarRect.Max.x) + if ((tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal > tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons) && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)) + if (ImGuiTabItem* scroll_and_select_tab = TabBarScrollingButtons(tab_bar)) { - ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; - tab->Width = ImMin(tab->ContentWidth, tab_max_width); - IM_ASSERT(tab->Width > 0.0f); + scroll_to_tab_id = scroll_and_select_tab->ID; + if ((scroll_and_select_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) == 0) + tab_bar->SelectedTabId = scroll_to_tab_id; + } + + // Shrink widths if full tabs don't fit in their allocated space + float section_0_w = sections[0].Width + sections[0].Spacing; + float section_1_w = sections[1].Width + sections[1].Spacing; + float section_2_w = sections[2].Width + sections[2].Spacing; + bool central_section_is_visible = (section_0_w + section_2_w) < tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth(); + float width_excess; + if (central_section_is_visible) + width_excess = ImMax(section_1_w - (tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - section_0_w - section_2_w), 0.0f); // Excess used to shrink central section + else + width_excess = (section_0_w + section_2_w) - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth(); // Excess used to shrink leading/trailing section + + // With ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll policy, we will only shrink leading/trailing if the central section is not visible anymore + if (width_excess > 0.0f && ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown) || !central_section_is_visible)) + { + int shrink_data_count = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[1].TabCount : sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount); + int shrink_data_offset = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount : 0); + ShrinkWidths(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.Data + shrink_data_offset, shrink_data_count, width_excess); + + // Apply shrunk values into tabs and sections + for (int tab_n = shrink_data_offset; tab_n < shrink_data_offset + shrink_data_count; tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index]; + float shrinked_width = IM_FLOOR(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width); + if (shrinked_width < 0.0f) + continue; + + int section_n = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading) ? 0 : (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing) ? 2 : 1; + sections[section_n].Width -= (tab->Width - shrinked_width); + tab->Width = shrinked_width; } } // Layout all active tabs - float offset_x = initial_offset_x; - float offset_x_ideal = offset_x; - tab_bar->OffsetNextTab = offset_x; // This is used by non-reorderable tab bar where the submission order is always honored. - for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + int section_tab_index = 0; + float tab_offset = 0.0f; + tab_bar->WidthAllTabs = 0.0f; + for (int section_n = 0; section_n < 3; section_n++) { - ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; - tab->Offset = offset_x; - if (scroll_track_selected_tab_id == 0 && g.NavJustMovedToId == tab->ID) - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab->ID; - offset_x += tab->Width + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - offset_x_ideal += tab->ContentWidth + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - } - tab_bar->OffsetMax = ImMax(offset_x - g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, 0.0f); - tab_bar->OffsetMaxIdeal = ImMax(offset_x_ideal - g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, 0.0f); + ImGuiTabBarSection* section = §ions[section_n]; + if (section_n == 2) + tab_offset = ImMin(ImMax(0.0f, tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - section->Width), tab_offset); - // Horizontal scrolling buttons - const bool scrolling_buttons = (tab_bar->OffsetMax > tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons) && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); - if (scrolling_buttons) - if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarScrollingButtons(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Max.x! - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID; + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < section->TabCount; tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[section_tab_index + tab_n]; + tab->Offset = tab_offset; + tab_offset += tab->Width + (tab_n < section->TabCount - 1 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f); + } + tab_bar->WidthAllTabs += ImMax(section->Width + section->Spacing, 0.0f); + tab_offset += section->Spacing; + section_tab_index += section->TabCount; + } // If we have lost the selected tab, select the next most recently active one if (found_selected_tab_id == false) tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0 && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0 && most_recently_selected_tab != NULL) - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = most_recently_selected_tab->ID; + scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = most_recently_selected_tab->ID; // Lock in visible tab tab_bar->VisibleTabId = tab_bar->SelectedTabId; tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted = false; // Update scrolling - if (scroll_track_selected_tab_id) - if (ImGuiTabItem* scroll_track_selected_tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, scroll_track_selected_tab_id)) - TabBarScrollToTab(tab_bar, scroll_track_selected_tab); + if (scroll_to_tab_id != 0) + TabBarScrollToTab(tab_bar, scroll_to_tab_id, sections); tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingAnim); tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget); if (tab_bar->ScrollingAnim != tab_bar->ScrollingTarget) @@ -7032,6 +7302,8 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) { tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = 0.0f; } + tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x + sections[0].Width + sections[0].Spacing; + tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing; // Clear name buffers if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) @@ -7040,7 +7312,8 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) // Actual layout in host window (we don't do it in BeginTabBar() so as not to waste an extra frame) ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min; - ItemSize(ImVec2(tab_bar->OffsetMaxIdeal, tab_bar->BarRect.GetHeight()), tab_bar->FramePadding.y); + ItemSize(ImVec2(tab_bar->WidthAllTabs, tab_bar->BarRect.GetHeight()), tab_bar->FramePadding.y); + window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x + tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal); } // Dockables uses Name/ID in the global namespace. Non-dockable items use the ID stack. @@ -7087,47 +7360,68 @@ void ImGui::TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id) // Called on manual closure attempt void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) { - if ((tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)) + IM_ASSERT(!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)); + if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)) { // This will remove a frame of lag for selecting another tab on closure. // However we don't run it in the case where the 'Unsaved' flag is set, so user gets a chance to fully undo the closure - tab->LastFrameVisible = -1; - tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; + tab->WantClose = true; + if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID) + { + tab->LastFrameVisible = -1; + tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; + } } - else if ((tab_bar->VisibleTabId != tab->ID) && (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)) + else { - // Actually select before expecting closure - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID; + // Actually select before expecting closure attempt (on an UnsavedDocument tab user is expect to e.g. show a popup) + if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId != tab->ID) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID; } } static float ImGui::TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling) { - scrolling = ImMin(scrolling, tab_bar->OffsetMax - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()); + scrolling = ImMin(scrolling, tab_bar->WidthAllTabs - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()); return ImMax(scrolling, 0.0f); } -static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) +// Note: we may scroll to tab that are not selected! e.g. using keyboard arrow keys +static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections) { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id); + if (tab == NULL) + return; + if (tab->Flags & (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing)) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float margin = g.FontSize * 1.0f; // When to scroll to make Tab N+1 visible always make a bit of N visible to suggest more scrolling area (since we don't have a scrollbar) int order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab); - float tab_x1 = tab->Offset + (order > 0 ? -margin : 0.0f); - float tab_x2 = tab->Offset + tab->Width + (order + 1 < tab_bar->Tabs.Size ? margin : 1.0f); + + // Scrolling happens only in the central section (leading/trailing sections are not scrolling) + // FIXME: This is all confusing. + float scrollable_width = tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - sections[0].Width - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing; + + // We make all tabs positions all relative Sections[0].Width to make code simpler + float tab_x1 = tab->Offset - sections[0].Width + (order > sections[0].TabCount - 1 ? -margin : 0.0f); + float tab_x2 = tab->Offset - sections[0].Width + tab->Width + (order + 1 < tab_bar->Tabs.Size - sections[2].TabCount ? margin : 1.0f); tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = 0.0f; - if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget > tab_x1 || (tab_x2 - tab_x1 >= tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth())) + if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget > tab_x1 || (tab_x2 - tab_x1 >= scrollable_width)) { + // Scroll to the left tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingAnim - tab_x2, 0.0f); tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x1; } - else if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget < tab_x2 - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()) + else if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget < tab_x2 - scrollable_width) { - tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax((tab_x1 - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()) - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, 0.0f); - tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x2 - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth(); + // Scroll to the right + tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax((tab_x1 - scrollable_width) - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, 0.0f); + tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x2 - scrollable_width; } } -void ImGui::TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int dir) +void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int dir) { IM_ASSERT(dir == -1 || dir == +1); IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0); @@ -7135,6 +7429,33 @@ void ImGui::TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab_bar->ReorderRequestDir = (ImS8)dir; } +bool ImGui::TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +{ + ImGuiTabItem* tab1 = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId); + if (tab1 == NULL || (tab1->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder)) + return false; + + //IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); // <- this may happen when using debug tools + int tab2_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestDir; + if (tab2_order < 0 || tab2_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) + return false; + + // Reordered TabItem must share the same position flags than target + ImGuiTabItem* tab2 = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab2_order]; + if (tab2->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder) + return false; + if ((tab1->Flags & (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing)) != (tab2->Flags & (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing))) + return false; + + ImGuiTabItem item_tmp = *tab1; + *tab1 = *tab2; + *tab2 = item_tmp; + + if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings) + MarkIniSettingsDirty(); + return true; +} + static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -7146,13 +7467,6 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; //window->DrawList->AddRect(ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)); - const ImRect avail_bar_rect = tab_bar->BarRect; - bool want_clip_rect = !avail_bar_rect.Contains(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(scrolling_buttons_width, 0.0f))); - if (want_clip_rect) - PushClipRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max + ImVec2(g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, 0.0f), true); - - ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = NULL; - int select_dir = 0; ImVec4 arrow_col = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text]; arrow_col.w *= 0.5f; @@ -7163,30 +7477,44 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) const float backup_repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate; g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = 0.250f; g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = 0.200f; - window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); + float x = ImMax(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width); + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); if (ArrowButtonEx("##<", ImGuiDir_Left, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) select_dir = -1; - window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width + arrow_button_size.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(x + arrow_button_size.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); if (ArrowButtonEx("##>", ImGuiDir_Right, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) select_dir = +1; PopStyleColor(2); g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = backup_repeat_rate; g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = backup_repeat_delay; - if (want_clip_rect) - PopClipRect(); - + ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_scroll_to = NULL; if (select_dir != 0) if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_item = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->SelectedTabId)) { int selected_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab_item); int target_order = selected_order + select_dir; - tab_to_select = &tab_bar->Tabs[(target_order >= 0 && target_order < tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? target_order : selected_order]; // If we are at the end of the list, still scroll to make our tab visible + + // Skip tab item buttons until another tab item is found or end is reached + while (tab_to_scroll_to == NULL) + { + // If we are at the end of the list, still scroll to make our tab visible + tab_to_scroll_to = &tab_bar->Tabs[(target_order >= 0 && target_order < tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? target_order : selected_order]; + + // Cross through buttons + // (even if first/last item is a button, return it so we can update the scroll) + if (tab_to_scroll_to->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) + { + target_order += select_dir; + selected_order += select_dir; + tab_to_scroll_to = (target_order < 0 || target_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? tab_to_scroll_to : NULL; + } + } } window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos; tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x -= scrolling_buttons_width + 1.0f; - return tab_to_select; + return tab_to_scroll_to; } static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) @@ -7213,6 +7541,9 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) + continue; + const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab); if (Selectable(tab_name, tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID)) tab_to_select = tab; @@ -7229,6 +7560,7 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - BeginTabItem() // - EndTabItem() +// - TabItemButton() // - TabItemEx() [Internal] // - SetTabItemClosed() // - TabItemCalcSize() [Internal] @@ -7246,9 +7578,11 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags f ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; if (tab_bar == NULL) { - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar, "BeginTabItem() Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); return false; } + IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)); // BeginTabItem() Can't be used with button flags, use TabItemButton() instead! + bool ret = TabItemEx(tab_bar, label, p_open, flags); if (ret && !(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId)) { @@ -7268,13 +7602,29 @@ void ImGui::EndTabItem() ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; if (tab_bar == NULL) { - IM_ASSERT(tab_bar != NULL && "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); return; } IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= 0); ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx]; if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId)) - window->IDStack.pop_back(); + PopID(); +} + +bool ImGui::TabItemButton(const char* label, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; + if (tab_bar == NULL) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); + return false; + } + return TabItemEx(tab_bar, label, NULL, flags | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder); } bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags) @@ -7302,6 +7652,9 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, return false; } + IM_ASSERT(!p_open || !(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)); + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing)) != (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing)); // Can't use both Leading and Trailing + // Store into ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton, also honor ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton passed by user (although not documented) if (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) p_open = NULL; @@ -7320,14 +7673,17 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, tab = &tab_bar->Tabs.back(); tab->ID = id; tab->Width = size.x; + tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = true; tab_is_new = true; } - tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = (short)tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); + tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = (ImS16)tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); tab->ContentWidth = size.x; + tab->BeginOrder = tab_bar->TabsActiveCount++; const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); const bool tab_bar_focused = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) != 0; const bool tab_appearing = (tab->LastFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); + const bool is_tab_button = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) != 0; tab->LastFrameVisible = g.FrameCount; tab->Flags = flags; @@ -7335,20 +7691,14 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, tab->NameOffset = (ImS16)tab_bar->TabsNames.size(); tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); - // If we are not reorderable, always reset offset based on submission order. - // (We already handled layout and sizing using the previous known order, but sizing is not affected by order!) - if (!tab_appearing && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable)) - { - tab->Offset = tab_bar->OffsetNextTab; - tab_bar->OffsetNextTab += tab->Width + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - } - // Update selected tab if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0) if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; // New tabs gets activated + if (!is_tab_button) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; // New tabs gets activated if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + if (!is_tab_button) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; // Lock visibility // (Note: tab_contents_visible != tab_selected... because CTRL+TAB operations may preview some tabs without selecting them!) @@ -7368,6 +7718,8 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); ItemAdd(ImRect(), id); PopItemFlag(); + if (is_tab_button) + return false; return tab_contents_visible; } @@ -7378,15 +7730,19 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, const ImVec2 backup_main_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; // Layout + const bool is_central_section = (tab->Flags & (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing)) == 0; size.x = tab->Width; - window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_FLOOR(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f); + if (is_central_section) + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_FLOOR(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f); + else + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(tab->Offset, 0.0f); ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); // We don't have CPU clipping primitives to clip the CloseButton (until it becomes a texture), so need to add an extra draw call (temporary in the case of vertical animation) - bool want_clip_rect = (bb.Min.x < tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x) || (bb.Max.x > tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x); + const bool want_clip_rect = is_central_section && (bb.Min.x < tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX || bb.Max.x > tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX); if (want_clip_rect) - PushClipRect(ImVec2(ImMax(bb.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x), bb.Min.y - 1), ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x, bb.Max.y), true); + PushClipRect(ImVec2(ImMax(bb.Min.x, tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX), bb.Min.y - 1), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, bb.Max.y), true); ImVec2 backup_cursor_max_pos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y); @@ -7401,17 +7757,17 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, } // Click to Select a tab - ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ((is_tab_button ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); if (g.DragDropActive) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); - if (pressed) + if (pressed && !is_tab_button) tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; hovered |= (g.HoveredId == id); // Allow the close button to overlap unless we are dragging (in which case we don't want any overlapping tabs to be hovered) - if (!held) + if (g.ActiveId != id) SetItemAllowOverlap(); // Drag and drop: re-order tabs @@ -7423,18 +7779,18 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x < 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x < bb.Min.x) { if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, -1); + TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } else if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x > 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x > bb.Max.x) { if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, +1); + TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } } } #if 0 - if (hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > 0.50f && bb.GetWidth() < tab->ContentWidth) + if (hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > TOOLTIP_DELAY && bb.GetWidth() < tab->ContentWidth) { // Enlarge tab display when hovering bb.Max.x = bb.Min.x + IM_FLOOR(ImLerp(bb.GetWidth(), tab->ContentWidth, ImSaturate((g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer - 0.40f) * 6.0f))); @@ -7452,14 +7808,17 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, // Select with right mouse button. This is so the common idiom for context menu automatically highlight the current widget. const bool hovered_unblocked = IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup); if (hovered_unblocked && (IsMouseClicked(1) || IsMouseReleased(1))) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + if (!is_tab_button) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton; // Render tab label, process close button - const ImGuiID close_button_id = p_open ? window->GetID((void*)((intptr_t)id + 1)) : 0; - bool just_closed = TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_bar->FramePadding, label, id, close_button_id, tab_contents_visible); + const ImGuiID close_button_id = p_open ? GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id) : 0; + bool just_closed; + bool text_clipped; + TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_bar->FramePadding, label, id, close_button_id, tab_contents_visible, &just_closed, &text_clipped); if (just_closed && p_open != NULL) { *p_open = false; @@ -7473,10 +7832,13 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, // Tooltip (FIXME: Won't work over the close button because ItemOverlap systems messes up with HoveredIdTimer) // We test IsItemHovered() to discard e.g. when another item is active or drag and drop over the tab bar (which g.HoveredId ignores) - if (g.HoveredId == id && !held && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > 0.50f && IsItemHovered()) + if (text_clipped && g.HoveredId == id && !held && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > g.TooltipSlowDelay && IsItemHovered()) if (!(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label); + IM_ASSERT(!is_tab_button || !(tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID && is_tab_button)); // TabItemButton should not be selected + if (is_tab_button) + return pressed; return tab_contents_visible; } @@ -7515,7 +7877,7 @@ void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabI const float width = bb.GetWidth(); IM_UNUSED(flags); IM_ASSERT(width > 0.0f); - const float rounding = ImMax(0.0f, ImMin(g.Style.TabRounding, width * 0.5f - 1.0f)); + const float rounding = ImMax(0.0f, ImMin((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) ? g.Style.FrameRounding : g.Style.TabRounding, width * 0.5f - 1.0f)); const float y1 = bb.Min.y + 1.0f; const float y2 = bb.Max.y - 1.0f; draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, y2)); @@ -7529,18 +7891,24 @@ void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabI draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding + 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 6, 9); draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding - 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 9, 12); draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - 0.5f, y2)); - draw_list->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), false, g.Style.TabBorderSize); + draw_list->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 0, g.Style.TabBorderSize); } } // Render text label (with custom clipping) + Unsaved Document marker + Close Button logic // We tend to lock style.FramePadding for a given tab-bar, hence the 'frame_padding' parameter. -bool ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible) +void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + if (out_just_closed) + *out_just_closed = false; + if (out_text_clipped) + *out_text_clipped = false; + if (bb.GetWidth() <= 1.0f) - return false; + return; // In Style V2 we'll have full override of all colors per state (e.g. focused, selected) // But right now if you want to alter text color of tabs this is what you need to do. @@ -7561,6 +7929,13 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, } ImRect text_ellipsis_clip_bb = text_pixel_clip_bb; + // Return clipped state ignoring the close button + if (out_text_clipped) + { + *out_text_clipped = (text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min.x + label_size.x) > text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x; + //draw_list->AddCircle(text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, 3.0f, *out_text_clipped ? IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255) : IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + } + // Close Button // We are relying on a subtle and confusing distinction between 'hovered' and 'g.HoveredId' which happens because we are using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode + SetItemAllowOverlap() // 'hovered' will be true when hovering the Tab but NOT when hovering the close button @@ -7569,8 +7944,8 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, bool close_button_pressed = false; bool close_button_visible = false; if (close_button_id != 0) - if (is_contents_visible || bb.GetWidth() >= g.Style.TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton) - if (g.HoveredId == tab_id || g.HoveredId == close_button_id || g.ActiveId == close_button_id) + if (is_contents_visible || bb.GetWidth() >= g.Style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton) + if (g.HoveredId == tab_id || g.HoveredId == close_button_id || g.ActiveId == tab_id || g.ActiveId == close_button_id) close_button_visible = true; if (close_button_visible) { @@ -7589,6 +7964,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= close_button_sz; } + // FIXME: if FramePadding is noticeably large, ellipsis_max_x will be wrong here (e.g. #3497), maybe for consistency that parameter of RenderTextEllipsis() shouldn't exist.. float ellipsis_max_x = close_button_visible ? text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x : bb.Max.x - 1.0f; RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x, ellipsis_max_x, label, NULL, &label_size); @@ -7597,450 +7973,9 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, g.Style.Alpha = backup_alpha; #endif - return close_button_pressed; + if (out_just_closed) + *out_just_closed = close_button_pressed; } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Widgets: Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc. -// In the current version, Columns are very weak. Needs to be replaced with a more full-featured system. -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() [Internal] -// - GetColumnIndex() -// - GetColumnCount() -// - GetColumnOffset() -// - GetColumnWidth() -// - SetColumnOffset() -// - SetColumnWidth() -// - PushColumnClipRect() [Internal] -// - PushColumnsBackground() [Internal] -// - PopColumnsBackground() [Internal] -// - FindOrCreateColumns() [Internal] -// - GetColumnsID() [Internal] -// - BeginColumns() -// - NextColumn() -// - EndColumns() -// - Columns() -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// [Internal] Small optimization to avoid calls to PopClipRect/SetCurrentChannel/PushClipRect in sequences, -// they would meddle many times with the underlying ImDrawCmd. -// Instead, we do a preemptive overwrite of clipping rectangle _without_ altering the command-buffer and let -// the subsequent single call to SetCurrentChannel() does it things once. -void ImGui::SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect) -{ - ImVec4 clip_rect_vec4 = clip_rect.ToVec4(); - window->ClipRect = clip_rect; - window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = clip_rect_vec4; - window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Data[window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Size - 1] = clip_rect_vec4; -} - -int ImGui::GetColumnIndex() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Current : 0; -} - -int ImGui::GetColumnsCount() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Count : 1; -} - -float ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset_norm) -{ - return offset_norm * (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); -} - -float ImGui::GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset) -{ - return offset / (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); -} - -static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH = 4.0f; - -static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiColumns* columns, int column_index) -{ - // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing - // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0. - IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index)); - - float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH - window->Pos.x; - x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); - if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths)) - x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); - - return x; -} - -float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (columns == NULL) - return 0.0f; - - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); - - const float t = columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; - const float x_offset = ImLerp(columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX, t); - return x_offset; -} - -static float GetColumnWidthEx(ImGuiColumns* columns, int column_index, bool before_resize = false) -{ - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - - float offset_norm; - if (before_resize) - offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNormBeforeResize - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNormBeforeResize; - else - offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; - return ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, offset_norm); -} - -float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (columns == NULL) - return GetContentRegionAvail().x; - - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - return GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm); -} - -void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); - - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); - - const bool preserve_width = !(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths) && (column_index < columns->Count - 1); - const float width = preserve_width ? GetColumnWidthEx(columns, column_index, columns->IsBeingResized) : 0.0f; - - if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow)) - offset = ImMin(offset, columns->OffMaxX - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing * (columns->Count - column_index)); - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm = GetColumnNormFromOffset(columns, offset - columns->OffMinX); - - if (preserve_width) - SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, offset + ImMax(g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, width)); -} - -void ImGui::SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); - - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, GetColumnOffset(column_index) + width); -} - -void ImGui::PushColumnClipRect(int column_index) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - - ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[column_index]; - PushClipRect(column->ClipRect.Min, column->ClipRect.Max, false); -} - -// Get into the columns background draw command (which is generally the same draw command as before we called BeginColumns) -void ImGui::PushColumnsBackground() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (columns->Count == 1) - return; - - // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() - columns->HostBackupClipRect = window->ClipRect; - SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostInitialClipRect); - columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 0); -} - -void ImGui::PopColumnsBackground() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (columns->Count == 1) - return; - - // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() - SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostBackupClipRect); - columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1); -} - -ImGuiColumns* ImGui::FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) -{ - // We have few columns per window so for now we don't need bother much with turning this into a faster lookup. - for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) - if (window->ColumnsStorage[n].ID == id) - return &window->ColumnsStorage[n]; - - window->ColumnsStorage.push_back(ImGuiColumns()); - ImGuiColumns* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage.back(); - columns->ID = id; - return columns; -} - -ImGuiID ImGui::GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int columns_count) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - - // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget. - // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer. - PushID(0x11223347 + (str_id ? 0 : columns_count)); - ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id ? str_id : "columns"); - PopID(); - - return id; -} - -void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiColumnsFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - - IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); - IM_ASSERT(window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL); // Nested columns are currently not supported - - // Acquire storage for the columns set - ImGuiID id = GetColumnsID(str_id, columns_count); - ImGuiColumns* columns = FindOrCreateColumns(window, id); - IM_ASSERT(columns->ID == id); - columns->Current = 0; - columns->Count = columns_count; - columns->Flags = flags; - window->DC.CurrentColumns = columns; - - columns->HostCursorPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - columns->HostCursorMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; - columns->HostInitialClipRect = window->ClipRect; - columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect; - window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect; - - // Set state for first column - // We aim so that the right-most column will have the same clipping width as other after being clipped by parent ClipRect - const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; - const float half_clip_extend_x = ImFloor(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize)); - const float max_1 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + column_padding - ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); - const float max_2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + half_clip_extend_x; - columns->OffMinX = window->DC.Indent.x - column_padding + ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); - columns->OffMaxX = ImMax(ImMin(max_1, max_2) - window->Pos.x, columns->OffMinX + 1.0f); - columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - - // Clear data if columns count changed - if (columns->Columns.Size != 0 && columns->Columns.Size != columns_count + 1) - columns->Columns.resize(0); - - // Initialize default widths - columns->IsFirstFrame = (columns->Columns.Size == 0); - if (columns->Columns.Size == 0) - { - columns->Columns.reserve(columns_count + 1); - for (int n = 0; n < columns_count + 1; n++) - { - ImGuiColumnData column; - column.OffsetNorm = n / (float)columns_count; - columns->Columns.push_back(column); - } - } - - for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) - { - // Compute clipping rectangle - ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; - float clip_x1 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n)); - float clip_x2 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n + 1) - 1.0f); - column->ClipRect = ImRect(clip_x1, -FLT_MAX, clip_x2, +FLT_MAX); - column->ClipRect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect); - } - - if (columns->Count > 1) - { - columns->Splitter.Split(window->DrawList, 1 + columns->Count); - columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 1); - PushColumnClipRect(0); - } - - // We don't generally store Indent.x inside ColumnsOffset because it may be manipulated by the user. - float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); - float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); - float width = offset_1 - offset_0; - PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); - window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; -} - -void ImGui::NextColumn() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems || window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - - if (columns->Count == 1) - { - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); - IM_ASSERT(columns->Current == 0); - return; - } - - // Next column - if (++columns->Current == columns->Count) - columns->Current = 0; - - PopItemWidth(); - - // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() - // (which would needlessly attempt to update commands in the wrong channel, then pop or overwrite them), - ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[columns->Current]; - SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect); - columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1); - - const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; - columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); - if (columns->Current > 0) - { - // Columns 1+ ignore IndentX (by canceling it out) - // FIXME-COLUMNS: Unnecessary, could be locked? - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.Indent.x + column_padding; - } - else - { - // New row/line: column 0 honor IndentX. - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); - columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY; - } - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); - window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY; - window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - - // FIXME-COLUMNS: Share code with BeginColumns() - move code on columns setup. - float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); - float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); - float width = offset_1 - offset_0; - PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); - window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; -} - -void ImGui::EndColumns() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); - - PopItemWidth(); - if (columns->Count > 1) - { - PopClipRect(); - columns->Splitter.Merge(window->DrawList); - } - - const ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = columns->Flags; - columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); - window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMaxY; - if (!(flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize)) - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = columns->HostCursorMaxPosX; // Restore cursor max pos, as columns don't grow parent - - // Draw columns borders and handle resize - // The IsBeingResized flag ensure we preserve pre-resize columns width so back-and-forth are not lossy - bool is_being_resized = false; - if (!(flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder) && !window->SkipItems) - { - // We clip Y boundaries CPU side because very long triangles are mishandled by some GPU drivers. - const float y1 = ImMax(columns->HostCursorPosY, window->ClipRect.Min.y); - const float y2 = ImMin(window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y); - int dragging_column = -1; - for (int n = 1; n < columns->Count; n++) - { - ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; - float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n); - const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n); - const float column_hit_hw = COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH; - const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2)); - KeepAliveID(column_id); - if (IsClippedEx(column_hit_rect, column_id, false)) - continue; - - bool hovered = false, held = false; - if (!(flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize)) - { - ButtonBehavior(column_hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held); - if (hovered || held) - g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW; - if (held && !(column->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize)) - dragging_column = n; - } - - // Draw column - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); - const float xi = IM_FLOOR(x); - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1 + 1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col); - } - - // Apply dragging after drawing the column lines, so our rendered lines are in sync with how items were displayed during the frame. - if (dragging_column != -1) - { - if (!columns->IsBeingResized) - for (int n = 0; n < columns->Count + 1; n++) - columns->Columns[n].OffsetNormBeforeResize = columns->Columns[n].OffsetNorm; - columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized = true; - float x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(columns, dragging_column); - SetColumnOffset(dragging_column, x); - } - } - columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized; - - window->WorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect; - window->ParentWorkRect = columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect; - window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); -} - -// [2018-03: This is currently the only public API, while we are working on making BeginColumns/EndColumns user-facing] -void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); - - ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = (border ? 0 : ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder); - //flags |= ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (columns != NULL && columns->Count == columns_count && columns->Flags == flags) - return; - - if (columns != NULL) - EndColumns(); - - if (columns_count != 1) - BeginColumns(id, columns_count, flags); -} - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- - #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/libs/imgui/imstb_textedit.h b/libs/imgui/imstb_textedit.h index 2077d02..7644670 100644 --- a/libs/imgui/imstb_textedit.h +++ b/libs/imgui/imstb_textedit.h @@ -148,6 +148,8 @@ // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT keyboard input to move cursor right // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP keyboard input to move cursor up // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN keyboard input to move cursor down +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP keyboard input to move cursor up a page +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN keyboard input to move cursor down a page // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART keyboard input to move cursor to start of line // e.g. HOME // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND keyboard input to move cursor to end of line // e.g. END // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART keyboard input to move cursor to start of text // e.g. ctrl-HOME @@ -170,14 +172,10 @@ // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 secondary keyboard input to move cursor to start of text // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND2 secondary keyboard input to move cursor to end of text // -// Todo: -// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP keyboard input to move cursor up a page -// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN keyboard input to move cursor down a page -// // Keyboard input must be encoded as a single integer value; e.g. a character code // and some bitflags that represent shift states. to simplify the interface, SHIFT must // be a bitflag, so we can test the shifted state of cursor movements to allow selection, -// i.e. (STB_TEXTED_K_RIGHT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) should be shifted right-arrow. +// i.e. (STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) should be shifted right-arrow. // // You can encode other things, such as CONTROL or ALT, in additional bits, and // then test for their presence in e.g. STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT. For example, @@ -337,6 +335,10 @@ typedef struct // each textfield keeps its own insert mode state. to keep an app-wide // insert mode, copy this value in/out of the app state + int row_count_per_page; + // page size in number of row. + // this value MUST be set to >0 for pageup or pagedown in multilines documents. + ///////////////////// // // private data @@ -855,12 +857,16 @@ retry: break; case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN: - case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { StbFindState find; StbTexteditRow row; - int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + int i, j, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + int is_page = (key & ~STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) == STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN; + int row_count = is_page ? state->row_count_per_page : 1; - if (state->single_line) { + if (!is_page && state->single_line) { // on windows, up&down in single-line behave like left&right key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); goto retry; @@ -869,17 +875,25 @@ retry: if (sel) stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); else if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) - stb_textedit_move_to_last(str,state); + stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state); // compute current position of cursor point stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line); - // now find character position down a row - if (find.length) { - float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; - float x; + for (j = 0; j < row_count; ++j) { + float x, goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; int start = find.first_char + find.length; + + if (find.length == 0) + break; + + // [DEAR IMGUI] + // going down while being on the last line shouldn't bring us to that line end + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, find.first_char + find.length - 1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + break; + + // now find character position down a row state->cursor = start; STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor); x = row.x0; @@ -901,17 +915,25 @@ retry: if (sel) state->select_end = state->cursor; + + // go to next line + find.first_char = find.first_char + find.length; + find.length = row.num_chars; } break; } case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP: - case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { StbFindState find; StbTexteditRow row; - int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + int i, j, prev_scan, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + int is_page = (key & ~STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) == STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP; + int row_count = is_page ? state->row_count_per_page : 1; - if (state->single_line) { + if (!is_page && state->single_line) { // on windows, up&down become left&right key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); goto retry; @@ -926,11 +948,14 @@ retry: stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line); - // can only go up if there's a previous row - if (find.prev_first != find.first_char) { + for (j = 0; j < row_count; ++j) { + float x, goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; + + // can only go up if there's a previous row + if (find.prev_first == find.first_char) + break; + // now find character position up a row - float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; - float x; state->cursor = find.prev_first; STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor); x = row.x0; @@ -952,6 +977,14 @@ retry: if (sel) state->select_end = state->cursor; + + // go to previous line + // (we need to scan previous line the hard way. maybe we could expose this as a new API function?) + prev_scan = find.prev_first > 0 ? find.prev_first - 1 : 0; + while (prev_scan > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, prev_scan - 1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + --prev_scan; + find.first_char = find.prev_first; + find.prev_first = prev_scan; } break; } @@ -1075,10 +1108,6 @@ retry: state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; } - -// @TODO: -// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP - move cursor up a page -// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN - move cursor down a page } } @@ -1134,7 +1163,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state) state->undo_rec[i].char_storage += n; } // now move all the redo records towards the end of the buffer; the first one is at 'redo_point' - // {DEAR IMGUI] + // [DEAR IMGUI] size_t move_size = (size_t)((STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point - 1) * sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])); const char* buf_begin = (char*)state->undo_rec; (void)buf_begin; const char* buf_end = (char*)state->undo_rec + sizeof(state->undo_rec); (void)buf_end; @@ -1350,6 +1379,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_clear_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_lin state->initialized = 1; state->single_line = (unsigned char) is_single_line; state->insert_mode = 0; + state->row_count_per_page = 0; } // API initialize diff --git a/libs/imgui/imstb_truetype.h b/libs/imgui/imstb_truetype.h deleted file mode 100644 index b4bdbd8..0000000 --- a/libs/imgui/imstb_truetype.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4903 +0,0 @@ -// [DEAR IMGUI] -// This is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.20. -// Mostly fixing for compiler and static analyzer warnings. -// Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. - -// stb_truetype.h - v1.20 - public domain -// authored from 2009-2016 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools -// -// This library processes TrueType files: -// parse files -// extract glyph metrics -// extract glyph shapes -// render glyphs to one-channel bitmaps with antialiasing (box filter) -// render glyphs to one-channel SDF bitmaps (signed-distance field/function) -// -// Todo: -// non-MS cmaps -// crashproof on bad data -// hinting? (no longer patented) -// cleartype-style AA? -// optimize: use simple memory allocator for intermediates -// optimize: build edge-list directly from curves -// optimize: rasterize directly from curves? -// -// ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTORS -// -// Mikko Mononen: compound shape support, more cmap formats -// Tor Andersson: kerning, subpixel rendering -// Dougall Johnson: OpenType / Type 2 font handling -// Daniel Ribeiro Maciel: basic GPOS-based kerning -// -// Misc other: -// Ryan Gordon -// Simon Glass -// github:IntellectualKitty -// Imanol Celaya -// Daniel Ribeiro Maciel -// -// Bug/warning reports/fixes: -// "Zer" on mollyrocket Fabian "ryg" Giesen -// Cass Everitt Martins Mozeiko -// stoiko (Haemimont Games) Cap Petschulat -// Brian Hook Omar Cornut -// Walter van Niftrik github:aloucks -// David Gow Peter LaValle -// David Given Sergey Popov -// Ivan-Assen Ivanov Giumo X. Clanjor -// Anthony Pesch Higor Euripedes -// Johan Duparc Thomas Fields -// Hou Qiming Derek Vinyard -// Rob Loach Cort Stratton -// Kenney Phillis Jr. github:oyvindjam -// Brian Costabile github:vassvik -// -// VERSION HISTORY -// -// 1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics() -// 1.19 (2018-02-11) GPOS kerning, STBTT_fmod -// 1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function -// 1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix -// 1.16 (2017-07-12) SDF support -// 1.15 (2017-03-03) make more arguments const -// 1.14 (2017-01-16) num-fonts-in-TTC function -// 1.13 (2017-01-02) support OpenType fonts, certain Apple fonts -// 1.12 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual -// 1.11 (2016-04-02) fix unused-variable warning -// 1.10 (2016-04-02) user-defined fabs(); rare memory leak; remove duplicate typedef -// 1.09 (2016-01-16) warning fix; avoid crash on outofmem; use allocation userdata properly -// 1.08 (2015-09-13) document stbtt_Rasterize(); fixes for vertical & horizontal edges -// 1.07 (2015-08-01) allow PackFontRanges to accept arrays of sparse codepoints; -// variant PackFontRanges to pack and render in separate phases; -// fix stbtt_GetFontOFfsetForIndex (never worked for non-0 input?); -// fixed an assert() bug in the new rasterizer -// replace assert() with STBTT_assert() in new rasterizer -// -// Full history can be found at the end of this file. -// -// LICENSE -// -// See end of file for license information. -// -// USAGE -// -// Include this file in whatever places need to refer to it. In ONE C/C++ -// file, write: -// #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION -// before the #include of this file. This expands out the actual -// implementation into that C/C++ file. -// -// To make the implementation private to the file that generates the implementation, -// #define STBTT_STATIC -// -// Simple 3D API (don't ship this, but it's fine for tools and quick start) -// stbtt_BakeFontBitmap() -- bake a font to a bitmap for use as texture -// stbtt_GetBakedQuad() -- compute quad to draw for a given char -// -// Improved 3D API (more shippable): -// #include "stb_rect_pack.h" -- optional, but you really want it -// stbtt_PackBegin() -// stbtt_PackSetOversampling() -- for improved quality on small fonts -// stbtt_PackFontRanges() -- pack and renders -// stbtt_PackEnd() -// stbtt_GetPackedQuad() -// -// "Load" a font file from a memory buffer (you have to keep the buffer loaded) -// stbtt_InitFont() -// stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex() -- indexing for TTC font collections -// stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts() -- number of fonts for TTC font collections -// -// Render a unicode codepoint to a bitmap -// stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap() -- allocates and returns a bitmap -// stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap() -- renders into bitmap you provide -// stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox() -- how big the bitmap must be -// -// Character advance/positioning -// stbtt_GetCodepointHMetrics() -// stbtt_GetFontVMetrics() -// stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2() -// stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance() -// -// Starting with version 1.06, the rasterizer was replaced with a new, -// faster and generally-more-precise rasterizer. The new rasterizer more -// accurately measures pixel coverage for anti-aliasing, except in the case -// where multiple shapes overlap, in which case it overestimates the AA pixel -// coverage. Thus, anti-aliasing of intersecting shapes may look wrong. If -// this turns out to be a problem, you can re-enable the old rasterizer with -// #define STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION 1 -// which will incur about a 15% speed hit. -// -// ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION -// -// Immediately after this block comment are a series of sample programs. -// -// After the sample programs is the "header file" section. This section -// includes documentation for each API function. -// -// Some important concepts to understand to use this library: -// -// Codepoint -// Characters are defined by unicode codepoints, e.g. 65 is -// uppercase A, 231 is lowercase c with a cedilla, 0x7e30 is -// the hiragana for "ma". -// -// Glyph -// A visual character shape (every codepoint is rendered as -// some glyph) -// -// Glyph index -// A font-specific integer ID representing a glyph -// -// Baseline -// Glyph shapes are defined relative to a baseline, which is the -// bottom of uppercase characters. Characters extend both above -// and below the baseline. -// -// Current Point -// As you draw text to the screen, you keep track of a "current point" -// which is the origin of each character. The current point's vertical -// position is the baseline. Even "baked fonts" use this model. -// -// Vertical Font Metrics -// The vertical qualities of the font, used to vertically position -// and space the characters. See docs for stbtt_GetFontVMetrics. -// -// Font Size in Pixels or Points -// The preferred interface for specifying font sizes in stb_truetype -// is to specify how tall the font's vertical extent should be in pixels. -// If that sounds good enough, skip the next paragraph. -// -// Most font APIs instead use "points", which are a common typographic -// measurement for describing font size, defined as 72 points per inch. -// stb_truetype provides a point API for compatibility. However, true -// "per inch" conventions don't make much sense on computer displays -// since different monitors have different number of pixels per -// inch. For example, Windows traditionally uses a convention that -// there are 96 pixels per inch, thus making 'inch' measurements have -// nothing to do with inches, and thus effectively defining a point to -// be 1.333 pixels. Additionally, the TrueType font data provides -// an explicit scale factor to scale a given font's glyphs to points, -// but the author has observed that this scale factor is often wrong -// for non-commercial fonts, thus making fonts scaled in points -// according to the TrueType spec incoherently sized in practice. -// -// DETAILED USAGE: -// -// Scale: -// Select how high you want the font to be, in points or pixels. -// Call ScaleForPixelHeight or ScaleForMappingEmToPixels to compute -// a scale factor SF that will be used by all other functions. -// -// Baseline: -// You need to select a y-coordinate that is the baseline of where -// your text will appear. Call GetFontBoundingBox to get the baseline-relative -// bounding box for all characters. SF*-y0 will be the distance in pixels -// that the worst-case character could extend above the baseline, so if -// you want the top edge of characters to appear at the top of the -// screen where y=0, then you would set the baseline to SF*-y0. -// -// Current point: -// Set the current point where the first character will appear. The -// first character could extend left of the current point; this is font -// dependent. You can either choose a current point that is the leftmost -// point and hope, or add some padding, or check the bounding box or -// left-side-bearing of the first character to be displayed and set -// the current point based on that. -// -// Displaying a character: -// Compute the bounding box of the character. It will contain signed values -// relative to . I.e. if it returns x0,y0,x1,y1, -// then the character should be displayed in the rectangle from -// to = 32 && *text < 128) { - stbtt_aligned_quad q; - stbtt_GetBakedQuad(cdata, 512,512, *text-32, &x,&y,&q,1);//1=opengl & d3d10+,0=d3d9 - glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y0); - glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y0); - glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y1); - glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y1); - } - ++text; - } - glEnd(); -} -#endif -// -// -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// Complete program (this compiles): get a single bitmap, print as ASCII art -// -#if 0 -#include -#define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // force following include to generate implementation -#include "stb_truetype.h" - -char ttf_buffer[1<<25]; - -int main(int argc, char **argv) -{ - stbtt_fontinfo font; - unsigned char *bitmap; - int w,h,i,j,c = (argc > 1 ? atoi(argv[1]) : 'a'), s = (argc > 2 ? atoi(argv[2]) : 20); - - fread(ttf_buffer, 1, 1<<25, fopen(argc > 3 ? argv[3] : "c:/windows/fonts/arialbd.ttf", "rb")); - - stbtt_InitFont(&font, ttf_buffer, stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(ttf_buffer,0)); - bitmap = stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap(&font, 0,stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&font, s), c, &w, &h, 0,0); - - for (j=0; j < h; ++j) { - for (i=0; i < w; ++i) - putchar(" .:ioVM@"[bitmap[j*w+i]>>5]); - putchar('\n'); - } - return 0; -} -#endif -// -// Output: -// -// .ii. -// @@@@@@. -// V@Mio@@o -// :i. V@V -// :oM@@M -// :@@@MM@M -// @@o o@M -// :@@. M@M -// @@@o@@@@ -// :M@@V:@@. -// -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// Complete program: print "Hello World!" banner, with bugs -// -#if 0 -char buffer[24<<20]; -unsigned char screen[20][79]; - -int main(int arg, char **argv) -{ - stbtt_fontinfo font; - int i,j,ascent,baseline,ch=0; - float scale, xpos=2; // leave a little padding in case the character extends left - char *text = "Heljo World!"; // intentionally misspelled to show 'lj' brokenness - - fread(buffer, 1, 1000000, fopen("c:/windows/fonts/arialbd.ttf", "rb")); - stbtt_InitFont(&font, buffer, 0); - - scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&font, 15); - stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&font, &ascent,0,0); - baseline = (int) (ascent*scale); - - while (text[ch]) { - int advance,lsb,x0,y0,x1,y1; - float x_shift = xpos - (float) floor(xpos); - stbtt_GetCodepointHMetrics(&font, text[ch], &advance, &lsb); - stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBoxSubpixel(&font, text[ch], scale,scale,x_shift,0, &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); - stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(&font, &screen[baseline + y0][(int) xpos + x0], x1-x0,y1-y0, 79, scale,scale,x_shift,0, text[ch]); - // note that this stomps the old data, so where character boxes overlap (e.g. 'lj') it's wrong - // because this API is really for baking character bitmaps into textures. if you want to render - // a sequence of characters, you really need to render each bitmap to a temp buffer, then - // "alpha blend" that into the working buffer - xpos += (advance * scale); - if (text[ch+1]) - xpos += scale*stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance(&font, text[ch],text[ch+1]); - ++ch; - } - - for (j=0; j < 20; ++j) { - for (i=0; i < 78; ++i) - putchar(" .:ioVM@"[screen[j][i]>>5]); - putchar('\n'); - } - - return 0; -} -#endif - - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -//// -//// INTEGRATION WITH YOUR CODEBASE -//// -//// The following sections allow you to supply alternate definitions -//// of C library functions used by stb_truetype, e.g. if you don't -//// link with the C runtime library. - -#ifdef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION - // #define your own (u)stbtt_int8/16/32 before including to override this - #ifndef stbtt_uint8 - typedef unsigned char stbtt_uint8; - typedef signed char stbtt_int8; - typedef unsigned short stbtt_uint16; - typedef signed short stbtt_int16; - typedef unsigned int stbtt_uint32; - typedef signed int stbtt_int32; - #endif - - typedef char stbtt__check_size32[sizeof(stbtt_int32)==4 ? 1 : -1]; - typedef char stbtt__check_size16[sizeof(stbtt_int16)==2 ? 1 : -1]; - - // e.g. #define your own STBTT_ifloor/STBTT_iceil() to avoid math.h - #ifndef STBTT_ifloor - #include - #define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int) floor(x)) - #define STBTT_iceil(x) ((int) ceil(x)) - #endif - - #ifndef STBTT_sqrt - #include - #define STBTT_sqrt(x) sqrt(x) - #define STBTT_pow(x,y) pow(x,y) - #endif - - #ifndef STBTT_fmod - #include - #define STBTT_fmod(x,y) fmod(x,y) - #endif - - #ifndef STBTT_cos - #include - #define STBTT_cos(x) cos(x) - #define STBTT_acos(x) acos(x) - #endif - - #ifndef STBTT_fabs - #include - #define STBTT_fabs(x) fabs(x) - #endif - - // #define your own functions "STBTT_malloc" / "STBTT_free" to avoid malloc.h - #ifndef STBTT_malloc - #include - #define STBTT_malloc(x,u) ((void)(u),malloc(x)) - #define STBTT_free(x,u) ((void)(u),free(x)) - #endif - - #ifndef STBTT_assert - #include - #define STBTT_assert(x) assert(x) - #endif - - #ifndef STBTT_strlen - #include - #define STBTT_strlen(x) strlen(x) - #endif - - #ifndef STBTT_memcpy - #include - #define STBTT_memcpy memcpy - #define STBTT_memset memset - #endif -#endif - -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -//// -//// INTERFACE -//// -//// - -#ifndef __STB_INCLUDE_STB_TRUETYPE_H__ -#define __STB_INCLUDE_STB_TRUETYPE_H__ - -#ifdef STBTT_STATIC -#define STBTT_DEF static -#else -#define STBTT_DEF extern -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -// private structure -typedef struct -{ - unsigned char *data; - int cursor; - int size; -} stbtt__buf; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// TEXTURE BAKING API -// -// If you use this API, you only have to call two functions ever. -// - -typedef struct -{ - unsigned short x0,y0,x1,y1; // coordinates of bbox in bitmap - float xoff,yoff,xadvance; -} stbtt_bakedchar; - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap(const unsigned char *data, int offset, // font location (use offset=0 for plain .ttf) - float pixel_height, // height of font in pixels - unsigned char *pixels, int pw, int ph, // bitmap to be filled in - int first_char, int num_chars, // characters to bake - stbtt_bakedchar *chardata); // you allocate this, it's num_chars long -// if return is positive, the first unused row of the bitmap -// if return is negative, returns the negative of the number of characters that fit -// if return is 0, no characters fit and no rows were used -// This uses a very crappy packing. - -typedef struct -{ - float x0,y0,s0,t0; // top-left - float x1,y1,s1,t1; // bottom-right -} stbtt_aligned_quad; - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(const stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // same data as above - int char_index, // character to display - float *xpos, float *ypos, // pointers to current position in screen pixel space - stbtt_aligned_quad *q, // output: quad to draw - int opengl_fillrule); // true if opengl fill rule; false if DX9 or earlier -// Call GetBakedQuad with char_index = 'character - first_char', and it -// creates the quad you need to draw and advances the current position. -// -// The coordinate system used assumes y increases downwards. -// -// Characters will extend both above and below the current position; -// see discussion of "BASELINE" above. -// -// It's inefficient; you might want to c&p it and optimize it. - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetScaledFontVMetrics(const unsigned char *fontdata, int index, float size, float *ascent, float *descent, float *lineGap); -// Query the font vertical metrics without having to create a font first. - - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// NEW TEXTURE BAKING API -// -// This provides options for packing multiple fonts into one atlas, not -// perfectly but better than nothing. - -typedef struct -{ - unsigned short x0,y0,x1,y1; // coordinates of bbox in bitmap - float xoff,yoff,xadvance; - float xoff2,yoff2; -} stbtt_packedchar; - -typedef struct stbtt_pack_context stbtt_pack_context; -typedef struct stbtt_fontinfo stbtt_fontinfo; -#ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_VERSION -typedef struct stbrp_rect stbrp_rect; -#endif - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackBegin(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *pixels, int width, int height, int stride_in_bytes, int padding, void *alloc_context); -// Initializes a packing context stored in the passed-in stbtt_pack_context. -// Future calls using this context will pack characters into the bitmap passed -// in here: a 1-channel bitmap that is width * height. stride_in_bytes is -// the distance from one row to the next (or 0 to mean they are packed tightly -// together). "padding" is the amount of padding to leave between each -// character (normally you want '1' for bitmaps you'll use as textures with -// bilinear filtering). -// -// Returns 0 on failure, 1 on success. - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackEnd (stbtt_pack_context *spc); -// Cleans up the packing context and frees all memory. - -#define STBTT_POINT_SIZE(x) (-(x)) - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size, - int first_unicode_char_in_range, int num_chars_in_range, stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range); -// Creates character bitmaps from the font_index'th font found in fontdata (use -// font_index=0 if you don't know what that is). It creates num_chars_in_range -// bitmaps for characters with unicode values starting at first_unicode_char_in_range -// and increasing. Data for how to render them is stored in chardata_for_range; -// pass these to stbtt_GetPackedQuad to get back renderable quads. -// -// font_size is the full height of the character from ascender to descender, -// as computed by stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight. To use a point size as computed -// by stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels, wrap the point size in STBTT_POINT_SIZE() -// and pass that result as 'font_size': -// ..., 20 , ... // font max minus min y is 20 pixels tall -// ..., STBTT_POINT_SIZE(20), ... // 'M' is 20 pixels tall - -typedef struct -{ - float font_size; - int first_unicode_codepoint_in_range; // if non-zero, then the chars are continuous, and this is the first codepoint - int *array_of_unicode_codepoints; // if non-zero, then this is an array of unicode codepoints - int num_chars; - stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range; // output - unsigned char h_oversample, v_oversample; // don't set these, they're used internally -} stbtt_pack_range; - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges); -// Creates character bitmaps from multiple ranges of characters stored in -// ranges. This will usually create a better-packed bitmap than multiple -// calls to stbtt_PackFontRange. Note that you can call this multiple -// times within a single PackBegin/PackEnd. - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h_oversample, unsigned int v_oversample); -// Oversampling a font increases the quality by allowing higher-quality subpixel -// positioning, and is especially valuable at smaller text sizes. -// -// This function sets the amount of oversampling for all following calls to -// stbtt_PackFontRange(s) or stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects for a given -// pack context. The default (no oversampling) is achieved by h_oversample=1 -// and v_oversample=1. The total number of pixels required is -// h_oversample*v_oversample larger than the default; for example, 2x2 -// oversampling requires 4x the storage of 1x1. For best results, render -// oversampled textures with bilinear filtering. Look at the readme in -// stb/tests/oversample for information about oversampled fonts -// -// To use with PackFontRangesGather etc., you must set it before calls -// call to PackFontRangesGatherRects. - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip); -// If skip != 0, this tells stb_truetype to skip any codepoints for which -// there is no corresponding glyph. If skip=0, which is the default, then -// codepoints without a glyph recived the font's "missing character" glyph, -// typically an empty box by convention. - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // same data as above - int char_index, // character to display - float *xpos, float *ypos, // pointers to current position in screen pixel space - stbtt_aligned_quad *q, // output: quad to draw - int align_to_integer); - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects); -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects); -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects); -// Calling these functions in sequence is roughly equivalent to calling -// stbtt_PackFontRanges(). If you more control over the packing of multiple -// fonts, or if you want to pack custom data into a font texture, take a look -// at the source to of stbtt_PackFontRanges() and create a custom version -// using these functions, e.g. call GatherRects multiple times, -// building up a single array of rects, then call PackRects once, -// then call RenderIntoRects repeatedly. This may result in a -// better packing than calling PackFontRanges multiple times -// (or it may not). - -// this is an opaque structure that you shouldn't mess with which holds -// all the context needed from PackBegin to PackEnd. -struct stbtt_pack_context { - void *user_allocator_context; - void *pack_info; - int width; - int height; - int stride_in_bytes; - int padding; - int skip_missing; - unsigned int h_oversample, v_oversample; - unsigned char *pixels; - void *nodes; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// FONT LOADING -// -// - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts(const unsigned char *data); -// This function will determine the number of fonts in a font file. TrueType -// collection (.ttc) files may contain multiple fonts, while TrueType font -// (.ttf) files only contain one font. The number of fonts can be used for -// indexing with the previous function where the index is between zero and one -// less than the total fonts. If an error occurs, -1 is returned. - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *data, int index); -// Each .ttf/.ttc file may have more than one font. Each font has a sequential -// index number starting from 0. Call this function to get the font offset for -// a given index; it returns -1 if the index is out of range. A regular .ttf -// file will only define one font and it always be at offset 0, so it will -// return '0' for index 0, and -1 for all other indices. - -// The following structure is defined publicly so you can declare one on -// the stack or as a global or etc, but you should treat it as opaque. -struct stbtt_fontinfo -{ - void * userdata; - unsigned char * data; // pointer to .ttf file - int fontstart; // offset of start of font - - int numGlyphs; // number of glyphs, needed for range checking - - int loca,head,glyf,hhea,hmtx,kern,gpos; // table locations as offset from start of .ttf - int index_map; // a cmap mapping for our chosen character encoding - int indexToLocFormat; // format needed to map from glyph index to glyph - - stbtt__buf cff; // cff font data - stbtt__buf charstrings; // the charstring index - stbtt__buf gsubrs; // global charstring subroutines index - stbtt__buf subrs; // private charstring subroutines index - stbtt__buf fontdicts; // array of font dicts - stbtt__buf fdselect; // map from glyph to fontdict -}; - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_InitFont(stbtt_fontinfo *info, const unsigned char *data, int offset); -// Given an offset into the file that defines a font, this function builds -// the necessary cached info for the rest of the system. You must allocate -// the stbtt_fontinfo yourself, and stbtt_InitFont will fill it out. You don't -// need to do anything special to free it, because the contents are pure -// value data with no additional data structures. Returns 0 on failure. - - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// CHARACTER TO GLYPH-INDEX CONVERSIOn - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint); -// If you're going to perform multiple operations on the same character -// and you want a speed-up, call this function with the character you're -// going to process, then use glyph-based functions instead of the -// codepoint-based functions. -// Returns 0 if the character codepoint is not defined in the font. - - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// CHARACTER PROPERTIES -// - -STBTT_DEF float stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float pixels); -// computes a scale factor to produce a font whose "height" is 'pixels' tall. -// Height is measured as the distance from the highest ascender to the lowest -// descender; in other words, it's equivalent to calling stbtt_GetFontVMetrics -// and computing: -// scale = pixels / (ascent - descent) -// so if you prefer to measure height by the ascent only, use a similar calculation. - -STBTT_DEF float stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float pixels); -// computes a scale factor to produce a font whose EM size is mapped to -// 'pixels' tall. This is probably what traditional APIs compute, but -// I'm not positive. - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *ascent, int *descent, int *lineGap); -// ascent is the coordinate above the baseline the font extends; descent -// is the coordinate below the baseline the font extends (i.e. it is typically negative) -// lineGap is the spacing between one row's descent and the next row's ascent... -// so you should advance the vertical position by "*ascent - *descent + *lineGap" -// these are expressed in unscaled coordinates, so you must multiply by -// the scale factor for a given size - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *typoAscent, int *typoDescent, int *typoLineGap); -// analogous to GetFontVMetrics, but returns the "typographic" values from the OS/2 -// table (specific to MS/Windows TTF files). -// -// Returns 1 on success (table present), 0 on failure. - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontBoundingBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1); -// the bounding box around all possible characters - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int codepoint, int *advanceWidth, int *leftSideBearing); -// leftSideBearing is the offset from the current horizontal position to the left edge of the character -// advanceWidth is the offset from the current horizontal position to the next horizontal position -// these are expressed in unscaled coordinates - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int ch1, int ch2); -// an additional amount to add to the 'advance' value between ch1 and ch2 - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int codepoint, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1); -// Gets the bounding box of the visible part of the glyph, in unscaled coordinates - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *advanceWidth, int *leftSideBearing); -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2); -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1); -// as above, but takes one or more glyph indices for greater efficiency - - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// GLYPH SHAPES (you probably don't need these, but they have to go before -// the bitmaps for C declaration-order reasons) -// - -#ifndef STBTT_vmove // you can predefine these to use different values (but why?) - enum { - STBTT_vmove=1, - STBTT_vline, - STBTT_vcurve, - STBTT_vcubic - }; -#endif - -#ifndef stbtt_vertex // you can predefine this to use different values - // (we share this with other code at RAD) - #define stbtt_vertex_type short // can't use stbtt_int16 because that's not visible in the header file - typedef struct - { - stbtt_vertex_type x,y,cx,cy,cx1,cy1; - unsigned char type,padding; - } stbtt_vertex; -#endif - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_IsGlyphEmpty(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index); -// returns non-zero if nothing is drawn for this glyph - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, stbtt_vertex **vertices); -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **vertices); -// returns # of vertices and fills *vertices with the pointer to them -// these are expressed in "unscaled" coordinates -// -// The shape is a series of contours. Each one starts with -// a STBTT_moveto, then consists of a series of mixed -// STBTT_lineto and STBTT_curveto segments. A lineto -// draws a line from previous endpoint to its x,y; a curveto -// draws a quadratic bezier from previous endpoint to -// its x,y, using cx,cy as the bezier control point. - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *vertices); -// frees the data allocated above - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// BITMAP RENDERING -// - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeBitmap(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata); -// frees the bitmap allocated below - -STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); -// allocates a large-enough single-channel 8bpp bitmap and renders the -// specified character/glyph at the specified scale into it, with -// antialiasing. 0 is no coverage (transparent), 255 is fully covered (opaque). -// *width & *height are filled out with the width & height of the bitmap, -// which is stored left-to-right, top-to-bottom. -// -// xoff/yoff are the offset it pixel space from the glyph origin to the top-left of the bitmap - -STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); -// the same as stbtt_GetCodepoitnBitmap, but you can specify a subpixel -// shift for the character - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint); -// the same as stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap, but you pass in storage for the bitmap -// in the form of 'output', with row spacing of 'out_stride' bytes. the bitmap -// is clipped to out_w/out_h bytes. Call stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox to get the -// width and height and positioning info for it first. - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint); -// same as stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap, but you can specify a subpixel -// shift for the character - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int codepoint); -// same as stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel, but prefiltering -// is performed (see stbtt_PackSetOversampling) - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int codepoint, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1); -// get the bbox of the bitmap centered around the glyph origin; so the -// bitmap width is ix1-ix0, height is iy1-iy0, and location to place -// the bitmap top left is (leftSideBearing*scale,iy0). -// (Note that the bitmap uses y-increases-down, but the shape uses -// y-increases-up, so CodepointBitmapBox and CodepointBox are inverted.) - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBoxSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int codepoint, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1); -// same as stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox, but you can specify a subpixel -// shift for the character - -// the following functions are equivalent to the above functions, but operate -// on glyph indices instead of Unicode codepoints (for efficiency) -STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); -STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph); -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph); -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int glyph); -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1); -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y,float shift_x, float shift_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1); - - -// @TODO: don't expose this structure -typedef struct -{ - int w,h,stride; - unsigned char *pixels; -} stbtt__bitmap; - -// rasterize a shape with quadratic beziers into a bitmap -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_Rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result, // 1-channel bitmap to draw into - float flatness_in_pixels, // allowable error of curve in pixels - stbtt_vertex *vertices, // array of vertices defining shape - int num_verts, // number of vertices in above array - float scale_x, float scale_y, // scale applied to input vertices - float shift_x, float shift_y, // translation applied to input vertices - int x_off, int y_off, // another translation applied to input - int invert, // if non-zero, vertically flip shape - void *userdata); // context for to STBTT_MALLOC - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// Signed Distance Function (or Field) rendering - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeSDF(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata); -// frees the SDF bitmap allocated below - -STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int glyph, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); -STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff); -// These functions compute a discretized SDF field for a single character, suitable for storing -// in a single-channel texture, sampling with bilinear filtering, and testing against -// larger than some threshold to produce scalable fonts. -// info -- the font -// scale -- controls the size of the resulting SDF bitmap, same as it would be creating a regular bitmap -// glyph/codepoint -- the character to generate the SDF for -// padding -- extra "pixels" around the character which are filled with the distance to the character (not 0), -// which allows effects like bit outlines -// onedge_value -- value 0-255 to test the SDF against to reconstruct the character (i.e. the isocontour of the character) -// pixel_dist_scale -- what value the SDF should increase by when moving one SDF "pixel" away from the edge (on the 0..255 scale) -// if positive, > onedge_value is inside; if negative, < onedge_value is inside -// width,height -- output height & width of the SDF bitmap (including padding) -// xoff,yoff -- output origin of the character -// return value -- a 2D array of bytes 0..255, width*height in size -// -// pixel_dist_scale & onedge_value are a scale & bias that allows you to make -// optimal use of the limited 0..255 for your application, trading off precision -// and special effects. SDF values outside the range 0..255 are clamped to 0..255. -// -// Example: -// scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(22) -// padding = 5 -// onedge_value = 180 -// pixel_dist_scale = 180/5.0 = 36.0 -// -// This will create an SDF bitmap in which the character is about 22 pixels -// high but the whole bitmap is about 22+5+5=32 pixels high. To produce a filled -// shape, sample the SDF at each pixel and fill the pixel if the SDF value -// is greater than or equal to 180/255. (You'll actually want to antialias, -// which is beyond the scope of this example.) Additionally, you can compute -// offset outlines (e.g. to stroke the character border inside & outside, -// or only outside). For example, to fill outside the character up to 3 SDF -// pixels, you would compare against (180-36.0*3)/255 = 72/255. The above -// choice of variables maps a range from 5 pixels outside the shape to -// 2 pixels inside the shape to 0..255; this is intended primarily for apply -// outside effects only (the interior range is needed to allow proper -// antialiasing of the font at *smaller* sizes) -// -// The function computes the SDF analytically at each SDF pixel, not by e.g. -// building a higher-res bitmap and approximating it. In theory the quality -// should be as high as possible for an SDF of this size & representation, but -// unclear if this is true in practice (perhaps building a higher-res bitmap -// and computing from that can allow drop-out prevention). -// -// The algorithm has not been optimized at all, so expect it to be slow -// if computing lots of characters or very large sizes. - - - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// Finding the right font... -// -// You should really just solve this offline, keep your own tables -// of what font is what, and don't try to get it out of the .ttf file. -// That's because getting it out of the .ttf file is really hard, because -// the names in the file can appear in many possible encodings, in many -// possible languages, and e.g. if you need a case-insensitive comparison, -// the details of that depend on the encoding & language in a complex way -// (actually underspecified in truetype, but also gigantic). -// -// But you can use the provided functions in two possible ways: -// stbtt_FindMatchingFont() will use *case-sensitive* comparisons on -// unicode-encoded names to try to find the font you want; -// you can run this before calling stbtt_InitFont() -// -// stbtt_GetFontNameString() lets you get any of the various strings -// from the file yourself and do your own comparisons on them. -// You have to have called stbtt_InitFont() first. - - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindMatchingFont(const unsigned char *fontdata, const char *name, int flags); -// returns the offset (not index) of the font that matches, or -1 if none -// if you use STBTT_MACSTYLE_DONTCARE, use a font name like "Arial Bold". -// if you use any other flag, use a font name like "Arial"; this checks -// the 'macStyle' header field; i don't know if fonts set this consistently -#define STBTT_MACSTYLE_DONTCARE 0 -#define STBTT_MACSTYLE_BOLD 1 -#define STBTT_MACSTYLE_ITALIC 2 -#define STBTT_MACSTYLE_UNDERSCORE 4 -#define STBTT_MACSTYLE_NONE 8 // <= not same as 0, this makes us check the bitfield is 0 - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian(const char *s1, int len1, const char *s2, int len2); -// returns 1/0 whether the first string interpreted as utf8 is identical to -// the second string interpreted as big-endian utf16... useful for strings from next func - -STBTT_DEF const char *stbtt_GetFontNameString(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int *length, int platformID, int encodingID, int languageID, int nameID); -// returns the string (which may be big-endian double byte, e.g. for unicode) -// and puts the length in bytes in *length. -// -// some of the values for the IDs are below; for more see the truetype spec: -// http://developer.apple.com/textfonts/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6name.html -// http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/name.htm - -enum { // platformID - STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_UNICODE =0, - STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MAC =1, - STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_ISO =2, - STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MICROSOFT =3 -}; - -enum { // encodingID for STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_UNICODE - STBTT_UNICODE_EID_UNICODE_1_0 =0, - STBTT_UNICODE_EID_UNICODE_1_1 =1, - STBTT_UNICODE_EID_ISO_10646 =2, - STBTT_UNICODE_EID_UNICODE_2_0_BMP=3, - STBTT_UNICODE_EID_UNICODE_2_0_FULL=4 -}; - -enum { // encodingID for STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MICROSOFT - STBTT_MS_EID_SYMBOL =0, - STBTT_MS_EID_UNICODE_BMP =1, - STBTT_MS_EID_SHIFTJIS =2, - STBTT_MS_EID_UNICODE_FULL =10 -}; - -enum { // encodingID for STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MAC; same as Script Manager codes - STBTT_MAC_EID_ROMAN =0, STBTT_MAC_EID_ARABIC =4, - STBTT_MAC_EID_JAPANESE =1, STBTT_MAC_EID_HEBREW =5, - STBTT_MAC_EID_CHINESE_TRAD =2, STBTT_MAC_EID_GREEK =6, - STBTT_MAC_EID_KOREAN =3, STBTT_MAC_EID_RUSSIAN =7 -}; - -enum { // languageID for STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MICROSOFT; same as LCID... - // problematic because there are e.g. 16 english LCIDs and 16 arabic LCIDs - STBTT_MS_LANG_ENGLISH =0x0409, STBTT_MS_LANG_ITALIAN =0x0410, - STBTT_MS_LANG_CHINESE =0x0804, STBTT_MS_LANG_JAPANESE =0x0411, - STBTT_MS_LANG_DUTCH =0x0413, STBTT_MS_LANG_KOREAN =0x0412, - STBTT_MS_LANG_FRENCH =0x040c, STBTT_MS_LANG_RUSSIAN =0x0419, - STBTT_MS_LANG_GERMAN =0x0407, STBTT_MS_LANG_SPANISH =0x0409, - STBTT_MS_LANG_HEBREW =0x040d, STBTT_MS_LANG_SWEDISH =0x041D -}; - -enum { // languageID for STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MAC - STBTT_MAC_LANG_ENGLISH =0 , STBTT_MAC_LANG_JAPANESE =11, - STBTT_MAC_LANG_ARABIC =12, STBTT_MAC_LANG_KOREAN =23, - STBTT_MAC_LANG_DUTCH =4 , STBTT_MAC_LANG_RUSSIAN =32, - STBTT_MAC_LANG_FRENCH =1 , STBTT_MAC_LANG_SPANISH =6 , - STBTT_MAC_LANG_GERMAN =2 , STBTT_MAC_LANG_SWEDISH =5 , - STBTT_MAC_LANG_HEBREW =10, STBTT_MAC_LANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED =33, - STBTT_MAC_LANG_ITALIAN =3 , STBTT_MAC_LANG_CHINESE_TRAD =19 -}; - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif // __STB_INCLUDE_STB_TRUETYPE_H__ - -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -//// -//// IMPLEMENTATION -//// -//// - -#ifdef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION - -#ifndef STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE -#define STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE 8 -#endif - -#if STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE > 255 -#error "STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE cannot be > 255" -#endif - -typedef int stbtt__test_oversample_pow2[(STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE & (STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE-1)) == 0 ? 1 : -1]; - -#ifndef STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION -#define STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION 2 -#endif - -#ifdef _MSC_VER -#define STBTT__NOTUSED(v) (void)(v) -#else -#define STBTT__NOTUSED(v) (void)sizeof(v) -#endif - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// stbtt__buf helpers to parse data from file -// - -static stbtt_uint8 stbtt__buf_get8(stbtt__buf *b) -{ - if (b->cursor >= b->size) - return 0; - return b->data[b->cursor++]; -} - -static stbtt_uint8 stbtt__buf_peek8(stbtt__buf *b) -{ - if (b->cursor >= b->size) - return 0; - return b->data[b->cursor]; -} - -static void stbtt__buf_seek(stbtt__buf *b, int o) -{ - STBTT_assert(!(o > b->size || o < 0)); - b->cursor = (o > b->size || o < 0) ? b->size : o; -} - -static void stbtt__buf_skip(stbtt__buf *b, int o) -{ - stbtt__buf_seek(b, b->cursor + o); -} - -static stbtt_uint32 stbtt__buf_get(stbtt__buf *b, int n) -{ - stbtt_uint32 v = 0; - int i; - STBTT_assert(n >= 1 && n <= 4); - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - v = (v << 8) | stbtt__buf_get8(b); - return v; -} - -static stbtt__buf stbtt__new_buf(const void *p, size_t size) -{ - stbtt__buf r; - STBTT_assert(size < 0x40000000); - r.data = (stbtt_uint8*) p; - r.size = (int) size; - r.cursor = 0; - return r; -} - -#define stbtt__buf_get16(b) stbtt__buf_get((b), 2) -#define stbtt__buf_get32(b) stbtt__buf_get((b), 4) - -static stbtt__buf stbtt__buf_range(const stbtt__buf *b, int o, int s) -{ - stbtt__buf r = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); - if (o < 0 || s < 0 || o > b->size || s > b->size - o) return r; - r.data = b->data + o; - r.size = s; - return r; -} - -static stbtt__buf stbtt__cff_get_index(stbtt__buf *b) -{ - int count, start, offsize; - start = b->cursor; - count = stbtt__buf_get16(b); - if (count) { - offsize = stbtt__buf_get8(b); - STBTT_assert(offsize >= 1 && offsize <= 4); - stbtt__buf_skip(b, offsize * count); - stbtt__buf_skip(b, stbtt__buf_get(b, offsize) - 1); - } - return stbtt__buf_range(b, start, b->cursor - start); -} - -static stbtt_uint32 stbtt__cff_int(stbtt__buf *b) -{ - int b0 = stbtt__buf_get8(b); - if (b0 >= 32 && b0 <= 246) return b0 - 139; - else if (b0 >= 247 && b0 <= 250) return (b0 - 247)*256 + stbtt__buf_get8(b) + 108; - else if (b0 >= 251 && b0 <= 254) return -(b0 - 251)*256 - stbtt__buf_get8(b) - 108; - else if (b0 == 28) return stbtt__buf_get16(b); - else if (b0 == 29) return stbtt__buf_get32(b); - STBTT_assert(0); - return 0; -} - -static void stbtt__cff_skip_operand(stbtt__buf *b) { - int v, b0 = stbtt__buf_peek8(b); - STBTT_assert(b0 >= 28); - if (b0 == 30) { - stbtt__buf_skip(b, 1); - while (b->cursor < b->size) { - v = stbtt__buf_get8(b); - if ((v & 0xF) == 0xF || (v >> 4) == 0xF) - break; - } - } else { - stbtt__cff_int(b); - } -} - -static stbtt__buf stbtt__dict_get(stbtt__buf *b, int key) -{ - stbtt__buf_seek(b, 0); - while (b->cursor < b->size) { - int start = b->cursor, end, op; - while (stbtt__buf_peek8(b) >= 28) - stbtt__cff_skip_operand(b); - end = b->cursor; - op = stbtt__buf_get8(b); - if (op == 12) op = stbtt__buf_get8(b) | 0x100; - if (op == key) return stbtt__buf_range(b, start, end-start); - } - return stbtt__buf_range(b, 0, 0); -} - -static void stbtt__dict_get_ints(stbtt__buf *b, int key, int outcount, stbtt_uint32 *out) -{ - int i; - stbtt__buf operands = stbtt__dict_get(b, key); - for (i = 0; i < outcount && operands.cursor < operands.size; i++) - out[i] = stbtt__cff_int(&operands); -} - -static int stbtt__cff_index_count(stbtt__buf *b) -{ - stbtt__buf_seek(b, 0); - return stbtt__buf_get16(b); -} - -static stbtt__buf stbtt__cff_index_get(stbtt__buf b, int i) -{ - int count, offsize, start, end; - stbtt__buf_seek(&b, 0); - count = stbtt__buf_get16(&b); - offsize = stbtt__buf_get8(&b); - STBTT_assert(i >= 0 && i < count); - STBTT_assert(offsize >= 1 && offsize <= 4); - stbtt__buf_skip(&b, i*offsize); - start = stbtt__buf_get(&b, offsize); - end = stbtt__buf_get(&b, offsize); - return stbtt__buf_range(&b, 2+(count+1)*offsize+start, end - start); -} - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// accessors to parse data from file -// - -// on platforms that don't allow misaligned reads, if we want to allow -// truetype fonts that aren't padded to alignment, define ALLOW_UNALIGNED_TRUETYPE - -#define ttBYTE(p) (* (stbtt_uint8 *) (p)) -#define ttCHAR(p) (* (stbtt_int8 *) (p)) -#define ttFixed(p) ttLONG(p) - -static stbtt_uint16 ttUSHORT(stbtt_uint8 *p) { return p[0]*256 + p[1]; } -static stbtt_int16 ttSHORT(stbtt_uint8 *p) { return p[0]*256 + p[1]; } -static stbtt_uint32 ttULONG(stbtt_uint8 *p) { return (p[0]<<24) + (p[1]<<16) + (p[2]<<8) + p[3]; } -static stbtt_int32 ttLONG(stbtt_uint8 *p) { return (p[0]<<24) + (p[1]<<16) + (p[2]<<8) + p[3]; } - -#define stbtt_tag4(p,c0,c1,c2,c3) ((p)[0] == (c0) && (p)[1] == (c1) && (p)[2] == (c2) && (p)[3] == (c3)) -#define stbtt_tag(p,str) stbtt_tag4(p,str[0],str[1],str[2],str[3]) - -static int stbtt__isfont(stbtt_uint8 *font) -{ - // check the version number - if (stbtt_tag4(font, '1',0,0,0)) return 1; // TrueType 1 - if (stbtt_tag(font, "typ1")) return 1; // TrueType with type 1 font -- we don't support this! - if (stbtt_tag(font, "OTTO")) return 1; // OpenType with CFF - if (stbtt_tag4(font, 0,1,0,0)) return 1; // OpenType 1.0 - if (stbtt_tag(font, "true")) return 1; // Apple specification for TrueType fonts - return 0; -} - -// @OPTIMIZE: binary search -static stbtt_uint32 stbtt__find_table(stbtt_uint8 *data, stbtt_uint32 fontstart, const char *tag) -{ - stbtt_int32 num_tables = ttUSHORT(data+fontstart+4); - stbtt_uint32 tabledir = fontstart + 12; - stbtt_int32 i; - for (i=0; i < num_tables; ++i) { - stbtt_uint32 loc = tabledir + 16*i; - if (stbtt_tag(data+loc+0, tag)) - return ttULONG(data+loc+8); - } - return 0; -} - -static int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal(unsigned char *font_collection, int index) -{ - // if it's just a font, there's only one valid index - if (stbtt__isfont(font_collection)) - return index == 0 ? 0 : -1; - - // check if it's a TTC - if (stbtt_tag(font_collection, "ttcf")) { - // version 1? - if (ttULONG(font_collection+4) == 0x00010000 || ttULONG(font_collection+4) == 0x00020000) { - stbtt_int32 n = ttLONG(font_collection+8); - if (index >= n) - return -1; - return ttULONG(font_collection+12+index*4); - } - } - return -1; -} - -static int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts_internal(unsigned char *font_collection) -{ - // if it's just a font, there's only one valid font - if (stbtt__isfont(font_collection)) - return 1; - - // check if it's a TTC - if (stbtt_tag(font_collection, "ttcf")) { - // version 1? - if (ttULONG(font_collection+4) == 0x00010000 || ttULONG(font_collection+4) == 0x00020000) { - return ttLONG(font_collection+8); - } - } - return 0; -} - -static stbtt__buf stbtt__get_subrs(stbtt__buf cff, stbtt__buf fontdict) -{ - stbtt_uint32 subrsoff = 0, private_loc[2] = { 0, 0 }; - stbtt__buf pdict; - stbtt__dict_get_ints(&fontdict, 18, 2, private_loc); - if (!private_loc[1] || !private_loc[0]) return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); - pdict = stbtt__buf_range(&cff, private_loc[1], private_loc[0]); - stbtt__dict_get_ints(&pdict, 19, 1, &subrsoff); - if (!subrsoff) return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); - stbtt__buf_seek(&cff, private_loc[1]+subrsoff); - return stbtt__cff_get_index(&cff); -} - -static int stbtt_InitFont_internal(stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *data, int fontstart) -{ - stbtt_uint32 cmap, t; - stbtt_int32 i,numTables; - - info->data = data; - info->fontstart = fontstart; - info->cff = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); - - cmap = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "cmap"); // required - info->loca = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "loca"); // required - info->head = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "head"); // required - info->glyf = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "glyf"); // required - info->hhea = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "hhea"); // required - info->hmtx = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "hmtx"); // required - info->kern = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "kern"); // not required - info->gpos = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "GPOS"); // not required - - if (!cmap || !info->head || !info->hhea || !info->hmtx) - return 0; - if (info->glyf) { - // required for truetype - if (!info->loca) return 0; - } else { - // initialization for CFF / Type2 fonts (OTF) - stbtt__buf b, topdict, topdictidx; - stbtt_uint32 cstype = 2, charstrings = 0, fdarrayoff = 0, fdselectoff = 0; - stbtt_uint32 cff; - - cff = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "CFF "); - if (!cff) return 0; - - info->fontdicts = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); - info->fdselect = stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); - - // @TODO this should use size from table (not 512MB) - info->cff = stbtt__new_buf(data+cff, 512*1024*1024); - b = info->cff; - - // read the header - stbtt__buf_skip(&b, 2); - stbtt__buf_seek(&b, stbtt__buf_get8(&b)); // hdrsize - - // @TODO the name INDEX could list multiple fonts, - // but we just use the first one. - stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); // name INDEX - topdictidx = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); - topdict = stbtt__cff_index_get(topdictidx, 0); - stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); // string INDEX - info->gsubrs = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); - - stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 17, 1, &charstrings); - stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 0x100 | 6, 1, &cstype); - stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 0x100 | 36, 1, &fdarrayoff); - stbtt__dict_get_ints(&topdict, 0x100 | 37, 1, &fdselectoff); - info->subrs = stbtt__get_subrs(b, topdict); - - // we only support Type 2 charstrings - if (cstype != 2) return 0; - if (charstrings == 0) return 0; - - if (fdarrayoff) { - // looks like a CID font - if (!fdselectoff) return 0; - stbtt__buf_seek(&b, fdarrayoff); - info->fontdicts = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); - info->fdselect = stbtt__buf_range(&b, fdselectoff, b.size-fdselectoff); - } - - stbtt__buf_seek(&b, charstrings); - info->charstrings = stbtt__cff_get_index(&b); - } - - t = stbtt__find_table(data, fontstart, "maxp"); - if (t) - info->numGlyphs = ttUSHORT(data+t+4); - else - info->numGlyphs = 0xffff; - - // find a cmap encoding table we understand *now* to avoid searching - // later. (todo: could make this installable) - // the same regardless of glyph. - numTables = ttUSHORT(data + cmap + 2); - info->index_map = 0; - for (i=0; i < numTables; ++i) { - stbtt_uint32 encoding_record = cmap + 4 + 8 * i; - // find an encoding we understand: - switch(ttUSHORT(data+encoding_record)) { - case STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MICROSOFT: - switch (ttUSHORT(data+encoding_record+2)) { - case STBTT_MS_EID_UNICODE_BMP: - case STBTT_MS_EID_UNICODE_FULL: - // MS/Unicode - info->index_map = cmap + ttULONG(data+encoding_record+4); - break; - } - break; - case STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_UNICODE: - // Mac/iOS has these - // all the encodingIDs are unicode, so we don't bother to check it - info->index_map = cmap + ttULONG(data+encoding_record+4); - break; - } - } - if (info->index_map == 0) - return 0; - - info->indexToLocFormat = ttUSHORT(data+info->head + 50); - return 1; -} - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint) -{ - stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data; - stbtt_uint32 index_map = info->index_map; - - stbtt_uint16 format = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 0); - if (format == 0) { // apple byte encoding - stbtt_int32 bytes = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 2); - if (unicode_codepoint < bytes-6) - return ttBYTE(data + index_map + 6 + unicode_codepoint); - return 0; - } else if (format == 6) { - stbtt_uint32 first = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 6); - stbtt_uint32 count = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 8); - if ((stbtt_uint32) unicode_codepoint >= first && (stbtt_uint32) unicode_codepoint < first+count) - return ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 10 + (unicode_codepoint - first)*2); - return 0; - } else if (format == 2) { - STBTT_assert(0); // @TODO: high-byte mapping for japanese/chinese/korean - return 0; - } else if (format == 4) { // standard mapping for windows fonts: binary search collection of ranges - stbtt_uint16 segcount = ttUSHORT(data+index_map+6) >> 1; - stbtt_uint16 searchRange = ttUSHORT(data+index_map+8) >> 1; - stbtt_uint16 entrySelector = ttUSHORT(data+index_map+10); - stbtt_uint16 rangeShift = ttUSHORT(data+index_map+12) >> 1; - - // do a binary search of the segments - stbtt_uint32 endCount = index_map + 14; - stbtt_uint32 search = endCount; - - if (unicode_codepoint > 0xffff) - return 0; - - // they lie from endCount .. endCount + segCount - // but searchRange is the nearest power of two, so... - if (unicode_codepoint >= ttUSHORT(data + search + rangeShift*2)) - search += rangeShift*2; - - // now decrement to bias correctly to find smallest - search -= 2; - while (entrySelector) { - stbtt_uint16 end; - searchRange >>= 1; - end = ttUSHORT(data + search + searchRange*2); - if (unicode_codepoint > end) - search += searchRange*2; - --entrySelector; - } - search += 2; - - { - stbtt_uint16 offset, start; - stbtt_uint16 item = (stbtt_uint16) ((search - endCount) >> 1); - - STBTT_assert(unicode_codepoint <= ttUSHORT(data + endCount + 2*item)); - start = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*2 + 2 + 2*item); - if (unicode_codepoint < start) - return 0; - - offset = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*6 + 2 + 2*item); - if (offset == 0) - return (stbtt_uint16) (unicode_codepoint + ttSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*4 + 2 + 2*item)); - - return ttUSHORT(data + offset + (unicode_codepoint-start)*2 + index_map + 14 + segcount*6 + 2 + 2*item); - } - } else if (format == 12 || format == 13) { - stbtt_uint32 ngroups = ttULONG(data+index_map+12); - stbtt_int32 low,high; - low = 0; high = (stbtt_int32)ngroups; - // Binary search the right group. - while (low < high) { - stbtt_int32 mid = low + ((high-low) >> 1); // rounds down, so low <= mid < high - stbtt_uint32 start_char = ttULONG(data+index_map+16+mid*12); - stbtt_uint32 end_char = ttULONG(data+index_map+16+mid*12+4); - if ((stbtt_uint32) unicode_codepoint < start_char) - high = mid; - else if ((stbtt_uint32) unicode_codepoint > end_char) - low = mid+1; - else { - stbtt_uint32 start_glyph = ttULONG(data+index_map+16+mid*12+8); - if (format == 12) - return start_glyph + unicode_codepoint-start_char; - else // format == 13 - return start_glyph; - } - } - return 0; // not found - } - // @TODO - STBTT_assert(0); - return 0; -} - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, stbtt_vertex **vertices) -{ - return stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, unicode_codepoint), vertices); -} - -static void stbtt_setvertex(stbtt_vertex *v, stbtt_uint8 type, stbtt_int32 x, stbtt_int32 y, stbtt_int32 cx, stbtt_int32 cy) -{ - v->type = type; - v->x = (stbtt_int16) x; - v->y = (stbtt_int16) y; - v->cx = (stbtt_int16) cx; - v->cy = (stbtt_int16) cy; -} - -static int stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index) -{ - int g1,g2; - - STBTT_assert(!info->cff.size); - - if (glyph_index >= info->numGlyphs) return -1; // glyph index out of range - if (info->indexToLocFormat >= 2) return -1; // unknown index->glyph map format - - if (info->indexToLocFormat == 0) { - g1 = info->glyf + ttUSHORT(info->data + info->loca + glyph_index * 2) * 2; - g2 = info->glyf + ttUSHORT(info->data + info->loca + glyph_index * 2 + 2) * 2; - } else { - g1 = info->glyf + ttULONG (info->data + info->loca + glyph_index * 4); - g2 = info->glyf + ttULONG (info->data + info->loca + glyph_index * 4 + 4); - } - - return g1==g2 ? -1 : g1; // if length is 0, return -1 -} - -static int stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1); - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1) -{ - if (info->cff.size) { - stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(info, glyph_index, x0, y0, x1, y1); - } else { - int g = stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(info, glyph_index); - if (g < 0) return 0; - - if (x0) *x0 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 2); - if (y0) *y0 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 4); - if (x1) *x1 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 6); - if (y1) *y1 = ttSHORT(info->data + g + 8); - } - return 1; -} - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int codepoint, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1) -{ - return stbtt_GetGlyphBox(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint), x0,y0,x1,y1); -} - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_IsGlyphEmpty(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index) -{ - stbtt_int16 numberOfContours; - int g; - if (info->cff.size) - return stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(info, glyph_index, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL) == 0; - g = stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(info, glyph_index); - if (g < 0) return 1; - numberOfContours = ttSHORT(info->data + g); - return numberOfContours == 0; -} - -static int stbtt__close_shape(stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_vertices, int was_off, int start_off, - stbtt_int32 sx, stbtt_int32 sy, stbtt_int32 scx, stbtt_int32 scy, stbtt_int32 cx, stbtt_int32 cy) -{ - if (start_off) { - if (was_off) - stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vcurve, (cx+scx)>>1, (cy+scy)>>1, cx,cy); - stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vcurve, sx,sy,scx,scy); - } else { - if (was_off) - stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vcurve,sx,sy,cx,cy); - else - stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vline,sx,sy,0,0); - } - return num_vertices; -} - -static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **pvertices) -{ - stbtt_int16 numberOfContours; - stbtt_uint8 *endPtsOfContours; - stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data; - stbtt_vertex *vertices=0; - int num_vertices=0; - int g = stbtt__GetGlyfOffset(info, glyph_index); - - *pvertices = NULL; - - if (g < 0) return 0; - - numberOfContours = ttSHORT(data + g); - - if (numberOfContours > 0) { - stbtt_uint8 flags=0,flagcount; - stbtt_int32 ins, i,j=0,m,n, next_move, was_off=0, off, start_off=0; - stbtt_int32 x,y,cx,cy,sx,sy, scx,scy; - stbtt_uint8 *points; - endPtsOfContours = (data + g + 10); - ins = ttUSHORT(data + g + 10 + numberOfContours * 2); - points = data + g + 10 + numberOfContours * 2 + 2 + ins; - - n = 1+ttUSHORT(endPtsOfContours + numberOfContours*2-2); - - m = n + 2*numberOfContours; // a loose bound on how many vertices we might need - vertices = (stbtt_vertex *) STBTT_malloc(m * sizeof(vertices[0]), info->userdata); - if (vertices == 0) - return 0; - - next_move = 0; - flagcount=0; - - // in first pass, we load uninterpreted data into the allocated array - // above, shifted to the end of the array so we won't overwrite it when - // we create our final data starting from the front - - off = m - n; // starting offset for uninterpreted data, regardless of how m ends up being calculated - - // first load flags - - for (i=0; i < n; ++i) { - if (flagcount == 0) { - flags = *points++; - if (flags & 8) - flagcount = *points++; - } else - --flagcount; - vertices[off+i].type = flags; - } - - // now load x coordinates - x=0; - for (i=0; i < n; ++i) { - flags = vertices[off+i].type; - if (flags & 2) { - stbtt_int16 dx = *points++; - x += (flags & 16) ? dx : -dx; // ??? - } else { - if (!(flags & 16)) { - x = x + (stbtt_int16) (points[0]*256 + points[1]); - points += 2; - } - } - vertices[off+i].x = (stbtt_int16) x; - } - - // now load y coordinates - y=0; - for (i=0; i < n; ++i) { - flags = vertices[off+i].type; - if (flags & 4) { - stbtt_int16 dy = *points++; - y += (flags & 32) ? dy : -dy; // ??? - } else { - if (!(flags & 32)) { - y = y + (stbtt_int16) (points[0]*256 + points[1]); - points += 2; - } - } - vertices[off+i].y = (stbtt_int16) y; - } - - // now convert them to our format - num_vertices=0; - sx = sy = cx = cy = scx = scy = 0; - for (i=0; i < n; ++i) { - flags = vertices[off+i].type; - x = (stbtt_int16) vertices[off+i].x; - y = (stbtt_int16) vertices[off+i].y; - - if (next_move == i) { - if (i != 0) - num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy); - - // now start the new one - start_off = !(flags & 1); - if (start_off) { - // if we start off with an off-curve point, then when we need to find a point on the curve - // where we can start, and we need to save some state for when we wraparound. - scx = x; - scy = y; - if (!(vertices[off+i+1].type & 1)) { - // next point is also a curve point, so interpolate an on-point curve - sx = (x + (stbtt_int32) vertices[off+i+1].x) >> 1; - sy = (y + (stbtt_int32) vertices[off+i+1].y) >> 1; - } else { - // otherwise just use the next point as our start point - sx = (stbtt_int32) vertices[off+i+1].x; - sy = (stbtt_int32) vertices[off+i+1].y; - ++i; // we're using point i+1 as the starting point, so skip it - } - } else { - sx = x; - sy = y; - } - stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vmove,sx,sy,0,0); - was_off = 0; - next_move = 1 + ttUSHORT(endPtsOfContours+j*2); - ++j; - } else { - if (!(flags & 1)) { // if it's a curve - if (was_off) // two off-curve control points in a row means interpolate an on-curve midpoint - stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vcurve, (cx+x)>>1, (cy+y)>>1, cx, cy); - cx = x; - cy = y; - was_off = 1; - } else { - if (was_off) - stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vcurve, x,y, cx, cy); - else - stbtt_setvertex(&vertices[num_vertices++], STBTT_vline, x,y,0,0); - was_off = 0; - } - } - } - num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy); - } else if (numberOfContours == -1) { - // Compound shapes. - int more = 1; - stbtt_uint8 *comp = data + g + 10; - num_vertices = 0; - vertices = 0; - while (more) { - stbtt_uint16 flags, gidx; - int comp_num_verts = 0, i; - stbtt_vertex *comp_verts = 0, *tmp = 0; - float mtx[6] = {1,0,0,1,0,0}, m, n; - - flags = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; - gidx = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; - - if (flags & 2) { // XY values - if (flags & 1) { // shorts - mtx[4] = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; - mtx[5] = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; - } else { - mtx[4] = ttCHAR(comp); comp+=1; - mtx[5] = ttCHAR(comp); comp+=1; - } - } - else { - // @TODO handle matching point - STBTT_assert(0); - } - if (flags & (1<<3)) { // WE_HAVE_A_SCALE - mtx[0] = mtx[3] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; - mtx[1] = mtx[2] = 0; - } else if (flags & (1<<6)) { // WE_HAVE_AN_X_AND_YSCALE - mtx[0] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; - mtx[1] = mtx[2] = 0; - mtx[3] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; - } else if (flags & (1<<7)) { // WE_HAVE_A_TWO_BY_TWO - mtx[0] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; - mtx[1] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; - mtx[2] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; - mtx[3] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; - } - - // Find transformation scales. - m = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[0]*mtx[0] + mtx[1]*mtx[1]); - n = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[2]*mtx[2] + mtx[3]*mtx[3]); - - // Get indexed glyph. - comp_num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, gidx, &comp_verts); - if (comp_num_verts > 0) { - // Transform vertices. - for (i = 0; i < comp_num_verts; ++i) { - stbtt_vertex* v = &comp_verts[i]; - stbtt_vertex_type x,y; - x=v->x; y=v->y; - v->x = (stbtt_vertex_type)(m * (mtx[0]*x + mtx[2]*y + mtx[4])); - v->y = (stbtt_vertex_type)(n * (mtx[1]*x + mtx[3]*y + mtx[5])); - x=v->cx; y=v->cy; - v->cx = (stbtt_vertex_type)(m * (mtx[0]*x + mtx[2]*y + mtx[4])); - v->cy = (stbtt_vertex_type)(n * (mtx[1]*x + mtx[3]*y + mtx[5])); - } - // Append vertices. - tmp = (stbtt_vertex*)STBTT_malloc((num_vertices+comp_num_verts)*sizeof(stbtt_vertex), info->userdata); - if (!tmp) { - if (vertices) STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); - if (comp_verts) STBTT_free(comp_verts, info->userdata); - return 0; - } - if (num_vertices > 0) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); //-V595 - STBTT_memcpy(tmp+num_vertices, comp_verts, comp_num_verts*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); - if (vertices) STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); - vertices = tmp; - STBTT_free(comp_verts, info->userdata); - num_vertices += comp_num_verts; - } - // More components ? - more = flags & (1<<5); - } - } else if (numberOfContours < 0) { - // @TODO other compound variations? - STBTT_assert(0); - } else { - // numberOfCounters == 0, do nothing - } - - *pvertices = vertices; - return num_vertices; -} - -typedef struct -{ - int bounds; - int started; - float first_x, first_y; - float x, y; - stbtt_int32 min_x, max_x, min_y, max_y; - - stbtt_vertex *pvertices; - int num_vertices; -} stbtt__csctx; - -#define STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(bounds) {bounds,0, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0,0,0, NULL, 0} - -static void stbtt__track_vertex(stbtt__csctx *c, stbtt_int32 x, stbtt_int32 y) -{ - if (x > c->max_x || !c->started) c->max_x = x; - if (y > c->max_y || !c->started) c->max_y = y; - if (x < c->min_x || !c->started) c->min_x = x; - if (y < c->min_y || !c->started) c->min_y = y; - c->started = 1; -} - -static void stbtt__csctx_v(stbtt__csctx *c, stbtt_uint8 type, stbtt_int32 x, stbtt_int32 y, stbtt_int32 cx, stbtt_int32 cy, stbtt_int32 cx1, stbtt_int32 cy1) -{ - if (c->bounds) { - stbtt__track_vertex(c, x, y); - if (type == STBTT_vcubic) { - stbtt__track_vertex(c, cx, cy); - stbtt__track_vertex(c, cx1, cy1); - } - } else { - stbtt_setvertex(&c->pvertices[c->num_vertices], type, x, y, cx, cy); - c->pvertices[c->num_vertices].cx1 = (stbtt_int16) cx1; - c->pvertices[c->num_vertices].cy1 = (stbtt_int16) cy1; - } - c->num_vertices++; -} - -static void stbtt__csctx_close_shape(stbtt__csctx *ctx) -{ - if (ctx->first_x != ctx->x || ctx->first_y != ctx->y) - stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vline, (int)ctx->first_x, (int)ctx->first_y, 0, 0, 0, 0); -} - -static void stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(stbtt__csctx *ctx, float dx, float dy) -{ - stbtt__csctx_close_shape(ctx); - ctx->first_x = ctx->x = ctx->x + dx; - ctx->first_y = ctx->y = ctx->y + dy; - stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vmove, (int)ctx->x, (int)ctx->y, 0, 0, 0, 0); -} - -static void stbtt__csctx_rline_to(stbtt__csctx *ctx, float dx, float dy) -{ - ctx->x += dx; - ctx->y += dy; - stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vline, (int)ctx->x, (int)ctx->y, 0, 0, 0, 0); -} - -static void stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(stbtt__csctx *ctx, float dx1, float dy1, float dx2, float dy2, float dx3, float dy3) -{ - float cx1 = ctx->x + dx1; - float cy1 = ctx->y + dy1; - float cx2 = cx1 + dx2; - float cy2 = cy1 + dy2; - ctx->x = cx2 + dx3; - ctx->y = cy2 + dy3; - stbtt__csctx_v(ctx, STBTT_vcubic, (int)ctx->x, (int)ctx->y, (int)cx1, (int)cy1, (int)cx2, (int)cy2); -} - -static stbtt__buf stbtt__get_subr(stbtt__buf idx, int n) -{ - int count = stbtt__cff_index_count(&idx); - int bias = 107; - if (count >= 33900) - bias = 32768; - else if (count >= 1240) - bias = 1131; - n += bias; - if (n < 0 || n >= count) - return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); - return stbtt__cff_index_get(idx, n); -} - -static stbtt__buf stbtt__cid_get_glyph_subrs(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index) -{ - stbtt__buf fdselect = info->fdselect; - int nranges, start, end, v, fmt, fdselector = -1, i; - - stbtt__buf_seek(&fdselect, 0); - fmt = stbtt__buf_get8(&fdselect); - if (fmt == 0) { - // untested - stbtt__buf_skip(&fdselect, glyph_index); - fdselector = stbtt__buf_get8(&fdselect); - } else if (fmt == 3) { - nranges = stbtt__buf_get16(&fdselect); - start = stbtt__buf_get16(&fdselect); - for (i = 0; i < nranges; i++) { - v = stbtt__buf_get8(&fdselect); - end = stbtt__buf_get16(&fdselect); - if (glyph_index >= start && glyph_index < end) { - fdselector = v; - break; - } - start = end; - } - } - if (fdselector == -1) stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); - return stbtt__get_subrs(info->cff, stbtt__cff_index_get(info->fontdicts, fdselector)); -} - -static int stbtt__run_charstring(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt__csctx *c) -{ - int in_header = 1, maskbits = 0, subr_stack_height = 0, sp = 0, v, i, b0; - int has_subrs = 0, clear_stack; - float s[48]; - stbtt__buf subr_stack[10], subrs = info->subrs, b; - float f; - -#define STBTT__CSERR(s) (0) - - // this currently ignores the initial width value, which isn't needed if we have hmtx - b = stbtt__cff_index_get(info->charstrings, glyph_index); - while (b.cursor < b.size) { - i = 0; - clear_stack = 1; - b0 = stbtt__buf_get8(&b); - switch (b0) { - // @TODO implement hinting - case 0x13: // hintmask - case 0x14: // cntrmask - if (in_header) - maskbits += (sp / 2); // implicit "vstem" - in_header = 0; - stbtt__buf_skip(&b, (maskbits + 7) / 8); - break; - - case 0x01: // hstem - case 0x03: // vstem - case 0x12: // hstemhm - case 0x17: // vstemhm - maskbits += (sp / 2); - break; - - case 0x15: // rmoveto - in_header = 0; - if (sp < 2) return STBTT__CSERR("rmoveto stack"); - stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(c, s[sp-2], s[sp-1]); - break; - case 0x04: // vmoveto - in_header = 0; - if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("vmoveto stack"); - stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(c, 0, s[sp-1]); - break; - case 0x16: // hmoveto - in_header = 0; - if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("hmoveto stack"); - stbtt__csctx_rmove_to(c, s[sp-1], 0); - break; - - case 0x05: // rlineto - if (sp < 2) return STBTT__CSERR("rlineto stack"); - for (; i + 1 < sp; i += 2) - stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], s[i+1]); - break; - - // hlineto/vlineto and vhcurveto/hvcurveto alternate horizontal and vertical - // starting from a different place. - - case 0x07: // vlineto - if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("vlineto stack"); - goto vlineto; - case 0x06: // hlineto - if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("hlineto stack"); - for (;;) { - if (i >= sp) break; - stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], 0); - i++; - vlineto: - if (i >= sp) break; - stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, 0, s[i]); - i++; - } - break; - - case 0x1F: // hvcurveto - if (sp < 4) return STBTT__CSERR("hvcurveto stack"); - goto hvcurveto; - case 0x1E: // vhcurveto - if (sp < 4) return STBTT__CSERR("vhcurveto stack"); - for (;;) { - if (i + 3 >= sp) break; - stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, 0, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], (sp - i == 5) ? s[i + 4] : 0.0f); - i += 4; - hvcurveto: - if (i + 3 >= sp) break; - stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], 0, s[i+1], s[i+2], (sp - i == 5) ? s[i+4] : 0.0f, s[i+3]); - i += 4; - } - break; - - case 0x08: // rrcurveto - if (sp < 6) return STBTT__CSERR("rcurveline stack"); - for (; i + 5 < sp; i += 6) - stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], s[i+4], s[i+5]); - break; - - case 0x18: // rcurveline - if (sp < 8) return STBTT__CSERR("rcurveline stack"); - for (; i + 5 < sp - 2; i += 6) - stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], s[i+4], s[i+5]); - if (i + 1 >= sp) return STBTT__CSERR("rcurveline stack"); - stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], s[i+1]); - break; - - case 0x19: // rlinecurve - if (sp < 8) return STBTT__CSERR("rlinecurve stack"); - for (; i + 1 < sp - 6; i += 2) - stbtt__csctx_rline_to(c, s[i], s[i+1]); - if (i + 5 >= sp) return STBTT__CSERR("rlinecurve stack"); - stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], s[i+4], s[i+5]); - break; - - case 0x1A: // vvcurveto - case 0x1B: // hhcurveto - if (sp < 4) return STBTT__CSERR("(vv|hh)curveto stack"); - f = 0.0; - if (sp & 1) { f = s[i]; i++; } - for (; i + 3 < sp; i += 4) { - if (b0 == 0x1B) - stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, s[i], f, s[i+1], s[i+2], s[i+3], 0.0); - else - stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, f, s[i], s[i+1], s[i+2], 0.0, s[i+3]); - f = 0.0; - } - break; - - case 0x0A: // callsubr - if (!has_subrs) { - if (info->fdselect.size) - subrs = stbtt__cid_get_glyph_subrs(info, glyph_index); - has_subrs = 1; - } - // fallthrough - case 0x1D: // callgsubr - if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("call(g|)subr stack"); - v = (int) s[--sp]; - if (subr_stack_height >= 10) return STBTT__CSERR("recursion limit"); - subr_stack[subr_stack_height++] = b; - b = stbtt__get_subr(b0 == 0x0A ? subrs : info->gsubrs, v); - if (b.size == 0) return STBTT__CSERR("subr not found"); - b.cursor = 0; - clear_stack = 0; - break; - - case 0x0B: // return - if (subr_stack_height <= 0) return STBTT__CSERR("return outside subr"); - b = subr_stack[--subr_stack_height]; - clear_stack = 0; - break; - - case 0x0E: // endchar - stbtt__csctx_close_shape(c); - return 1; - - case 0x0C: { // two-byte escape - float dx1, dx2, dx3, dx4, dx5, dx6, dy1, dy2, dy3, dy4, dy5, dy6; - float dx, dy; - int b1 = stbtt__buf_get8(&b); - switch (b1) { - // @TODO These "flex" implementations ignore the flex-depth and resolution, - // and always draw beziers. - case 0x22: // hflex - if (sp < 7) return STBTT__CSERR("hflex stack"); - dx1 = s[0]; - dx2 = s[1]; - dy2 = s[2]; - dx3 = s[3]; - dx4 = s[4]; - dx5 = s[5]; - dx6 = s[6]; - stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, 0, dx2, dy2, dx3, 0); - stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, 0, dx5, -dy2, dx6, 0); - break; - - case 0x23: // flex - if (sp < 13) return STBTT__CSERR("flex stack"); - dx1 = s[0]; - dy1 = s[1]; - dx2 = s[2]; - dy2 = s[3]; - dx3 = s[4]; - dy3 = s[5]; - dx4 = s[6]; - dy4 = s[7]; - dx5 = s[8]; - dy5 = s[9]; - dx6 = s[10]; - dy6 = s[11]; - //fd is s[12] - stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, dy1, dx2, dy2, dx3, dy3); - stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, dy4, dx5, dy5, dx6, dy6); - break; - - case 0x24: // hflex1 - if (sp < 9) return STBTT__CSERR("hflex1 stack"); - dx1 = s[0]; - dy1 = s[1]; - dx2 = s[2]; - dy2 = s[3]; - dx3 = s[4]; - dx4 = s[5]; - dx5 = s[6]; - dy5 = s[7]; - dx6 = s[8]; - stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, dy1, dx2, dy2, dx3, 0); - stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, 0, dx5, dy5, dx6, -(dy1+dy2+dy5)); - break; - - case 0x25: // flex1 - if (sp < 11) return STBTT__CSERR("flex1 stack"); - dx1 = s[0]; - dy1 = s[1]; - dx2 = s[2]; - dy2 = s[3]; - dx3 = s[4]; - dy3 = s[5]; - dx4 = s[6]; - dy4 = s[7]; - dx5 = s[8]; - dy5 = s[9]; - dx6 = dy6 = s[10]; - dx = dx1+dx2+dx3+dx4+dx5; - dy = dy1+dy2+dy3+dy4+dy5; - if (STBTT_fabs(dx) > STBTT_fabs(dy)) - dy6 = -dy; - else - dx6 = -dx; - stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx1, dy1, dx2, dy2, dx3, dy3); - stbtt__csctx_rccurve_to(c, dx4, dy4, dx5, dy5, dx6, dy6); - break; - - default: - return STBTT__CSERR("unimplemented"); - } - } break; - - default: - if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && (b0 < 32 || b0 > 254)) //-V560 - return STBTT__CSERR("reserved operator"); - - // push immediate - if (b0 == 255) { - f = (float)(stbtt_int32)stbtt__buf_get32(&b) / 0x10000; - } else { - stbtt__buf_skip(&b, -1); - f = (float)(stbtt_int16)stbtt__cff_int(&b); - } - if (sp >= 48) return STBTT__CSERR("push stack overflow"); - s[sp++] = f; - clear_stack = 0; - break; - } - if (clear_stack) sp = 0; - } - return STBTT__CSERR("no endchar"); - -#undef STBTT__CSERR -} - -static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeT2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **pvertices) -{ - // runs the charstring twice, once to count and once to output (to avoid realloc) - stbtt__csctx count_ctx = STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(1); - stbtt__csctx output_ctx = STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(0); - if (stbtt__run_charstring(info, glyph_index, &count_ctx)) { - *pvertices = (stbtt_vertex*)STBTT_malloc(count_ctx.num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex), info->userdata); - output_ctx.pvertices = *pvertices; - if (stbtt__run_charstring(info, glyph_index, &output_ctx)) { - STBTT_assert(output_ctx.num_vertices == count_ctx.num_vertices); - return output_ctx.num_vertices; - } - } - *pvertices = NULL; - return 0; -} - -static int stbtt__GetGlyphInfoT2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1) -{ - stbtt__csctx c = STBTT__CSCTX_INIT(1); - int r = stbtt__run_charstring(info, glyph_index, &c); - if (x0) *x0 = r ? c.min_x : 0; - if (y0) *y0 = r ? c.min_y : 0; - if (x1) *x1 = r ? c.max_x : 0; - if (y1) *y1 = r ? c.max_y : 0; - return r ? c.num_vertices : 0; -} - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, stbtt_vertex **pvertices) -{ - if (!info->cff.size) - return stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(info, glyph_index, pvertices); - else - return stbtt__GetGlyphShapeT2(info, glyph_index, pvertices); -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *advanceWidth, int *leftSideBearing) -{ - stbtt_uint16 numOfLongHorMetrics = ttUSHORT(info->data+info->hhea + 34); - if (glyph_index < numOfLongHorMetrics) { - if (advanceWidth) *advanceWidth = ttSHORT(info->data + info->hmtx + 4*glyph_index); - if (leftSideBearing) *leftSideBearing = ttSHORT(info->data + info->hmtx + 4*glyph_index + 2); - } else { - if (advanceWidth) *advanceWidth = ttSHORT(info->data + info->hmtx + 4*(numOfLongHorMetrics-1)); - if (leftSideBearing) *leftSideBearing = ttSHORT(info->data + info->hmtx + 4*numOfLongHorMetrics + 2*(glyph_index - numOfLongHorMetrics)); - } -} - -static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) -{ - stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern; - stbtt_uint32 needle, straw; - int l, r, m; - - // we only look at the first table. it must be 'horizontal' and format 0. - if (!info->kern) - return 0; - if (ttUSHORT(data+2) < 1) // number of tables, need at least 1 - return 0; - if (ttUSHORT(data+8) != 1) // horizontal flag must be set in format - return 0; - - l = 0; - r = ttUSHORT(data+10) - 1; - needle = glyph1 << 16 | glyph2; - while (l <= r) { - m = (l + r) >> 1; - straw = ttULONG(data+18+(m*6)); // note: unaligned read - if (needle < straw) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > straw) - l = m + 1; - else - return ttSHORT(data+22+(m*6)); - } - return 0; -} - -static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(stbtt_uint8 *coverageTable, int glyph) -{ - stbtt_uint16 coverageFormat = ttUSHORT(coverageTable); - switch(coverageFormat) { - case 1: { - stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); - - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=glyphCount-1, m; - int straw, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *glyphArray = coverageTable + 4; - stbtt_uint16 glyphID; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - glyphID = ttUSHORT(glyphArray + 2 * m); - straw = glyphID; - if (needle < straw) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > straw) - l = m + 1; - else { - return m; - } - } - } break; - - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 rangeCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); - stbtt_uint8 *rangeArray = coverageTable + 4; - - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=rangeCount-1, m; - int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *rangeRecord; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - rangeRecord = rangeArray + 6 * m; - strawStart = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord); - strawEnd = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 2); - if (needle < strawStart) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > strawEnd) - l = m + 1; - else { - stbtt_uint16 startCoverageIndex = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 4); - return startCoverageIndex + glyph - strawStart; - } - } - } break; - - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - } break; - } - - return -1; -} - -static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphClass(stbtt_uint8 *classDefTable, int glyph) -{ - stbtt_uint16 classDefFormat = ttUSHORT(classDefTable); - switch(classDefFormat) - { - case 1: { - stbtt_uint16 startGlyphID = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); - stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 4); - stbtt_uint8 *classDef1ValueArray = classDefTable + 6; - - if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount) - return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID)); - - // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning - //classDefTable = classDef1ValueArray + 2 * glyphCount; - } break; - - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 classRangeCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); - stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecords = classDefTable + 4; - - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=classRangeCount-1, m; - int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecord; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - classRangeRecord = classRangeRecords + 6 * m; - strawStart = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord); - strawEnd = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 2); - if (needle < strawStart) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > strawEnd) - l = m + 1; - else - return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4); - } - - // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning - //classDefTable = classRangeRecords + 6 * classRangeCount; - } break; - - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - } break; - } - - return -1; -} - -// Define to STBTT_assert(x) if you want to break on unimplemented formats. -#define STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(x) - -static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) -{ - stbtt_uint16 lookupListOffset; - stbtt_uint8 *lookupList; - stbtt_uint16 lookupCount; - stbtt_uint8 *data; - stbtt_int32 i; - - if (!info->gpos) return 0; - - data = info->data + info->gpos; - - if (ttUSHORT(data+0) != 1) return 0; // Major version 1 - if (ttUSHORT(data+2) != 0) return 0; // Minor version 0 - - lookupListOffset = ttUSHORT(data+8); - lookupList = data + lookupListOffset; - lookupCount = ttUSHORT(lookupList); - - for (i=0; i> 1; - pairValue = pairValueArray + (2 + valueRecordPairSizeInBytes) * m; - secondGlyph = ttUSHORT(pairValue); - straw = secondGlyph; - if (needle < straw) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > straw) - l = m + 1; - else { - stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(pairValue + 2); - return xAdvance; - } - } - } break; - - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4); - stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6); - - stbtt_uint16 classDef1Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 8); - stbtt_uint16 classDef2Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 10); - int glyph1class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef1Offset, glyph1); - int glyph2class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef2Offset, glyph2); - - stbtt_uint16 class1Count = ttUSHORT(table + 12); - stbtt_uint16 class2Count = ttUSHORT(table + 14); - STBTT_assert(glyph1class < class1Count); - STBTT_assert(glyph2class < class2Count); - - // TODO: Support more formats. - STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat1 == 4); - if (valueFormat1 != 4) return 0; - STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat2 == 0); - if (valueFormat2 != 0) return 0; - - if (glyph1class >= 0 && glyph1class < class1Count && glyph2class >= 0 && glyph2class < class2Count) { - stbtt_uint8 *class1Records = table + 16; - stbtt_uint8 *class2Records = class1Records + 2 * (glyph1class * class2Count); - stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(class2Records + 2 * glyph2class); - return xAdvance; - } - } break; - - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - break; - } // [DEAR IMGUI] removed ; - } - } - break; - } // [DEAR IMGUI] removed ; - - default: - // TODO: Implement other stuff. - break; - } - } - - return 0; -} - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int g1, int g2) -{ - int xAdvance = 0; - - if (info->gpos) - xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2); - - if (info->kern) - xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2); - - return xAdvance; -} - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int ch1, int ch2) -{ - if (!info->kern && !info->gpos) // if no kerning table, don't waste time looking up both codepoint->glyphs - return 0; - return stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,ch1), stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,ch2)); -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int codepoint, int *advanceWidth, int *leftSideBearing) -{ - stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint), advanceWidth, leftSideBearing); -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *ascent, int *descent, int *lineGap) -{ - if (ascent ) *ascent = ttSHORT(info->data+info->hhea + 4); - if (descent) *descent = ttSHORT(info->data+info->hhea + 6); - if (lineGap) *lineGap = ttSHORT(info->data+info->hhea + 8); -} - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontVMetricsOS2(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *typoAscent, int *typoDescent, int *typoLineGap) -{ - int tab = stbtt__find_table(info->data, info->fontstart, "OS/2"); - if (!tab) - return 0; - if (typoAscent ) *typoAscent = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 68); - if (typoDescent) *typoDescent = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 70); - if (typoLineGap) *typoLineGap = ttSHORT(info->data+tab + 72); - return 1; -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetFontBoundingBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1) -{ - *x0 = ttSHORT(info->data + info->head + 36); - *y0 = ttSHORT(info->data + info->head + 38); - *x1 = ttSHORT(info->data + info->head + 40); - *y1 = ttSHORT(info->data + info->head + 42); -} - -STBTT_DEF float stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float height) -{ - int fheight = ttSHORT(info->data + info->hhea + 4) - ttSHORT(info->data + info->hhea + 6); - return (float) height / fheight; -} - -STBTT_DEF float stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float pixels) -{ - int unitsPerEm = ttUSHORT(info->data + info->head + 18); - return pixels / unitsPerEm; -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *v) -{ - STBTT_free(v, info->userdata); -} - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// antialiasing software rasterizer -// - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y,float shift_x, float shift_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1) -{ - int x0=0,y0=0,x1,y1; // =0 suppresses compiler warning - if (!stbtt_GetGlyphBox(font, glyph, &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1)) { - // e.g. space character - if (ix0) *ix0 = 0; - if (iy0) *iy0 = 0; - if (ix1) *ix1 = 0; - if (iy1) *iy1 = 0; - } else { - // move to integral bboxes (treating pixels as little squares, what pixels get touched)? - if (ix0) *ix0 = STBTT_ifloor( x0 * scale_x + shift_x); - if (iy0) *iy0 = STBTT_ifloor(-y1 * scale_y + shift_y); - if (ix1) *ix1 = STBTT_iceil ( x1 * scale_x + shift_x); - if (iy1) *iy1 = STBTT_iceil (-y0 * scale_y + shift_y); - } -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int glyph, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1) -{ - stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(font, glyph, scale_x, scale_y,0.0f,0.0f, ix0, iy0, ix1, iy1); -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBoxSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int codepoint, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1) -{ - stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(font, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(font,codepoint), scale_x, scale_y,shift_x,shift_y, ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1); -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int codepoint, float scale_x, float scale_y, int *ix0, int *iy0, int *ix1, int *iy1) -{ - stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBoxSubpixel(font, codepoint, scale_x, scale_y,0.0f,0.0f, ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1); -} - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// Rasterizer - -typedef struct stbtt__hheap_chunk -{ - struct stbtt__hheap_chunk *next; -} stbtt__hheap_chunk; - -typedef struct stbtt__hheap -{ - struct stbtt__hheap_chunk *head; - void *first_free; - int num_remaining_in_head_chunk; -} stbtt__hheap; - -static void *stbtt__hheap_alloc(stbtt__hheap *hh, size_t size, void *userdata) -{ - if (hh->first_free) { - void *p = hh->first_free; - hh->first_free = * (void **) p; - return p; - } else { - if (hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk == 0) { - int count = (size < 32 ? 2000 : size < 128 ? 800 : 100); - stbtt__hheap_chunk *c = (stbtt__hheap_chunk *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(stbtt__hheap_chunk) + size * count, userdata); - if (c == NULL) - return NULL; - c->next = hh->head; - hh->head = c; - hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk = count; - } - --hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk; - return (char *) (hh->head) + sizeof(stbtt__hheap_chunk) + size * hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk; - } -} - -static void stbtt__hheap_free(stbtt__hheap *hh, void *p) -{ - *(void **) p = hh->first_free; - hh->first_free = p; -} - -static void stbtt__hheap_cleanup(stbtt__hheap *hh, void *userdata) -{ - stbtt__hheap_chunk *c = hh->head; - while (c) { - stbtt__hheap_chunk *n = c->next; - STBTT_free(c, userdata); - c = n; - } -} - -typedef struct stbtt__edge { - float x0,y0, x1,y1; - int invert; -} stbtt__edge; - - -typedef struct stbtt__active_edge -{ - struct stbtt__active_edge *next; - #if STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION==1 - int x,dx; - float ey; - int direction; - #elif STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION==2 - float fx,fdx,fdy; - float direction; - float sy; - float ey; - #else - #error "Unrecognized value of STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION" - #endif -} stbtt__active_edge; - -#if STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 1 -#define STBTT_FIXSHIFT 10 -#define STBTT_FIX (1 << STBTT_FIXSHIFT) -#define STBTT_FIXMASK (STBTT_FIX-1) - -static stbtt__active_edge *stbtt__new_active(stbtt__hheap *hh, stbtt__edge *e, int off_x, float start_point, void *userdata) -{ - stbtt__active_edge *z = (stbtt__active_edge *) stbtt__hheap_alloc(hh, sizeof(*z), userdata); - float dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0); - STBTT_assert(z != NULL); - if (!z) return z; - - // round dx down to avoid overshooting - if (dxdy < 0) - z->dx = -STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * -dxdy); - else - z->dx = STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * dxdy); - - z->x = STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * e->x0 + z->dx * (start_point - e->y0)); // use z->dx so when we offset later it's by the same amount - z->x -= off_x * STBTT_FIX; - - z->ey = e->y1; - z->next = 0; - z->direction = e->invert ? 1 : -1; - return z; -} -#elif STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 2 -static stbtt__active_edge *stbtt__new_active(stbtt__hheap *hh, stbtt__edge *e, int off_x, float start_point, void *userdata) -{ - stbtt__active_edge *z = (stbtt__active_edge *) stbtt__hheap_alloc(hh, sizeof(*z), userdata); - float dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0); - STBTT_assert(z != NULL); - //STBTT_assert(e->y0 <= start_point); - if (!z) return z; - z->fdx = dxdy; - z->fdy = dxdy != 0.0f ? (1.0f/dxdy) : 0.0f; - z->fx = e->x0 + dxdy * (start_point - e->y0); - z->fx -= off_x; - z->direction = e->invert ? 1.0f : -1.0f; - z->sy = e->y0; - z->ey = e->y1; - z->next = 0; - return z; -} -#else -#error "Unrecognized value of STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION" -#endif - -#if STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 1 -// note: this routine clips fills that extend off the edges... ideally this -// wouldn't happen, but it could happen if the truetype glyph bounding boxes -// are wrong, or if the user supplies a too-small bitmap -static void stbtt__fill_active_edges(unsigned char *scanline, int len, stbtt__active_edge *e, int max_weight) -{ - // non-zero winding fill - int x0=0, w=0; - - while (e) { - if (w == 0) { - // if we're currently at zero, we need to record the edge start point - x0 = e->x; w += e->direction; - } else { - int x1 = e->x; w += e->direction; - // if we went to zero, we need to draw - if (w == 0) { - int i = x0 >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT; - int j = x1 >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT; - - if (i < len && j >= 0) { - if (i == j) { - // x0,x1 are the same pixel, so compute combined coverage - scanline[i] = scanline[i] + (stbtt_uint8) ((x1 - x0) * max_weight >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT); - } else { - if (i >= 0) // add antialiasing for x0 - scanline[i] = scanline[i] + (stbtt_uint8) (((STBTT_FIX - (x0 & STBTT_FIXMASK)) * max_weight) >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT); - else - i = -1; // clip - - if (j < len) // add antialiasing for x1 - scanline[j] = scanline[j] + (stbtt_uint8) (((x1 & STBTT_FIXMASK) * max_weight) >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT); - else - j = len; // clip - - for (++i; i < j; ++i) // fill pixels between x0 and x1 - scanline[i] = scanline[i] + (stbtt_uint8) max_weight; - } - } - } - } - - e = e->next; - } -} - -static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e, int n, int vsubsample, int off_x, int off_y, void *userdata) -{ - stbtt__hheap hh = { 0, 0, 0 }; - stbtt__active_edge *active = NULL; - int y,j=0; - int max_weight = (255 / vsubsample); // weight per vertical scanline - int s; // vertical subsample index - unsigned char scanline_data[512], *scanline; - - if (result->w > 512) - scanline = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(result->w, userdata); - else - scanline = scanline_data; - - y = off_y * vsubsample; - e[n].y0 = (off_y + result->h) * (float) vsubsample + 1; - - while (j < result->h) { - STBTT_memset(scanline, 0, result->w); - for (s=0; s < vsubsample; ++s) { - // find center of pixel for this scanline - float scan_y = y + 0.5f; - stbtt__active_edge **step = &active; - - // update all active edges; - // remove all active edges that terminate before the center of this scanline - while (*step) { - stbtt__active_edge * z = *step; - if (z->ey <= scan_y) { - *step = z->next; // delete from list - STBTT_assert(z->direction); - z->direction = 0; - stbtt__hheap_free(&hh, z); - } else { - z->x += z->dx; // advance to position for current scanline - step = &((*step)->next); // advance through list - } - } - - // resort the list if needed - for(;;) { - int changed=0; - step = &active; - while (*step && (*step)->next) { - if ((*step)->x > (*step)->next->x) { - stbtt__active_edge *t = *step; - stbtt__active_edge *q = t->next; - - t->next = q->next; - q->next = t; - *step = q; - changed = 1; - } - step = &(*step)->next; - } - if (!changed) break; - } - - // insert all edges that start before the center of this scanline -- omit ones that also end on this scanline - while (e->y0 <= scan_y) { - if (e->y1 > scan_y) { - stbtt__active_edge *z = stbtt__new_active(&hh, e, off_x, scan_y, userdata); - if (z != NULL) { - // find insertion point - if (active == NULL) - active = z; - else if (z->x < active->x) { - // insert at front - z->next = active; - active = z; - } else { - // find thing to insert AFTER - stbtt__active_edge *p = active; - while (p->next && p->next->x < z->x) - p = p->next; - // at this point, p->next->x is NOT < z->x - z->next = p->next; - p->next = z; - } - } - } - ++e; - } - - // now process all active edges in XOR fashion - if (active) - stbtt__fill_active_edges(scanline, result->w, active, max_weight); - - ++y; - } - STBTT_memcpy(result->pixels + j * result->stride, scanline, result->w); - ++j; - } - - stbtt__hheap_cleanup(&hh, userdata); - - if (scanline != scanline_data) - STBTT_free(scanline, userdata); -} - -#elif STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 2 - -// the edge passed in here does not cross the vertical line at x or the vertical line at x+1 -// (i.e. it has already been clipped to those) -static void stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(float *scanline, int x, stbtt__active_edge *e, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1) -{ - if (y0 == y1) return; - STBTT_assert(y0 < y1); - STBTT_assert(e->sy <= e->ey); - if (y0 > e->ey) return; - if (y1 < e->sy) return; - if (y0 < e->sy) { - x0 += (x1-x0) * (e->sy - y0) / (y1-y0); - y0 = e->sy; - } - if (y1 > e->ey) { - x1 += (x1-x0) * (e->ey - y1) / (y1-y0); - y1 = e->ey; - } - - if (x0 == x) - STBTT_assert(x1 <= x+1); - else if (x0 == x+1) - STBTT_assert(x1 >= x); - else if (x0 <= x) - STBTT_assert(x1 <= x); - else if (x0 >= x+1) - STBTT_assert(x1 >= x+1); - else - STBTT_assert(x1 >= x && x1 <= x+1); - - if (x0 <= x && x1 <= x) - scanline[x] += e->direction * (y1-y0); - else if (x0 >= x+1 && x1 >= x+1) - ; - else { - STBTT_assert(x0 >= x && x0 <= x+1 && x1 >= x && x1 <= x+1); - scanline[x] += e->direction * (y1-y0) * (1-((x0-x)+(x1-x))/2); // coverage = 1 - average x position - } -} - -static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, int len, stbtt__active_edge *e, float y_top) -{ - float y_bottom = y_top+1; - - while (e) { - // brute force every pixel - - // compute intersection points with top & bottom - STBTT_assert(e->ey >= y_top); - - if (e->fdx == 0) { - float x0 = e->fx; - if (x0 < len) { - if (x0 >= 0) { - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,(int) x0,e, x0,y_top, x0,y_bottom); - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline_fill-1,(int) x0+1,e, x0,y_top, x0,y_bottom); - } else { - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline_fill-1,0,e, x0,y_top, x0,y_bottom); - } - } - } else { - float x0 = e->fx; - float dx = e->fdx; - float xb = x0 + dx; - float x_top, x_bottom; - float sy0,sy1; - float dy = e->fdy; - STBTT_assert(e->sy <= y_bottom && e->ey >= y_top); - - // compute endpoints of line segment clipped to this scanline (if the - // line segment starts on this scanline. x0 is the intersection of the - // line with y_top, but that may be off the line segment. - if (e->sy > y_top) { - x_top = x0 + dx * (e->sy - y_top); - sy0 = e->sy; - } else { - x_top = x0; - sy0 = y_top; - } - if (e->ey < y_bottom) { - x_bottom = x0 + dx * (e->ey - y_top); - sy1 = e->ey; - } else { - x_bottom = xb; - sy1 = y_bottom; - } - - if (x_top >= 0 && x_bottom >= 0 && x_top < len && x_bottom < len) { - // from here on, we don't have to range check x values - - if ((int) x_top == (int) x_bottom) { - float height; - // simple case, only spans one pixel - int x = (int) x_top; - height = sy1 - sy0; - STBTT_assert(x >= 0 && x < len); - scanline[x] += e->direction * (1-((x_top - x) + (x_bottom-x))/2) * height; - scanline_fill[x] += e->direction * height; // everything right of this pixel is filled - } else { - int x,x1,x2; - float y_crossing, step, sign, area; - // covers 2+ pixels - if (x_top > x_bottom) { - // flip scanline vertically; signed area is the same - float t; - sy0 = y_bottom - (sy0 - y_top); - sy1 = y_bottom - (sy1 - y_top); - t = sy0, sy0 = sy1, sy1 = t; - t = x_bottom, x_bottom = x_top, x_top = t; - dx = -dx; - dy = -dy; - t = x0, x0 = xb, xb = t; - // [DEAR IMGUI] Fix static analyzer warning - (void)dx; // [ImGui: fix static analyzer warning] - } - - x1 = (int) x_top; - x2 = (int) x_bottom; - // compute intersection with y axis at x1+1 - y_crossing = (x1+1 - x0) * dy + y_top; - - sign = e->direction; - // area of the rectangle covered from y0..y_crossing - area = sign * (y_crossing-sy0); - // area of the triangle (x_top,y0), (x+1,y0), (x+1,y_crossing) - scanline[x1] += area * (1-((x_top - x1)+(x1+1-x1))/2); - - step = sign * dy; - for (x = x1+1; x < x2; ++x) { - scanline[x] += area + step/2; - area += step; - } - y_crossing += dy * (x2 - (x1+1)); - - STBTT_assert(STBTT_fabs(area) <= 1.01f); - - scanline[x2] += area + sign * (1-((x2-x2)+(x_bottom-x2))/2) * (sy1-y_crossing); - - scanline_fill[x2] += sign * (sy1-sy0); - } - } else { - // if edge goes outside of box we're drawing, we require - // clipping logic. since this does not match the intended use - // of this library, we use a different, very slow brute - // force implementation - int x; - for (x=0; x < len; ++x) { - // cases: - // - // there can be up to two intersections with the pixel. any intersection - // with left or right edges can be handled by splitting into two (or three) - // regions. intersections with top & bottom do not necessitate case-wise logic. - // - // the old way of doing this found the intersections with the left & right edges, - // then used some simple logic to produce up to three segments in sorted order - // from top-to-bottom. however, this had a problem: if an x edge was epsilon - // across the x border, then the corresponding y position might not be distinct - // from the other y segment, and it might ignored as an empty segment. to avoid - // that, we need to explicitly produce segments based on x positions. - - // rename variables to clearly-defined pairs - float y0 = y_top; - float x1 = (float) (x); - float x2 = (float) (x+1); - float x3 = xb; - float y3 = y_bottom; - - // x = e->x + e->dx * (y-y_top) - // (y-y_top) = (x - e->x) / e->dx - // y = (x - e->x) / e->dx + y_top - float y1 = (x - x0) / dx + y_top; - float y2 = (x+1 - x0) / dx + y_top; - - if (x0 < x1 && x3 > x2) { // three segments descending down-right - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x1,y1); - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x1,y1, x2,y2); - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x2,y2, x3,y3); - } else if (x3 < x1 && x0 > x2) { // three segments descending down-left - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x2,y2); - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x2,y2, x1,y1); - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x1,y1, x3,y3); - } else if (x0 < x1 && x3 > x1) { // two segments across x, down-right - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x1,y1); - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x1,y1, x3,y3); - } else if (x3 < x1 && x0 > x1) { // two segments across x, down-left - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x1,y1); - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x1,y1, x3,y3); - } else if (x0 < x2 && x3 > x2) { // two segments across x+1, down-right - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x2,y2); - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x2,y2, x3,y3); - } else if (x3 < x2 && x0 > x2) { // two segments across x+1, down-left - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x2,y2); - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x2,y2, x3,y3); - } else { // one segment - stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x3,y3); - } - } - } - } - e = e->next; - } -} - -// directly AA rasterize edges w/o supersampling -static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e, int n, int vsubsample, int off_x, int off_y, void *userdata) -{ - stbtt__hheap hh = { 0, 0, 0 }; - stbtt__active_edge *active = NULL; - int y,j=0, i; - float scanline_data[129], *scanline, *scanline2; - - STBTT__NOTUSED(vsubsample); - - if (result->w > 64) - scanline = (float *) STBTT_malloc((result->w*2+1) * sizeof(float), userdata); - else - scanline = scanline_data; - - scanline2 = scanline + result->w; - - y = off_y; - e[n].y0 = (float) (off_y + result->h) + 1; - - while (j < result->h) { - // find center of pixel for this scanline - float scan_y_top = y + 0.0f; - float scan_y_bottom = y + 1.0f; - stbtt__active_edge **step = &active; - - STBTT_memset(scanline , 0, result->w*sizeof(scanline[0])); - STBTT_memset(scanline2, 0, (result->w+1)*sizeof(scanline[0])); - - // update all active edges; - // remove all active edges that terminate before the top of this scanline - while (*step) { - stbtt__active_edge * z = *step; - if (z->ey <= scan_y_top) { - *step = z->next; // delete from list - STBTT_assert(z->direction); - z->direction = 0; - stbtt__hheap_free(&hh, z); - } else { - step = &((*step)->next); // advance through list - } - } - - // insert all edges that start before the bottom of this scanline - while (e->y0 <= scan_y_bottom) { - if (e->y0 != e->y1) { - stbtt__active_edge *z = stbtt__new_active(&hh, e, off_x, scan_y_top, userdata); - if (z != NULL) { - if (j == 0 && off_y != 0) { - if (z->ey < scan_y_top) { - // this can happen due to subpixel positioning and some kind of fp rounding error i think - z->ey = scan_y_top; - } - } - STBTT_assert(z->ey >= scan_y_top); // if we get really unlucky a tiny bit of an edge can be out of bounds - // insert at front - z->next = active; - active = z; - } - } - ++e; - } - - // now process all active edges - if (active) - stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(scanline, scanline2+1, result->w, active, scan_y_top); - - { - float sum = 0; - for (i=0; i < result->w; ++i) { - float k; - int m; - sum += scanline2[i]; - k = scanline[i] + sum; - k = (float) STBTT_fabs(k)*255 + 0.5f; - m = (int) k; - if (m > 255) m = 255; - result->pixels[j*result->stride + i] = (unsigned char) m; - } - } - // advance all the edges - step = &active; - while (*step) { - stbtt__active_edge *z = *step; - z->fx += z->fdx; // advance to position for current scanline - step = &((*step)->next); // advance through list - } - - ++y; - ++j; - } - - stbtt__hheap_cleanup(&hh, userdata); - - if (scanline != scanline_data) - STBTT_free(scanline, userdata); -} -#else -#error "Unrecognized value of STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION" -#endif - -#define STBTT__COMPARE(a,b) ((a)->y0 < (b)->y0) - -static void stbtt__sort_edges_ins_sort(stbtt__edge *p, int n) -{ - int i,j; - for (i=1; i < n; ++i) { - stbtt__edge t = p[i], *a = &t; - j = i; - while (j > 0) { - stbtt__edge *b = &p[j-1]; - int c = STBTT__COMPARE(a,b); - if (!c) break; - p[j] = p[j-1]; - --j; - } - if (i != j) - p[j] = t; - } -} - -static void stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(stbtt__edge *p, int n) -{ - /* threshold for transitioning to insertion sort */ - while (n > 12) { - stbtt__edge t; - int c01,c12,c,m,i,j; - - /* compute median of three */ - m = n >> 1; - c01 = STBTT__COMPARE(&p[0],&p[m]); - c12 = STBTT__COMPARE(&p[m],&p[n-1]); - /* if 0 >= mid >= end, or 0 < mid < end, then use mid */ - if (c01 != c12) { - /* otherwise, we'll need to swap something else to middle */ - int z; - c = STBTT__COMPARE(&p[0],&p[n-1]); - /* 0>mid && midn => n; 0 0 */ - /* 0n: 0>n => 0; 0 n */ - z = (c == c12) ? 0 : n-1; - t = p[z]; - p[z] = p[m]; - p[m] = t; - } - /* now p[m] is the median-of-three */ - /* swap it to the beginning so it won't move around */ - t = p[0]; - p[0] = p[m]; - p[m] = t; - - /* partition loop */ - i=1; - j=n-1; - for(;;) { - /* handling of equality is crucial here */ - /* for sentinels & efficiency with duplicates */ - for (;;++i) { - if (!STBTT__COMPARE(&p[i], &p[0])) break; - } - for (;;--j) { - if (!STBTT__COMPARE(&p[0], &p[j])) break; - } - /* make sure we haven't crossed */ - if (i >= j) break; - t = p[i]; - p[i] = p[j]; - p[j] = t; - - ++i; - --j; - } - /* recurse on smaller side, iterate on larger */ - if (j < (n-i)) { - stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(p,j); - p = p+i; - n = n-i; - } else { - stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(p+i, n-i); - n = j; - } - } -} - -static void stbtt__sort_edges(stbtt__edge *p, int n) -{ - stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(p, n); - stbtt__sort_edges_ins_sort(p, n); -} - -typedef struct -{ - float x,y; -} stbtt__point; - -static void stbtt__rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__point *pts, int *wcount, int windings, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int off_x, int off_y, int invert, void *userdata) -{ - float y_scale_inv = invert ? -scale_y : scale_y; - stbtt__edge *e; - int n,i,j,k,m; -#if STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 1 - int vsubsample = result->h < 8 ? 15 : 5; -#elif STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 2 - int vsubsample = 1; -#else - #error "Unrecognized value of STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION" -#endif - // vsubsample should divide 255 evenly; otherwise we won't reach full opacity - - // now we have to blow out the windings into explicit edge lists - n = 0; - for (i=0; i < windings; ++i) - n += wcount[i]; - - e = (stbtt__edge *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*e) * (n+1), userdata); // add an extra one as a sentinel - if (e == 0) return; - n = 0; - - m=0; - for (i=0; i < windings; ++i) { - stbtt__point *p = pts + m; - m += wcount[i]; - j = wcount[i]-1; - for (k=0; k < wcount[i]; j=k++) { - int a=k,b=j; - // skip the edge if horizontal - if (p[j].y == p[k].y) - continue; - // add edge from j to k to the list - e[n].invert = 0; - if (invert ? p[j].y > p[k].y : p[j].y < p[k].y) { - e[n].invert = 1; - a=j,b=k; - } - e[n].x0 = p[a].x * scale_x + shift_x; - e[n].y0 = (p[a].y * y_scale_inv + shift_y) * vsubsample; - e[n].x1 = p[b].x * scale_x + shift_x; - e[n].y1 = (p[b].y * y_scale_inv + shift_y) * vsubsample; - ++n; - } - } - - // now sort the edges by their highest point (should snap to integer, and then by x) - //STBTT_sort(e, n, sizeof(e[0]), stbtt__edge_compare); - stbtt__sort_edges(e, n); - - // now, traverse the scanlines and find the intersections on each scanline, use xor winding rule - stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(result, e, n, vsubsample, off_x, off_y, userdata); - - STBTT_free(e, userdata); -} - -static void stbtt__add_point(stbtt__point *points, int n, float x, float y) -{ - if (!points) return; // during first pass, it's unallocated - points[n].x = x; - points[n].y = y; -} - -// tessellate until threshold p is happy... @TODO warped to compensate for non-linear stretching -static int stbtt__tesselate_curve(stbtt__point *points, int *num_points, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float objspace_flatness_squared, int n) -{ - // midpoint - float mx = (x0 + 2*x1 + x2)/4; - float my = (y0 + 2*y1 + y2)/4; - // versus directly drawn line - float dx = (x0+x2)/2 - mx; - float dy = (y0+y2)/2 - my; - if (n > 16) // 65536 segments on one curve better be enough! - return 1; - if (dx*dx+dy*dy > objspace_flatness_squared) { // half-pixel error allowed... need to be smaller if AA - stbtt__tesselate_curve(points, num_points, x0,y0, (x0+x1)/2.0f,(y0+y1)/2.0f, mx,my, objspace_flatness_squared,n+1); - stbtt__tesselate_curve(points, num_points, mx,my, (x1+x2)/2.0f,(y1+y2)/2.0f, x2,y2, objspace_flatness_squared,n+1); - } else { - stbtt__add_point(points, *num_points,x2,y2); - *num_points = *num_points+1; - } - return 1; -} - -static void stbtt__tesselate_cubic(stbtt__point *points, int *num_points, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float objspace_flatness_squared, int n) -{ - // @TODO this "flatness" calculation is just made-up nonsense that seems to work well enough - float dx0 = x1-x0; - float dy0 = y1-y0; - float dx1 = x2-x1; - float dy1 = y2-y1; - float dx2 = x3-x2; - float dy2 = y3-y2; - float dx = x3-x0; - float dy = y3-y0; - float longlen = (float) (STBTT_sqrt(dx0*dx0+dy0*dy0)+STBTT_sqrt(dx1*dx1+dy1*dy1)+STBTT_sqrt(dx2*dx2+dy2*dy2)); - float shortlen = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy); - float flatness_squared = longlen*longlen-shortlen*shortlen; - - if (n > 16) // 65536 segments on one curve better be enough! - return; - - if (flatness_squared > objspace_flatness_squared) { - float x01 = (x0+x1)/2; - float y01 = (y0+y1)/2; - float x12 = (x1+x2)/2; - float y12 = (y1+y2)/2; - float x23 = (x2+x3)/2; - float y23 = (y2+y3)/2; - - float xa = (x01+x12)/2; - float ya = (y01+y12)/2; - float xb = (x12+x23)/2; - float yb = (y12+y23)/2; - - float mx = (xa+xb)/2; - float my = (ya+yb)/2; - - stbtt__tesselate_cubic(points, num_points, x0,y0, x01,y01, xa,ya, mx,my, objspace_flatness_squared,n+1); - stbtt__tesselate_cubic(points, num_points, mx,my, xb,yb, x23,y23, x3,y3, objspace_flatness_squared,n+1); - } else { - stbtt__add_point(points, *num_points,x3,y3); - *num_points = *num_points+1; - } -} - -// returns number of contours -static stbtt__point *stbtt_FlattenCurves(stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_verts, float objspace_flatness, int **contour_lengths, int *num_contours, void *userdata) -{ - stbtt__point *points=0; - int num_points=0; - - float objspace_flatness_squared = objspace_flatness * objspace_flatness; - int i,n=0,start=0, pass; - - // count how many "moves" there are to get the contour count - for (i=0; i < num_verts; ++i) - if (vertices[i].type == STBTT_vmove) - ++n; - - *num_contours = n; - if (n == 0) return 0; - - *contour_lengths = (int *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(**contour_lengths) * n, userdata); - - if (*contour_lengths == 0) { - *num_contours = 0; - return 0; - } - - // make two passes through the points so we don't need to realloc - for (pass=0; pass < 2; ++pass) { - float x=0,y=0; - if (pass == 1) { - points = (stbtt__point *) STBTT_malloc(num_points * sizeof(points[0]), userdata); - if (points == NULL) goto error; - } - num_points = 0; - n= -1; - for (i=0; i < num_verts; ++i) { - switch (vertices[i].type) { - case STBTT_vmove: - // start the next contour - if (n >= 0) - (*contour_lengths)[n] = num_points - start; - ++n; - start = num_points; - - x = vertices[i].x, y = vertices[i].y; - stbtt__add_point(points, num_points++, x,y); - break; - case STBTT_vline: - x = vertices[i].x, y = vertices[i].y; - stbtt__add_point(points, num_points++, x, y); - break; - case STBTT_vcurve: - stbtt__tesselate_curve(points, &num_points, x,y, - vertices[i].cx, vertices[i].cy, - vertices[i].x, vertices[i].y, - objspace_flatness_squared, 0); - x = vertices[i].x, y = vertices[i].y; - break; - case STBTT_vcubic: - stbtt__tesselate_cubic(points, &num_points, x,y, - vertices[i].cx, vertices[i].cy, - vertices[i].cx1, vertices[i].cy1, - vertices[i].x, vertices[i].y, - objspace_flatness_squared, 0); - x = vertices[i].x, y = vertices[i].y; - break; - } - } - (*contour_lengths)[n] = num_points - start; - } - - return points; -error: - STBTT_free(points, userdata); - STBTT_free(*contour_lengths, userdata); - *contour_lengths = 0; - *num_contours = 0; - return NULL; -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_Rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result, float flatness_in_pixels, stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_verts, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int x_off, int y_off, int invert, void *userdata) -{ - float scale = scale_x > scale_y ? scale_y : scale_x; - int winding_count = 0; - int *winding_lengths = NULL; - stbtt__point *windings = stbtt_FlattenCurves(vertices, num_verts, flatness_in_pixels / scale, &winding_lengths, &winding_count, userdata); - if (windings) { - stbtt__rasterize(result, windings, winding_lengths, winding_count, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, x_off, y_off, invert, userdata); - STBTT_free(winding_lengths, userdata); - STBTT_free(windings, userdata); - } -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeBitmap(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata) -{ - STBTT_free(bitmap, userdata); -} - -STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) -{ - int ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1; - stbtt__bitmap gbm; - stbtt_vertex *vertices; - int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices); - - if (scale_x == 0) scale_x = scale_y; - if (scale_y == 0) { - if (scale_x == 0) { - STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); - return NULL; - } - scale_y = scale_x; - } - - stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, &ix0,&iy0,&ix1,&iy1); - - // now we get the size - gbm.w = (ix1 - ix0); - gbm.h = (iy1 - iy0); - gbm.pixels = NULL; // in case we error - - if (width ) *width = gbm.w; - if (height) *height = gbm.h; - if (xoff ) *xoff = ix0; - if (yoff ) *yoff = iy0; - - if (gbm.w && gbm.h) { - gbm.pixels = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(gbm.w * gbm.h, info->userdata); - if (gbm.pixels) { - gbm.stride = gbm.w; - - stbtt_Rasterize(&gbm, 0.35f, vertices, num_verts, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, ix0, iy0, 1, info->userdata); - } - } - STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); - return gbm.pixels; -} - -STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) -{ - return stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f, 0.0f, glyph, width, height, xoff, yoff); -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int glyph) -{ - int ix0,iy0; - stbtt_vertex *vertices; - int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices); - stbtt__bitmap gbm; - - stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, &ix0,&iy0,0,0); - gbm.pixels = output; - gbm.w = out_w; - gbm.h = out_h; - gbm.stride = out_stride; - - if (gbm.w && gbm.h) - stbtt_Rasterize(&gbm, 0.35f, vertices, num_verts, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, ix0,iy0, 1, info->userdata); - - STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph) -{ - stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f,0.0f, glyph); -} - -STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) -{ - return stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y,shift_x,shift_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint), width,height,xoff,yoff); -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int codepoint) -{ - stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(info, output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, oversample_x, oversample_y, sub_x, sub_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint)); -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint) -{ - stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint)); -} - -STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) -{ - return stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f,0.0f, codepoint, width,height,xoff,yoff); -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint) -{ - stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(info, output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f,0.0f, codepoint); -} - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// bitmap baking -// -// This is SUPER-CRAPPY packing to keep source code small - -static int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap_internal(unsigned char *data, int offset, // font location (use offset=0 for plain .ttf) - float pixel_height, // height of font in pixels - unsigned char *pixels, int pw, int ph, // bitmap to be filled in - int first_char, int num_chars, // characters to bake - stbtt_bakedchar *chardata) -{ - float scale; - int x,y,bottom_y, i; - stbtt_fontinfo f; - f.userdata = NULL; - if (!stbtt_InitFont(&f, data, offset)) - return -1; - STBTT_memset(pixels, 0, pw*ph); // background of 0 around pixels - x=y=1; - bottom_y = 1; - - scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&f, pixel_height); - - for (i=0; i < num_chars; ++i) { - int advance, lsb, x0,y0,x1,y1,gw,gh; - int g = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&f, first_char + i); - stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(&f, g, &advance, &lsb); - stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBox(&f, g, scale,scale, &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); - gw = x1-x0; - gh = y1-y0; - if (x + gw + 1 >= pw) - y = bottom_y, x = 1; // advance to next row - if (y + gh + 1 >= ph) // check if it fits vertically AFTER potentially moving to next row - return -i; - STBTT_assert(x+gw < pw); - STBTT_assert(y+gh < ph); - stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(&f, pixels+x+y*pw, gw,gh,pw, scale,scale, g); - chardata[i].x0 = (stbtt_int16) x; - chardata[i].y0 = (stbtt_int16) y; - chardata[i].x1 = (stbtt_int16) (x + gw); - chardata[i].y1 = (stbtt_int16) (y + gh); - chardata[i].xadvance = scale * advance; - chardata[i].xoff = (float) x0; - chardata[i].yoff = (float) y0; - x = x + gw + 1; - if (y+gh+1 > bottom_y) - bottom_y = y+gh+1; - } - return bottom_y; -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(const stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int opengl_fillrule) -{ - float d3d_bias = opengl_fillrule ? 0 : -0.5f; - float ipw = 1.0f / pw, iph = 1.0f / ph; - const stbtt_bakedchar *b = chardata + char_index; - int round_x = STBTT_ifloor((*xpos + b->xoff) + 0.5f); - int round_y = STBTT_ifloor((*ypos + b->yoff) + 0.5f); - - q->x0 = round_x + d3d_bias; - q->y0 = round_y + d3d_bias; - q->x1 = round_x + b->x1 - b->x0 + d3d_bias; - q->y1 = round_y + b->y1 - b->y0 + d3d_bias; - - q->s0 = b->x0 * ipw; - q->t0 = b->y0 * iph; - q->s1 = b->x1 * ipw; - q->t1 = b->y1 * iph; - - *xpos += b->xadvance; -} - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// rectangle packing replacement routines if you don't have stb_rect_pack.h -// - -#ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_VERSION - -typedef int stbrp_coord; - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// // -// // -// COMPILER WARNING ?!?!? // -// // -// // -// if you get a compile warning due to these symbols being defined more than // -// once, move #include "stb_rect_pack.h" before #include "stb_truetype.h" // -// // -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -typedef struct -{ - int width,height; - int x,y,bottom_y; -} stbrp_context; - -typedef struct -{ - unsigned char x; -} stbrp_node; - -struct stbrp_rect -{ - stbrp_coord x,y; - int id,w,h,was_packed; -}; - -static void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *con, int pw, int ph, stbrp_node *nodes, int num_nodes) -{ - con->width = pw; - con->height = ph; - con->x = 0; - con->y = 0; - con->bottom_y = 0; - STBTT__NOTUSED(nodes); - STBTT__NOTUSED(num_nodes); -} - -static void stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *con, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) -{ - int i; - for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) { - if (con->x + rects[i].w > con->width) { - con->x = 0; - con->y = con->bottom_y; - } - if (con->y + rects[i].h > con->height) - break; - rects[i].x = con->x; - rects[i].y = con->y; - rects[i].was_packed = 1; - con->x += rects[i].w; - if (con->y + rects[i].h > con->bottom_y) - con->bottom_y = con->y + rects[i].h; - } - for ( ; i < num_rects; ++i) - rects[i].was_packed = 0; -} -#endif - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// bitmap baking -// -// This is SUPER-AWESOME (tm Ryan Gordon) packing using stb_rect_pack.h. If -// stb_rect_pack.h isn't available, it uses the BakeFontBitmap strategy. - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackBegin(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *pixels, int pw, int ph, int stride_in_bytes, int padding, void *alloc_context) -{ - stbrp_context *context = (stbrp_context *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*context) ,alloc_context); - int num_nodes = pw - padding; - stbrp_node *nodes = (stbrp_node *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*nodes ) * num_nodes,alloc_context); - - if (context == NULL || nodes == NULL) { - if (context != NULL) STBTT_free(context, alloc_context); - if (nodes != NULL) STBTT_free(nodes , alloc_context); - return 0; - } - - spc->user_allocator_context = alloc_context; - spc->width = pw; - spc->height = ph; - spc->pixels = pixels; - spc->pack_info = context; - spc->nodes = nodes; - spc->padding = padding; - spc->stride_in_bytes = stride_in_bytes != 0 ? stride_in_bytes : pw; - spc->h_oversample = 1; - spc->v_oversample = 1; - spc->skip_missing = 0; - - stbrp_init_target(context, pw-padding, ph-padding, nodes, num_nodes); - - if (pixels) - STBTT_memset(pixels, 0, pw*ph); // background of 0 around pixels - - return 1; -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackEnd (stbtt_pack_context *spc) -{ - STBTT_free(spc->nodes , spc->user_allocator_context); - STBTT_free(spc->pack_info, spc->user_allocator_context); -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h_oversample, unsigned int v_oversample) -{ - STBTT_assert(h_oversample <= STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE); - STBTT_assert(v_oversample <= STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE); - if (h_oversample <= STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE) - spc->h_oversample = h_oversample; - if (v_oversample <= STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE) - spc->v_oversample = v_oversample; -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetSkipMissingCodepoints(stbtt_pack_context *spc, int skip) -{ - spc->skip_missing = skip; -} - -#define STBTT__OVER_MASK (STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE-1) - -static void stbtt__h_prefilter(unsigned char *pixels, int w, int h, int stride_in_bytes, unsigned int kernel_width) -{ - unsigned char buffer[STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE]; - int safe_w = w - kernel_width; - int j; - STBTT_memset(buffer, 0, STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE); // suppress bogus warning from VS2013 -analyze - for (j=0; j < h; ++j) { - int i; - unsigned int total; - STBTT_memset(buffer, 0, kernel_width); - - total = 0; - - // make kernel_width a constant in common cases so compiler can optimize out the divide - switch (kernel_width) { - case 2: - for (i=0; i <= safe_w; ++i) { - total += pixels[i] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; - buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i]; - pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / 2); - } - break; - case 3: - for (i=0; i <= safe_w; ++i) { - total += pixels[i] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; - buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i]; - pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / 3); - } - break; - case 4: - for (i=0; i <= safe_w; ++i) { - total += pixels[i] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; - buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i]; - pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / 4); - } - break; - case 5: - for (i=0; i <= safe_w; ++i) { - total += pixels[i] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; - buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i]; - pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / 5); - } - break; - default: - for (i=0; i <= safe_w; ++i) { - total += pixels[i] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; - buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i]; - pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / kernel_width); - } - break; - } - - for (; i < w; ++i) { - STBTT_assert(pixels[i] == 0); - total -= buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; - pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / kernel_width); - } - - pixels += stride_in_bytes; - } -} - -static void stbtt__v_prefilter(unsigned char *pixels, int w, int h, int stride_in_bytes, unsigned int kernel_width) -{ - unsigned char buffer[STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE]; - int safe_h = h - kernel_width; - int j; - STBTT_memset(buffer, 0, STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE); // suppress bogus warning from VS2013 -analyze - for (j=0; j < w; ++j) { - int i; - unsigned int total; - STBTT_memset(buffer, 0, kernel_width); - - total = 0; - - // make kernel_width a constant in common cases so compiler can optimize out the divide - switch (kernel_width) { - case 2: - for (i=0; i <= safe_h; ++i) { - total += pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; - buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i*stride_in_bytes]; - pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / 2); - } - break; - case 3: - for (i=0; i <= safe_h; ++i) { - total += pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; - buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i*stride_in_bytes]; - pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / 3); - } - break; - case 4: - for (i=0; i <= safe_h; ++i) { - total += pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; - buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i*stride_in_bytes]; - pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / 4); - } - break; - case 5: - for (i=0; i <= safe_h; ++i) { - total += pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; - buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i*stride_in_bytes]; - pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / 5); - } - break; - default: - for (i=0; i <= safe_h; ++i) { - total += pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; - buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i*stride_in_bytes]; - pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / kernel_width); - } - break; - } - - for (; i < h; ++i) { - STBTT_assert(pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] == 0); - total -= buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK]; - pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / kernel_width); - } - - pixels += 1; - } -} - -static float stbtt__oversample_shift(int oversample) -{ - if (!oversample) - return 0.0f; - - // The prefilter is a box filter of width "oversample", - // which shifts phase by (oversample - 1)/2 pixels in - // oversampled space. We want to shift in the opposite - // direction to counter this. - return (float)-(oversample - 1) / (2.0f * (float)oversample); -} - -// rects array must be big enough to accommodate all characters in the given ranges -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects) -{ - int i,j,k; - - k=0; - for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) { - float fh = ranges[i].font_size; - float scale = fh > 0 ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(info, fh) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(info, -fh); - ranges[i].h_oversample = (unsigned char) spc->h_oversample; - ranges[i].v_oversample = (unsigned char) spc->v_oversample; - for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars; ++j) { - int x0,y0,x1,y1; - int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j]; - int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint); - if (glyph == 0 && spc->skip_missing) { - rects[k].w = rects[k].h = 0; - } else { - stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph, - scale * spc->h_oversample, - scale * spc->v_oversample, - 0,0, - &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); - rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1); - rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1); - } - ++k; - } - } - - return k; -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int prefilter_x, int prefilter_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int glyph) -{ - stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, - output, - out_w - (prefilter_x - 1), - out_h - (prefilter_y - 1), - out_stride, - scale_x, - scale_y, - shift_x, - shift_y, - glyph); - - if (prefilter_x > 1) - stbtt__h_prefilter(output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, prefilter_x); - - if (prefilter_y > 1) - stbtt__v_prefilter(output, out_w, out_h, out_stride, prefilter_y); - - *sub_x = stbtt__oversample_shift(prefilter_x); - *sub_y = stbtt__oversample_shift(prefilter_y); -} - -// rects array must be big enough to accommodate all characters in the given ranges -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects) -{ - int i,j,k, return_value = 1; - - // save current values - int old_h_over = spc->h_oversample; - int old_v_over = spc->v_oversample; - - k = 0; - for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) { - float fh = ranges[i].font_size; - float scale = fh > 0 ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(info, fh) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(info, -fh); - float recip_h,recip_v,sub_x,sub_y; - spc->h_oversample = ranges[i].h_oversample; - spc->v_oversample = ranges[i].v_oversample; - recip_h = 1.0f / spc->h_oversample; - recip_v = 1.0f / spc->v_oversample; - sub_x = stbtt__oversample_shift(spc->h_oversample); - sub_y = stbtt__oversample_shift(spc->v_oversample); - for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars; ++j) { - stbrp_rect *r = &rects[k]; - if (r->was_packed && r->w != 0 && r->h != 0) { - stbtt_packedchar *bc = &ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j]; - int advance, lsb, x0,y0,x1,y1; - int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j]; - int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint); - stbrp_coord pad = (stbrp_coord) spc->padding; - - // pad on left and top - r->x += pad; - r->y += pad; - r->w -= pad; - r->h -= pad; - stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(info, glyph, &advance, &lsb); - stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBox(info, glyph, - scale * spc->h_oversample, - scale * spc->v_oversample, - &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); - stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, - spc->pixels + r->x + r->y*spc->stride_in_bytes, - r->w - spc->h_oversample+1, - r->h - spc->v_oversample+1, - spc->stride_in_bytes, - scale * spc->h_oversample, - scale * spc->v_oversample, - 0,0, - glyph); - - if (spc->h_oversample > 1) - stbtt__h_prefilter(spc->pixels + r->x + r->y*spc->stride_in_bytes, - r->w, r->h, spc->stride_in_bytes, - spc->h_oversample); - - if (spc->v_oversample > 1) - stbtt__v_prefilter(spc->pixels + r->x + r->y*spc->stride_in_bytes, - r->w, r->h, spc->stride_in_bytes, - spc->v_oversample); - - bc->x0 = (stbtt_int16) r->x; - bc->y0 = (stbtt_int16) r->y; - bc->x1 = (stbtt_int16) (r->x + r->w); - bc->y1 = (stbtt_int16) (r->y + r->h); - bc->xadvance = scale * advance; - bc->xoff = (float) x0 * recip_h + sub_x; - bc->yoff = (float) y0 * recip_v + sub_y; - bc->xoff2 = (x0 + r->w) * recip_h + sub_x; - bc->yoff2 = (y0 + r->h) * recip_v + sub_y; - } else { - return_value = 0; // if any fail, report failure - } - - ++k; - } - } - - // restore original values - spc->h_oversample = old_h_over; - spc->v_oversample = old_v_over; - - return return_value; -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) -{ - stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info, rects, num_rects); -} - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges) -{ - stbtt_fontinfo info; - int i,j,n, return_value; // [DEAR IMGUI] removed = 1 - //stbrp_context *context = (stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info; - stbrp_rect *rects; - - // flag all characters as NOT packed - for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) - for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars; ++j) - ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].x0 = - ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].y0 = - ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].x1 = - ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].y1 = 0; - - n = 0; - for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) - n += ranges[i].num_chars; - - rects = (stbrp_rect *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*rects) * n, spc->user_allocator_context); - if (rects == NULL) - return 0; - - info.userdata = spc->user_allocator_context; - stbtt_InitFont(&info, fontdata, stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(fontdata,font_index)); - - n = stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects); - - stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(spc, rects, n); - - return_value = stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects); - - STBTT_free(rects, spc->user_allocator_context); - return return_value; -} - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size, - int first_unicode_codepoint_in_range, int num_chars_in_range, stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range) -{ - stbtt_pack_range range; - range.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = first_unicode_codepoint_in_range; - range.array_of_unicode_codepoints = NULL; - range.num_chars = num_chars_in_range; - range.chardata_for_range = chardata_for_range; - range.font_size = font_size; - return stbtt_PackFontRanges(spc, fontdata, font_index, &range, 1); -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetScaledFontVMetrics(const unsigned char *fontdata, int index, float size, float *ascent, float *descent, float *lineGap) -{ - int i_ascent, i_descent, i_lineGap; - float scale; - stbtt_fontinfo info; - stbtt_InitFont(&info, fontdata, stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(fontdata, index)); - scale = size > 0 ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&info, size) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&info, -size); - stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&info, &i_ascent, &i_descent, &i_lineGap); - *ascent = (float) i_ascent * scale; - *descent = (float) i_descent * scale; - *lineGap = (float) i_lineGap * scale; -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int align_to_integer) -{ - float ipw = 1.0f / pw, iph = 1.0f / ph; - const stbtt_packedchar *b = chardata + char_index; - - if (align_to_integer) { - float x = (float) STBTT_ifloor((*xpos + b->xoff) + 0.5f); - float y = (float) STBTT_ifloor((*ypos + b->yoff) + 0.5f); - q->x0 = x; - q->y0 = y; - q->x1 = x + b->xoff2 - b->xoff; - q->y1 = y + b->yoff2 - b->yoff; - } else { - q->x0 = *xpos + b->xoff; - q->y0 = *ypos + b->yoff; - q->x1 = *xpos + b->xoff2; - q->y1 = *ypos + b->yoff2; - } - - q->s0 = b->x0 * ipw; - q->t0 = b->y0 * iph; - q->s1 = b->x1 * ipw; - q->t1 = b->y1 * iph; - - *xpos += b->xadvance; -} - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// sdf computation -// - -#define STBTT_min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) -#define STBTT_max(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a)) - -static int stbtt__ray_intersect_bezier(float orig[2], float ray[2], float q0[2], float q1[2], float q2[2], float hits[2][2]) -{ - float q0perp = q0[1]*ray[0] - q0[0]*ray[1]; - float q1perp = q1[1]*ray[0] - q1[0]*ray[1]; - float q2perp = q2[1]*ray[0] - q2[0]*ray[1]; - float roperp = orig[1]*ray[0] - orig[0]*ray[1]; - - float a = q0perp - 2*q1perp + q2perp; - float b = q1perp - q0perp; - float c = q0perp - roperp; - - float s0 = 0., s1 = 0.; - int num_s = 0; - - if (a != 0.0) { - float discr = b*b - a*c; - if (discr > 0.0) { - float rcpna = -1 / a; - float d = (float) STBTT_sqrt(discr); - s0 = (b+d) * rcpna; - s1 = (b-d) * rcpna; - if (s0 >= 0.0 && s0 <= 1.0) - num_s = 1; - if (d > 0.0 && s1 >= 0.0 && s1 <= 1.0) { - if (num_s == 0) s0 = s1; - ++num_s; - } - } - } else { - // 2*b*s + c = 0 - // s = -c / (2*b) - s0 = c / (-2 * b); - if (s0 >= 0.0 && s0 <= 1.0) - num_s = 1; - } - - if (num_s == 0) - return 0; - else { - float rcp_len2 = 1 / (ray[0]*ray[0] + ray[1]*ray[1]); - float rayn_x = ray[0] * rcp_len2, rayn_y = ray[1] * rcp_len2; - - float q0d = q0[0]*rayn_x + q0[1]*rayn_y; - float q1d = q1[0]*rayn_x + q1[1]*rayn_y; - float q2d = q2[0]*rayn_x + q2[1]*rayn_y; - float rod = orig[0]*rayn_x + orig[1]*rayn_y; - - float q10d = q1d - q0d; - float q20d = q2d - q0d; - float q0rd = q0d - rod; - - hits[0][0] = q0rd + s0*(2.0f - 2.0f*s0)*q10d + s0*s0*q20d; - hits[0][1] = a*s0+b; - - if (num_s > 1) { - hits[1][0] = q0rd + s1*(2.0f - 2.0f*s1)*q10d + s1*s1*q20d; - hits[1][1] = a*s1+b; - return 2; - } else { - return 1; - } - } -} - -static int equal(float *a, float *b) -{ - return (a[0] == b[0] && a[1] == b[1]); -} - -static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex *verts) -{ - int i; - float orig[2], ray[2] = { 1, 0 }; - float y_frac; - int winding = 0; - - orig[0] = x; - //orig[1] = y; // [DEAR IMGUI] commmented double assignment - - // make sure y never passes through a vertex of the shape - y_frac = (float) STBTT_fmod(y, 1.0f); - if (y_frac < 0.01f) - y += 0.01f; - else if (y_frac > 0.99f) - y -= 0.01f; - orig[1] = y; - - // test a ray from (-infinity,y) to (x,y) - for (i=0; i < nverts; ++i) { - if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) { - int x0 = (int) verts[i-1].x, y0 = (int) verts[i-1].y; - int x1 = (int) verts[i ].x, y1 = (int) verts[i ].y; - if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) { - float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0; - if (x_inter < x) - winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1; - } - } - if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) { - int x0 = (int) verts[i-1].x , y0 = (int) verts[i-1].y ; - int x1 = (int) verts[i ].cx, y1 = (int) verts[i ].cy; - int x2 = (int) verts[i ].x , y2 = (int) verts[i ].y ; - int ax = STBTT_min(x0,STBTT_min(x1,x2)), ay = STBTT_min(y0,STBTT_min(y1,y2)); - int by = STBTT_max(y0,STBTT_max(y1,y2)); - if (y > ay && y < by && x > ax) { - float q0[2],q1[2],q2[2]; - float hits[2][2]; - q0[0] = (float)x0; - q0[1] = (float)y0; - q1[0] = (float)x1; - q1[1] = (float)y1; - q2[0] = (float)x2; - q2[1] = (float)y2; - if (equal(q0,q1) || equal(q1,q2)) { - x0 = (int)verts[i-1].x; - y0 = (int)verts[i-1].y; - x1 = (int)verts[i ].x; - y1 = (int)verts[i ].y; - if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) { - float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0; - if (x_inter < x) - winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1; - } - } else { - int num_hits = stbtt__ray_intersect_bezier(orig, ray, q0, q1, q2, hits); - if (num_hits >= 1) - if (hits[0][0] < 0) - winding += (hits[0][1] < 0 ? -1 : 1); - if (num_hits >= 2) - if (hits[1][0] < 0) - winding += (hits[1][1] < 0 ? -1 : 1); - } - } - } - } - return winding; -} - -static float stbtt__cuberoot( float x ) -{ - if (x<0) - return -(float) STBTT_pow(-x,1.0f/3.0f); - else - return (float) STBTT_pow( x,1.0f/3.0f); -} - -// x^3 + c*x^2 + b*x + a = 0 -static int stbtt__solve_cubic(float a, float b, float c, float* r) -{ - float s = -a / 3; - float p = b - a*a / 3; - float q = a * (2*a*a - 9*b) / 27 + c; - float p3 = p*p*p; - float d = q*q + 4*p3 / 27; - if (d >= 0) { - float z = (float) STBTT_sqrt(d); - float u = (-q + z) / 2; - float v = (-q - z) / 2; - u = stbtt__cuberoot(u); - v = stbtt__cuberoot(v); - r[0] = s + u + v; - return 1; - } else { - float u = (float) STBTT_sqrt(-p/3); - float v = (float) STBTT_acos(-STBTT_sqrt(-27/p3) * q / 2) / 3; // p3 must be negative, since d is negative - float m = (float) STBTT_cos(v); - float n = (float) STBTT_cos(v-3.141592/2)*1.732050808f; - r[0] = s + u * 2 * m; - r[1] = s - u * (m + n); - r[2] = s - u * (m - n); - - //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[0]+a)*r[0]+b)*r[0]+c) < 0.05f); // these asserts may not be safe at all scales, though they're in bezier t parameter units so maybe? - //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[1]+a)*r[1]+b)*r[1]+c) < 0.05f); - //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[2]+a)*r[2]+b)*r[2]+c) < 0.05f); - return 3; - } -} - -STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int glyph, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) -{ - float scale_x = scale, scale_y = scale; - int ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1; - int w,h; - unsigned char *data; - - // if one scale is 0, use same scale for both - if (scale_x == 0) scale_x = scale_y; - if (scale_y == 0) { - if (scale_x == 0) return NULL; // if both scales are 0, return NULL - scale_y = scale_x; - } - - stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale, scale, 0.0f,0.0f, &ix0,&iy0,&ix1,&iy1); - - // if empty, return NULL - if (ix0 == ix1 || iy0 == iy1) - return NULL; - - ix0 -= padding; - iy0 -= padding; - ix1 += padding; - iy1 += padding; - - w = (ix1 - ix0); - h = (iy1 - iy0); - - if (width ) *width = w; - if (height) *height = h; - if (xoff ) *xoff = ix0; - if (yoff ) *yoff = iy0; - - // invert for y-downwards bitmaps - scale_y = -scale_y; - - { - int x,y,i,j; - float *precompute; - stbtt_vertex *verts; - int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &verts); - data = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(w * h, info->userdata); - precompute = (float *) STBTT_malloc(num_verts * sizeof(float), info->userdata); - - for (i=0,j=num_verts-1; i < num_verts; j=i++) { - if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) { - float x0 = verts[i].x*scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y*scale_y; - float x1 = verts[j].x*scale_x, y1 = verts[j].y*scale_y; - float dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt((x1-x0)*(x1-x0) + (y1-y0)*(y1-y0)); - precompute[i] = (dist == 0) ? 0.0f : 1.0f / dist; - } else if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) { - float x2 = verts[j].x *scale_x, y2 = verts[j].y *scale_y; - float x1 = verts[i].cx*scale_x, y1 = verts[i].cy*scale_y; - float x0 = verts[i].x *scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y *scale_y; - float bx = x0 - 2*x1 + x2, by = y0 - 2*y1 + y2; - float len2 = bx*bx + by*by; - if (len2 != 0.0f) - precompute[i] = 1.0f / (bx*bx + by*by); - else - precompute[i] = 0.0f; - } else - precompute[i] = 0.0f; - } - - for (y=iy0; y < iy1; ++y) { - for (x=ix0; x < ix1; ++x) { - float val; - float min_dist = 999999.0f; - float sx = (float) x + 0.5f; - float sy = (float) y + 0.5f; - float x_gspace = (sx / scale_x); - float y_gspace = (sy / scale_y); - - int winding = stbtt__compute_crossings_x(x_gspace, y_gspace, num_verts, verts); // @OPTIMIZE: this could just be a rasterization, but needs to be line vs. non-tesselated curves so a new path - - for (i=0; i < num_verts; ++i) { - float x0 = verts[i].x*scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y*scale_y; - - // check against every point here rather than inside line/curve primitives -- @TODO: wrong if multiple 'moves' in a row produce a garbage point, and given culling, probably more efficient to do within line/curve - float dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); - if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) - min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); - - if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) { - float x1 = verts[i-1].x*scale_x, y1 = verts[i-1].y*scale_y; - - // coarse culling against bbox - //if (sx > STBTT_min(x0,x1)-min_dist && sx < STBTT_max(x0,x1)+min_dist && - // sy > STBTT_min(y0,y1)-min_dist && sy < STBTT_max(y0,y1)+min_dist) - float dist = (float) STBTT_fabs((x1-x0)*(y0-sy) - (y1-y0)*(x0-sx)) * precompute[i]; - STBTT_assert(i != 0); - if (dist < min_dist) { - // check position along line - // x' = x0 + t*(x1-x0), y' = y0 + t*(y1-y0) - // minimize (x'-sx)*(x'-sx)+(y'-sy)*(y'-sy) - float dx = x1-x0, dy = y1-y0; - float px = x0-sx, py = y0-sy; - // minimize (px+t*dx)^2 + (py+t*dy)^2 = px*px + 2*px*dx*t + t^2*dx*dx + py*py + 2*py*dy*t + t^2*dy*dy - // derivative: 2*px*dx + 2*py*dy + (2*dx*dx+2*dy*dy)*t, set to 0 and solve - float t = -(px*dx + py*dy) / (dx*dx + dy*dy); - if (t >= 0.0f && t <= 1.0f) - min_dist = dist; - } - } else if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vcurve) { - float x2 = verts[i-1].x *scale_x, y2 = verts[i-1].y *scale_y; - float x1 = verts[i ].cx*scale_x, y1 = verts[i ].cy*scale_y; - float box_x0 = STBTT_min(STBTT_min(x0,x1),x2); - float box_y0 = STBTT_min(STBTT_min(y0,y1),y2); - float box_x1 = STBTT_max(STBTT_max(x0,x1),x2); - float box_y1 = STBTT_max(STBTT_max(y0,y1),y2); - // coarse culling against bbox to avoid computing cubic unnecessarily - if (sx > box_x0-min_dist && sx < box_x1+min_dist && sy > box_y0-min_dist && sy < box_y1+min_dist) { - int num=0; - float ax = x1-x0, ay = y1-y0; - float bx = x0 - 2*x1 + x2, by = y0 - 2*y1 + y2; - float mx = x0 - sx, my = y0 - sy; - float res[3],px,py,t,it; - float a_inv = precompute[i]; - if (a_inv == 0.0) { // if a_inv is 0, it's 2nd degree so use quadratic formula - float a = 3*(ax*bx + ay*by); - float b = 2*(ax*ax + ay*ay) + (mx*bx+my*by); - float c = mx*ax+my*ay; - if (a == 0.0) { // if a is 0, it's linear - if (b != 0.0) { - res[num++] = -c/b; - } - } else { - float discriminant = b*b - 4*a*c; - if (discriminant < 0) - num = 0; - else { - float root = (float) STBTT_sqrt(discriminant); - res[0] = (-b - root)/(2*a); - res[1] = (-b + root)/(2*a); - num = 2; // don't bother distinguishing 1-solution case, as code below will still work - } - } - } else { - float b = 3*(ax*bx + ay*by) * a_inv; // could precompute this as it doesn't depend on sample point - float c = (2*(ax*ax + ay*ay) + (mx*bx+my*by)) * a_inv; - float d = (mx*ax+my*ay) * a_inv; - num = stbtt__solve_cubic(b, c, d, res); - } - if (num >= 1 && res[0] >= 0.0f && res[0] <= 1.0f) { - t = res[0], it = 1.0f - t; - px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2; - py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2; - dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy); - if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist) - min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); - } - if (num >= 2 && res[1] >= 0.0f && res[1] <= 1.0f) { - t = res[1], it = 1.0f - t; - px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2; - py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2; - dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy); - if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist) - min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); - } - if (num >= 3 && res[2] >= 0.0f && res[2] <= 1.0f) { - t = res[2], it = 1.0f - t; - px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2; - py = it*it*y0 + 2*t*it*y1 + t*t*y2; - dist2 = (px-sx)*(px-sx) + (py-sy)*(py-sy); - if (dist2 < min_dist * min_dist) - min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); - } - } - } - } - if (winding == 0) - min_dist = -min_dist; // if outside the shape, value is negative - val = onedge_value + pixel_dist_scale * min_dist; - if (val < 0) - val = 0; - else if (val > 255) - val = 255; - data[(y-iy0)*w+(x-ix0)] = (unsigned char) val; - } - } - STBTT_free(precompute, info->userdata); - STBTT_free(verts, info->userdata); - } - return data; -} - -STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) -{ - return stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(info, scale, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint), padding, onedge_value, pixel_dist_scale, width, height, xoff, yoff); -} - -STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeSDF(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata) -{ - STBTT_free(bitmap, userdata); -} - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// -// font name matching -- recommended not to use this -// - -// check if a utf8 string contains a prefix which is the utf16 string; if so return length of matching utf8 string -static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(stbtt_uint8 *s1, stbtt_int32 len1, stbtt_uint8 *s2, stbtt_int32 len2) -{ - stbtt_int32 i=0; - - // convert utf16 to utf8 and compare the results while converting - while (len2) { - stbtt_uint16 ch = s2[0]*256 + s2[1]; - if (ch < 0x80) { - if (i >= len1) return -1; - if (s1[i++] != ch) return -1; - } else if (ch < 0x800) { - if (i+1 >= len1) return -1; - if (s1[i++] != 0xc0 + (ch >> 6)) return -1; - if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + (ch & 0x3f)) return -1; - } else if (ch >= 0xd800 && ch < 0xdc00) { - stbtt_uint32 c; - stbtt_uint16 ch2 = s2[2]*256 + s2[3]; - if (i+3 >= len1) return -1; - c = ((ch - 0xd800) << 10) + (ch2 - 0xdc00) + 0x10000; - if (s1[i++] != 0xf0 + (c >> 18)) return -1; - if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + ((c >> 12) & 0x3f)) return -1; - if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f)) return -1; - if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f)) return -1; - s2 += 2; // plus another 2 below - len2 -= 2; - } else if (ch >= 0xdc00 && ch < 0xe000) { - return -1; - } else { - if (i+2 >= len1) return -1; - if (s1[i++] != 0xe0 + (ch >> 12)) return -1; - if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + ((ch >> 6) & 0x3f)) return -1; - if (s1[i++] != 0x80 + ((ch ) & 0x3f)) return -1; - } - s2 += 2; - len2 -= 2; - } - return i; -} - -static int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal(char *s1, int len1, char *s2, int len2) -{ - return len1 == stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix((stbtt_uint8*) s1, len1, (stbtt_uint8*) s2, len2); -} - -// returns results in whatever encoding you request... but note that 2-byte encodings -// will be BIG-ENDIAN... use stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian() to compare -STBTT_DEF const char *stbtt_GetFontNameString(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int *length, int platformID, int encodingID, int languageID, int nameID) -{ - stbtt_int32 i,count,stringOffset; - stbtt_uint8 *fc = font->data; - stbtt_uint32 offset = font->fontstart; - stbtt_uint32 nm = stbtt__find_table(fc, offset, "name"); - if (!nm) return NULL; - - count = ttUSHORT(fc+nm+2); - stringOffset = nm + ttUSHORT(fc+nm+4); - for (i=0; i < count; ++i) { - stbtt_uint32 loc = nm + 6 + 12 * i; - if (platformID == ttUSHORT(fc+loc+0) && encodingID == ttUSHORT(fc+loc+2) - && languageID == ttUSHORT(fc+loc+4) && nameID == ttUSHORT(fc+loc+6)) { - *length = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+8); - return (const char *) (fc+stringOffset+ttUSHORT(fc+loc+10)); - } - } - return NULL; -} - -static int stbtt__matchpair(stbtt_uint8 *fc, stbtt_uint32 nm, stbtt_uint8 *name, stbtt_int32 nlen, stbtt_int32 target_id, stbtt_int32 next_id) -{ - stbtt_int32 i; - stbtt_int32 count = ttUSHORT(fc+nm+2); - stbtt_int32 stringOffset = nm + ttUSHORT(fc+nm+4); - - for (i=0; i < count; ++i) { - stbtt_uint32 loc = nm + 6 + 12 * i; - stbtt_int32 id = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+6); - if (id == target_id) { - // find the encoding - stbtt_int32 platform = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+0), encoding = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+2), language = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+4); - - // is this a Unicode encoding? - if (platform == 0 || (platform == 3 && encoding == 1) || (platform == 3 && encoding == 10)) { - stbtt_int32 slen = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+8); - stbtt_int32 off = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+10); - - // check if there's a prefix match - stbtt_int32 matchlen = stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(name, nlen, fc+stringOffset+off,slen); - if (matchlen >= 0) { - // check for target_id+1 immediately following, with same encoding & language - if (i+1 < count && ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12+6) == next_id && ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12) == platform && ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12+2) == encoding && ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12+4) == language) { - slen = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12+8); - off = ttUSHORT(fc+loc+12+10); - if (slen == 0) { - if (matchlen == nlen) - return 1; - } else if (matchlen < nlen && name[matchlen] == ' ') { - ++matchlen; - if (stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal((char*) (name+matchlen), nlen-matchlen, (char*)(fc+stringOffset+off),slen)) - return 1; - } - } else { - // if nothing immediately following - if (matchlen == nlen) - return 1; - } - } - } - - // @TODO handle other encodings - } - } - return 0; -} - -static int stbtt__matches(stbtt_uint8 *fc, stbtt_uint32 offset, stbtt_uint8 *name, stbtt_int32 flags) -{ - stbtt_int32 nlen = (stbtt_int32) STBTT_strlen((char *) name); - stbtt_uint32 nm,hd; - if (!stbtt__isfont(fc+offset)) return 0; - - // check italics/bold/underline flags in macStyle... - if (flags) { - hd = stbtt__find_table(fc, offset, "head"); - if ((ttUSHORT(fc+hd+44) & 7) != (flags & 7)) return 0; - } - - nm = stbtt__find_table(fc, offset, "name"); - if (!nm) return 0; - - if (flags) { - // if we checked the macStyle flags, then just check the family and ignore the subfamily - if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 16, -1)) return 1; - if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 1, -1)) return 1; - if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 3, -1)) return 1; - } else { - if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 16, 17)) return 1; - if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 1, 2)) return 1; - if (stbtt__matchpair(fc, nm, name, nlen, 3, -1)) return 1; - } - - return 0; -} - -static int stbtt_FindMatchingFont_internal(unsigned char *font_collection, char *name_utf8, stbtt_int32 flags) -{ - stbtt_int32 i; - for (i=0;;++i) { - stbtt_int32 off = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(font_collection, i); - if (off < 0) return off; - if (stbtt__matches((stbtt_uint8 *) font_collection, off, (stbtt_uint8*) name_utf8, flags)) - return off; - } -} - -#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) -#pragma GCC diagnostic push -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" -#endif - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap(const unsigned char *data, int offset, - float pixel_height, unsigned char *pixels, int pw, int ph, - int first_char, int num_chars, stbtt_bakedchar *chardata) -{ - return stbtt_BakeFontBitmap_internal((unsigned char *) data, offset, pixel_height, pixels, pw, ph, first_char, num_chars, chardata); -} - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *data, int index) -{ - return stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal((unsigned char *) data, index); -} - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts(const unsigned char *data) -{ - return stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts_internal((unsigned char *) data); -} - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_InitFont(stbtt_fontinfo *info, const unsigned char *data, int offset) -{ - return stbtt_InitFont_internal(info, (unsigned char *) data, offset); -} - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindMatchingFont(const unsigned char *fontdata, const char *name, int flags) -{ - return stbtt_FindMatchingFont_internal((unsigned char *) fontdata, (char *) name, flags); -} - -STBTT_DEF int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian(const char *s1, int len1, const char *s2, int len2) -{ - return stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal((char *) s1, len1, (char *) s2, len2); -} - -#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) -#pragma GCC diagnostic pop -#endif - -#endif // STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION - - -// FULL VERSION HISTORY -// -// 1.19 (2018-02-11) OpenType GPOS kerning (horizontal only), STBTT_fmod -// 1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function -// 1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix -// 1.16 (2017-07-12) SDF support -// 1.15 (2017-03-03) make more arguments const -// 1.14 (2017-01-16) num-fonts-in-TTC function -// 1.13 (2017-01-02) support OpenType fonts, certain Apple fonts -// 1.12 (2016-10-25) suppress warnings about casting away const with -Wcast-qual -// 1.11 (2016-04-02) fix unused-variable warning -// 1.10 (2016-04-02) allow user-defined fabs() replacement -// fix memory leak if fontsize=0.0 -// fix warning from duplicate typedef -// 1.09 (2016-01-16) warning fix; avoid crash on outofmem; use alloc userdata for PackFontRanges -// 1.08 (2015-09-13) document stbtt_Rasterize(); fixes for vertical & horizontal edges -// 1.07 (2015-08-01) allow PackFontRanges to accept arrays of sparse codepoints; -// allow PackFontRanges to pack and render in separate phases; -// fix stbtt_GetFontOFfsetForIndex (never worked for non-0 input?); -// fixed an assert() bug in the new rasterizer -// replace assert() with STBTT_assert() in new rasterizer -// 1.06 (2015-07-14) performance improvements (~35% faster on x86 and x64 on test machine) -// also more precise AA rasterizer, except if shapes overlap -// remove need for STBTT_sort -// 1.05 (2015-04-15) fix misplaced definitions for STBTT_STATIC -// 1.04 (2015-04-15) typo in example -// 1.03 (2015-04-12) STBTT_STATIC, fix memory leak in new packing, various fixes -// 1.02 (2014-12-10) fix various warnings & compile issues w/ stb_rect_pack, C++ -// 1.01 (2014-12-08) fix subpixel position when oversampling to exactly match -// non-oversampled; STBTT_POINT_SIZE for packed case only -// 1.00 (2014-12-06) add new PackBegin etc. API, w/ support for oversampling -// 0.99 (2014-09-18) fix multiple bugs with subpixel rendering (ryg) -// 0.9 (2014-08-07) support certain mac/iOS fonts without an MS platformID -// 0.8b (2014-07-07) fix a warning -// 0.8 (2014-05-25) fix a few more warnings -// 0.7 (2013-09-25) bugfix: subpixel glyph bug fixed in 0.5 had come back -// 0.6c (2012-07-24) improve documentation -// 0.6b (2012-07-20) fix a few more warnings -// 0.6 (2012-07-17) fix warnings; added stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels, -// stbtt_GetFontBoundingBox, stbtt_IsGlyphEmpty -// 0.5 (2011-12-09) bugfixes: -// subpixel glyph renderer computed wrong bounding box -// first vertex of shape can be off-curve (FreeSans) -// 0.4b (2011-12-03) fixed an error in the font baking example -// 0.4 (2011-12-01) kerning, subpixel rendering (tor) -// bugfixes for: -// codepoint-to-glyph conversion using table fmt=12 -// codepoint-to-glyph conversion using table fmt=4 -// stbtt_GetBakedQuad with non-square texture (Zer) -// updated Hello World! sample to use kerning and subpixel -// fixed some warnings -// 0.3 (2009-06-24) cmap fmt=12, compound shapes (MM) -// userdata, malloc-from-userdata, non-zero fill (stb) -// 0.2 (2009-03-11) Fix unsigned/signed char warnings -// 0.1 (2009-03-09) First public release -// - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License -Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of -this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in -the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to -use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies -of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do -so, subject to the following conditions: -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all -copies or substantial portions of the Software. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER -LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE -SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) -This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. -Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this -software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, -commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. -In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this -software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public -domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to -the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an -overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to -this software under copyright law. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION -WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -*/ diff --git a/libs/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp b/libs/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c412077 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,769 @@ +// dear imgui: FreeType font builder (used as a replacement for the stb_truetype builder) +// (code) + +// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/misc/freetype +// Original code by @vuhdo (Aleksei Skriabin). Improvements by @mikesart. Maintained since 2019 by @ocornut. + +// CHANGELOG +// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2021/03/05: added ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_Bitmap to load bitmap glyphs. +// 2021/03/02: set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' to help some backends with deciding of a prefered texture format. +// 2021/01/28: added support for color-layered glyphs via ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LoadColor (require Freetype 2.10+). +// 2021/01/26: simplified integration by using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE'. +// renamed ImGuiFreeType::XXX flags to ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_XXX for consistency with other API. removed ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas(). +// 2020/06/04: fix for rare case where FT_Get_Char_Index() succeed but FT_Load_Glyph() fails. +// 2019/02/09: added RasterizerFlags::Monochrome flag to disable font anti-aliasing (combine with ::MonoHinting for best results!) +// 2019/01/15: added support for imgui allocators + added FreeType only override function SetAllocatorFunctions(). +// 2019/01/10: re-factored to match big update in STB builder. fixed texture height waste. fixed redundant glyphs when merging. support for glyph padding. +// 2018/06/08: added support for ImFontConfig::GlyphMinAdvanceX, GlyphMaxAdvanceX. +// 2018/02/04: moved to main imgui repository (away from http://www.github.com/ocornut/imgui_club) +// 2018/01/22: fix for addition of ImFontAtlas::TexUvscale member. +// 2017/10/22: minor inconsequential change to match change in master (removed an unnecessary statement). +// 2017/09/26: fixes for imgui internal changes. +// 2017/08/26: cleanup, optimizations, support for ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags, ImFontConfig::RasterizerMultiply. +// 2017/08/16: imported from https://github.com/Vuhdo/imgui_freetype into http://www.github.com/ocornut/imgui_club, updated for latest changes in ImFontAtlas, minor tweaks. + +// About Gamma Correct Blending: +// - FreeType assumes blending in linear space rather than gamma space. +// - See https://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/reference/ft2-base_interface.html#FT_Render_Glyph +// - For correct results you need to be using sRGB and convert to linear space in the pixel shader output. +// - The default dear imgui styles will be impacted by this change (alpha values will need tweaking). + +// FIXME: cfg.OversampleH, OversampleV are not supported (but perhaps not so necessary with this rasterizer). + +#include "imgui_freetype.h" +#include "imgui_internal.h" // ImMin,ImMax,ImFontAtlasBuild*, +#include +#include +#include FT_FREETYPE_H // +#include FT_MODULE_H // +#include FT_GLYPH_H // +#include FT_SYNTHESIS_H // + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff) +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used +#endif + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Data +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Default memory allocators +static void* ImGuiFreeTypeDefaultAllocFunc(size_t size, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); return IM_ALLOC(size); } +static void ImGuiFreeTypeDefaultFreeFunc(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_FREE(ptr); } + +// Current memory allocators +static void* (*GImGuiFreeTypeAllocFunc)(size_t size, void* user_data) = ImGuiFreeTypeDefaultAllocFunc; +static void (*GImGuiFreeTypeFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data) = ImGuiFreeTypeDefaultFreeFunc; +static void* GImGuiFreeTypeAllocatorUserData = NULL; + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Code +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace +{ + // Glyph metrics: + // -------------- + // + // xmin xmax + // | | + // |<-------- width -------->| + // | | + // | +-------------------------+----------------- ymax + // | | ggggggggg ggggg | ^ ^ + // | | g:::::::::ggg::::g | | | + // | | g:::::::::::::::::g | | | + // | | g::::::ggggg::::::gg | | | + // | | g:::::g g:::::g | | | + // offsetX -|-------->| g:::::g g:::::g | offsetY | + // | | g:::::g g:::::g | | | + // | | g::::::g g:::::g | | | + // | | g:::::::ggggg:::::g | | | + // | | g::::::::::::::::g | | height + // | | gg::::::::::::::g | | | + // baseline ---*---------|---- gggggggg::::::g-----*-------- | + // / | | g:::::g | | + // origin | | gggggg g:::::g | | + // | | g:::::gg gg:::::g | | + // | | g::::::ggg:::::::g | | + // | | gg:::::::::::::g | | + // | | ggg::::::ggg | | + // | | gggggg | v + // | +-------------------------+----------------- ymin + // | | + // |------------- advanceX ----------->| + + // A structure that describe a glyph. + struct GlyphInfo + { + int Width; // Glyph's width in pixels. + int Height; // Glyph's height in pixels. + FT_Int OffsetX; // The distance from the origin ("pen position") to the left of the glyph. + FT_Int OffsetY; // The distance from the origin to the top of the glyph. This is usually a value < 0. + float AdvanceX; // The distance from the origin to the origin of the next glyph. This is usually a value > 0. + bool IsColored; // The glyph is colored + }; + + // Font parameters and metrics. + struct FontInfo + { + uint32_t PixelHeight; // Size this font was generated with. + float Ascender; // The pixel extents above the baseline in pixels (typically positive). + float Descender; // The extents below the baseline in pixels (typically negative). + float LineSpacing; // The baseline-to-baseline distance. Note that it usually is larger than the sum of the ascender and descender taken as absolute values. There is also no guarantee that no glyphs extend above or below subsequent baselines when using this distance. Think of it as a value the designer of the font finds appropriate. + float LineGap; // The spacing in pixels between one row's descent and the next row's ascent. + float MaxAdvanceWidth; // This field gives the maximum horizontal cursor advance for all glyphs in the font. + }; + + // FreeType glyph rasterizer. + // NB: No ctor/dtor, explicitly call Init()/Shutdown() + struct FreeTypeFont + { + bool InitFont(FT_Library ft_library, const ImFontConfig& cfg, unsigned int extra_user_flags); // Initialize from an external data buffer. Doesn't copy data, and you must ensure it stays valid up to this object lifetime. + void CloseFont(); + void SetPixelHeight(int pixel_height); // Change font pixel size. All following calls to RasterizeGlyph() will use this size + const FT_Glyph_Metrics* LoadGlyph(uint32_t in_codepoint); + const FT_Bitmap* RenderGlyphAndGetInfo(GlyphInfo* out_glyph_info); + void BlitGlyph(const FT_Bitmap* ft_bitmap, uint32_t* dst, uint32_t dst_pitch, unsigned char* multiply_table = NULL); + ~FreeTypeFont() { CloseFont(); } + + // [Internals] + FontInfo Info; // Font descriptor of the current font. + FT_Face Face; + unsigned int UserFlags; // = ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags + FT_Int32 LoadFlags; + FT_Render_Mode RenderMode; + }; + + // From SDL_ttf: Handy routines for converting from fixed point + #define FT_CEIL(X) (((X + 63) & -64) / 64) + + bool FreeTypeFont::InitFont(FT_Library ft_library, const ImFontConfig& cfg, unsigned int extra_font_builder_flags) + { + FT_Error error = FT_New_Memory_Face(ft_library, (uint8_t*)cfg.FontData, (uint32_t)cfg.FontDataSize, (uint32_t)cfg.FontNo, &Face); + if (error != 0) + return false; + error = FT_Select_Charmap(Face, FT_ENCODING_UNICODE); + if (error != 0) + return false; + + // Convert to FreeType flags (NB: Bold and Oblique are processed separately) + UserFlags = cfg.FontBuilderFlags | extra_font_builder_flags; + + LoadFlags = 0; + if ((UserFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_Bitmap) == 0) + LoadFlags |= FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP; + + if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_NoHinting) + LoadFlags |= FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING; + if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_NoAutoHint) + LoadFlags |= FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT; + if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_ForceAutoHint) + LoadFlags |= FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT; + if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LightHinting) + LoadFlags |= FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT; + else if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_MonoHinting) + LoadFlags |= FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO; + else + LoadFlags |= FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL; + + if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_Monochrome) + RenderMode = FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO; + else + RenderMode = FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL; + + if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LoadColor) + LoadFlags |= FT_LOAD_COLOR; + + memset(&Info, 0, sizeof(Info)); + SetPixelHeight((uint32_t)cfg.SizePixels); + + return true; + } + + void FreeTypeFont::CloseFont() + { + if (Face) + { + FT_Done_Face(Face); + Face = NULL; + } + } + + void FreeTypeFont::SetPixelHeight(int pixel_height) + { + // Vuhdo: I'm not sure how to deal with font sizes properly. As far as I understand, currently ImGui assumes that the 'pixel_height' + // is a maximum height of an any given glyph, i.e. it's the sum of font's ascender and descender. Seems strange to me. + // NB: FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes() doesn't seem to get us the same result. + FT_Size_RequestRec req; + req.type = (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_Bitmap) ? FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL : FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM; + req.width = 0; + req.height = (uint32_t)pixel_height * 64; + req.horiResolution = 0; + req.vertResolution = 0; + FT_Request_Size(Face, &req); + + // Update font info + FT_Size_Metrics metrics = Face->size->metrics; + Info.PixelHeight = (uint32_t)pixel_height; + Info.Ascender = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.ascender); + Info.Descender = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.descender); + Info.LineSpacing = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.height); + Info.LineGap = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.height - metrics.ascender + metrics.descender); + Info.MaxAdvanceWidth = (float)FT_CEIL(metrics.max_advance); + } + + const FT_Glyph_Metrics* FreeTypeFont::LoadGlyph(uint32_t codepoint) + { + uint32_t glyph_index = FT_Get_Char_Index(Face, codepoint); + if (glyph_index == 0) + return NULL; + FT_Error error = FT_Load_Glyph(Face, glyph_index, LoadFlags); + if (error) + return NULL; + + // Need an outline for this to work + FT_GlyphSlot slot = Face->glyph; + IM_ASSERT(slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE || slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP); + + // Apply convenience transform (this is not picking from real "Bold"/"Italic" fonts! Merely applying FreeType helper transform. Oblique == Slanting) + if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_Bold) + FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden(slot); + if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_Oblique) + { + FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique(slot); + //FT_BBox bbox; + //FT_Outline_Get_BBox(&slot->outline, &bbox); + //slot->metrics.width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin; + //slot->metrics.height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin; + } + + return &slot->metrics; + } + + const FT_Bitmap* FreeTypeFont::RenderGlyphAndGetInfo(GlyphInfo* out_glyph_info) + { + FT_GlyphSlot slot = Face->glyph; + FT_Error error = FT_Render_Glyph(slot, RenderMode); + if (error != 0) + return NULL; + + FT_Bitmap* ft_bitmap = &Face->glyph->bitmap; + out_glyph_info->Width = (int)ft_bitmap->width; + out_glyph_info->Height = (int)ft_bitmap->rows; + out_glyph_info->OffsetX = Face->glyph->bitmap_left; + out_glyph_info->OffsetY = -Face->glyph->bitmap_top; + out_glyph_info->AdvanceX = (float)FT_CEIL(slot->advance.x); + out_glyph_info->IsColored = (ft_bitmap->pixel_mode == FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA); + + return ft_bitmap; + } + + void FreeTypeFont::BlitGlyph(const FT_Bitmap* ft_bitmap, uint32_t* dst, uint32_t dst_pitch, unsigned char* multiply_table) + { + IM_ASSERT(ft_bitmap != NULL); + const uint32_t w = ft_bitmap->width; + const uint32_t h = ft_bitmap->rows; + const uint8_t* src = ft_bitmap->buffer; + const uint32_t src_pitch = ft_bitmap->pitch; + + switch (ft_bitmap->pixel_mode) + { + case FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY: // Grayscale image, 1 byte per pixel. + { + if (multiply_table == NULL) + { + for (uint32_t y = 0; y < h; y++, src += src_pitch, dst += dst_pitch) + for (uint32_t x = 0; x < w; x++) + dst[x] = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, src[x]); + } + else + { + for (uint32_t y = 0; y < h; y++, src += src_pitch, dst += dst_pitch) + for (uint32_t x = 0; x < w; x++) + dst[x] = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, multiply_table[src[x]]); + } + break; + } + case FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO: // Monochrome image, 1 bit per pixel. The bits in each byte are ordered from MSB to LSB. + { + uint8_t color0 = multiply_table ? multiply_table[0] : 0; + uint8_t color1 = multiply_table ? multiply_table[255] : 255; + for (uint32_t y = 0; y < h; y++, src += src_pitch, dst += dst_pitch) + { + uint8_t bits = 0; + const uint8_t* bits_ptr = src; + for (uint32_t x = 0; x < w; x++, bits <<= 1) + { + if ((x & 7) == 0) + bits = *bits_ptr++; + dst[x] = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, (bits & 0x80) ? color1 : color0); + } + } + break; + } + case FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA: + { + // FIXME: Converting pre-multiplied alpha to straight. Doesn't smell good. + #define DE_MULTIPLY(color, alpha) (ImU32)(255.0f * (float)color / (float)alpha + 0.5f) + if (multiply_table == NULL) + { + for (uint32_t y = 0; y < h; y++, src += src_pitch, dst += dst_pitch) + for (uint32_t x = 0; x < w; x++) + { + uint8_t r = src[x * 4 + 2], g = src[x * 4 + 1], b = src[x * 4], a = src[x * 4 + 3]; + dst[x] = IM_COL32(DE_MULTIPLY(r, a), DE_MULTIPLY(g, a), DE_MULTIPLY(b, a), a); + } + } + else + { + for (uint32_t y = 0; y < h; y++, src += src_pitch, dst += dst_pitch) + { + for (uint32_t x = 0; x < w; x++) + { + uint8_t r = src[x * 4 + 2], g = src[x * 4 + 1], b = src[x * 4], a = src[x * 4 + 3]; + dst[x] = IM_COL32(multiply_table[DE_MULTIPLY(r, a)], multiply_table[DE_MULTIPLY(g, a)], multiply_table[DE_MULTIPLY(b, a)], multiply_table[a]); + } + } + } + #undef DE_MULTIPLY + break; + } + default: + IM_ASSERT(0 && "FreeTypeFont::BlitGlyph(): Unknown bitmap pixel mode!"); + } + } +} + +#ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +#define STBRP_ASSERT(x) do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while (0) +#define STBRP_STATIC +#define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME +#include IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME +#else +#include "imstb_rectpack.h" +#endif +#endif + +struct ImFontBuildSrcGlyphFT +{ + GlyphInfo Info; + uint32_t Codepoint; + unsigned int* BitmapData; // Point within one of the dst_tmp_bitmap_buffers[] array + + ImFontBuildSrcGlyphFT() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +struct ImFontBuildSrcDataFT +{ + FreeTypeFont Font; + stbrp_rect* Rects; // Rectangle to pack. We first fill in their size and the packer will give us their position. + const ImWchar* SrcRanges; // Ranges as requested by user (user is allowed to request too much, e.g. 0x0020..0xFFFF) + int DstIndex; // Index into atlas->Fonts[] and dst_tmp_array[] + int GlyphsHighest; // Highest requested codepoint + int GlyphsCount; // Glyph count (excluding missing glyphs and glyphs already set by an earlier source font) + ImBitVector GlyphsSet; // Glyph bit map (random access, 1-bit per codepoint. This will be a maximum of 8KB) + ImVector GlyphsList; +}; + +// Temporary data for one destination ImFont* (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont) +struct ImFontBuildDstDataFT +{ + int SrcCount; // Number of source fonts targeting this destination font. + int GlyphsHighest; + int GlyphsCount; + ImBitVector GlyphsSet; // This is used to resolve collision when multiple sources are merged into a same destination font. +}; + +bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeTypeEx(FT_Library ft_library, ImFontAtlas* atlas, unsigned int extra_flags) +{ + IM_ASSERT(atlas->ConfigData.Size > 0); + + ImFontAtlasBuildInit(atlas); + + // Clear atlas + atlas->TexID = (ImTextureID)NULL; + atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexHeight = 0; + atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + atlas->ClearTexData(); + + // Temporary storage for building + bool src_load_color = false; + ImVector src_tmp_array; + ImVector dst_tmp_array; + src_tmp_array.resize(atlas->ConfigData.Size); + dst_tmp_array.resize(atlas->Fonts.Size); + memset((void*)src_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)src_tmp_array.size_in_bytes()); + memset((void*)dst_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)dst_tmp_array.size_in_bytes()); + + // 1. Initialize font loading structure, check font data validity + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; src_i++) + { + ImFontBuildSrcDataFT& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; + FreeTypeFont& font_face = src_tmp.Font; + IM_ASSERT(cfg.DstFont && (!cfg.DstFont->IsLoaded() || cfg.DstFont->ContainerAtlas == atlas)); + + // Find index from cfg.DstFont (we allow the user to set cfg.DstFont. Also it makes casual debugging nicer than when storing indices) + src_tmp.DstIndex = -1; + for (int output_i = 0; output_i < atlas->Fonts.Size && src_tmp.DstIndex == -1; output_i++) + if (cfg.DstFont == atlas->Fonts[output_i]) + src_tmp.DstIndex = output_i; + IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array? + if (src_tmp.DstIndex == -1) + return false; + + // Load font + if (!font_face.InitFont(ft_library, cfg, extra_flags)) + return false; + + // Measure highest codepoints + src_load_color |= (cfg.FontBuilderFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LoadColor) != 0; + ImFontBuildDstDataFT& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex]; + src_tmp.SrcRanges = cfg.GlyphRanges ? cfg.GlyphRanges : atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault(); + for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2) + src_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest, (int)src_range[1]); + dst_tmp.SrcCount++; + dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest, src_tmp.GlyphsHighest); + } + + // 2. For every requested codepoint, check for their presence in the font data, and handle redundancy or overlaps between source fonts to avoid unused glyphs. + int total_glyphs_count = 0; + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) + { + ImFontBuildSrcDataFT& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + ImFontBuildDstDataFT& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex]; + src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1); + if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.empty()) + dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1); + + for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2) + for (int codepoint = src_range[0]; codepoint <= (int)src_range[1]; codepoint++) + { + if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.TestBit(codepoint)) // Don't overwrite existing glyphs. We could make this an option (e.g. MergeOverwrite) + continue; + uint32_t glyph_index = FT_Get_Char_Index(src_tmp.Font.Face, codepoint); // It is actually in the font? (FIXME-OPT: We are not storing the glyph_index..) + if (glyph_index == 0) + continue; + + // Add to avail set/counters + src_tmp.GlyphsCount++; + dst_tmp.GlyphsCount++; + src_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint); + dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint); + total_glyphs_count++; + } + } + + // 3. Unpack our bit map into a flat list (we now have all the Unicode points that we know are requested _and_ available _and_ not overlapping another) + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) + { + ImFontBuildSrcDataFT& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + src_tmp.GlyphsList.reserve(src_tmp.GlyphsCount); + + IM_ASSERT(sizeof(src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.Data[0]) == sizeof(ImU32)); + const ImU32* it_begin = src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.begin(); + const ImU32* it_end = src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.end(); + for (const ImU32* it = it_begin; it < it_end; it++) + if (ImU32 entries_32 = *it) + for (ImU32 bit_n = 0; bit_n < 32; bit_n++) + if (entries_32 & ((ImU32)1 << bit_n)) + { + ImFontBuildSrcGlyphFT src_glyph; + src_glyph.Codepoint = (ImWchar)(((it - it_begin) << 5) + bit_n); + //src_glyph.GlyphIndex = 0; // FIXME-OPT: We had this info in the previous step and lost it.. + src_tmp.GlyphsList.push_back(src_glyph); + } + src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Clear(); + IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size == src_tmp.GlyphsCount); + } + for (int dst_i = 0; dst_i < dst_tmp_array.Size; dst_i++) + dst_tmp_array[dst_i].GlyphsSet.Clear(); + dst_tmp_array.clear(); + + // Allocate packing character data and flag packed characters buffer as non-packed (x0=y0=x1=y1=0) + // (We technically don't need to zero-clear buf_rects, but let's do it for the sake of sanity) + ImVector buf_rects; + buf_rects.resize(total_glyphs_count); + memset(buf_rects.Data, 0, (size_t)buf_rects.size_in_bytes()); + + // Allocate temporary rasterization data buffers. + // We could not find a way to retrieve accurate glyph size without rendering them. + // (e.g. slot->metrics->width not always matching bitmap->width, especially considering the Oblique transform) + // We allocate in chunks of 256 KB to not waste too much extra memory ahead. Hopefully users of FreeType won't find the temporary allocations. + const int BITMAP_BUFFERS_CHUNK_SIZE = 256 * 1024; + int buf_bitmap_current_used_bytes = 0; + ImVector buf_bitmap_buffers; + buf_bitmap_buffers.push_back((unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(BITMAP_BUFFERS_CHUNK_SIZE)); + + // 4. Gather glyphs sizes so we can pack them in our virtual canvas. + // 8. Render/rasterize font characters into the texture + int total_surface = 0; + int buf_rects_out_n = 0; + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) + { + ImFontBuildSrcDataFT& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; + if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) + continue; + + src_tmp.Rects = &buf_rects[buf_rects_out_n]; + buf_rects_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount; + + // Compute multiply table if requested + const bool multiply_enabled = (cfg.RasterizerMultiply != 1.0f); + unsigned char multiply_table[256]; + if (multiply_enabled) + ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(multiply_table, cfg.RasterizerMultiply); + + // Gather the sizes of all rectangles we will need to pack + const int padding = atlas->TexGlyphPadding; + for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; glyph_i++) + { + ImFontBuildSrcGlyphFT& src_glyph = src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i]; + + const FT_Glyph_Metrics* metrics = src_tmp.Font.LoadGlyph(src_glyph.Codepoint); + if (metrics == NULL) + continue; + + // Render glyph into a bitmap (currently held by FreeType) + const FT_Bitmap* ft_bitmap = src_tmp.Font.RenderGlyphAndGetInfo(&src_glyph.Info); + IM_ASSERT(ft_bitmap); + + // Allocate new temporary chunk if needed + const int bitmap_size_in_bytes = src_glyph.Info.Width * src_glyph.Info.Height * 4; + if (buf_bitmap_current_used_bytes + bitmap_size_in_bytes > BITMAP_BUFFERS_CHUNK_SIZE) + { + buf_bitmap_current_used_bytes = 0; + buf_bitmap_buffers.push_back((unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(BITMAP_BUFFERS_CHUNK_SIZE)); + } + + // Blit rasterized pixels to our temporary buffer and keep a pointer to it. + src_glyph.BitmapData = (unsigned int*)(buf_bitmap_buffers.back() + buf_bitmap_current_used_bytes); + buf_bitmap_current_used_bytes += bitmap_size_in_bytes; + src_tmp.Font.BlitGlyph(ft_bitmap, src_glyph.BitmapData, src_glyph.Info.Width, multiply_enabled ? multiply_table : NULL); + + src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w = (stbrp_coord)(src_glyph.Info.Width + padding); + src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h = (stbrp_coord)(src_glyph.Info.Height + padding); + total_surface += src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w * src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h; + } + } + + // We need a width for the skyline algorithm, any width! + // The exact width doesn't really matter much, but some API/GPU have texture size limitations and increasing width can decrease height. + // User can override TexDesiredWidth and TexGlyphPadding if they wish, otherwise we use a simple heuristic to select the width based on expected surface. + const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)total_surface) + 1; + atlas->TexHeight = 0; + if (atlas->TexDesiredWidth > 0) + atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexDesiredWidth; + else + atlas->TexWidth = (surface_sqrt >= 4096 * 0.7f) ? 4096 : (surface_sqrt >= 2048 * 0.7f) ? 2048 : (surface_sqrt >= 1024 * 0.7f) ? 1024 : 512; + + // 5. Start packing + // Pack our extra data rectangles first, so it will be on the upper-left corner of our texture (UV will have small values). + const int TEX_HEIGHT_MAX = 1024 * 32; + const int num_nodes_for_packing_algorithm = atlas->TexWidth - atlas->TexGlyphPadding; + ImVector pack_nodes; + pack_nodes.resize(num_nodes_for_packing_algorithm); + stbrp_context pack_context; + stbrp_init_target(&pack_context, atlas->TexWidth, TEX_HEIGHT_MAX, pack_nodes.Data, pack_nodes.Size); + ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(atlas, &pack_context); + + // 6. Pack each source font. No rendering yet, we are working with rectangles in an infinitely tall texture at this point. + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) + { + ImFontBuildSrcDataFT& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) + continue; + + stbrp_pack_rects(&pack_context, src_tmp.Rects, src_tmp.GlyphsCount); + + // Extend texture height and mark missing glyphs as non-packed so we won't render them. + // FIXME: We are not handling packing failure here (would happen if we got off TEX_HEIGHT_MAX or if a single if larger than TexWidth?) + for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++) + if (src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].was_packed) + atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].y + src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h); + } + + // 7. Allocate texture + atlas->TexHeight = (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight) ? (atlas->TexHeight + 1) : ImUpperPowerOfTwo(atlas->TexHeight); + atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(1.0f / atlas->TexWidth, 1.0f / atlas->TexHeight); + if (src_load_color) + { + atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 = (unsigned int*)IM_ALLOC(atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight * 4); + memset(atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32, 0, atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight * 4); + } + else + { + atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight); + memset(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, 0, atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight); + } + + // 8. Copy rasterized font characters back into the main texture + // 9. Setup ImFont and glyphs for runtime + bool tex_use_colors = false; + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) + { + ImFontBuildSrcDataFT& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; + if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) + continue; + + // When merging fonts with MergeMode=true: + // - We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font. + // - dst_font->ConfigData is != from cfg which is our source configuration. + ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; + ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont; + + const float ascent = src_tmp.Font.Info.Ascender; + const float descent = src_tmp.Font.Info.Descender; + ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(atlas, dst_font, &cfg, ascent, descent); + const float font_off_x = cfg.GlyphOffset.x; + const float font_off_y = cfg.GlyphOffset.y + IM_ROUND(dst_font->Ascent); + + const int padding = atlas->TexGlyphPadding; + for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++) + { + ImFontBuildSrcGlyphFT& src_glyph = src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i]; + stbrp_rect& pack_rect = src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i]; + IM_ASSERT(pack_rect.was_packed); + if (pack_rect.w == 0 && pack_rect.h == 0) + continue; + + GlyphInfo& info = src_glyph.Info; + IM_ASSERT(info.Width + padding <= pack_rect.w); + IM_ASSERT(info.Height + padding <= pack_rect.h); + const int tx = pack_rect.x + padding; + const int ty = pack_rect.y + padding; + + // Blit from temporary buffer to final texture + size_t blit_src_stride = (size_t)src_glyph.Info.Width; + size_t blit_dst_stride = (size_t)atlas->TexWidth; + unsigned int* blit_src = src_glyph.BitmapData; + if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL) + { + unsigned char* blit_dst = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 + (ty * blit_dst_stride) + tx; + for (int y = 0; y < info.Height; y++, blit_dst += blit_dst_stride, blit_src += blit_src_stride) + for (int x = 0; x < info.Width; x++) + blit_dst[x] = (unsigned char)((blit_src[x] >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF); + } + else + { + unsigned int* blit_dst = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 + (ty * blit_dst_stride) + tx; + for (int y = 0; y < info.Height; y++, blit_dst += blit_dst_stride, blit_src += blit_src_stride) + for (int x = 0; x < info.Width; x++) + blit_dst[x] = blit_src[x]; + } + + // Register glyph + float x0 = info.OffsetX + font_off_x; + float y0 = info.OffsetY + font_off_y; + float x1 = x0 + info.Width; + float y1 = y0 + info.Height; + float u0 = (tx) / (float)atlas->TexWidth; + float v0 = (ty) / (float)atlas->TexHeight; + float u1 = (tx + info.Width) / (float)atlas->TexWidth; + float v1 = (ty + info.Height) / (float)atlas->TexHeight; + dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)src_glyph.Codepoint, x0, y0, x1, y1, u0, v0, u1, v1, info.AdvanceX); + + ImFontGlyph* dst_glyph = &dst_font->Glyphs.back(); + IM_ASSERT(dst_glyph->Codepoint == src_glyph.Codepoint); + if (src_glyph.Info.IsColored) + dst_glyph->Colored = tex_use_colors = true; + } + + src_tmp.Rects = NULL; + } + atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = tex_use_colors; + + // Cleanup + for (int buf_i = 0; buf_i < buf_bitmap_buffers.Size; buf_i++) + IM_FREE(buf_bitmap_buffers[buf_i]); + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) + src_tmp_array[src_i].~ImFontBuildSrcDataFT(); + + ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(atlas); + + return true; +} + +// FreeType memory allocation callbacks +static void* FreeType_Alloc(FT_Memory /*memory*/, long size) +{ + return GImGuiFreeTypeAllocFunc((size_t)size, GImGuiFreeTypeAllocatorUserData); +} + +static void FreeType_Free(FT_Memory /*memory*/, void* block) +{ + GImGuiFreeTypeFreeFunc(block, GImGuiFreeTypeAllocatorUserData); +} + +static void* FreeType_Realloc(FT_Memory /*memory*/, long cur_size, long new_size, void* block) +{ + // Implement realloc() as we don't ask user to provide it. + if (block == NULL) + return GImGuiFreeTypeAllocFunc((size_t)new_size, GImGuiFreeTypeAllocatorUserData); + + if (new_size == 0) + { + GImGuiFreeTypeFreeFunc(block, GImGuiFreeTypeAllocatorUserData); + return NULL; + } + + if (new_size > cur_size) + { + void* new_block = GImGuiFreeTypeAllocFunc((size_t)new_size, GImGuiFreeTypeAllocatorUserData); + memcpy(new_block, block, (size_t)cur_size); + GImGuiFreeTypeFreeFunc(block, GImGuiFreeTypeAllocatorUserData); + return new_block; + } + + return block; +} + +static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeType(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + // FreeType memory management: https://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/design/design-4.html + FT_MemoryRec_ memory_rec = {}; + memory_rec.user = NULL; + memory_rec.alloc = &FreeType_Alloc; + memory_rec.free = &FreeType_Free; + memory_rec.realloc = &FreeType_Realloc; + + // https://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/reference/ft2-module_management.html#FT_New_Library + FT_Library ft_library; + FT_Error error = FT_New_Library(&memory_rec, &ft_library); + if (error != 0) + return false; + + // If you don't call FT_Add_Default_Modules() the rest of code may work, but FreeType won't use our custom allocator. + FT_Add_Default_Modules(ft_library); + + bool ret = ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeTypeEx(ft_library, atlas, atlas->FontBuilderFlags); + FT_Done_Library(ft_library); + + return ret; +} + +const ImFontBuilderIO* ImGuiFreeType::GetBuilderForFreeType() +{ + static ImFontBuilderIO io; + io.FontBuilder_Build = ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeType; + return &io; +} + +void ImGuiFreeType::SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data) +{ + GImGuiFreeTypeAllocFunc = alloc_func; + GImGuiFreeTypeFreeFunc = free_func; + GImGuiFreeTypeAllocatorUserData = user_data; +} diff --git a/libs/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h b/libs/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..713e463 --- /dev/null +++ b/libs/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +// dear imgui: FreeType font builder (used as a replacement for the stb_truetype builder) +// (headers) + +#pragma once + +#include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_API + +// Forward declarations +struct ImFontAtlas; +struct ImFontBuilderIO; + +// Hinting greatly impacts visuals (and glyph sizes). +// - By default, hinting is enabled and the font's native hinter is preferred over the auto-hinter. +// - When disabled, FreeType generates blurrier glyphs, more or less matches the stb_truetype.h +// - The Default hinting mode usually looks good, but may distort glyphs in an unusual way. +// - The Light hinting mode generates fuzzier glyphs but better matches Microsoft's rasterizer. +// You can set those flags globaly in ImFontAtlas::FontBuilderFlags +// You can set those flags on a per font basis in ImFontConfig::FontBuilderFlags +enum ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags +{ + ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_NoHinting = 1 << 0, // Disable hinting. This generally generates 'blurrier' bitmap glyphs when the glyph are rendered in any of the anti-aliased modes. + ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_NoAutoHint = 1 << 1, // Disable auto-hinter. + ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_ForceAutoHint = 1 << 2, // Indicates that the auto-hinter is preferred over the font's native hinter. + ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LightHinting = 1 << 3, // A lighter hinting algorithm for gray-level modes. Many generated glyphs are fuzzier but better resemble their original shape. This is achieved by snapping glyphs to the pixel grid only vertically (Y-axis), as is done by Microsoft's ClearType and Adobe's proprietary font renderer. This preserves inter-glyph spacing in horizontal text. + ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_MonoHinting = 1 << 4, // Strong hinting algorithm that should only be used for monochrome output. + ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_Bold = 1 << 5, // Styling: Should we artificially embolden the font? + ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_Oblique = 1 << 6, // Styling: Should we slant the font, emulating italic style? + ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_Monochrome = 1 << 7, // Disable anti-aliasing. Combine this with MonoHinting for best results! + ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LoadColor = 1 << 8, // Enable FreeType color-layered glyphs + ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_Bitmap = 1 << 9 // Enable FreeType bitmap glyphs +}; + +namespace ImGuiFreeType +{ + // This is automatically assigned when using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE'. + // If you need to dynamically select between multiple builders: + // - you can manually assign this builder with 'atlas->FontBuilderIO = ImGuiFreeType::GetBuilderForFreeType()' + // - prefer deep-copying this into your own ImFontBuilderIO instance if you use hot-reloading that messes up static data. + IMGUI_API const ImFontBuilderIO* GetBuilderForFreeType(); + + // Override allocators. By default ImGuiFreeType will use IM_ALLOC()/IM_FREE() + // However, as FreeType does lots of allocations we provide a way for the user to redirect it to a separate memory heap if desired. + IMGUI_API void SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data = NULL); + + // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) + // Prefer using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE' +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + static inline bool BuildFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas, unsigned int flags = 0) { atlas->FontBuilderIO = GetBuilderForFreeType(); atlas->FontBuilderFlags = flags; return atlas->Build(); } +#endif +} diff --git a/source/fs.cpp b/source/fs.cpp index fb16440..8de6efa 100644 --- a/source/fs.cpp +++ b/source/fs.cpp @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ #include #include +#include #include #include #include @@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ namespace FS { do { SceIoDirent entries; - std::memset(&entries, 0, sizeof(SceIoDirent)); + sceClibMemset(&entries, 0, sizeof(SceIoDirent)); if (R_FAILED(ret = sceIoDread(dir, &entries))) Log::Error("sceIoDread(%s) failed: 0x%lx\n", path.c_str(), ret); diff --git a/source/keyboard.cpp b/source/keyboard.cpp index 1450afe..64c4c1e 100644 --- a/source/keyboard.cpp +++ b/source/keyboard.cpp @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ namespace Keyboard { SceCommonDialogStatus status = sceImeDialogGetStatus(); if (status == SCE_COMMON_DIALOG_STATUS_FINISHED) { SceImeDialogResult result; - std::memset(&result, 0, sizeof(SceImeDialogResult)); + sceClibMemset(&result, 0, sizeof(SceImeDialogResult)); sceImeDialogGetResult(&result); if ((result.button == SCE_IME_DIALOG_BUTTON_CLOSE) || (result.button == SCE_IME_DIALOG_BUTTON_ENTER)) { diff --git a/source/textures.cpp b/source/textures.cpp index 7a98c58..f39e7be 100644 --- a/source/textures.cpp +++ b/source/textures.cpp @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ namespace Textures { static bool LoadImagePNG(unsigned char **data, SceOff *size, Tex *texture) { bool ret = false; png_image image; - std::memset(&image, 0, (sizeof image)); + sceClibMemset(&image, 0, (sizeof image)); image.version = PNG_IMAGE_VERSION; if (png_image_begin_read_from_memory(&image, *data, *size) != 0) { diff --git a/source/utils.cpp b/source/utils.cpp index a31146f..6bc4f31 100644 --- a/source/utils.cpp +++ b/source/utils.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include #include @@ -16,8 +17,8 @@ namespace Utils { int InitAppUtil(void) { SceAppUtilInitParam init; SceAppUtilBootParam boot; - std::memset(&init, 0, sizeof(SceAppUtilInitParam)); - std::memset(&boot, 0, sizeof(SceAppUtilBootParam)); + sceClibMemset(&init, 0, sizeof(SceAppUtilInitParam)); + sceClibMemset(&boot, 0, sizeof(SceAppUtilBootParam)); int ret = 0; @@ -59,7 +60,7 @@ namespace Utils { } SceCtrlData ReadControls(void) { - std::memset(&pad, 0, sizeof(SceCtrlData)); + sceClibMemset(&pad, 0, sizeof(SceCtrlData)); sceCtrlPeekBufferPositive(0, &pad, 1); pressed = pad.buttons & ~old_pad.buttons; old_pad = pad;